.<^.«> x^^^^^ Q ^1^. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) // 1.0 I.I 1.25 u m iS 142 12.0 2.5 iiiiii 1.8 i4 !||||!.6 Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. 14580 (716) 872-4503 is ^■^ % iP 4x '1-^ ;\ CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques O^ C'' taorz Technical and Bibliographic Notaa/Notes tachniquea at bibtiographiquaa Tha Inttituta has attamptad to obtain tha baat original copy avaiiabia fo? filming. Faaturaa of thia copy which may ba bibliographically uniqua, which may altar nny of tha icnagaa in tha reproduction, or which -nay significantly change tha usual method of filming, are checked below. D Coloured covers/ Ccuverture de couleur r~n Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagie Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaur^ et/ou pelliculie Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque Coloured maps/ Cartes g^ographiques en couleur Coloured ink (i.o. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noirel Coloured plates and/or illuatrations/ Planchaa et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ Relii avec d'autres documents □ Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La re Mure serr^e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distorsion !• long de la marge intir^eure □ Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possibi«, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certainea pages bianchea ajout«es lore d'une restauration apparaiasent dans le texte, mais. lorsque cela itatt possible, ces ptges n'ont pas tt6 film^es. rj\ Additional comments:/ bLl Commentairas suppiimentaires; Irregular pagination middle of the pages. L'Institut a microfilmi la mailleur axemplaire qu'il lui a iti possible de su procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont paut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibltographiqua, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite. ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la m^thoda normale de filmage sont indiquAs ci-dessous. 7 t( r~| Col{iured pages/ Pagea de couleur Pages damaged/ Pages endommagiaa Pages restored and/oi Pages restauries et/ou pelliculAes r~] Pages damaged/ I 1 Pages restored and/or laminated/ y Pagos discoloured, stained or foxed/ Pages dAcolor^ea, tacheties ou piqu^es Pages detached/ Pages d^tachios rrn Showthrough/ Transparence □ Quality of print varies/ Quality inigala de I'Impression □ Includes supplementary material/ Comurend du materiel auQcUman Comprend du materiel supplementaire Only edition available/ Seule Mition disponible D Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensurfc the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies ^ar un fauiliet d'errata. une pelure, etc., ont iti filmies i nouveau de facon i obtanir la moilleure image possible. [i] - ri, [1] • 416, 517 ■ 520, 421 - 434 p. Tiers are tome creases in the T P o fl b tl si o fi si o T si T ^ M di ei b. ri< rs m This item i^ filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est film* au ta'jx de reduction indiquc ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X 1 -/ 12X lix 26X »X I I I I 20X 24X 28X I] 32X tails du odifiar una Tiage ata )iure. ereases in tha J ZX The copy filmed here hee been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: Saminary of QubImc Library The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering 'the condition and lecibility of the original copy and In keeping with the filming contract specifications. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or Illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated Impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or iilustrsted impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol — ► (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Maps, plates, charts, etc.. may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included In one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrarna Illustrate the methoJ: 1 2 3 L'exemplaire film* fut reproduit grice A la ginArosit* de: Stfnninaira da Qu^!:'*'> »*"«- I: 1,3. Definition of Grammar: ^^° ^ French Alphabet... i ' n?*].^*"®" '" general": r r^^ -Accentuation 2 & Of the Sound of the Vowei.«( 1 2 GTabio of the SevenVeen bimplft Sounds of tho I rench Tongrje 4 V Table of Combinations of Letters represcntincr so- ft '/?'!''' **/?!? «i'«ple Sounds 5 « Table of Dipthongs . . . , <; a Observations onM. N, and vanous nassal sounds fi 10 Of the letter Y.. ,,.,[[ 9 J 1 Of Consonants ........ 9 i2, 13, 14 Practical Exercises i on the Pronunciation of iVIonosyllablcB and Poly- eyllables "^ ok .>-> 15 ofGRNnicR. ...... ;;;;;; 5;^,; ' 16, 17, 18. Geneml rules to I ascertain the gender of 1*25 1 a A"JJi"?1 »ul«tantivc8 35J j2(; iJA lablc of .\ouns Subs- 27 tantives, having two gen- I ' <}ers and two siirnifica- Uons \ 3gj 20,21. Vocabularies: 1. Of Of the irniverse. 2. Of Man. 3. Ofthc Mind and its fa- culties. 4. Of Meats and Dnnks. 5. Of the Dress- 09 i»g Apparel. G. Of a House and Furniturr, r Of the City. 8. Of Trades, Arts, and professions. J). Of the » ountrjr. 10. Of Flowers. Ij. Of Fruits. 12. Of Herbs and Plants. J 3. M D ^'''*^* '^'^'^ Shrubs. i^. Promiscuous Words. ir f^?L ?«a«^rupeds. 16. Oi Birds. nJ^Of Fishes. 18. Of Reptiles and Insects. 19. Of^Mo- tals 20. Of Colours. 21. Of the Pnncipal Coun- ■iNational Names. PagQ 'NTRonuCTrON TO EXERCIiSES. 38 T»B 5 24 Of the Prepositions article Me, a.. ^, Of Elisions % OfNegations ^ 28 Of Words alike in boih i-iflg«agcs, etc ^... eg OF GRAMMAR. W'ords considered in their nature and inflections... CHAPTER I, 67 30, 31 Of tlic 'Svdsfan- ^mation of the^*** -P^ttro/ of Simple Sub- •itaiiuvefl 33 Of the rornuuion'of'the ^i^ral of Compound oubstantives .., jq 69 Page 98 CHAPTER 11. 64 Of the PewonandReU. tive en, 65 OfthePeraonaij^dRel lutive Y. 66, 67, 68 Possessive Pro- nowis Conjunctive Mon, ma, ntes, elc. theu Concord ^ 69 Possessive P,onouiu R ' LATiVB le micii, la I en7t£ etc 70 to kJb* 101 34, 35, 36, 37 Of the Ar- Ticr.E its Elision before Vowels, and Contraction 170 tn 74 n ;•: . with Consonants 70 ^° "^ Demojistmtive P/^ S8 Concord of tl.« "aVm;!: ^"^ ?,*"'«. RELATiVE and 75 Ij^ p^^f ''•'^'^f '-'^^ elc. ..... 108 /o /a UB, in explanatory sentcn- • CCS, used instead of U. V5I tls,ell^,elles .' 104 with the Noun.. ' 40 PARtlTIVB Arti'cle an, dela,des,de.,. CHAPTER III. 76 io 41 42 80 Rclaiioe Ptotiuuns L ft>Sv"'i^''''^«Q'". Q'*g>^I»Jcfinito Pronou) 81 83 87 CHiiPTER V. VERB. Adjective, its nature and concord with the Noun . 1-ormationoftheFeimnine 4^ o/t *'^?^''J^'^^«s•••• 43 Of Irregular AdjeUives; Singularity of dcmi, ftv 44 Remarks on' 7 W,' 'Qusiaii,^ 4DFVnnaHonofthepTu^Tof , Adjectives. . . . 4b, 47, Mi Degrees of Compa: nson ; irregularity of ^^. 49, 00, 51 Of the feuperiutiCe ^' 50 .^''t/'n^"*^ absolute.... 0-, .)J, 54 Concord of the Ad- jective with one, or with i ni- ' -."'^ several Nouns .. . «u L ^./^f''*'^ a"*^ /w^^m^^z/ OfNu,, bers.... ^P ^^ }^^ different CoumZ - .^, nn,^*'''?^-".^ Auxiliaries.^*. <^HAPTER IV. 50 Pronoun, its Nature and _ different cfasscs. lUiS, 109 110 ib. 113 90, etc. Verb P '"°'i** De^nition, i crsons, Numbers,. Ten- ses ... f)4to.98Whui*ure"Vcrb;':i*,i: iioe, Passive, Neuter, jHer 55 115 118 118 119 57 to Gl Of pe, to „i ui /-e,.s«,i«^ p,^ Y"mi Pronouns of the I'Jrl'J^'"^'^ ""'^ third pf r^on ■ 62 The Pn,noun after "the VeVl." in Interrogative Phrasos.' and .A> not expressed. 63 1 cflectod and Lciprocal 9 101 Conjugation of A voiR,and iJ^xcrcise . . in- ,™f -Adjectives hq lOo />. after d:ancaup, com- ^icn, pen, trap, ehi 123 100 Repetition ofthc ArUclo and prci)osi(ion before fach JSoun of a sentrnco l;j;i , usi'd after ueifiitivH KonfcMOfs ... ctf iiin _/ .■;■.* 93 107 De. 108 125 ■■I ii-n.. hc/bn- il. ,«• Ti VI ;vv ■ . VM ^■iPPMHiil ti coffTjerrTf. I M)9 OitbeVerbintejrrogBtive i and Negative ifg 110 Qonjugaiiwi of Etbe .... 130 lU Gen«rtil Rule on the place of the Adverb ib. US Formofthe/;nyereln the third penon 134 113 General Obeervation on the Uee of the Subjunctive Mood in French ib. 1 M Remarks on the Orth(^ra- phyofthe Verbs of the First Conjugat on 137 115 Model of the Firut Con- jugation, Parler ib. 116 Second Conjugation, its cfiviwion into five branch- es 145 117 Models of the Second Conjugation Punir, Sen- Tin, OuvRiR, Tenir, COORlR. 147 il8 Model of m third Con- jugation, RiicKvoiR 152 U9 Fourth Conjugation di- vided into five branchis . 156 120 Models of the Fourth Conjugp.tion, Rendre, Plaire, Paraxtre, Re- DuiRE, Joindre ib. ISl, 2 Pimtoyninnl or R Jlxl- ed Verbs, and list of those which are inoct commonly used 161 123 Mo4lel oi a Reflective Verb. Sb Repentir ... 163 124 Interrogative and Nega- tive forms of the Reflec- tive Verb ib 1Q5 Conjugatiun of Passive Verbs 17C liJO, etc. Neuter Vabs, their Government and Auxilia- ries 171 129 I'Mpcrsoiu/l VerLSj list of the most common 173 l'M\ etc. Conjugation of Fal- LOIR ; comparison be- tween Must and Fal- r.oiH ; ^\Uoir joined to a Verb wlien implying; duty or wxc^-Mtii ; and 1 joined to a SubsUntive, .o^ J?*^*." implying }cant.. . . 173 IJ4 Conjugation of y avoir . 17» 135 Imgular Verbt of the \ First Conjogatfon al- LER, ENVOYER 175 137 Conjugation of s'en al- ,„Q i-eB, t« go away 177 >d», etc. Irregular Verbs of the Second Conjugation, 1st Branch, Punu 179 2nd Branch, Sentir 18O 3rd Branch, Ouvrir 183 141 Irregular Verbs of the 1..0 'Tbinl Conjugation 184 142 etc. Irregular Verbs of the Fourth Conjugation, Ist Branch, Rcndre 190 2nd Branch, Plaire . 195 3rd Branch, Paraitre ... 196 4th Branch, R^duire 197 5th Branch, Joindre 201 147 Table of the Primitive Tenses of the Fdur Re- gular Conjugations 208 148 Table of the Primitive Tenses of the irregular Verbs 203 CHAPTER VI. M9, etc. Prepos'ticns 206 Denoting Pluce ib. Order ^ Union (^ Oppoiition ,'..', ib. Scyaratiov giQg Eiul ib. yJausf; and Means 2l6 156 Of the Preposit-ons a, DE, EN... ib. CHAPTER VII. 1.57, etc. Of th« Adverbs, their Nature, Formation, etc. CHAPTER VIII. 166, it€. Of Conjunctions , . . 168 Conjunction atE never omitted after the Verb. . 212 218 001 < . 206 . ib. . 207 . 208 . ib. . 209 . ib. . 210 » . ib. 212 J tokrkttUi i ^y CHAPTER IX. i6» loterjectiona PART II. CHAPTER I. •UBSTANTIVE. 170 Explanation of the terma li-igimen direcl, Regimen ,_, *>^irect, ot CfMOfi 171 Order, place of tha sub- ject of the Verb, in the four forms IS O/* Government or caaes! IT6 Difference between tha two Languages, aa to the ,_ J^overnment o{ Verbs. . . 174 Necessity of attending to the Government of Verbs with regard to the Rela- - *»ve Pronouns I7o How to risndor the King's Palace, and ouch like sen- tences 176 Compound Words* 'such «w, SUk Stocking^, Dinin" ■ Rm; how to render them u. French . P*«e . 2S2 191 Phrases in which the Ar- *** tide is omitted 237 CHAPTER III. ADiBCTiVB. 192 223 224 225 lb. 226 227 ib. 19? 191 196 197 198, 204, 208 •209 SM4 ib. 247 CHAPTER II. 177 Of the indofinite a an • i7fl cT A*"" '•«"^«>'ed, when not I7H-J A, an, rendered by l- la par J > } 130 etc Of the dennite Article lai V • 'Z^''' ^^'^'•" to use it. 183 Article definite omitted. . 181, etc. T/ie not rendered in ^rench in Ld by de, in comparisons jb. Cardinal Numbers used in dates and irther . ases . . 253 CHAPTER IV. PRONOUNS. 217 Personal Pkonoi;n.^; Distinction betveon the 2^6 [ Olijcjt and the vuljcct. 253 vijl »i«, etc. used CONTENTS, Mt "I. ^V'> ''*'. <«u« Page) in lis tnstoad of /- lit. j\i P^4 ils. 254 356 Pron( or, "'^'e. ihinga «P-. regmre the intcrro- ^^3 &r Pro..oun,;-,;e.;;bi: ^^^ -^^How to rende^ DuMUNSTiiATIVE 924, etc rect and (ndirect ft, «non.. . 330, Place of the «<>nal Pronouns ogi- Per- ib.i ....... 282 fh CO tiue, ce ao/t, Z ''-'"'" '283 . «to. D.r.>ction« on he f ""]"'"' '^'^^'^o, key y^k^ * U«e ot; the proper Per! '^"?^'«'-''<^ ^'y celui qui celU ■onal Pronouns'.. o/S.L. ?!*/•«*«•••• «^^t. Particular use-o> ''f' it'for'Lf *f-^«' ' «i-^* -^7 Ch instead of eV. ..i. ^'l'^"' S; "T //'' ^^'^^-'^^^ ?8| 285 ^h e/les, tionf .... 238, etc. (^ftsoa "1 descrJ inhvhich //i/ ''^'?. ^-//.vf. may ap! i-'ELA, neuter faini- ib. ih ,., P'y to things..... "»ff the supplying ¥ro. i-eruomil Pronouns... o-n ' '' •^•. What. bfimn,.;.. etc ^Gjari Ceci, liaruseofc^/fc .. ^/5//; rendered by ^,/«. '■•• JJ' ^pO«»moni„ .peaking ;? P'-raofis and Thii] 3G8 Q 17 r^ Vi L '■^'■onouna .... 27n SnOnthePronounsor. : ^7? hingd, an beo-i/K ib. their ^*"'^*'«'^^■^"-'^'^ o 4f» . " "^ t^oncord .... ' i»-.^ " used ro render n-.s ning ib. THKin, S'' instead ; ses, leur 250, etc. Mifie with /o A-, of sun. rentJered by quo8t,on,^ renuered |,^ -'80 The relutiVeinu'sVbe'cIo'se to Its antecedent.. o^y 5283 f'*. ^"^/"-^ Pri 251 :'/"M/-.v, « /itf/v used bcf-"- -■• -' tiondhip 2;>5 Poss •t 're titirs of re/a- •;)-2 How f.. .. ■■,■**: lb. «^ stand- 293 .'1 -ftnSoMiTK Prom, ,-. - rojiouns indtfiiiltc. I !■' a 3 31 3; 33 33 33< 34( 34-^ 349 CONTJSNT^, IX ib. 1^ If On, lui me»,ung ^,hJ p^. voice •ubsiitutcd to tho ^e^r^' ^-''^ JN for. uh- 300, etc. Qtt«/i^'ii;;iuw,;;. '««<«, etc. etc;....!.. CAPTER V. TH3 VBRH. 32l.etc Concovdhotwlfauho if-^ tJt"'^ ^"'^ '*» subject . . 3^7 Nouns of Af uKitido .nU Nouns Collective Parti- tive, reqvMre tho Ve/b to Pago r«go 36U fMiiiRTiiu-r f!sM>.<7 the prepositions tie, d pout used btlbro the' infinitive -^^f jJ5t, etc. Kulr, on tije Prcijo- I HitiorjH to be vsed bclore the iniioitive jk 298 _ "'" Hiuoiiive J5G, etc. itbles ah to when tho Mcond Verb must be in the tiulicalive, and when m the subjunctive mood. JViTirnp .»-.^ TT-_ irn i? " ''^J^^tctive mood.. 327 360 Natuhe and Use or JUO Of thfl Pro--„. T^ .. J62 Use of the ImptrfeU (j« ^28 The Verb :/ the plVr;'] 1^^. 7"%^' 330 329 Place of the subject S ^'•f/«^'«, O'ai parlI:) 33i /^/^ tV«'^ 314 367 rri ?.'?.!*".-»: •••:;-^3l cd in questions begfi^^r.ing f^ ^"^' ' ^'^^'^^ a subject placed "after 'the Verb in sentences bccin- 3« ^ e;b in the interro- gative form after an,,! f^jO-elre, etc. See No! 334 Iniperati^c " of * p'oiivoir SS ^-, in impre' 332 ib. ib. ib, "* i/mur lenses. . . . 367 Umo of the I<\ture Ab^ 3fiS T? 'i?: ^''''?"^') 333 «Jt)« Ihe ruture is u.wd aiiev QUAND, in spoalcing of 'u-n "?'"g«to conic \m The /^<^f is not ..«ed aJter ai meaning if, but a"er si, meaning whe- i'H-3R. How to render •iiO illustrative examples of the use of the ienses, jr 338 Of a Noun 'governed "by '^- F^' f ' Of the cJn^^i^;^; '•^'* 339 Passive V^'requul'tiu. T'^ ^^'"'^ ''^ ''^'^^' ^^ovon "' .^S' '^<""'«- F^A?, their q 1.? f! at"^' Jfovenunent .... 320 ^^^'^f-^7''^': Verbs do not «'l cn-l always require tiie same auxiliary ; ex- amptes of those which oHhc^e with which £>th 340 A Verb" following',- ^''• &;i!!? ':^^%r'n the poculiar use of the Condi- '-lonal 2g„ 377 OK ^^l ^'''^'i;>^/^'.: : : ; : 338 Mood; the two Langua- ges do not coincide with regard to this tense; iUus- 378 Lm of cU>^../f^;, ""^^ which require the Sttf^ J't-iiclive ^lood . •J>~n 'r\ ^"I'u •'/.7 \i\'.V. mnv van-,-,'.— l.\. .-, , ■i"^^^'"''^-^^''^'/, when used instead of another Con- ib. ■^SSS^^omm^m*., COKTlNTa. JuncUon.... P«ff6 381 'An ^^w*in*ihi*V«l 2«-ia^iw and /« pr^i^^ ** seul, penonn^, ^. ,». *« The wlaUve ««», ^ ^ yure the subjunctive af- tor a negative phnne .... y, 384 Nature of the nrbsvrhich require the Subimtctive 385WR.V,,, ;-••—, '^• etc. have also the Sub- 386 aemarlw on the way of rendering de, rfjrf j^w vovU, should, can, could may, might '344 ^7 Concord between the tenl 8M of the Indicative 345 389, etc. Concord Wtween th« #17 Government of Piwpo- ***v SITIOm jgiy CHAPTER VII. #19; 421 423 * „ , Wtween the teiwes of the SubpincHve, and those of the /nely .'355 % -Par/ici/jfe present is uaedafker EN sgg «« Participle past. Some- times declined, Sometimes Mtvr C?*- . Example 357 40S Participle Past, with ADYJSRBS. 1418 Of the different sorts of Adverbs 350 etc. Of tjie Negations ««, pas^ poitit, where aw the latter tb be used 370 De must be used before the nouns after a nega- tive sentence 374 Ji ne saurais used in- 8teadofy«we|n4«...^... 37^ CHAPTER VIII. COWJUNCTIOKS. J?ln'*!?'H*«<'''«n«- • 416 o. Un My a ^^m 9. Phrases diverses. .... 4ig 10. Continuation " A&n 11. Idem ; i^ 12. On the Article. !.*.*.. *. 432 13. Article omitted....*.'.* 433 14. Continuation . , , 15. Continuation ...."" 16. Onth« PwBouafc'..*. 17. On the Participle Past. 1«. Relations of Tenses.. IV. On Devoir, Pouvoir, Alter, Venir de., 20. On Shauidr Woidd, ^ Could, WiUtShaU.... jl. Continut^tion . * * ^. On tJie Negative M,.. *3. t/ontmuation,. . 84. NkeUes of the French iManguafle lb. 425 426 427 438 m i%. 430 4^1 433 EXPLANATION OP THK ABREVUTIONS irSKD m THK EXERCISES. ^ ■ m. f. pi. «. or sing. A. m. A asp. f r. ♦ art. • pr.-art. pron. inf-l inf-2 P-pr. ind-1 ind-a ind-3 ind-4 ind-5 md-6 ind-7 ind-8 con-1 con-2 con-3 imp. ■ubi-l «ubj-2 0ubj.3 subj.4 •tands for masculine, —•feminine. - Ijlural. • singular. • A mute. h aspirated. ' preposition. • article. •;Sur'P"P°«"°"^-traeted. -present of the infinitive. ~^^^,f^ of the infinitive, particjple present participle past. present of the indicative Je «^w. imperfect. Je parlaU ' ^'^''' preterit definite. Jeparlai preterit indefinite. SaiZrle Pretent anterior. J^e^l^arU Pluperf^t. J^avaUparU fuure absolute. JelarUrai ' imperative. Ate ^^wau eu parle. present of the subjunctive n... ■ pretent. Qm fate parle •pluperfect, due faisse parli ■" ™JpeSdt ^ietr " '"" "« ""O -O" Which i, i. p,^ In filling the Exercises, the ordpr oi' ♦». ^ the phra.es after the French woS is t^ h ^""'^ '^'^^ sometime, in Xn the exercises, when «bvZ« i?' ,•* u ^ observed . '" • P'^ronthe.i.. th«3r'm..t b'eTrSt^eSt r^.f/ii«f ^"r at ar- by I in ten ier. A B C I P a H I J K L M N O P Q. R S T U V X Y Z a b c d e f f i J k J m n o P a r s t u V X y z Italic Letters. I A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V Y Z a h c d e f I i i I r; n o P 9 r s t u V X y z Old AppeUaJ,wn. New AppeUation. ah — bay* say day a — eff ja/yf ask e — jeef kah eU CTJlVt enn pay /cu% heir ess fay u\ vay eeks egrec zed ah be* ke de a /* gh€ he e je% ke le me M pe ke re se te U.9 ve kse egrec ze as in the English word ba^ ^' *'*''^ consonant fs sounded o'^,^7^?"^> soft, it is sounded liki,.* in «;.. ._ _ ._ *^"^l'!if '"""'•' l^""*^' °0» which is ;sil ways sijft'^^^" "*' * *" ^'^^' bee the second note, pigo 4. "^'"^^ly* so"- A I or 1.ETT2RS IN GENERAt. PRONUNCIATION, PH SOUNDS OP THE FRENCH JnguE. ^ 3. OF LETTERS IN GENERAL. A vow,l is the simnt J ^ "^'^f ^""^ Consonants/ articulate soand by S.""" ""^ '^"^ t^^ce forming an ''^l^^^'^Scl^lu^l^'^' ^*""«* ^ articulated with- The vowels are a p 4 ' j 1 fie nineteen remaining letters h r^ f z • , 4. OF ACCENTUATION. I 'acie"nSf forthev7i!J"^'<^f ='**«»•''"' ""^ be paid tothe coZfc^r^i^ ™ *« fi™> -f*. part. p.,. f .Heflrrt Words of the thinldecfpnaJ^n I- . ""'''' demed from those Latin were „tj inTd" ■S'^X^^f 't^ °^"">""'"' «"" »«* OF LBTTEM IM esKMAL. 4 u», as in JJtUes-kUres, fout-putsiant, arem-ciel, &c. 5. OF THE SOUNDS OF THE VOWELS, AND OP THEIR COMBINATIONS. J"fTu'^f^ "' *« radical sounds of the five vowel, case «!qui,C»CK,X"*^?'' r^o-^'-S "^ 'he of 1* rl£ ^otnt " " "" •*•='*<' "^ *« «PP-«<« syllables make a worf!'y""'''' °"' " "">» •* Seventeen eimple BOttDdn. See TittE J. THE SOUNDS TABLE I. 6, THE SEVENTEEN SIMPLE SOUNDS or THE PRENCH T0NOU,r. Sovnds. Examples, 2knd, friend pate, paste tenir, to hold He, summer modele, model tcte, head ixniiet, to imitate ecflle, school cote, rib jettu, virtue ^ne, yewng 3mTie,faa soitpe, Mv^ ange, angel long, long hrun broum Sounded as a m amaiewr a — bark e — battery a — • paper e — met e — there i — timid o — scholar o — note (+) a -^ shun (t) OU — 50t<^ en — encore en — length on — fowg' an it may be well to add tha aUhnni L^^'*^ ^'*"" ^^^ "''^«**''' ? ^rid ideaoftheFrench^undsVmt^^^^^ attempted to give an correctly learnt only by hoal^tho/fSh1^ipT^^^ ^*?^^ nasal sounds cannot be conveyld by any combiZtion Jf r uT¥ ters, but n correct notion of the wav hf whSh tt ^"^''^^ '"*" may be had by observation nnS^Zf-'^ " r ^^^^ ^^^ pronounced it is pronounced inothXnJia^?sK-^^^^^ '" ""u'""i '^^^' ^« move^ when spoken i„ FreSr wherTa wT ''''V^' ^^P^,^° "°* English. ToSopthemovr„gahhe iS isYw^^ ^^ T^'" ^" arriving at the rigi utterance^of FrencrnialS ''^"'' '^' ""^^ ^"^ °^ OP THB PRBNCH TONGUE. 5 7. TABLE II. • COMDINITIONS OP LETTERS REPRESENTINO 8SVKRAL OF THB SEVENTEEN SIMPLE SOUNDS. The Figures refer to Table I. ;s, as, ats*. eat,.;. il gagm. appats . kc betted charms 10 i3... 14 •ID • • • • u eu eu oa an monnote . ain6 . . . . paroitre . folie .... atitote, . . flageolet . auteur. . . msiTteau . geole gagetire. . eve i'..... «e hittie. BOUT .... nceud. . . . c[vieii€ . . . il jotie . . . Aout .... janihc . . . ekSiigeant mgmbre . . entendre . , essam . . . crainte . . . peintme . mpoli . . . . sywibole .. sjwtaxe .. pigeon .... ombre .... a.je^in ... parfiim . . . , aigu sharp 4.... 6.-1^^ S^^'i, jay annee year «sophago asophagtis <=wle aide hai£ bay bal«jie w/uile je nsLgeoia ... I did swim foiWe [ weak vwney eldest to appear folly 8.... o.^*" a«rore dawn jiee let- n ene, seme, Ltown town but 1 and idon, nme- ?n e?i suis nain end 3. Whenever m or n la doubled, us immoler, immcratm^ innover, tnne, innocent, though in this latter word only one n is sounded. Un has the sound of « close, as in tine , unQmp, nnantme, when followed by a word beginning with a vowel or an h mute, as un Aormne, un esprit, aucun ami, commun accord. Um is pronounced (mm, in some words adopted from :he Latm, as centumvirs, album, quinquennium, ladanum, lau^ danum, geranium, Gxcep pensum, factotum. £/■ after the consonants y and g is generally silent, as in quatre, guerre, &c. See those letters. 10. OF THE r. This letter has the sound of i, in all words derived (roin Greek ; lyre, physique, and in y adverb, tn pays, paysan, paysage, it is sounded like two i, as if these words were spelled ^otW*, pai-i-san, pai-i-sage. Y, placed between two vowels, is also pronounced as two i, one of which alten the sound of the first vowel, and the other making a diph- thong with the second thus, payer is pronounced as if it were spelled/?atV«r, monnoyer or monnayer as If mo-naiieri* EXAMPLES* Ab-ba-ye a-bo-yer ap-pu-yer ba-Ia-yer be-ga-yer cra-yon cro-ya-ble 6-<;u-yer ii et-fra-ye to bark to support to sweep to stammer peiicU credible esqmre he frightens nous ^-ga-yon» es-su-yer mo-yen net-to-yer je pa-yois je ra-ye-rais ro-yau-me vo-ya-ge vo-ya-geur ite entiijeh to wipe meaTis ' to dean I was paying I would striife kingd ^"^'' ' ^^^ ^^ ^^® ^""^ of proper names, as Job, Ca^ (eb, Moab: also in- the words, radouh, thp mfiHina nf « «,k;« li I «,,£^*^'TfSf' *''*^^^'^' ^«««. .'^«' sometime8«polt bayonnette, biscayen, j>aym^ but tho y must be gounUetl as one n ' ^ ' mtmKtHmtmm^^s 10 Of CONSONANTS. m'^ inplovid. HARD. Cal-cul ca-co-pho-nie cl«-ri-cal Cn-co>vie co-que-li-cot cro-co-di-lo cris-tal cu-cur-'bi-to A-rach-ne calculation cacophony cleiical Cracow loild-poppy crocodile cryM^d cucnrhite ArcuJitie tkU lii'',dnes5 cetaceous hoop Cirr" hdir-clotA cynic cypress lesson J^, point of U,e comp„, ; b„, ;. ;, „„, ^^ C. c i. i ^Zf'^r"" ^"'5"'''' '«''•»« «. 0, «. I, n, T ' "' " ; "fi.^^Z^^ ''- "-^^ i ^. «. whe.. SOFT, ce-ei ce-lA-c6e cer-ceau Cir-ce ci-li-ce •5y-ni-que uc-.i., acci-dent, iJ'Z^lJ^ *^''"'^"'' P'<"'<'"nced, but improperly, in «^"^ "" ^'''"*' »»<» ''™» by aome, lacs (toila, *«*«'., Ccf^^^f'^Tl^'^^^lS/""'' /"«-: nant ; but " ''^^J before a conso- arealx-.vJt..l!.:.'".™'5 ^'^t^nct, respects i both Iett«n. -^*. ^^^^ OF C01f802fANT8, "^/^^fiSrSc:"^"'"'' '"'"«"'' •■»/'"«•. -*«¥<. Tone, which is most general like M, Ch has two sounds < *" *^» *^a^ > l**»eo**;er, which very rarely occurs. u t .. '^ I 18 that of A in chimera, EXAMPLEA OP sK. ch6-ru-bin Chat che-val chcr-chcr chi-che ar-chi-tec-te ar-chi-tra-ve Atfse Ui setk Stiney CfcXitect architrave ca-t6-chi8-mo chou-et-t« chu-te chu-cho-ter chyle, &,c. dice cateckam screecA-oicl faU fo whisper It has also sound in ^cMlle, ZacAee, &p. ^^Wi. mJa EXAMPLES OP ch AS *.♦ N^ -^'-^- < Cham ' ' ^ Achab A-ch are pronounced ■? Utrek EXAMPLES OP Cht AS *. ^MasTrik ('^i^^«»^t'»°«»di»«the<. Ch has the hard sound of c- in dracAme but Ir aiUn* ;« v^rmi^^r ' ^ '^""^^ pronounced violoncAelle fnii^'^ ^.a« ""iformly the sound of A:, in all words where it is foUowed by a consonant, as Christ, chretien, chkH^chrl ^»„*J'/!^^'''!!?.«°««<1 of*^ i« heard in words of «r«»V «, .^,-.-. Fre^SWr'" '**'" "^ ^"' '^^^^^^ P*>P"»'« and are not enUrely 12 OF CONSONANTS. D, J, is sounded as in English. De-da-Ic labyrinlh do du ' plump din-don Vurketf Dry-a-(Je dro-ma-dai-rc de-di-ca-toi-re Dryad dromedary ' dedicatory D is always sounded in the middle of words., as adjecUf, adverbe, admirable. It is likewise heard at the end of proper names, as in David, Obed, Gad, Alfred, &c. and in some other words, as Cid, Sud, Sund, Talmud., ephod, lamed. D final, before a word beginning with a vowel, is sounded as if, as quandil viendra ; un grand homme ; vend-il ? which are pronounc- ed quan-iil-viendra, &c. The d final of the following words is always silent in bond, gojid,fond, nid, nceud, muid, nnd pied ; except in de fond en comble, de pied en cap, tenir pied'd-boule, avoir un pied-d-terre, where it is sounded as t. Double d is heard in some few words derived from the Latin, as in ad-dition, ad-ducieur, red-diiion, F,f, is sounded like the same letter in English. EXAMPLE. Far-fa-det fau-fi-lcr hobgoblin to oaste (in sew- in^) edict of the Mufti boaster fe-bri-fuge fruc-ti-fi-er febrifuge to fructify fi-fre for-fait f(fer crime fet-fa fan-fa-ron Final / is sounded in all nouns an(i adjectives ending in af, ef, if, of, as bref, brief, chef, fief, nef nerf, grief fterf relief, mechef Azof, lof, tof tuf, ouf, vouf mif, veuf, b(Buf, and new/ (new) ;/is silent in clef, eteufch^f-d'c^ume, CRuf frais, and in these plurals nerfs, ceufs, hmifs, neufs (new). In wcw/(nine) when alone, or when it terminates the sentence, / is distinctly sounded, but it takes ;he sound of V before a vowel, and is silent before p consonant. Double /is generally sounded, as one j alone ; however, in some few words, as effusion, affadir, effraction, it seems more proper to sound both. i before a, o, u, the hard sound of ^', in the English G, g, has \ wci'd go, and before e, i, y, the soft sound of* inpleasure. Gan-gr5-no Gro-nin-guo gai go-guc-narJ EXAMPLES OF g HARD. gangrene Groningen cheerful joker gtit-tu-ral gom-me g!a-ce Uor-go-ne ffuUv/ral glim looking-glass Gorgan tv ConsokAnt*. h it seems Uieai ge-or-gi-que» gen-re ge-mir KXAMPLES op g SOFT jay georgics gender to groan ge-n^-ral gens gin-gem-bte gym-ni'-qtte genet al people ginger gymnastk G final 18 hard mjoug, and in proper name*, as jlgair, Dong. When rang mng, long, precede a word beginning with a vowel, g final s sounded as k. It is silent in fau^ iT^if'f'^f ^"'^'•^''''^^"* 5o^.ro•./'«Me, Bcmrg-laJeine, &c., and likewise m M^^io-^^e, afe sang frmd, sah^-de' dragon, m rang, sang, long, before a consonant, and ai™ Ltff °''^'*''°' ^^'^"^-^'^o-, A«^-^ng, efo7^5•, .emo- and iourg^mestre i^1 pronounced dowro-t^e-we^/re, and bv LTr mTner!' " "''^' '"^ "'* improperly, written in this Gif forms a distinct syllable in at-gu^tr, aigue, suraieut eigne, amhgu^, contigue, exigue, fnd besaf^e oiill sounded as a d.phthong, that is, the tw6 vowefs are heard in mgujlh axgmllade, aiguilhn,^u^ in the proper names d^Aiguillon, de Guise, h Guide, But the ^f in the nflec! tions of more than forty verbs ending in guer, and in manv other words, where it stands beforehand i, as Sed only to give to ,. the hard sound, is entirely sUenLaa in anguille aiguure, aiguade, bague, begue,fiJue, doa^e M^e,fupe, nnguenf, langue", longu%, nargu .erC morgue, Izshngue, gue, gui, guerir, gulder S tanguir^ gmngtteUe, &,c. * ' o''*'*"e'-j gmse, f..^"^ !f ^^' *^^ ^''^^ '^""^ «^^^« diphthong goua in some msuggerer,suggillation. ■' ' " ofword?;:,ti'i'ft't:r''™''5" '=°1^'"«'"'«. S- the middle oi woras, retains its hard sound, na n Bero-hen Vnirhi.„ egh^e emgmesegment,amyg gno-mi-de gnomi-que gno-mon gno-mo-ni-que di-gni-t6 i-gno-rant com-pa-gnie 61" Consonants. EXAMPLES OF THE HARD SOUND. gna-pha li-um gnos-ti-que ag-nat ag-na-ti-on cog-nat cog-na on ag-na-ti-qtie r€g-m-co{e\. cog-na-ti-que mag-ufi-sie ?g-n«8 skg-nant ig-n6e stag-na ti-on g-m-cole di-ag-„oa.ti.q«e ig-ni-ti-on mag^nat* EXAMPLES OP LIQUID SOUNDS. dignity ignorant «i gner re-pu-gner cham-pa-gne ChavipHgn Bou-Io-gne Bmlogne company to sign to feel a repug- ^ . nance A IS ASPTRlTOn r»- => 'Habler *ha-ch« 'ha-ir 'har-po *haut 'h^-ros* 'h€-nB-8on 'hideux *hon-te *hur-Ier A IS ASPIRATED 117 to romance axe te hate harp high hero hp.dge-hog hideous shame to howl ha-bit her- be heu-re heu-reux he-ro-ine* he-ro-ique* he-ro-is-me* histoi-re hi-ver hor-reur h IS MUTE IN coat grass hmur happy heroine heroic heroism history wirUer horror rpi . ""* *'^"* nor r or no jL.7;r citreny„ Zt^S.^'— "' a 18 never aspirated in the miHHlA%.r „ j when that word is the comnonnH^f .u ^,^«^d» except likewise fe o«< rf ;; „„„ Tthout elt^ii T/ ',''* '^^ placed before i!.e rrc^e^fi^ '1"^^ Z' "''^ T''*" «o» ; snr les onze heures, nir even tefo^ IZ ^' " T une heure, ' " '^'°'^ ««« in sur lea -■(Al ■KiMl! OF CONSONANTS. 15 For what concerns h, placed after c or fi-, see the remarks on those letters. H, after r or f, is always silent, as rheteur^ RAbruu rhubarbe, the, Thomas, ihym, J, J, has constantly the sound of z in azure, or of s in pleasure. EXAMPLE. ^U8 Ja-mais jo-vi-al gra/oy never jovial jou-jou ju-ju-be jeu-nes-sc Urtf jujtibe ymdk K,k has always a hard sound, as in the English word king. ° This letter can hard!y be considered as belonging to the French alphabet, as it is found only in some few words borrowed from foreign languages, as Kan-ga-rwi ker-mSs kangaroo cockmeal L, I has two sounds, the ki-os-que Turkish pavilion ky-ri-elle tedious emuneration, first, is precisely the same as I in the English words lily, law, &c. second, resembles that of II in brilliant, in which case / is called I mouillee, (liquid.) La-t6-ral 16-gis-Ia-teur li-beHe CXAMPLES lateral legislator mi OF THE FIRST. li-las lilac lo-cal local lu-ni-so-iai-re lunisolar SECOND BOUND. It IS impossible to define exactly the peculiar liquid sound which / has in Frenchjin combinations of letters such as these, ml, eil, (Bil, euil, ouil, aill, eill, euill, ouill, &c. ; it must be heard from the mouth of a native. It may not be useless, however, to make the following observation, that that liquid sound does not in the least affect that of the vowel or com- bination of vowels which precede or follow il, ill. Thus, in taiUeur, the sound of ta and eur must be pure end distinct ; nearly as it the word were thus spelt, ia-ieur ; the liquid sound oUll, forming a sort of diphthong with the last sylla- Ole. In bouillon, bou must be pure and distinct, thus t^fmmmmmmm^m^^.^. ' --■-■•«4%ri'TiaritMiti;kiiif 16 Iff II ' I If or COWSONAlCTrf- 6cureuil raerveilleux gazouillage orgueil orffueilleux ceiilade oreiKie p6rilleux treiliage bouillon EXAMPLES. 6-cu-reu-ie a squirrel mer-vh-ieut ga-zou-iage or-gueu-ie or-gueu-ieux eu-iade o-re-ie p6-ri-ieux trei-age boH-ion wonderful warbling pride proiid glance ear dangerous lattice work broth or U e n7\^Alir^!J "^^rly the only known instances of an I Sie voweU ^ ' '^'*^^"' ^^^"» immediately preceded hy ^11. Jl^',) '" 'S'/6y//e, and sille. But It is liquid in famille. fllc^ charmitte, souguenille, carillon, pillL j^uia^e ^/""""'''^ Double js sounded in the following JorCa?/tt'^^ alli^ coZerkfbum^l^^^^^ ^^^^^^on, constellation, X «i><5t7/^ • ' ^?/^'"^i?' GaUicisme, intellect, &c. maid and in^rff 1 '''^' P''"''^\f^ pellicnle, cquipoller; heUemsme, ^"««?&c°^ ™''' ^' ^^"^^^^' Bellol/jJolabcUa, l^alZ] mJ ""' ''"''''^^P^"^^ ^" ^o«"d with the same letter in Eng, Mar-me-la-de mar-mot-te m^-mo-ra-ble nair-mi-don Tni-qai-^iie marmalade marmot TfWtHKn'shh'. fnyiini(Um mimic EXAMPLES. mo-mie ino-nient ■^TIU SUi-lAiUlA mur-mu-re mys-te ro mummy moment Jrjuisui/nan murmur mystery OP CONSONANTS 17 W: A/ final is nasal and not soundcid hi /aim, daim, >kw», renonkt parjum ; it is not nasal, and is sounded in Amsterdam, Rot- terdam, Sem, Cham, item, Jerusalem, Sedim, Ibrahim, and most proper names, except Joachim. M, n, are both articulated in amnislie, calomnie, hymne^ insomnie, indemnite, (pr. indamnite), somnambule, automnal, but are sounded as one n alone in automne, damner, and deri- vatives. Double??! is sounded as one m, except in words beginning with imm, such as immorlel, immensite In compound words such as emmancher, emmener, the preposition is heard distinct- ly en-man- cher ; Emmanuel is pronounced Emanuel. In femme, differemment, ardemment, the e preceding mm is sounded a fa-me ; but in lemme, e is sounded e. See Obser- vations. N, n, is sounded as in English. EXAMPLES. Nenuphar | non-nc nun, Tiational I Ni-ni-vc Nineveh nominal | noc-tur-ne noct/v nal a man of ninety j nym-phe nymp/i iV nasal, see Tables I rind II and observations following. Gn have two sounds, which see at letter g. The termination eni of the third person of verbs is sounded e, ils parlent. Us aimeraient, pr. ilspar-le. Us aimeraie. Double « is not sounded except in an-nexe, an-nal, an- nuel, an-notation, an-mder, in-ne, in-nove, in-novation, and a lew other cases. En final, and in all the persons of venir, tenir, and their compounds, is sounded like in, ancien, mien, chien, citoyen, il vient, il tiendra. En is sounded nasally at the beginning of the following compound words, enivrer, etiamoitrei^, enorgueiUir, erinuyer, ejihardir, enharmonique. Pj p, is sounded as in EngUsh. Ne-nu-far na-ti-o-nal )io-mi-nal no-na-ge-nai-re EXAMPLES. Pa-pii-lon pc-pin pied-plat prin-ci-pe pro-pos biMei-Jly pippin mean fellow principle discourse pou-pee po-pu-lai-ro pour-pre pur-pu-rin py-ra-mi-cle doll popular purple purplish pyramid bantismal. n^fioni ^aptieuar, gypsfi, ibeptembre, Scp.uagesime, corruption, rupture, apsides Irapsodies, symptome, redemption, redempteur; but is silent, in _ ,•- , - .»..*« *w •^ t* 111 \bdpte7ney' bapiiser, 'baptisiere, Baptiste, e:cenipt/^€xcmpter, • ».»*-*.;,,,» 18 OP CONSONANTS. fj and galop. ^^^ '" ^^«*"^> ^«w;>, afrap, /^ttp, strop "|iS«SSr' *-"•■■"■"' Q has generally the sound of A- i„ /a„^^. r ^e, bv ll.r the moet general bc- Qu, has three sounds J Ao„ t r """^ ^«^^^- Unas, ^ Ao«, before a in some particular feu, before e, or t in some others. i Q.uai qiia-li-te quel-que qui-con-que qui-pro-quo quo-li-bet quin-qui-na que-Rouil-Jo A-qua-ti-que 6-qua-teur 6-qua-ti-on qua-cre qua-dra-ture qua-dri-ge qua-dru-pe-de qua-dru-gle E-qnes-tre li-que-fac-tion qu«'E teur ques-tu-re quin-quen-nium equi-Ia-te-re £-n%-mi I- Ai 1 e-qui-an-g!e e-qui-dis-tant EXAMPLES OF k, ques-tion se-questro queue a-queux a-quc-duc e-qui-vo-que se-rc-quin-quer ■wharf quakty some whosoever blunder pun Peruvian bark distaff &c. &c. &c EXAMPLES OF kou. aquatic equator equation quaker quadrature {ancient chariot < with fmr L horses quadruped quadruple qua-ter-ne qua-dra-ge-naire qua-dra-ge-si- \ mal ^ a-qua-ti-Ie a-quar-el-le li-qua-tion in-quar-to lo-qua-ci-te question sequestration tail watery aqueduct ambigtiiiy \ to ttick oneself \ (mt quatei-niov, a man of forty quadragesimal a^iatile water colour liquation quarto size loquacity EXAMPLES OF ku. equestrian lijuefadicn qu£stor qicestura quenquennium S of ejual di- \ mensxons equdiiicral equiangular equi-distant e-qui-mui-ti-ple e-qui-ta-tion quin-tu-ple quin-tile quin-qiien-nal quin-de-cem virs quin-que-reme quin-quei-co eoui-muUiple horsemanship quintuph quintile quinqueniiial qidndecemviri r a term of the < ancient gym- ( nasium '"waAmi^M^^ OF CONSONANTS. 19 In quinquagenaire, a man of fifty, and quinquagesime, quinquagesima, the first syllable corresponds with the sound oiqu in equestre, and the second corresponds with the sound of ^TM in aquatique. Q final is sounded in coq, cinq, except when cinq precedes a word beginning with a consonant, cinq ' livres. ^ JR, ib sounded aa in English. EXAMPLES. Ra-re-te ras surer ra-bou-gri re-brous-ser ri-gou-reux roin-prc rou-vrir ru-gir m-ral rus-tre scarcity to hearten stunted to recoil rigorous to Itreak to open again to roar rv-ral a boor rhylh-me sour-drc cour-roux il coui-ra cor-ro-de-ra cor-ro-bo- rc-ra ir-ra-dia-ti-on ir-ro-ra-ti-on tor-re-fac-ti-on rhythm to spiing vrath he will run it will carrode { it will conobo- \ rate i'lradiation irrigation ionefaction R is always sounded at the end of words after the vowels a, t, o, M, except in Monsieur, in which it is silent. Er,ier,i\\e terminations of the infinitive of verbs of the first conjugation, and of many adjectives and nouns, are pro- nounced e and i.e. Parler, marcher, bouger, premier, singVr Her, cordonnier, boulanger. But in the following words the termination er, is pro- nounced air. EXAMPLES. Cher dear ou-tre-mer ultramanne fer iron bel-ve-der belvidere ver toorm Lu-ci-fer L/ucifer mer ficr sea haughty Pa-ter ; the Lord's I jrrayer jas-ter li-cr li-ver stamach fra-ter hair-dresser yesterday winter ma-gis-ter { village school \ master a-mer bitter Stat-hou-der Statholder cancer cancer Ju-pi-ter Jupiter en-fer hctt Al-ger Algias e-thcr ether Gcss-ner Gessner a-vant-hier i the day \ yestc't before Ni-ger Niger ^ a river ^r^ w ^^^m ^r ^^^^^ m •day cuiller a spoon In terminations like ers, ert, erd, art, ard, arts, art, ord, ords, oris, r alone is sounded canard, morts, pervers. When the lolio wing adjectives and a few "others precede a substantive beginning with a vowel, the r is sounded, that isj there is what is called i liaison. I cmmmmmm I a soundeu a not sounded H not sounded I ^0 Ot COiN'SOiNA^TSi un singulier evfinement a sinciUar ev^'^f ^ un eniicr abandon an g/f/7Vv !?• lunleger Obstacle ^ 2^1 S I ^/4^ last to Lp his loo'd "^ ^°"''''^ ^"'^ r C'est un homme Uger ct inconstant enli^ m th/fi"^/'"'"-*^''?'^'^"*''^^^^^"^"^'*'^'^^ of allthe verbs of the first conjugation, may be sounded when n^eS' word beginning with a vowel ; in conversation Fh?. Jr -^ "" Hon is, however, seldom observed ' *^'' ^''^"*^: i2/^. See y^. Double r is not sounded, except, 1st, in aberraHn., .ii. rer, korreur, errer, torrejier, and^hen-de; v1 [vTs ^ ^^^ words beginning with irr, as zrrevocadle, irregule7 1^^^^^^ hon,J.c. ; 3rdly, in the future and conditionToft^e ^erC acgucnr, counr, mourir, and their derivatives-jwj^'^' je mourrais, nous cournons, &c. ^ acquerrat, , ^\L^T. '''^'' \ ^%^' ''' '" *^^ ^"Slish word sister. Su \ , i^^f*^^^^^ rose anaphase. 6 has the hard or hissing sound at the bpcr;nii,'n,r «r j a«d the soft sound, ia the middle, betweenTwelf ™*'*' season seizttre se-samum situate sojidise siUy action vicntM reservation EXAMPLES. sour-noi-se sup-po-se?. se-dui-sant Su-se Sy-ra-cu-se Syn the-se a sullen taojnan suppose alluring Susa Syracuse Synthesis Sai-flon sai-sie ee-sa me si-se sou-bi-se Rot~ti-ge sous-en-tcn te ^ In Sbire, Svelte, SganareileamX Sdili ^or JDe'os it hn« the^o/f sound ; and, in familiar conversation ^./Z ^' Sedan, il est le second de sa closse, are pronoun 'cedt if these words were written «^rf«;^ /e^o-o/j Tfort 1 -^ mute as inmallSchaffkouse, SclJI^g^ l^l thVl Sh m sAenf, a sheriff, is sounded as in EngHsh Ace, set, scy, are pronounced as se. s-l sci nf /h« x. ■ nitMT nP vvnr^^ o«,i o. ^..,ui. /^«. ^^^/^ ; <'c/.«4T^,S;:'i|J --» of nation, ,„, ^,,^^ Par.»:„i EXAMPLES. Par-tial par-tia-li.t6 jw-tiel pa-tien-ce »m-pa-t!en-ce quo-tieni cap-tieux argu-tie cau-tion-nc- ment am-bi'tion am-bi-tion-ner I partial partiality partial impatience guotient captioiis cavil bail fimbition to wish patient pa-tien-ter Gra-Ia-tie Be-o-tie action bal-bu-tier in-i-tier baJ-bu tia patient ^obear patienthi Galalia Beotia action, to stammer to initiate he stuttered baF h» I' '^ stuttered in i-t^ ''"™""' '^^^rr^ring Venfr ^nUiaied * Ve-ni-tien Venetian — '" «^"« ysnetian ^ Ills sounded io :» -• i combinations^/ .ho "^^^ '' iheologie tUiUr^. -a- t ttl" COMo»»rANti. 2§ mi, imU,comput, chut, idfniuth, indulf luL occimd, nncirmi both a and t are articulated irt Le Ch. uiL Vest StW^S neither of these letters is heard in Jesua-ChriaL which ia pro- nounced Jeaua-Crii ' *^ The final t oUept.huit, i^ heard Dt the erid of a sentence. Li )^, .%7S. '" "^^- '^'^^^ ^ ^^"^--^ ^- - '"J In words ending in ar/, e*<, art, ourt, the < final is silent. 7* n T « f "* '? u^^ conjunction et which .s pronounced e; Doiible Wis not heard except in atliciame, attiquej'ficwf, guttural, and pittareaque. >*»*yt«e, ^..icuai V, Vi has the same sound in French as in English. EXAMPLES^ Val-yc val-vu-lo \u.c(i6-vil-Ie ver-ve wi-va-ce wis-a-vifl *i-vre valve valvule ballad poetic Jire vivacious opposite to live. Win generally pronounced vi-vo-ter vi-re-voi-tri vi-re-veau veu-ve veu-va-ge U> live poorly I guide irregu,* \ tar walk. itHTidlasa ividois widoiohood as single v in Wolfram, War^ Z^h"AT^,^^r''' '' ^^' *^« Bngl/sh^sound'r but'fnK ton, the first syllable new is pronounced as neu, in neUraUt^ ^ , , ^ {ka, '\x\ axe, expeme X, X, has the four! ' ' •- - ^ - different sounds of"^ axe sexe ri-xe lao-xer lu-xe ex-ceder ex-cel-ler ex-ces «x-cep-ter €X-ci-se A-lex-andre gz, in exhibit, exhale aa, in bliaa, moaay . z, in Xenophon EXAMPLES OF THE FIB8T SOUND, Jt«. -rt.a-vi-er Xe-no-phon ex-il ex-or-de ex-ub6-ran-ce «x-a-men axis sex altercation to box luxury to exceed to excel sxcess ts excepc excise Alexander EX/ MPLE3 OP THE Xaverius Xetiovhain exile ' exordium ecuberatice ex^imination Xan-tip-pe o-xy-gh-no pa-ra do-xe flu-xi-on exsic-ca-tion ex-suc cion cx-flu da-ti-on ex-su-der ex-ci-per Xantippe oxygen paradox dejhixion exj,i:cation exsuctiotv exsudation exude SE'JOND SODND, ex-au-cer ex-haus-ser ex-hi-ber ex-hu-mer i to plead an ex- \ ception. gz. J to hear favor- i uhly to raise to produce to dmnter ^ifc..^^^. EXAMPLES or THE THIBD SODND, i#< Aix . Aix Aix-la-Chapello Aix-la-ChapcU^ Auxerre Auxerre Auxoniio Auxonne. Soixanto Bruxcllew Luxeuil Sixty Brussgfs JLuxeuU Dnuxieme Bixienie dixioine dix-huit dix nouf examflks or tub fourth bound, z. second sixth tenth eighteen nineteen dix 6cua dix hommcs deux aunt a buau^ youx 6i gla-fon piece of ice ' "> g9il-te luncheon gout-te drop grS-ce famour gron-deur grumMer gra-au ffi ««ii gue-ro little guer-re war gueu-Ie vwulA (of a bcasi) fui-Ujr ai-no • hal-le *- har-pe ^ha-te ' hau-teur • Jhansaid • hd-tre hom-me, pr, mme hon-neur,;w nneur ' Iron-te hor-recrr ho t» fcu-maift ira-pie ju-ge jour-nee Jai-teux la-qoais lar-cia lar-gear R-queur lo-gis lon-gucur mar-bre mar-chand ma-xi m&-re meu-blo mon-de mons-tre mou-l» mou-!in n»-gaud nou-veau eeu-vr» on-guent or-dre ou-bli pa -rent par-rain, pr. pa-naioj pS-te pa-te pat-tc pS-che pe-che ^e-cheur ^F DISSYLLABLES, ho- ho- guule fuitred market'haU harp haste height chance beech > honour shame horr(n^ taTtMord human impious judge day milky footman theft breadth/ Uquor dwelling length marble tradesman husband mother furniture world monster mould miM siUyfeUow new- wm-k ointment order oblivion ixlatioiu godfather ~ dmbgh pie paw fishing sin, fisherman. pe-€heur pei-nc pein-tre pe-re peu-ple peu-reux pin-te plu-me por-trait pour-pro prin-ce pro-neau ra-gout r6-gle r^-gno rone- ren-te r^-vo ri-re rou-te ru-se- fla-bre sa-hi^ sa-tint sau-ce sau-teur se-jour si-gnn' sirgne sotn-bre sou-hait, sou-pe sou-ri& su-cro 8us-pect ta-cne ta-che tam-bour tom-beau to^me tou-pie tour-nevMT trai-neau tro-ne trou-peau veu-ve vj-gno ze-le z4-le sinTier trouble painter father people fearfut pint feather picture pwrjii prince prune ragout rtUe reign queen annuity dream laughing rtiad tiiek sabre salute satin santce fumbter residence signal sigyi dark- wish soup smile siugar sstspidousa spot task drum grave volume top turner sledge throne fiock widmo vine zeal zealmi* A-bi-mc o.-bre-ge a-bri-cot ab-so-Iu ab-sur-de ac-tri-cc a-lTai-re am-pou-Ie ap-pe-tit fi-pnj-te a-rai-^nee ar-moi-rc ar-tis-te as-si-du a-tro-cc au-ber-ge a-voi-ne aus-te-re ba-bio-Ie bas-ses-se ba-ti-nient be-le-mcnt ber-ge-re bo-ti-se bicn-fai-sant bien-se-ant bien-ve-nu blan-cha-tre bles-su-re boi-sc-rie bor-du-re bou-lan-ger bou-ta-de bou-ti-que bras-sc-rio bra-vou-re breu-va-ge bro-de-rie brou-et-le brii-lu-re brus-quc-mcnt ca-de-nas catn-pa-gne ca-re-me car-ross-e cein-tu-re ce-pen-dant cham-pi-gnon *»H<*_».»«_11 " HZ.". p*w iiCr cha-pel-Ic cJha-pi-trc abyss aSi-idgment apricot absokih absurd actress business appetite as2)erity spider cabinet artist assiduous atrocious inn oats austere bauble baseness buUding bleating shepherdess stupidity beiievolent becoming welcome whitish vjiound wai'oscot edging baker whim shop breiohoiise valour drink evibroidery wheelbarrow burning bluntly padlock cohntry lent coach girdle hmoever mushroom chapd chapter WORDS OP THREE SYLLABLES. 29 14. WORDS OF THREE SYLLABLES. qiuick cart chtistisement warmly copper fuel shons, stockings hand-barrow ka/rpsichord seicer colic college hill ''olumn colouring comedy comedtan merchant company companion behaviour c;j char-Ia-tan char-ret-to chati-ment chau-de-mer.t chaudi^-ro chau-fia-ge chau-ssu-re ci-vie re cla-ve-cin cIo-a-qiKJ co-Ii-que co-lle-ge co-lli-nc co-Io-nno co-lo-ris co-me-die co-me-dien co-mmer-fant com-jKi-gnie com-na-gnon con-dui-te con-que-rant con-que-te cons-tam-mcnt con-tl-gu cor-do-nnicr co-ri-ace cor-ni-chon cou chet-te cou-ro-nnc cou-telas cou-tc-licr cou-tu-re cra-moi-si cre-du-Ie cri-ti-quc cru-au-t6 cui-si-ne cul-bu-to cu-re-dent de-com-bre,8 de-gou-tant de-jeu-ner de-meu-rc deg-ho-nneur des-po-te dis-ci-ple dis-grS-ce dro-guis-te droi-tu-re 6-cha-faud 9 conqueror conquest constantly contiguous shoemaker tough girkin couch crown hanger cutler seam v crimsan credulous critic cruelly kitchen tumble tvotlir-pick rubbish disgiisting breakfast^ abode dishoiumr despot p^ipil disgrace druggist uprightness sca^old ^iM't^mmmim 30 6-che-veau 6-cu-me em-pe-reur em-pla-tre em-plet-te en-clu-mc en-ga-geant en-ne/iM en-sei-gne 6-pa-giieul e-pi-ce fe-pi-cier 6-pou-se cs-ca-lier es-pa-ce es-pc-co es-quis-80 es-tra-gon «-tei-gnoir 6-tour-di 6-vd-che e-veil-Ie ex ces-sif ex-em -pie fa-bu-leux fa-fa-de fai-en-ce fa-ri-neux farou-che fi-Ias-se fleu-ris-te foi-bIes-80 fo-Ia-tre fou-droy-ant four-his-scur four-ru-re fram-boi-se fri-su-re froi-ssu-re gi-ro-ffe go-be-let gou-Iu-ment gu6-ri-son gui-mau-A'c ha-lei-ne ' har-di-ment ' ha-ri-cot hor-Io-ge hor-ri-blc ho-tes-ae i gnorant iin-mcn-sc WORDS OF THREE BYLL ABIES. ladder skein froth emperor plaster purchase anvil engaging enemy sign spaniel spice grocer vn/e stair-case space kind sketch stragon extinguisher thoughtless bishoprick awake immodrrate example faimUms front delft-mare m^aly fteixe flax florist weaJcness playful thundering sword-cutlier fur raspberry curling bruising cloves goblet speedily cure marsh-malhw breath hoidhj Ii\ench bean dock hmrid Imtdlady ignorant immense im-puni in cer. -die in-co-nnu in-g6-nu i-nnu-main in-sec-to ins-truc-tif i-voi-re i-vro-gne ja-quet-te jour-na-Iier lai ti6-re lan-^ou-reux len-til-Jc li-ma-fon ma-ga-sin mal-a-droit ma-noeu-vre mar mi- ton. mas-cu-IJn me-con-ttut me-raoi-re mena-ger men-son-ge me-pri-se me-thod'e mo-des-tie mon-ta-gnard mou-tar-de raur-mu-re na-tu-rel nau-fra-gc n an-moina no-bles-se noi-ra-tre o-bli-geant om-bra-ge o-ppro-bre o-ra-geux or-fe-vre or-phc-Iin pa-moi-son pan-tou-flo pa-pe tier pa^ra-sol pa-ren-te pa-rois-se j.)as-sa-ble pois-sar-de poi-lri-ne por-tie-re pos-tu-re po-ta-gc unpunished conflagration urucnovm ingenuons inhuman insect instrudive ivory drunkard jacket journeyman milk woman languishing lentil snail warehouse awkward labourer scullion nmsculine discontented vtemo'ry thrifty falsehood mist^akc inethod modesty hightander mustard mutynur natural shipioreck nevertheless nobility blackish obliging shade disgrace sUrrmy goldsmith orphan fainting-fU slipper stationer undn'ella kinswoman parish tolerable Jishwoman breast coach door posture porridgr. OF GKriBER. $1 I on r J pous-m^-re pr6-tex-te prin-ces-sc'^ pro-mes-se pro-tcc-fcgur pu-6-riI pui-ssan-ce que-reMe ra-pie-re ra-tid-re re-3ol-te r6-8er-ve re-ssour-ce re-trai-te r6-ve-rie rou-gea-tre rus-ti-que scan-da-leux 8cru-pu-leux se-an-cc 8er-ru-rc sif-fle-ment »im-ple-ment 80-bri-quet 8o-len-nel 8o>nnet te 80- no-re (fust preleTict princess promise protector childish power qiiarrel rapier rat-trap crop reserved resource retirement meditation reddish rural scandal^" scraped us sitting lock whistling plaiidy nick name solemn little bell sonorous sou-cou-po 8oup-9o-nneux spec-ta-cle Bplen-di-de Buc-ces-seur su-pre-me symp-tA-me tein-tu-re ten-dres-se te-ne-breux the-a-tre the-ife-ro toi-let-te lour-ne-vis tou-te-fois tri-che-rie tri-pm-phe trom-pet-te tu-mul-to va-can-ccs ver-get-te ver-mis-seau vic-toi-re vi-gou-reux vil-la-geois voi-tu-re ze-phir 15. OF GENDER. saucer suspicious sight splendid successor supreme symptom dying tenderness dark theatre tea~pot toilet scretc-dri-ver •nevertheless cheat triumph trumpet tumult holidays brush small worm victory vigorous countryman carriage zephyr # There are but two genders in French, the masculine and feminine. The mascu'Jne gender expresses the male kind, as un homme, a man ; un lion, a lion. The feminine gender denotes the female kind, as une Jemme, a woman ; une lionne, a lioness. The French language, has no neuter ; consequently, inan- imate objects are either masculine or feminine. Foreigners experience great difficulty in that respect, for, as the article pronoun and adjective which refer to a noun, must agree with It in gender, as well as in number, much attention must be paid to ascertain the former. To enable them to do this, no general rules can efficiently be given, on account of the numberless exceptions which occur. AVe think that ear and practice are the safest and most correct guides which can be Ibllowed, and, in fact, they are the only ones which the French themselves have, who hardlv ever »««Lo a mistake, if we except the uneducated ; w'e, therefore strongly recommend them to the English learners. Unwil- hng, however, to withhold from them any part of the as- ■'"*■-"■■' --^"yMiitf"' d2 Of GfcNDIiR. Bisfance they may look for in a grammar like thk we will give eomo general rules with their exceptions. 16. GENERAL RULES. *T0 ASCERTAIN THE GEXDER OP N0UN3 SUnST.AN^VES IN FRENCH, WITH THEIR EXCEPTIONa. 1. God, his angels, cherubun and seraphim, are of tjic mascuhne gender. ' 2. All diminutives of animals, when there is but one common denom ... --on lor both sexes, are of the masculine gender, whatevv ' ray be the gender of the root from which Tiiey are derived, ^.s un lionceau, un sonriceau, un perdreau un corm/las, un carpillon, un coideuvreau, un vipereau, un becasseau, &c. except U7ie hecassine ; but these two latter, although derived Irom the word becasse, and belono-ino- to the genm, are not of the same species. In other caJe8,°the dimmutives lollow the gender their sex indicates, as wn poulat7i, line potdiche, un cochet, une pouh'lc. 3, Diminutives pf inanimate objects generally follow the genaer of their roots, as hatelet, maisonnetle, globule, from bateau, muison, globe, &c. ; but un corbillon, un soliveau, un cnicJion, une savonnette, un trousseau, from la corbeille others r' ^"^"^^^' ^^ ^"^'^''' '^""^ '^ trousse, and many' 4. All the names of the days, months, and seasons of me year, are of the masculine gender, except automne, which IS of both genders ; ^vhen, however, the diminutive mi (half^ is prefixed to the name of a month, the compound word thv.a takes the feminme gender, as la mi-mai, la mi-aouL la mi-ca~ rcme ; mi sl.anding for demi, f ; la .%. Jean, la St, Michel and other saints' days arc feminine ; fete de being understood as la f6te de St. Jean, ' 'of trees, except yeuse, a sort of oak. of shrubs, with some exceptions, of metals, without excepting platine, formerly feminine, "^ of minerals, a few excepted, of colours, vithout excepting VIsabelle, le Feuille-mort%, &c. though they have La feminine termination m u 'A ' oUnountains, except when the words j'Vfo?z/a'^/ie c6te ^ are understood ; les Cordillieres, les Alpes.'' ' ' as TO g Of winds, except la bise, la tramontane, la bnse, and g '{ les moussons. ■J of towns, except those which necessarily take the I ? arucie /a bdbre them, as la Rockellc]la Fertc- Z sur-Aube, &c. and others. j " Of OENDfiK. 8^ cf fit,!; o i"^'« •?^"^'^Hy^' ^"^ proportional numtew, adjec- S ?"k infinitives of verbs, prepositions and adverbs, all m^r/' y^ • ""'l^ substantively, ar^ tnaflculihe, as le tiei^s, le HIl ^^79^*^^^, le quadruple, le beau, le sublime, le boire, i^lfanger le mieux, h pour, le cmdre, unparatHle, (a cwn- panson,) &,c. except la moitie, and the elliptical formrof speech w«e courbe, tme tangente, tine perpendiculaire, mie paraime,une antique, used for Une Ugriecmrbe, unehZe - fangente &c Antique is feminine, for the mrhe reaefn^ tlie word medattle, or - atue appearing to be understood. 8. Names of mrtues are of the feminine' g'^Vider, except courage, mente. * ' c-^v-c^;. n. GENDERS OF NOUNg, TO BE KNOWN FROM THEIR TERMINATION. fo.^;'^il® termination in an e mute, is called a feminine Si STnkW "^ '' .^^"^^ masculine. This distinction arises probabHr from the circumstance that most nouns of the leminme gender end with an e mute, thus la table, la nviere, lu^e, lnjytanie, latete, lafenetre ; but to this general rule ^ere are innumerable exceptions, which we will notice as we speak of other terminations. 10. A^aweg of states, emjaires, kingdoms and provinces are 01 Ae gender which their terminations indicate ; except le Bengale, le Mexique, le Pelop, nese, le Maine, U Perch e. Slh'n^"^' /' ^'^'^'^ ^' ^^^^^' ^ Pramhe-comte, and perhaps a few more. ' r^llur^^^ "^ n^lu°^ ^"""'^f' ^''^^"' P^»n*«' and flowers, follow pretty generally the gender of their terminations, but there &re too many exceptions to be introduced here. 18, TABLE, SHOWING THE GENDER OF ALL WORDs WHICH i>v .'TOT END IN e MUTE. MASCVLINE, ^ -tie r Aparte, arrete, benfi-"* II J dicitg, comte, ct,o, I ,. "] ^te.pate, lraite,16 f ''« l th^.Lahe .J 40 S iUbi, biribi, lundi, gui, ) i grand morci, etc. . , J '^ '*-" "'-•-"j~ujj cjirui, etc .... , . -01 30 ? ®''8°> vertigo, indir"> > ( etc \, i '<> FEMININE. ( amitie, inimitie, moi- > \ tie, pitie \ I absiirdite, beauts, cha- ' I rite, cite, dignity, I j fidfilite, generosite, ** ^'"" I etc. etc J Fourrai, merci, gagui, ". \ apres-midi 1 loi, 101, parol albiiigo, virago.... #, 4 3 34 OF OEMDER. nn MASCULINE, fichu, cr,u, ecu, tissu, etc aloyau, anneau, etc. otc i bref, chalef, chef, fiof, > ^l grief, reJief. ....... 5 claim, essaim, a bat- i faiin ^ I *"0 J pan, etc 'J bam, baise-niain, aO vtvnt-main, garUc- 200-^ wain, tourne-main, j. cssuie-main, gain, I frem, basin, etc.. ..J -u -au -of •aim •an FEMlNINi), bru, glu, tribu, vcr- i tu I cau, pcau, surpeau^ \' sansipcau li clef, ncf, soif. . . faim, male-faim, maman 4^ 4 3 n -in fin, main, nonnain. . 5 . i scion, bastion, bes- * i Hon, Ixion f 3() 1 i'v gabion, taudion, mil- lion, Jion, ardelion, fourmillion, tremi- on, capion, turnion, ramion, lampion, scptentrion, brim- v^ borion, gavion, etc. [ alcyon, clayoH, cray- on, rayon, sayon, trayon, lamproyon, Aniphictryon 1 brise-raison fpcson, bison, grison, I groiaon, horizon, II < sison, tison, oison, poison, contre-poi- \^ son, buson basson, caisson, ca- vesson, taison, poig- son, cosson, buisson, fnson, herisson, niau- disson, iiourrisson, palisson, polisson, u- nisson, saucis.son, CfMjrson J arcanson, eehanson, } tenson, pinson. j I Caaranfon, cave^on, 1 20 j cour^on, pinf on, su- J con, etc \ } -cion -sion -tion -gion •nion -xion -bion -dion -lion J'-mion -pion -rion -vioa ^ succion, cession, fric- ' tion, gestion, re- ' gion, opinion, re- flexion, fluxion, etc, etc. etc '. . MIOO rebe..ibn, dent-delion, . alluvion r -von 3 -aison cargaison, etc. etc ""garnison, guerison, -csoh ..-;..-« *—kF--.. . .' -ison ■< -uson 15^ prison ,trahison, cloi- son, froison, moi- y son, pauioison, loi- I son, camuson. ..... j 30 11 -sson 1 paisson, boisson, moi 6son, cuisson, salis son, mousson. oi.) lis-> G \ -nson i chanson f -con ifafon, contrefa? oa, i malfafon, Icron, } ranron \ 5 JF GENDER. ' 1 $3. 4^ ■i 3 5 MIOO 11 900^ MASCULINE, bridon, gueridon, etc. . tendroii, jeuno ten- dron, baron, etc. . . abattls, ap^jciitis, iris, tournc-vis, etc bois, niois, carquois, harnois, etc adent, chiendent, Ji- ondent ^laquedent, . curc-dc.. Occident, ( trident, etc acharnement, assorti- ) nient, etc c ballet, billet, bosquet,") minuit, conduit, re- f duit, etc. billot, bru- .K.Iot, complot, etc. bout, gout, ragout, etc paix, choix, priXjCtc courroux,.,, „,„vv.. art, dapart, cham{)art, rempart, eflbrt, port sort, tort, etc fer, ver, hiver, etc. air, eclair, etc, tour, con tour, foUi tc. bonheur, malhcur, ^ labour, honneur, I deshonncur, coeur, J anticceur, crdvc- i coeur, choeur, chou- f fleur, pleurs, equa- teur, secteur, etc. etc FEMININE, dondon. -doi , -Ion ^laideron, ijxiuiQu, to-} -ron I tillon ....^,f.,.. . . . J -18 S "'«^^i«> soiiris, chau- { ^ ve-souris, vis, iris -ois fois -dent ^ dent, surdent, gont. , -gent I 1 3 6 1 3 -mcnt jurncnt. -ct -uit -ot -out -ix -aux -oux foret, nuit, dot, glout. Spaix, croix, noix, poix, } voix, perdrix,chaux, } faux, toux ) -art < hart, part, mort, ma- > -ort I leinort } •er -air -our (cuiller, mar, chair, > _ i cour, tour ^ ^ aigrcur, ampleur, ar- dour, blancheur, can- dour, chaleur, chan- -eur •< ^^^^^"'*> clameur, cou- ' Icur, douceur, dou- leur, epaisseur, er- reur, fadeur, defa- veur, ferveur, fleur, 70 passe-fleur, eans-fleur, fraicheur, frayeur, froideur, fureur, grandeur grosseur hauteur, horreur, humeur, laideur, langueur, largeuf lentenr' liqueur, longueur, lourdeur, lueur, maigreur, moifeur nofrceur Sr' paleur, pesanteur, peur, primeur, profoSdeur, puanteur, pudeur, hnpul deur, rigueur. raideur, rondeur, rongeur, rousseur, rumour saVeur «enteur, soeur, souleur, splendour, sueur, teneur, tex^eur, tr/deurXr: peur, touffeur, tumeur, valeur, non-valeur, vapeur. verdeur, vigueur and moeurs ; besides basseur, rancoeur, tremeur, three wards vJw JS' mah.'wg tnthe whole the number of sdenty-six. "'^ "^^ oosoiece, l^iere are a great maiijr proper names of females, which, though thev may not have the femmme termination, are of that gender as the ^^J^ 't'^, "^L"P.' ^3 «^«% comprehend ; such are.' amomr '=/~/V:~""^""' ^ ^^' i.eres ^nieiis, Venus, Junon, Lfidon, etc.' Amons chn^ti^nn^mes^, Sara, Deborah Elizabeth, Agnis, etc. and manyol" these are contr. tions, as Fanchon for Fanny, Usm, Louison, Marion, M 30 OP GSNDEA. ■;l i STfl^^'/tS!"'' *''^'™' '"^'"' '^'"^' ^-«»'. <**-. As this list of exceirtions will be found pretty accural*. >ll «*K« 19. A TABLE OF SUBSTANTIVES, THAT ARE MASCULINB m ONE SIGNIFICATION AND PEMININH IN ANOTHER. m MASCULINE. Assistant, helper eagle, a great genius an angel an alder tree barb, a Barbary horse Bard, a poet redbreast . a sort of privateer a scroll or ornament pairUing t a caravan, a boy comet, a standard bearer a couple, a man and vnfe Croat, a Croatian soldier a crape an echo ensign, an officer example, model, instance a gimlet, a piercer a large vat keeper, warden hoarfrost the rolls, a register gules in heraldnj fnide, director diotrope, sunflmoer iris, the rainbow, iris of\ the eye t lacker, a kind of varnish a book a hat of otter's hair handle of a tool a labourer Aiilo aigle ange aune barbo bardo berco capw) cartouche coche eornette couple cravate cr6pe 6cho enseigne exemple for6t foudro garde givre greffe gueulo ^uidie heliotrope iris laquo livre loutre manche manoeuvre FEMININE. Aid, hdp, support a standard a kind of thm-nback an ell, a sort of measure beard 5 a slice oj bacon, horse- i ai'numr caw-parsnip caper (a fruit) cartouch, cartridge a notch, a sow a woman's head-dress a brace, a pair, two of a sort a cravat, neckcloth a parhcake Echo, a nymph « sign post a copy for writing a wood a forest lightning, thuTiderboU wai^Ji, hilt, nurse a S'nake {m fieraldry) a graft ' the mouth of beasts reins in driving heliotrope, ^asper ispng-crystal, a proper i name lacca, gum-lac a pound an otter a sleeve, English cha^ind the working of a ship ' i. ^.?^?:-r:Pf *H",.*^'''? it«to be remarked, that th« Fr.«.l, ^.-,i on the K" When a hS'theli'* ^'S^^^'if.^r "" the'right"ha"nd"and masculine ; when tSal "^^^J^X^L^^'^^t^t,:^;^,^^^ ' '' ■«?I?-5V' all other idered as (d in this JMININR ^^ ■asure 'ess 'ofasort . ■ 'bolt ry) ' yrvpvf hanrul Up md and eft, it is mascumne. memoir, a bill tkanks mood., Tnode a pier, or mov/nd moultl, cast, form, a ship-boy the philosopher's stone ofice, prayers ombre, a game at cards singular is mas. page of a prince, etc. a merry a-ndrew a hamPs breadth pantomime Easter, Easter-day a comparison pendulum le Perche, in France summit, highest pitch anybody, nobody (a pro- noun) spad£, at cards gnatsnapper, a bird a plane-tree a stove, a canopy po't, a military statim, punto at cards purple colour, purples, (a disegse) a pretence quadril at cards the calling back a hawk rest, relaxation a glass coach a sort of pear-tree Satyr, a sylvan god serpentarius nap, slumber a smile apmier holder, a book-keeper a tour, Piim, trick triumph trumpeter space a vase, vessel a hat uf vigonia wool a veil OP G£NDBR. xnlmoiro inerci mode n.61e nioule mousse osuvra office ombre orgue page paillasse palme pantomime p^ue parallele pendule perche periode person ne pique pivoine plane poele poste ponte pourjire pretexte quadrille reclame relache remise sans-peau satyre berpentaire Bonime souris Suisse teneur tour triomphe trompette vague vase vigogne voile fEMININE. memory pity, mercy fashioti mole, moon-calf muscle, a shell-fish moss, a plant action, an aiUhor's work ponlry, larder, buttery shade, shadwo plural is feminine page in a book a sti'aw bed S the anch of a palm- ( tree, victory a dumb shmo the passover a parallel a clock pole, perche, a fish period, epocha a person {a noun) a pike peowy, a flower plane, an instrument a frying-pan the post for letters the laying ofeggi purple fish, purple die pretext S party of horse in a tour- i 1. zment a catch-uvrd (in printing) harbour ° ' a coach-house, a remittance a so'rt of pear a satire, a lampoon snake-root, dragon's wort sum, load, name of a river a mmise Smtzerland tenor, purport, content tmoer, rook at chess a Prump trumpet a wave, surge \Jhe slime in ponds, lakes. C etc, O' vi^on, or llama a sail D I r 'ti 'W f I ^ VOCADULART. 20. A VOCABULARy, FRENCH AND ENOLldH. IN TWENTY-THREE CHAPTERS. ♦,• In the following Vocabulary, tho Gender ha. been affixed only to those Nouns that are not included in tho prfeedir Rules. OP THE UNIVERSE IN GENERAL. Dieu God J6sus-Christ Jesus Christ Trinit6 Trinity Saint-KspriC Holy Ghost ansa arcnange fftigel archangel prophgto Messio prophet Messiah sauvour skviour r6dempteur redeeiner Vierge Marie Virgin Mary ap6tre apostle 6var]^61iste evangelist martyr martyr saint saint paradis paradise ciel heaven enfer hell diable devil nature namre univers universe monde m. world 616ment element terre earih eau -water feu fire a if air firmament sky 6toile star plandte planet coniSte comet constellation coTistelJation soleil sun rayon du soleil sun-beam lure moon eclipse eclipse orage m. Uorm ■ tonnerre f?i> thij/nAjfY telair lightning brouiUard pluio arc-en-ciel ondeo neigo grdio glaco gel^e degel roseo creature globe m. sphere h6misph6re wi. horizon degr6 longitude latitude points cardi- naux pi. orient, on est Occident, vu, ouest septentrion, ou nord midi, ou sud climat region continent Europe Asie Afrique Amerique empire m. royaurae r^, r^publique pays colonic principautd ram rwinboxa shower snow hail ice frost thaw deio creature globe sphere hemisphere horizon degree longiinule latitude cardinal points east west north south climate region continent Europe Asia Africa Atnerica empire kingdom republic country colony ■j Hncipality province skir^ or county ▼OCABULABT. eti only los. oainis iy unty lie preuqu'iie p^ninaule Chorsondio cap nromontoiro m iflihme 7)1. montagno mont colline sommct pente, ou pen chant hauteur valine vallon abiine m, deaeri plaine marais rive nvage m, cote rocher* roche* roc* ^cueil* banc* r6cif» brisans* cime pierre pont chauss6o gu declivity eminence valley dale abyss desert plain niarsh or fen banl {of a river) sfuyie coast rock rock rock shcal sand bank reef of rocks brfokers, surf top stone bndge caus.^my, road ford wharf or quay road path ditch gravel sand small sand dust ocean sea mdf bay road {for ships) creek ' i channd I t>^U] l)e d^troit courant mareu flux reflux vague flots pL ondcs 7/1. hSvre m. port luc rividre flenve ?;/_ crabouchuro TuiBfieau 4 rdemcnt ' Sluge m. inorHation ^cluso diguo 6tang vivier reservoir abreuvoir bain citerno fontaine sourco J puit3 pompe bateau barqua bac coche d'eau m. gabaro navire m, vaiflseau paquebot flamme €tincelle chaleur fum^e incendie r%. chaufTage m. chiibon cht'.ifbon de terre cha :bon de bois braise \ strait current tide ."ying cbbin^ wave billotos, wavu waters haven ha boViT hke river great river mouth of a rwtr brook ov^rfloxo dt iige inundation flood-gate, shiic* dyke pond fish-pond bason horse-pond bath cistern fountain source well pump (Jt/Ot bark , ferry-boai barge lighter ship vessel packet-boat blaze spark heat smoke confiagraiion fuel coals pit coal charcoal small coal turf fcu,7.tr"llteto 22'^° "■"""'' « French th.«m<, idea, a. r i. w Mi - 40 bob bilche fagot coupeaux pt. ' cenure sme feu atmosphere vent zephyr vapeur lumiere tenebresjp^, chaleur froid nue, nnee nuage m. nielle humidite serein tourbillon orage m. tenipdte ondee calme m. eternit6 temps siScle m. epojque periode m. date an, ann6e mois Janvier fevrier mars avril mai juin juillct aout septembro octobre novembre decembre semaino jour journee aujourd'hui demain hior h mmirr'''imtifim^imm!^fm VOCABULARr, wood fog of wood faggot. chips (tsfies soot fire atmosphere wind zephyr vapour Ug\t darkn^iss heat cold cloud cloud blight dampness mildew whirlwind storm tempest shower calm eternity time age Or entury epoch periou date year month January february march april may June July august September October november december week day day to-day to-morrow yesterday lundi mardi mercredi jeudi vendredi samedi dimanche heure demi-heure quart-d'heure aurorb auhe matin matinee midi l|apres-midi Tapres-din^e soir soiree crepuscule m. nuit minuit minute seconde moment instant saison printemps etc iiutomne hiver carnaval car6me m. mi-oar^me fiSque pentecote la Saint Jean I'avent aoel fete equinoxewt, solstice m. canicule fenaison moisson Vflndange tonte semailles^/, conge vumday tuesday Wednesday ^ thursday friday Saturday Sunday hour half an lunir < quarter of an \ hour aurora - dawn mining forenoon noon < the afternoon 5 evening twilight night midnight minute second moment instant season spring summer autumn winter carnaval lent midlent easier whit-sunday midsummer advent Christmas festival equinox the solstice the dog-days hay -harvest harvest vintage sheanng-time sowing-time holiday ^fr :ii} wmssmmsm i fenre humain ommo femme sexo enfant garcon fille vierge virgmite eniance jeunesse adolescence virilite vieillesse decrepitude ' jeune homftic jeune fille vieillard g^ant nain pigmee m, man femme veaf veuve orphelin orphelino heritier heriticre maitre maitresse hote hotesse domestique servai^e VOCABULARY. n. OP MAN. vrmnkvnd rnan voisin m. .'oisine/, compagnoa m. compagne/. corps membre vu tronc tete crane m, front visage w. traitii ii, ceil yeux pi sourciJs pi. paupiore woman sex child boy, youth, la4 virgin virginity^ infancy \ youth ^ ' ' adoieschice manhood \ old age decrepitude young man. young girl old man giant ' dioarf pigmy ^usband loife vjidower widow orphan (boy) orphan {girl) heir heiress master mistress laMlord landlady ma/n servant, maid Servant t neighbowr f companion body member trunk Jiead sktdl Jorelvcad face features eye &yes cyc-brows eye-lid nez mmnv narines/>/. bouche 16vres pi. dent gencives pi, machoire langue palais joues pi. fossette menton barbe ^empes pi, oreille cheveux pi cou gosier sein poitrine ventre m, ceinture cote hanchc reins pi genou J arret rotule jambc moUet pied talon orteil bras coude m. aissellc epaule main poing poignet doigt pouce ongle m. cote cerveau CGrvp.llf*. squelette vi, coBur {joumon tbie VI. rate it i (^'■ti. il; 1^ •Mse ' Tiostrils •mouth lips , tooth • i^ums , jaw-bone tongue palate cheeks dimple chin . beard temples ear hair neck , . bosom chest belly waist side hip loins knee ham knee-pan cSlfoftheVif-'^:' foot heel toe arm elbow the arm-pit shoulder ;»om in (1 t*i 'i!r'.>h ciwroifiA. D5> hand. f'St v>rist finger thumb nail lid brain skeleton heart lungs liver spleen ■ -Mi in Mff •-K'li - I i I f H eatomac entra,i]le8,pl. sang humeuro pi. ghnde poil chair peau pores 7?i.pl. nerf artdro veine 08 moeJIe ride bouton sante temperament embonpoint roaigreur teint J 'ougeur pSIeur j)ort demarche geste m, vivacite enjouement gaietg beaute charmes m. attraitsj?;. appas^if. agrement laideur taille voix jjarole silence m. action mouvement repos grimace ria, rire w.. souris, sourire [m. numeur soupir gemissement flommeil stonuicA entrails blood humowrs gland hair flesh skin pores nerve artery vein bone marroio wrinkle pimple health constUuUon plumpness leanness \ complexion redness paieness carriage gait gesture liveliness spnghtliness gaiety beauty charms attractions beauties pleasantTiess (ieform.Uy figure, size voice speech silence action motion rest grimace laughter smile ■t. ; II songe m. r6«'e ny temper sigh groan (Iroicsincss sleep dream dream, VOCABUtARY. / souf}ic m. I haleine I respiration I eternuement I vue ouie odorat gout toucher sentiment obsc»rite ombre son bruit ' odeur puanteur saveur sensations pi, breath breath respiration sneezing sight hearing smell taste touch sense darkness shade sound noise smell st'ie'h flavo'.''- s^nsatiom ciiatouUlemont tickline ** niaiair .,1 * plaisir I j«ie douleur faim soif degout maladie mal incommodite infirmite indisposition mal de dents mal de tete pleasure j^ pain hunger thirst distaste disease coviplaiitt illness infirmity illness tooth-ache head-ache mal aux yeux bad, sm-e eyes migraine megrim yertigew. dizziness evanouissement swoon d^mangeaison itching pesanteur heaviness engourdissement numbness msomnie coup conire-coup egratiffnure ecorchure entorse foulure enfliipn tumeur mcurtrissure contusion blcsBure sleeplessness bUno counter-blow scratch excoriaMon sprain strain tumour bruise contusion toound ^'W T*S»"-'^«»«fip!S;5^: VOCABULARY* 43 cicatrice ulcere m. gangrene coupure brulure cor durillon enrouement rhume m. toux coqueluche surdite frenesie folie rage goutte convulsions pi. yapeurs pi. &6VTQ frisson accds delire m. crise medecine medecin III. ame esprit genie m. raison entendement jugement sens pensee idee imagination fantaisie caprice m, voionte liberte bel esprit opinion sentiment verite erreur vraisemblance apfmrence meprise bevue science connaitjsancc scar ulcer mortificatio7i ctU bum com callosity hoarseness cold cmtgh hooping-f qrfi deafness frenzy lunacy madness gout convulsions vapour fevers shiverins; fit Z' delirium, crisis physic physician chirurgian apothicaire w. axkjoucheur sage-femme consultation ordon nance remede w. drogues j!?Z. poudres pi. pillules pi. saignee lancette gouttes pL bain regime m, sirop agonie mort cadavre m. vie guerison rechute symptome m. convalescence surgeon apothecary man-midvnfe midwife consultation prescription remedy ' drugs poiulers pills bleeding lancet drops bath diet syrup agony death corpse life recovery relapse symptom convalescence OF THE MIND AND ITS FACULTIES. soul mind, talent, wU genrus reason, sense understanding judgment sense thmght idea imagination fancy caprice loiU liberty mt opinion sentiment triUh error likelih/}od appearance mistake ,i« ov^sight ,^' a\ science knowkdf, penetration sagacite disposition inclination capacite memoire souvenir oubli stupidite passions j?Z. affections pi. amour amours pi. haine desir probabilite apprehension csperance confiance timiditb hardiessc assurance colore courroux penetration sagacity disposition inclination capacity memory remembrance forgetfulness stupidity passions affections love amours hatred desire probability apprehension hope confuJence _ 7 snaihc bashfnlness boldness confidence anger maih ¥■ VOCABULAUT* 'ii k U 1! f < u m t'tt fluent rage ressentiraent vengeance depit deplaisir tristesse chagrin peine uesespoir tloute m. soupfon envie jalousie pitie misericorde compassion terreur epouvante indignation vertu charite justice temp6rance sobriete force modestie ; civilite pudeur golitesse onn^tete complaisance douceur bonte amitie union Concorde crainte, peur patience ■ prud'^nce economic habilete Industrie soin diligence exactitude honneur probite desinterease- sagesse Constance bienveillance fury 'rage ■resentment revenge spite displeasure sadness gmf sorrow despair doubt suspicion envy jealously 'pUy vwrcy compassion terror fright indignation * virtibe charity justice temperance sobriety fortitude ' modesty ' civility bashfiUness politeyiess Iwnesly compUiisa'ivce sweetness goodness friendship ' union concord jjiMiirn fear -at ►!,.;- patience, ^untv^i prudence cconony skill industry care diligence exactness honour probity wisdom constancy j ■ < bena'okncB emulation faveur valeur bravouro courage m. finesse, ruso adresse chastete innocence liberalite generosite reconnaissance frugalite prosperite adversite mcEurs pi. bonheur recompense ' prix pr< sent tlon pret grace reputation vice m. defaut imperfection avarice avadite orgueil paresse laineantisc tranquillito paix luxe m. mollessc impurete debauche dissolution libortinage m, desordre m. dere^Iement mepris raillerie nioquerie medisance calomnie crime m. malice mechgjiceto \ troa,ipenes j perjure m. friponneric fmiUaivm favour valour ' stoutness courage cunning skill chastity innocence liberality generosity gratitude frugality' prosperity ndversitif manners happiness reioard ' prize present loan grace fame vice defect imperfection avarice greediness pride idleness • slothf Illness tranguHlity 2Kace luxury, pomp •^^' effeminacy '^ lewdness revel dissoluteticss ' libertinism [disorderly life licentio7isness contempt jest mockery detraction cahimny crime toickcdness deceit perjury knavery ■•| VocaAulart. fourberie enchantement injustice tort usure achat vente troc sage m. depot contrat inarch e basBesse impudence effronterie audace tem6rit€ poltronnerie opiniatrete oDstmation cruaute dispute querelle brouillerie babil caquet nonchalance lachetc prodigalite gourmandise impolitesse incivilite dissension impatience imprudence negligence malhonnetete deshonneur exil bannissement nourriture alimens pi. vivres pi. provision repas dejetiner diner gouter collation roguery mickcrafl injustice wrong llSVfV purchase sale baiier pledge trust contract bargain meanness impudence ejfronteiy audaciousness temerity cowardice stiMoiness obstinacy cruelty dispute quarrel broil babbling prating carelessness sluggishness prodigality gluttony rudeness incivility dissension impatience imprudence negligence rudeness disgrace exile banishment IV. OF MEATS nourishment pusillanimite Irahison perfide punition ch&timent leg^rete co(]uetterie badinage m. larcin vol ftiponnerie tromperie ivrognerie iVresse assassinat meurtre m. niensongo m. faussete cohte m. serment malheur folic extravagance coutume usage m. pratique habitude licence exces tour bagatelles pi. faute faiblesse inconstance ingratitude ambition faible m. affront outrage m, insulte AND DRINKS. Id pusiUanimity tretichery perjidiousnesa pnnishmeni chastisement levity coquetry sport robbery theft roguery, cheating deceit drunkennjess ebriety murder manslaughter lie falsehood tale oath misfbrCiit^ foUy madness custom use practice, custom habit licentiousness excess trick trifles fault weakness inconstancy ungralefulness ambition foible affront outrage insult food victuals provisions meal breakfast dinner \ formerly a Ughi, ■ i meal bet/ween I dinner and J supper souper festin regal pain croiite mie farine son pfite Jevain morceau supper feast treat bread crust crumb fiour dough leaven, bit, marsd I J' i lit II'! II 46 tranche bouchee viandc bouilli rot, rdti bcBuf mouton agneau veau ix>rc venaison volaille gibier gigot andouille saucisso jambon lard moutarde soupe potage m. bouillon consomme ragoiit fricassee jus sauce poisson salade sol huilo vinaigre m. verjua anchois epices pi. poivre m. gingembre m. muscade macis girofle m. (clous de) canello oublies pi, V. habillement hardes habit habit complet veste gilet VOCABULART. slic«* moutA/iU meat fresh boUed beef roast meat beef mutton lamb veal Sork venison fowls game a leer of mutton chitterlings sausage ham bacon mustard soup pottage broth I gi'avy soup ragout fruassee gravy sauce fish sallad salt oil sucro m. cassonado tlessert fruit pSit6 g&teau tourte, tarte biscuit DJacaron crdpes confitures pi. gel6e marmelade conserve tablettes pi. dr&gecapi. pralines pi. fromage m. beurre m. lait cr^mo oeuf coquo blanc vinegar Verjuice anchovies spices pepper ginger nutmeg rnace > dffves jaune m. boisson liqueur th6 cafe chocolat hmonado ponche m, y\n biero eau-de-vio nectar ambroisio cidre m. Eoire ydromel iugar m^ist sugar dessert fi-uit pie cake tan biscuit macaroon pancakes sweet/nieats jeUy "marmalade preserves lozenges, cakes sugar-plums bunU, almonds cheese buMer milk cream cinnamon wafers «gg shell white yr^k drink liquor tea coffee chocolate lemonade punch wine beer brandy nectar ambrosia cider perry mead syrup dregs OF THE DRESSING APPAREL, ETC chtJi^s s^*;i^ p«*" doublure couture pantaloa Uacket, round i jacket waistcoat Mnnel waistcoat under waistcoat sleeves pockets button lining seam breeches pantaloon VOCABULARY. 47 5r usset rap sole velours serge basin flanello 6toffe manteau surtout redingote linge m. toile batiste mousselino linon chemise jabot cravate bas pi. jarretidres pi. lainc fil coton maille trou chaussons pi. guetrea pi, souliers escarpii. pi, semelle bottes pi. boucles^Z. cuir chapeav pemique ,iupe jupon satin afTetas _aze c^ifluro maison h6tel hotellerie chiteau palais eouronne fob cloth silk velvet serge dimity flaniiel stuff doak surtout great coat linen linen cambric muslin lawn skirt fnU cravat stockings garters wool thread cotton stitch hole socks gaiters shoes pumps sole boots buckles leather hat 20lg petticoat under-petticoat satin taffelAj gauze head-drefs coifle collier boucles ) d'oreillcs pi. 3 gants pi. mitaines pi. tablier mules pi. 1 pantoufles ;?/. j bague bijou bracelet dentelle blonde eventail manchon agrafe epin^^le aiguille etui d6 masque m. voilo m. tabati^ro cap necklace ear-rings gloves mittens apron slippers ring jewel bracelet lace blond lace Jan muff clasp pin needle case thimble Tnask veU S7iuff-box ot! ^H-: uliuf ./0(| lui tabac(en poudre) snuff tabac (a fumer ) tobacco bourse purse argent money porte-feuille m. pocket-book ciseaux pi. crayon mouchoir lunettes pi. lorgnette conserves pi bouquet canne cordon epee montre boite chaine scissars pencil handkerchief spectacles opera-glass spectacles nosegay cane string sword watch box or case chain VI. OP A HOUSE AND FURNITURE. house mansion hotel, lodging house inn castle^ country Stai palace ermcn trone m. sceptre m. aile pavilion londements pi. mur, muraille batiment matSriaux ph piorre thro7ie sceptre wing pavulion foundation wall building materials st/me t ink .. I Sif * r !IA i; i' brique mortier chaux plfttre m. ciment tuile ardoise charpente poutre '"^BoUve 6chelle cave eel tier tonneau futaille boutique atelier magasin Vestibule m. Balle ialon escalier office cuisine rarde-mangerm. )ouIangerie )raBserie ingerie ecurie remise puits 6tage m. appartement cnambre antichambre salle a manger salon de com- pagnie cabinet de toi lette chambre d coucher galerie cabinet boudoir garderobe porte porte-cocliere seuil gon(i I vqqARutARV. brick •timiar time plaster cement' iile slate timber toark beavi joist ladder vaiUt cellar cask vessel shop Work-shop uoarehouse hall parlour or sitting room stairs pantry^ IniM&r^s room kitchen larder bakehome 'brewhouse laundry stable coach-house well story apartment room anti-chamber dininij room ? dratoing-room > dressing-room bed-room gallery closet lady^s sitting room wardrobe door gate threshold hinge marteau serrure cl6, or clef verrou fenStre vitre volet balcon store m. grenier toit gouttiSre mallo boit<; caisae cassette coffre m. logement amcublement cheminee atre m. foyer soufflet pelle pincettes pi. fourgon garde-feu vi. bouilloire couvercle m. poele potion casserole fourneau allumette pierre a fusil briquet four clou essuic-main bassinoire panier, cor- beille faience poterie pot cruche lampe lanterne savon amidon balai banc eacabeau plancher kn^ker lock key \ b(dt window glass shutter balcony blind garret roof gutter trunk box chest casket coffer lodging furniture chimney heart pair of bellows shovel tongs poker fender boiler lid fn g-pan skiUett saucepan. stove match flint steel oven nail towel warming-pan basket ielft ware earthenware pot pitcher lamp lantern soap starch broom seat, form stool floo^ VOCABULARY. 49 plafond iambris cloison lapisserie tapis )U alcove chftlk chevet oroiller paillasse matelas draps pi. couvertures pi. courte-pointe rideau (ringle ^nneai; sofa fauteuil sidge m. chaise coussin armoire commode trumeau toilette iniroir peigne m. pomade Eaudre ouppe parfum tableau dessin colons portrait passage m. miniature chandelier bobdche chandelle bougie ville village m. boorg rue ^refour 1 \ (draibing-room) faor cedmg wainscot partition, AangingSj tapes- try cai'pet^ clotk bed alcove bedstead bolster pillow straw mattras mattrass sheets bcd-dotltes counterpane curtain curtainr-rod ring sofa arm-chair seat chair cushion press chest of drawers pier-glass toilet looking-glass comb pomMum pmoder puff perfume picture drawing colouring portrait latidscape miniature' candiesticli socket candle wax-light cire moucheites pi. porte-mou- chette tru. eleignwr vergettes pi, buffet cabaret tasso soucoupe theiSru cafeti^re chocolatidre sucrier jatte table nappe serviette assiette plat couteau cuiller, ou cuil- ) Here \ salifire huilier moutardier aiguiere coupe, tasse gobelet verre m, bouteille bouchon tire-bouchon m. carafe biblioth^(]^ue bureau tiroir cachet lettre enveloppe adresse signature sonnette estampe m6daille VII. OP THE CITY. town^ city village borough stieet cross-way E passage m. place cul-de-sac pyramide ob^lisque m. vsaz snuffers > snuffer-stand extinguisher brush cupboard stimd cup saucer teojtot coffee-pot chocoUUe-pct sugar-bason bowl UibU doth napkin plate dish knife spoon sait-cellar oil cruet mustard pot ewer cup goblet glass bottle cork corkscrew flagon, decanter library bureau drawer seal letter cover direction signature beU print me^al passage square blind aUeu puramid obelisk i 'II r. V i io pavi niiiigeau marehd denrfiespi. boucherio poiflBonerie ^riperie Edifice m. VOCABULART. frontispice colon ne pilastre 7*t. uaso pi^destal •tatue Arcade portique m. aqueduc d6me m, paroisge ■alio de com^dio th6dtre m. coulisses pi. ^ dficorations toile foyer orchestre m. parterre m. logs amphitheatre panuiis billet couvent monastdre m, cellule hermitage m. soKtude retraite university college m. ecole pension parlement chambre des pairs chambre des communes prison cachot hdpital inhrmerie tayerne I pavenuTU kennel market provisions meat market fiih market ra^fair edifice front frontispiece column pilaster base pedestal stains arcade portico aqueduct dome parish play-house theatre ^ scenes decorations curtain green-room orchestra pit box first gaUery upper gallery ticket convent moTiastery a2 hermitage solitude retirem£nt university college school boarding-school parliament house <^ lords hov^e of com' mons prison dungeon hosjntal infirmary tavern pubUc-house auberge cans cnseigne affiche pont arche pilier bateau quai bourse banque agiotage m, douane posto petite poste tresorerio amiraute arsenal faubourg boulevards pi. '♦imparts pi. barridre guinguette forge verrerio fonderie carosse m. imperialo portiere glaces pi. timon roue esfiieu equipage m. narnois pi. r^nes pi. bride licou selle bat arfon sangle etriers pi. eperons pi, berline cabriole* chaise fiacre m. chaiTof^^te fourjjuii remise i *~""" I cuur inn coffee-house ^ sim bill bridge arch pillar boat qnay exchange bank stock-jobbing ciistom-house general post twopenny post treasury admiralty arsenal suburbs bulwarks ramparts turnpike tea-garden forge glass-house foundry coach roof door of a coach vnndoivs coach-pole ^wheel axle-tree "ouipcge narness reins bridle holier saddle pack-saddle, saddle-bow girt/i stirrup spurs berlin curricle chaise hackney-coach cart toaggon coaai-house razor strap YOCABULART. 51 moule machine viii, boulanger barbie r forgeron relieur libraire m. chaudronnier brasseur boucher 6b6ni8te charpentier charron sculpteur chimiste horloger confiseur carroasier tonnelier corroyeur coutrlier fourbisseur teinturier distillateur droguisie graveur mar6chal poissonnier fondeur fruitier fourreur jardinier doreur ver-ier vitrier gantier orfdvre epicier armurier chapelier aubergiste movM machine OP TRADES, baker barber blacksmith book-hinder bookseller brazier brewer butcher cabinet-maker carpenter toheelwnght sculptor chyviist dock-maker confectioner coach-maker cooper turrier cutler sioord-cutler dyer distUler druggist engraver farrier fishmonger founder fruiterer furrier garderier gilder glats-mnker glazier glover goMsnith grocer gun-smilk hatter innkeeper moulin miU ARTS, PROFESSIONS, ETC. joaillier menuidier serrurier ma^on couturidre maitni d'hOte] mercier metinier peintre patissier paveur colporteur parfumeur medecin plfitrier plombier potier imprimeur sellier lingdre cordonnier pelletier forgeron chirurgien apothicaire arpenteur tadlenr tanneur bijoutier tourneur entrepreneur tapissier horloger tisserand perruquier ouvrage ouvrier ouvrifere manoeuvre jeweller joiner locksmith bricklayer maniuormaktr steward mercer miller painter pastry-cook pavior pedlar perfumer physician plasterer plumber potter printer saddler sempstress shoe-maker skinner smith surgeon apothecary surveyor tailor tanner jeweller turner undertaker upholsterer watch-maker weaver hair-dresser work workman workwoman labourer IX. OF THE COUNTRY, HDSBANDRY, FLOWERS, TREES, ETC, campagne chetnin sentier boue fange poussi^re bourbier ornidre country way foot-path mud mtre dough carUrvt hameau enclos chateau terre cour u-^„^ ^ colombier laiterie hamlet dose castte estate yard ■pvtuiry-ycBrd pigeonrhouM dairy ■VdRHSI tin Ml |i|J ti li,-: 52 fmiterie Sfcrterre eur iria primevdre narcjsae m. jacinthe tuljpe viofetta pen86e ^glantier marguerite »nip6riale inartagon lis miijcruet Oreille d'our» ftn^mone renoncuf« jonquillo giroflfie ceilfet campanirfo gantel6e rose jasmin amande J pomme abricot cerise guigne chfitaigno niarron groseillesp^. groseilJe figue raisin prune reine-claude citron ananas vo<;abulart. stable frutt-loft Jlorixt parterre flower X. h'artlfn ^^^^ Ijardina^e;^. gardt^ng \ I'LOWEKS. camlip narcissus hyacinth tulip violet ^artsease sweet-briar daisy turk*s cap mountain lUu lily mcuy-lily \auricula anevioTie ^anunculvj jonquil stock-giUiflower carnati&rt J beUfli ower rose jasmine tub6rei.Tso r68eda ch6v-e-feuille scringat Hias souci amarantbe pavot coquclici^ ponceau bluet, barbeau tournesol camomille belle-de-nuit eternelle imiT.ortelle balnamine ancolie passe-rose nepatique JHcd d'alouetts pivoine scabieuse julienne J pJanche I plate bande tuberose f^tignivTiette m. hoTuey-suckU sennga lilac marigold amaranth poppy I toild-poppf blue-bell sunjlovjer canioniitr. great nigMshadr f cassidony balsam columbine hollyhock hepatica lark spur piony scabious rocket bed JUnoer-border XI. FRUITS, atmond (pple ajyricot cherry \ black heart I cherry chesnut large chesnut currants gooseberry fig filbert gra-, es plzt/. green-gage lemon pine apple medlcir ( melon I mure ' bfugnon noisette orange p^che poire citrouille coin framboise fraise noix 6pine-vinette gfdnade olive cerneaux melon muWerry nectarine hazel-nuti orange peach pear punipion quince raspberry strawberry Kalnut barberries pfymegranate olive fresh or unripe \ .„_> J. m^ den itniTig rose numette y-stuJUt iga 'gold ranth y Vovm ^eU lower mur. nightshatU 'any n bine ock ca mr IS VOCABVLAHr. Xn. OF HERBS AND PtANTS. border ne ui f ry note unripe itluds artichaut ftisperge citroa bofiiiio fdVt) haricot boiree oettorave bourrache bardatie primprcnelle chou carotte c61cri cerfouil cIioux-flGurs pi mlches ;//. crosson concombre m, dent-de-lion IMitienco ch' oree fonouil fougSro ail calebasse cigufi herbo raifort joubarbo Herre m. poireau '4 '''i-id'l - guimauve marjoiaine reseda menthe gui mousso arbre w, arbrisseaii ecorce branchc fcuille aloe Angelica artichoke asparagus plant basil 'jean I'\mch bean beet beet-root borage burdock bumet cabbage carrot celery chervil cauliflowers coin^sala^ cresses cvcuviber dandelion dock endive fennel jci-n garlick gourd hemlock herb horse-radish house-leek ivy leek lettuce licorice malUncs marshrmallows viarjoram /.. gnionette mint mislefoe moss moutardo capucine ortio ognon persjl pinais pois pari^taire plantc plan tu in pavut pommo de courgo pour pier rave radifl roseau rue jonc rhubarbe safran saugo sariette ciboul^i 6ciia. Ate oseille veronioue epinaras pi. tanaisie ivraie estragon charoon thym serpolet trdfle m. navet val<5riane veg^taux pi. legumes m. pi. vervcine absynthe ' niil!e-feuille must^d nasturiiut, f utile ' onion parsley parsnip peas peUUory plant plantain poppy tcrrt potatoe pumpkin purslain radish Spanish radish reed rut rush rhubarb saffron sage savery scullion shallot sorrel speedwell spirage tansy tare stragon ihisUe thyme totld thyme clover turnip valerian vegetables vegetables greens vervahi wor.iwood yarrow XIII, OF TREES AJNB SHRUBS. tree shruA bark branch kaf I graine e2 abricotier cerisier chStaignicr seed SUCA'&f' apricot-tree cherry-tree chesnut-trca J: Iff 54 citronnier coignassier liguier noyer oranger -pommier poirier prunier arbousier fr6ne tremble hdtre bouleau buis gen6t fiureau grange lUte chaumiere seigneurie dime m^tairis sillon pre, prairie arpcnt fosse champ paturage m. terroir pare naie bruySre dunes landc commune pl< le ^arenne fondrlire marais platebande serre serro chaude bouliugrin berceau bosquet grotte vignoble w. !i'«XC VOCABUtARr* lenton-tree quince-tree fig-tree ioalnut~tree 07ange4ree peac/i-tree apple-tree pear-tree plumb-tree arbutus ash-tree aspen teeck-tree birch-tree box broom elder-iree orme sapin coudrier houx lilas tilleul myrte ch6ne osier romarin egiantier epino buisson aubepine vjgne saule if XIV. PROMISCUOUS WORDS barn hit ihalched-house elm. fir-tree hazel-tret hoUy lilac lime-tree myrik-tree oak osier rosemary sweet brier thorn thorn bush ■wUte-thom vine willow tree yew-tree taitlia hallicr ntcnor tithe farm- furrow Meadow acre ditch field pasture-grownd soil park hedge heaih dawns waste If.nd common plain warren bog marsh border green-house hot-house bowling-green bower grove grotto vineyard Tturstiy coppice thicket pa_,'sage m. perspective cascade canal agriculture labourage m, betail fumier terreau recolte moisson vendange houblon grain ble orge avoine riz seigle m. millet lin chanvrc m. ch^nevis epi gerbe tige tuyau paille chaume m. fcin tburrage vi, ^•^rmier paysan landscape prospect view cascade canal agriculture tillage cattk dung rtuyidd crop harvest vintage hops com wheat barley oats rice rye miVet flax hemp hemp'Seed ear (of corn) sheaf {of com) blade straw stubble hav fodder fanner peasajU TOCABULART. laboureur pUmghman faucheur mower moissonneur reaper berger shepherd XV. OF QUADRUPEDS. bdte beast daim male buck animal animal daim femsile doe animal do- mestique i domestic animal chevreuil chevrette roe-buck roe bete de somme' beast of burden lion lion monturc saddle horse lionne lioness cheval horse lionccau lion's whelp cavalle mare tigre tiger jument mare til. sse tigress 6taIon staUion ours bear poulain cvU ourson bear's cub pouliche bidet my zebre m. zebra pony giraffe cam^l-leopard ane ass leopard leopard anesse shc-ass cameleopard camel-leopard anon young ass rhinoceros rhinoceros mulet mule hipropotame, m. rivei-horse mule she-mule elephant elephant bSte h cornet} homed beast chameau cumel boBuf ox dromadaire m. dromedary buffle ,t. buffalo lama lama taureau Ml buffle m. buffalo vache cow hi^ne hyena genisse heifer panth^re panther veau calf once ounce bouvillon bullock licorne unicorn renne m. rein-deer elan elk brebis e%oe loup wolf mouton wether louve she-wolf belier ram louveteau wolf's cub agneau laiTib lynx lynx fox cnevre she-goat renard bouc he-goat taisson ock chevreau kid blaircau ./udger cochon hog castor beaver pore m hermine ermine pourceau pig marte, zibeline marten, sable tiuia sow ecureuil squirrel cochon de lait sucking pig 'herisson hedge-hog cochon d'ir.de verrat guinea pig boar K>rc-6pic outre porcupine otter sanglieir loild boar raton racoon laie wild sow furet ferret marcassin young wild boar li^vre hare b6te fauve deer 'hase doe-hare cerf stag ievraut leveret biche hind lapin rabbit faon faton chien dog doim fellow-dear chienne bitch 55 Ih? .ti' i levrier tevr^tte dogite niitin !imier bicli&h pkhset Ciuen d'arr6t VOCA^ULAHV; greyhound grcyhcnind biuh fnUl dog fmsHjff^ piifod-hou^ Ikp'-dhg terrier ^gged-dog pointer S^en^n ape ^ '"agot, babouin «J«^«;i gazelle belette putois oiseau oiselet, oisiHon volaille coq poule poulet poussin cochet poulan'e chapon c^q-d'Inde, dindon dinde dindon neau oie jar Olson canard cane ] antelope v^easel jhle-cat XVI. bird little bird fowl cock hen cMcken V'^rig chicken cockerel puUei capon I fouine loir rat souris tortue detail, bestiaux troupeau pStre, berger bergere vacber, bouvier porcher chasge chasseur J>raconnier fibier, venaison tasU ^ibeciere tire , tireur / garde-chasse OF BIRDS. pole-cai dormouse ftuirmot mole rat fnouse tortoise caUle flock, herd shepherd shepherdess cow-herd sioine-herd hunting hunler poacher ganie gU?i pouch shooting shooter gojnekeeper turkey-cock t^rkey-hcn young turkey goose gander gosling drake duck o.neto„,o„ot,» «fe«„^ pigeon coiombe serin, canari perroquet perruque moineau, paa- \ screau \ niifyndeile martinet pigeon dove canary bird parrot panoquet sparrow • callow marten rossignol chardonneret pinson Vrfrdier bouvreui] iinot, linetf" rou 'regorge /...., iMerJg ni. gnvQ geai pie aiouette bergeronnotte alcyon, ou martin-p6oheur pivert rnesange pluvier foitelet vanneau butor hecfigue m. ctourneau sansonnel bruant coucou j ireux, grollc f corbeau I cotnexMo • nightingale goldfinch chaffing greenfinch bullfinch linthet J f breast, robin olackbird thrush jay ■>tiagpie lark "^oagtail J king's fisher woodrpecker at plover toren lapwing bittern beccafico starling starling ysllow-hammer — -rtzrif rook raven row — ■ iii^Miiiiiini rOCABULART. 57 hibou chouetta buse choucas aigle aiglon epervier emouchet milan faucon cormoran plongeon neron cicogne outarJe pelican autour vautour friffon uppe niouette perdrix bartavelle perdreau caiile cailleteau faisan faisandeau b^casse b6cassine poisson csturgeon turbot saumon rouget brochet carpe truite perch c cabillaud morue raie tanche 6peri«n maquereau sunculet carf^let barbeau alose tole mol screech-owl buzzard chough eagle aglet esparroiio-hawk rnusket-hawk kite fulco-n cormorant didapper heron stork bustard pelican goshawk vuUure griffin lapwing gull partridge { large red par- \ tridge young partridge quail young quail pheasant yonng pheasant woodcock snipe ortolan tourterelle g^linotte francolin ramier marceuse " sarcelle grue courii9 foulquo poule d'eau paon paonne paonneau cygne 77?. autruche pintade tbu-de-baesan pingoin chauve-souris chasse anx oiseauz appeau gluaux trebuchet filets oiseleur oiselier voliere sturgeon turbot salmon roach -' pike carp troiU perch haddock stock ^sh skate tench smelt mackerel mullet 41 !" barbel shad soU XVri. OP FISHES. fish sardine then plie congre m, merlan merluche hareng seche limande lamproie homard, lan- gouste ecrevisse de etc/ ortolan turtledove godwU francoline wood-pigeon sea-ducK teal crane curlew coot, mdorcocJCf or lien moor-hen peacock peahen young peacock swan ostrich pi dado gannet razor-bill bat fowlivg bird-call lime twigs bird trap nets bird-catcher bird-seller aviary sprat tunny plaice conger whiting haddock herring cuttlefish burt, bret-fish lamprey lobster mer Ecrevisse crab m. chevrette angiiille anchois crawfish crab pTHu/tt shrimp eel anchotv ^ VOCABULAB f. ull goujon Tfiron lotte, barbotto loche morue sal6e barbue maraoin espadon porcelaine tortue huitre pStoncIe moule baleine cachalot requin dauphin pOT' gudgeon winnow eel-pout S loacA, grownd- ( ling saU-jQh briU ^ sea-Jiog^ \ poise saw-fiih seu'snail tortoise oyster cockle muscle whale cachalot shark dolphin chien marin "sea-dog loup marin sea^olf hSmson de mer sea^urchm froi fretin laite (BUfs museau oules nageoiw ecailles coqutllea arrdtes pinces appsit, amorce p^cheur pSche yomigfisk soft roe spawn, hard roe snout gills /ins I scales bones daws bait fisherman fishery pdche a la ligne anglvn^ grenouille •erpent couleuvre vip6re soorpion aspic basilic dragon tarentule crapeau I6zard sangsue Hmace ver ver-luisant ver^oquin ver-a-8oie escargot escarbot grillon perce-oreille teigne ciron fourmi charan^on cloporte m. or argent m. XVIII. o^ frog serpent adder viper scorpion aspick basilisk dragoft, tarantula toad lizard leech dug worm glo7o»worm vine-grub iiik-worm snail beetle cridcet ear-wig moth hand worm ant weevil wood-louse REPTILES AND INSECTS. tique pou lente puce punaise chenille papillon mouche abeiile frelon bourdon gu^pe taon cousin cantharide haneton sauterclle cigale araignee toile d'araign6e essaim d'abeilles miel cire rayon de miel ruche fourmiliSre tick] huse nit flea bug caterpillar butterfl/y fiflj bee hornet drone waMf oxfh/ gnat Spanish-fly cockchafer grasshopper' bahn-cricket spider cobweb swarms of bees h/mey wax honeycomb hive ant-hill XIX, OF METALS, &c. gold silver piaiina silver'giU cuivre ainun laiton bronxe copper latten bronze I TOCABULART. 59 similor fer ill d'archal acier fer-blanc 6tain ploinb mercure vif-argent ■oufre nitre blanc noir bleu vert gris orang6 Jiamant topaze emeraude saphir escarbouclo rubis piruMeck iron wire steel irovriinrnd pewter lead mercury quicksilver sulphur nitre salpAtre bitume antimoine arsenic alun couperos*/ vitnol carmin pastel ocre/. vermilion XX. OP COLOURS. vHte black blue green grey orange colour XXI. OF PRECIOUS STONES. diamond rouge jaune brun pourpre 6carlate indigo topaz emerald sapphire carbuncle rubv am^thyste cornalme onix agathe corail perle taltf ye bitumen antimony ■arsf}iic alum copperas vitriol carmine pastel ochre read lead red ytXUno brown pv/rple scarlet indigo amethyst cornelian onyz agate coral pearl XXII. OP THE PRINCIPAL COUNTRIES, France Italie Espagne Portugal Turquie i\lle!nagne Suisse Prusse Polc^ne Boheme Hongrie Hollande les Pays-BaB Angkterre Ecosse Irlande Russie Danemarc Suede Norvdge Tartane Arabia Perae Inde France Italy Spain Parlugal Turkey Germany Sioitzerland Prussia Poland Bohemia Hungary Holland the Netherlands England Scotland Ireland Russia Denmark Sweden Norway TartoTu Arabia Persia India Chine Mogol Bengale Malabar le Japon Barbarie Egypte Biledulgerid Zaara Nigritie Guinee Ethiopia Zanguebar Monomotapa Monoemugi Caffrerie Abhyssinio Canada Pensylvanie le Maryluid la Caroline la G6orgie le P6rou China Mogul Bengal MaSibar Japan Barbary Egypt BikdulgerU Zaara NigriMa Guinea Ethiopia Zanguebar Monomotapa Monoemugi Caffraria Abyssinia Canada Pensylvania Maryland Carolina Georgia Peru «0 VOCABULJLRT. !* ^*T*S«i»y Paraguay le Breaii BrazU Pranyais, e Italian, ne Espagnol, e Portugais, e Turc, que Allemaod^ e Prussien, ne Suisse, esse Polanais, e Bg waife ?^J4.^; tNTRODUC A ION TO THE EXERCISES. 61 Introduction TO THE EXERCISES. 22. OF THE PREPOSITIONS o/, from^ tO, AND OF THfi ARTICLE the, a. *the English definite article the, is rendered by le before a noun masculine ? • ,i • , la Ivfore a noun feminine \ ^" *^« ^"^g"^^'"- and tes before nouns of either gender, in the plural. The indefinite a or an is rendered by U7i before a noun masculine, and by une in the feminine. EXAMPLES* Le livre la rue les plantes The wood ; bois m. the foot ; pied m. a histon' ; histoire f. a night ; nuit f. a crown. ecu m. ' . i/ook (he street the plants un homme nnefemme un neros a man a woman a hero EXERCISES. the forest; the houses ; the men ; the court ; foret f. m arsons pi. homvies pi. cour f. the arras ; the room ; the garden ; the windows ; bras pi. chomibre f. jar din m. fenetres pi. rt novel ; a foreigner ; a walk ; a day ; roman m. ef ranger m. pivmetiade f. ^owr m. «'« Prepositions a,, followed by a or «„, '"'"^ll^^^'^SE Duparc falsehood); I do ludhing; I have done 7W"S0, ».gc, page. p,um.g., Jelu|«, c.r' "^'' """S'' "'^"S^. forge, rouge, ref„ge, 4ffle,t;^k,»g;V-'". •■•-tile, &ci,e, f„gUe, „„bUe, tot';%inrra";ine''r"'' ■>"»-. ">-hi„e, ,„ari„e, r^S";,''':;?"' '*^'™. "«-". opinion, pa.do„, ,„e«i„„, (S"^™^.:'"^"''' ^''P""'. !•«">■-«, piquant, f fi'"u"o*nrifeS'''™°'''. -Sment, „„.=„., «,„,»„., -«^ iWo -airr aire as military -me -ion -ant -flnt -cy -ty -ous -our -or -ine -ive -rie •cracy -oire -cc -te •eux -eur -eur -in -if -rie -cratie N. B, Adjectives in f-eux 1 gtory clemency bcmtty dangeiwcs favour error clatidesline expressive fury aristocracif militaire gloire clernenee beaute dangereux faveur erreur clandestin expressif funo aribtocratie make their feminine in \ '-Iv^ ine EXERCISE, i-u The beauty of that fable : iho. U . ^- cette t\ "f'T rr^' ■•" . ^'^^^i '^»« utility of r. n. m. art. m, f ^j^ to Trip, EXJJRCISES. vi ouhle, aolu- kce, trace, cc, lance, Eloquence, ce, oriiice, spectacle, nado, ro- plumagr, I, refuge, module, , nubile, marine, [ueetion, piquant, leraent, mge of •cience; the atrocity tf thin action; the vide •c of h\a Mfmont: / . ^- <^f^ f- f, ses pi. ' the nv of that machine ; pn audacioua conspirator ; the celte f. 2 m. 1 absu' * that opinion ; the military evolutions : an industriou* ^; ^UCflO.\ CHAPTER I. 29. OP THB SUBSTANTIVE, C7 NOUN. '^ The substantive ia a word which serves to name a person, or thing, as Pierre, Peter ; livre, book, etc. There are two sorts of* substantives, the substantive pro^ per, ox proper name, and the substantive common, also called appellative. The pi'oper name is that which is applied to a particular person, or thing, as Cesar, Cesar ; la Tamise, the TAames. 1 he substantive common is that which belongs to a whole class of objects. The word /iOTwme, man, is a substantive common, as it is ajjplicable to any individual, that is to Pierre, or Paulj or Jean, or these nouns some arc collective, and others abstract. Collectives express either a whole mass, as une armee, an army : uneforet, a forest ; or a partial assemblage, a- une quantite di, etc. a certain quantity of; la plupar' most part, etc. Mstract nouns are the names of qualities abstracted from their subjects : as, surface, rondeur, science, sao-esse: sur- face, roundness, knowledge, wisdom, etc. '^ Ifl substantives are to be considered Gc?i(/cr and Jf umber. 30. OF GENDERS, There are only two genders the ...asculine and feminine. The masculine belongs to the male kind, as un homme, a men ; un lion, a lion, etc. The feminine belongs to the female kind, as ime fcmme, ft woman ; une h'onne, a lioness, etc. This distinction applies also, in French, to inanimate ob- jects, wh'ch are either masculine or feminine, as, un livrc, a book, is masculine ; une table, a tablojis feminine, etc. 31. OP riUMBER. There are two numbers ] the singular SlXiA the plural. The singular expresses one single object, as un homme, un livre. The plural announces wzore objects than one, as des horn- mes, des livres. Some nouns have no plural, such as names of passions, senses, metals : Vivrognerie, drunkenness ; Vouie, hearing ; le courage, courage ; IW, gold j Vargcnt, silver. ■-»». ' ..J -iKa^'-Si^. -; . . , TO THE EXERCISES. 69 Some have no singular *, les annales, annals ; les anceires, ancestors ; lesumoucheties, snuffers ; lets tpinards, spinach. Proper names have no plural, as Londres, Paris, Milton, etc. 32. OF THE FORMATION OF THE PLURAL OF SIMPLE SUBSTANTIVES. GENERAL RULE.. The plural is formed in French, as in English, by the addition of an s to the singular. EXAMPLES. Singular. Plural. le roi the king I Us rois th j kings la reine the queen j les reines the queens EXCEPTIONS TO THE GENERAL RULE. 1. Words ending in s, x, z, in the singular, remain the same in the plural. EXAMPLES. Singular. Plural, le fils t/w S(nb los fils the scms la voix *««' *«'« formation rfthrplui^:"^"'*"" ''""' irregular asUo u,e Plural. ail betail aieul ciel ceil bercail 33. Singular. garlic cattle grandfather heaven ' eye shezpfold \ aulx bestiaux aieux cieux yeux Juis no plural heads of garlic cattle ancestors heaiiens eyes OP THE FORMATION OP THE PLURAL OF COMPOUND SUBSTANTIVES. both taT^thet X'r tXf ''^" ^'^"'^^^ ^"^ --' 7m chef lieu rniinf,r »«„, poundfd o a nourLd'antZr" '" TiT ""'''» ™"'- *, and the other does no^ fnl" V"?,^ "'^ *''"'" '^'^«» 'he gnlar, as : ' ' '" ""^« ■«"'' '•«n>ain i" the dn- TheTer"^'' }^^^^ S-'-^ the'^r^Lt^rnSioSr-'-"'-^'-'- -i- ^- -'^owo-e ^o;.o.e i^an elliptical form of which th^ fnii IS 025eaw a rouo-e o-orirr - ^.. ^ wnicn the full sense means *. o^'X'^r^; /l^^'T^fJ-''^' <^on«equent!j , sign of the ,Mural. HdhfnfZl' i ""''„?«»"<" assume the —'■"*"* ».?/;!£;•;• ssa. -sjj," - 'i ^^ plural by moments, % ti TO THE EXERCISES. 71 andtt ;:S:";.f ;"k ^"^ -™ -^ "« ^^^ of - ruleTz^'&r'^"' ■""5' ^^ ^^'-W'^ed into a precise wW^hTnd i^l?. If , T"°' ""^ affixed to those words to or? ? L °' Plural'ty cannot Ije attached. ^. *Jneolthe components of a compound suh^tinfi™ „. a towef «w essuie-mains itn ess7iie-mam un passe-par taut un avant-coureur un vice-amiral des essuie-mains des essuie-main des passe-parUynt des aoant-coureurs des vice-amiiaux a master key a fore runner q Vffu"'ir'"^" a vice admiral des vice-amii aux d. vviien the component words are taken from th^ T «♦;« or irom any foreign language, no . is added to tl Tuvlt deste-deum des post-scriptum ctar^da-r"^ desvade-me?um 4. In all words compounded orpo7ie and a noun gwh^fan tive, no s is to be added to the latter. *"" ^mporte-elendard standard bearer des vorte-el^^^^.^ un porte-epec s,vcrd bearer S iTle^S unporte.nu>ucMtes snuffers stand deslort^Zl^ttes ^^ EXERCISE. The fl„we„^„f t„e g^^„, , ,He ^^^e. of ..e ,an^„.,. . ,h. i^" "s ^ ^ "•= ^- °'r stf' ^ *'^^^ i™'°^ nlarne. t^.^ u . ^^r.itn, a^' charmant ^S' '^S: Jj?' '^' "^'!!!^^^ °^' '^«''« g«"«r^I«; the work« of tL. , ., ^^ — travail «;" f±S" '"" S^^;- "f *«"«■» ^ the (■«„„d men) of ■ ■: I \ n INTRODUCTidT^ [W f those times ; the presents of my parenls ; the tcctli of your comb? * ces temps-Id -^ tries — dent voire peigne the playthings of our children ; the heads of these nails. joujou nos enfaiht icte ccs don. CHAPTER tL OF THB ARTICLE. 34<. The Article is a small word prefixed to substantiveSj to determine the extent of their signification* rie before a masculine^ The French article is \ , f bstantive ' tlie plural is Us fof 1 la before a temmine | both genders. (^ substantive j substantive EXAMPLE. Singular. /«^^^«) ^'^^'^ sermiai-je ♦ —m. Jcjrren4rai voUmliei^s h^Jn^^' ^^""g n»e«^/«e bread. Pour me out 5c>»t€ beer. Am/^(m ra. ^;,^«r/^z-7«^ Versez-moi * Here f n?J!t "^^ '^'"^- J^''^ '^' *^^- P"t (i'^ it) 5«wi^ sugar and milk. I hear some noise, pr. art. lait m. J'tntcnds bruit m. has . pride. Have you any a pr. art. orgueilva. Avez-vmis pr. art Put some Meikz Eat some Mangez pr. art. jMcrc m. hails. She gi-ele f. s. Elle Mettez-y It // tovibe ink and pens 7 ericre f. pr. art.. ;>Zitwt€S pi. , 9p , a^'i vinegar in the sallad. nuue, h m. pr.a.rLvinai^rem.dam saladei. lobster. He has received some gold and iwmard m. h, a^j^, /? a regu ' or xsx. silver, pr. art. argeiii m. 40. Dm, de la, des de /' are not used generally after a negation, nor before a noun preceded by an adjective. In those cases, de alone is used without any distinction of gender or number. EXAMPLES. Je ne mange pas de pain I do not eat bread II ne prend jamais de peine hfi takes no pains lis vendent de bonnes oranges they sell good oranges EXERCISE. Do not give me any bread. We have good girkins* I will not Ne me donnez pas avons Ifons Je ne prendrai pas take broth. We drink excellent wine. She has no houiUo7i Notts bnvons vin EUe n'a pas pride. Have you no ink 7 Do you not take salt 1 We never drmk \?ine, Ne prenez:-voM^ pas ' jamais Do you never eat fruit 1 ne viangez-voiis jamais OF THE ADJKCTIVB. 77 CHAPTER III. OP THE ADJECTIVE. same V" bon poro good father beau livre Jlne book 41. The adjective is a word, vhich is added to a substan- tive to express its quality, as, I bonne mtire good mother bello imago fine image These words bon, bonne, beau, belle, are adjectives, because they express the qualities ofpere, mere, livre, image. A word is known to be an adjective, when itrcan be pro- perly joined with the word personne, or the word chose. Thus, habile, skilful, and agreable, agreeable, are adjectives, because we can say personne habile, skilful person, chose agreable, agreeable thing. In French, the adjective agrees in gender and number with the substantive to which it relates. This difference of gender and number is generally marked by the termination of the adjective. 42. OF THE FORMATION OF THE FEMININE OF FRENCH ADJECTIVES. J311 adjectives ending, in the singular, in e mute, are of both genders. EXAMPLES. An amiable man An amiable woman Un homme ahnable Unefcmme aimadle Adjectives ending, in the masculine, in e, i, u, t, d, form their feminine by the addition of an e mute. EXAMPLES. m. / prudent prudente sense senses poli polit? tortu tortuc instruit instruite grand grande Adjectives in -e/, -eil, -ien, -on, -ef, -as, -es, -ais, -os, -ot, -ul, -il, form their feminine, by doubling the final con- aOiidni, ixiid adding e mute. g2 prtident sensible polite crooked iceU-informed large IB OP THE ADJECTIVI!, m. bas cas gras las basse CMse artLsse l&ase cruel pareil ancien bon net EXAMPLES* / cruel/e pareilfc ancKen7t£ bonTtc nette cruel like anci^ I goo.' clean = 50^ = 3| = 80 S- of each termination. = 18 I Imo cracked fat tired ezpr^s expres5e express profds imofeBseprofessed monk ornun m. 6pais m^tis gros sot vieillot nul gehtil 34 J ei)aiBSfi mHiase groase soUe vieillot/e h\i\le ntilfe thick mongrel big siUy oldish no geideet Adjectives Ending \uf, change this letter into ve. EXAMPLES. bye/ hthve short ^tif active active nai/ naitje ingenuous neu/ nevLve new Adjectives end.ng in -x change -x into se, EXAMPLES. hontetw; honteu5(? ashamed yertuem; vertuease virtuous ' jaloua; jalouse jealous Adjectives ending in eur, derived from verbs, and which might be more properly called substantives, were it not that they have a feminine, form that feminine in various man- ners ; they are few in number, and change as follows : complimenteur connaisseur demandcur flatteur menteur parleur r6veur moqueur trompeur Eur, EusEk — teuse fond of compliments connaisseur, judge oiie icho asks flattering deceiving talker dreamer — sscuso — deuse — tteuse — teuse — Ieuse< — veuse — ueuse — peuse etc., etc. sneering deceiver baillcar demandsur defendeur EUR, ERESSE. bailleresse deresse — — dercsRfi donor plaintiff defendfivJ. nation. tl which )t that iman- ' 01? rut ADjfeCTiVt* onchanlour tercsse pdcheur cheresge vengeur .— M^rgresge etc. etc. n dtarvtcr sinner CUR, RICEk accuBateu^ act« o" V] >v J^.^ >^ S^. y Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, NY. 14580 (716) 872-4503 -^ ^^ ^ ^ I 80 of 'jfHE AbjJECTlViS. The avmgmg thunder smote that imnious wr>trh wJ (held out to U3) a protecting hand. vieilfe /. h\b.ache white franc/te ; frank fraicAe fresh Grecque Greek pubJiyi^g public cadu«^ frail Tnrque longtie benigjie mali^we Turkish long I m. fsMX rou.r dou.T m. *fou tfol *raou tmol |folfe ^ molfc mad soft shche benign malignant dry t&.\xsse false toMsse red douce sweet aigre-doua;aigre-douce tartisLsweet tie« tierce, third, etc * torse or .... \ ioxte twisted coite oicoie still, snug favorite favorite jximelle tvrin traitresse traitor tier* tor* coi favori jumeau traitre The following adjectives ending in et, not only form their femmme by the addition ofe mute, but require the grave ac- cent on the penultimate c. -i e av. / /. concrete discrdfe m. concret drscret indiscrct inquiet complet incomplet replet suret pret indiscrete inquiete y make ^ compUte incompldte replete sur^te , prdte Prefix m. makes prefixe f. and is the only adjective in -zr which retains this letter and follows the seccvd rule. ' iB:r:r::zxiY:x^^^^ ' points — m. He in the rly all mad soft i« SMoeet tc. %g their sac- ■OCs ^mmmm OF THE ADJECTIVE. Some adjectives have no feminine, as bische, dispose, faL patUet, etc. ; othei-s have no masculine, as bhtte, etc. SINGULARITY OF DEMI, FEU, NU. Whf*\i^^'^^''*^'^^?^P^^"^'^"^y wl^ich must be noticed. they follow It, theyagree with it. ' une demi-!ivre half a pound une demi-heure half an hour un demi-cent Aa// a hundred une hvre et demio 07ie pmtnd and a half Ueux heures et demie /udfpast tioo troig cents et dcmi three hundred and a half nu-pieds nu-t^te les pieds nu8 la tete nue bare feet bare \ead Feu\» undeclined when preceding the article and a noa- sessive pronoun j, it is declined when following them. ^ Peulareine la feae reine the lute ^en vpri L^^'^®''^''?' '^Z^' *'''*' '^^^'•'» «tc- being used with a verb, become adverbs, and are not declined. ces fleurs sententbon these pwe>s smeU nice elleparlebas she speaks hw Us demeurdrent court th^j stood shoH . ellese fait for* d'yaller she takes upm herself to go. REMARKS ON TOUT, QUELQUE. «pntt* ^*^"^^^^' "^eans also every, in a sort of distributive \JZt very frequently prefixed to an adjective iTthe sense oi quite, entirely, and is, consequev'ly, undeclined. ils Went tout Sis tl^t^St^ieZt^nded ierfi'ill^^' •^'' P^^'^'^^ity that, when placed before an ad- jective femmme, begmmng with a consonant, it is declined. cues gfaient toutes tremblantes they trembled aU aver T 82 OF THE ADJECTIVE. (lediS*^ ^^*^re an adjective, means howtvtr, and is not however rich they be. they eive nothing quelque riches qu'ils soient, ils ne donnent rien. Qmc/ ywc, quelle que, quels que, quelles que j here, quel 18 a sort of pronoun adjective which must agree in gender and number with the noun to which it refers, and which is the subject of the verb following : quelles que soient V08 vues. your views, '"clttKuni;''""'^'^"^ "'tS" *" ^" '^''' '^^ >- Observe that the verb is in the sulMunctive mood after quelque, quelques, quel que. EXFRCISE. He drank a gl^s of brandy quite pure. My sisters were init ve&em. eaudevief. — etaient. quite put ovj. Hope, deceitful as it is, leads us to the aeconcerte art, esperancs trompeur f. nous mcne end of life through a pleasant' path. She wa^ quite Jin I. art. vie par agreaUe 2 chemin m. 1. fut ^«^when.hes„ ^ W^«fet«- adv^tages you ^"^ ■^ '^^'^ !• avatvtage qv^ voiis iTJ' ^f ^ c"°* ""^^^^ ^ ^"'^ °^ ««^e««- (I will not have ai/ez m soyez pas art. siuxes m. > Tie v^mo: ^as her), however beaviifvl she may be. You must conquer your aeue johe qu'elle soit it faut vaincre i?« i.r,^/''"^ '^^"^^ '^®y ^''- (Let "8 know) your choice /»jncAa7ifem. soi^ faUes-myussaveir choLxm. whither it may be. That soup is very good. There is no truth ^c^''P<^ f. /^ Ti'y a nul veriic f. m all that. It is in the n^^west fashion. It is a fine statue cans tout cela. a nouveau mode f. beau = f. He lives in a state of luxurious idleness. This wax is not It VU dans * * moti oisivete f. cire f. very white. She is as fresh as a rose. The paint on that * comme — f, peuUure t wainecot is not dry. F*s answer is a mere evasion. The UirnAmm. reponse f. franc defaitef. thing IS jntblic. That plant possesses & pernicu^us property. '^"^^^^' herbef. a moling gnalite f.l. She is of a benevoUiU disposition. This woman is jealmis and a * benm^ humeur I femme f. 'jaloux decei,fful. His temper is gentle. Thin colour is too red. '■ ilOU.o conltur i. prop rouz msmmm mmmmifi'^immmgmmm l^flpiP" " OF* THB AVJECilVa. 8^ give Th..o "fd^s ^ .re g<^ for nojhing. tie r«, .We d rien U courail nu Give me a guinea and a half. Donnez-moi guinie f. ♦ The late princeaa was idolized, cesse ckeri hardes f. pi. ne legged in the streets les jamJ)es f, par Cut fudf a yard. Cov/pez en auiie f. Do not stand in the cold air (without vour hat). Ne restez pas art. tite f. nu d Pam ' OF THE FORMATION OP THE J>LURAL OP FRENCIf ADJECTIVES. *i^£.i^OM 45. General Rule. The fonnation of the pluml in adjectives follows the same rules as those given for the plu- ral of substantives. All adjectives havir.g the feminine termination in e mute, or ending in e, z, u.c, d, g,f, n, I form their plural by the addition of an ., as : kmabYefaima' bles;doc7le, doales ; poll, polis ; gmlu, gml'm ; orr Y grands; long, longs. This rule applies to the partk^pies past, mme, mmes s regu, regus, etc. * EXCEPTIONS. 1- Adjectives ending in -s, or -a?, do not change their -. Those ending in -aw, take x in the plural, as beau, oeatLx, nouveau, nouveaux. ' Those in ^al, change this termination into aux, as cgaL equal, e^aw^ ; ^ewer«/, generaux ; but most of these have iio plural maiscuhne, as amical, austral, boreal, canoniaL conjugal, diametral, fatal, filial, final, frugal, jovial, lus. tral, matinal, naval, pastoral, pectoral, special, venal, and some others. Canonical, clerical, conjectural, colossal, delay al, diaco- nal, ducal, electoral, equinoxial, final, fiscal, are «eldom used in the plural masculine j v^rherever they are, thev follow the general rule. j j j ^mical, automnal, colossal, frugal, glacial, jovial, total, have no plural masculine. ./ ? j Pascal mdi\QB pascals, hut fatals ought to be avoided. 4. Polysyllables ending in -nt, according to general prac- tice, may drop the t in the plural, as excellent, excellens - but the Academy keep the #, (see page 70). Monosyllables retain it, as lent, slow, lenis ; but the adjective tout, all, makes tous. ,1 . . iijiiiiiiiiipiiiim 84 OP THE ADJKCTIVEl. £XERCISE. Those fow's are large ai>d jalouz jmdel m. pi. gros ' are frigktftd birds. (These are) des hi(teicz2 aiseoum.pl. I. Voild The two imo operas have succeeded. deux -rumveau — m. pi, o7it reussi „..v emial (in the) infirmities of nature. The art. , 2nel que 4 egal 3 par les = art. f. general officers are assembled. This fruit is excellent. — 2 officiers m. pi. 1. ble ces — m. pi. sont — His improvement is slmo, but solid. All his friends have Sts progrds, m. pi. sont lent sollde ses ami m. pi. been very glad to see him. Those ladies sire tired -with e'e bun aise de voir 2 le 1 ces dame f. pi. They are pvu^Ms and jealims. fat. Owla gras art. Hibou m. pi. beaiUiful iewels . d*! beau Ujou m. pi. Men are only walking. You have powerful enemies ; marcher Votes avez de puissant ennemi m. pi will be vain and useless. The four cardinal seront — inutile quaire 2 east, Uveet, south, and orient, m. art. Occident m. art. midi m. las de but their efforts viais lenrs — m. pi. points are the poinA pi. I north, art, nord m. OP THE DEGREES OF SIGNIFICATION OF THE ADJECTIVE. 46. Grammarians commonly reckon three degrees of com- parison ; X\\Q positive, the comparative, and the superlative. The positive is the adjective expressing the quality of an object, without any increase or diminution, as beau, belle. EXAMPLES. A child genV^, amiable, and docile, is beloved by every body. enfantm.doux aimable — aime dz tmtt le tnonde An ingenious candour, an anuu^le simplicity and a lively nu2 -t 1 _f. piquant 2 artlessness are the charm of youth. The sight of an agreeable naivete f. I. charme m. art. je-^inessef. vuef. agreable landscape is a varied and rapid source of delightful sensations. vaijsagem. varie2 rapidi: Z—f.\ delicimx2 —f.pl.l. 47. The comparative is so called, because it draws a comparison between two or many objects. When two things are compared, the one is either superior, inferior, or equal to the other ; hence three sorts of comparison, that of superiority; of inferiority, and equality. The comparative of superiority is formed by putting ;?/w5, mots, before the adjective, and than is rendered by gm. * ( #'-"^-44(%Hir' ",^s>»-Wp 'Jjpf.^, large and gros hese are) Voild ucceeded. reussi ire. The J excellent. ) have 1. pi. tired with la$ de efforts J — m. pi. are the THE of com- erlaiive. ty of an belle. >ry body. i le monde jely unt 2 agreeable agreable ensations. —f.pl.l. draws a lien two brior, or , that of %l i> A ^0%,.t^^^'§^^^^r**-i y *.-' OP THE ADJECTIVE. EXAMPLES. *^ * ^ ,^ ha rose est plus belle que la vio- The rose is more beautiful than Ihe iette. violet. By, in comparison before a noun of number, is rendered by de. He is taMer by two inches. II est plus grand de deux pouces, EXERCISE. The republic of Athens was niore iUiislrious than that of repullique f. Athcnes a ete iUustre celle Lacedemon. Homer was perhaps a greater genius than Virgil; Lacedtvione HmiCre etait peut-elre grand genie m. Virgile but Virgil had a viore delicate and more refitted tasle than Homer. mais aeu Jin2 delicatSgoutm.l. hm, Miiton appears ^to me) more sublime than all the other epic paraitQ mel nutrc lepir/ue'S poets. The river iu deeper by four feet. poele m,pl. 2. riviere f. pofond Tiie comparative of inferiority is foitned by prefixing moin», less, to the adjective, and rendering also i/iati by que. EX AMPLEST Im videUe est moiois belle que la 'llie violet is less beautiful than rose the rose EXERCISE, Shipwreck and death arc less fatal than the pleasures which art. Naufrage m. ait. viort f. fmiestes plaisirs m. qui attack Virtue. The violet is less brillant to the eye than the altaquent art. f, f. brillant ye^cx lily, a true emblem of modesty and of prido lis m. * veritable 2 evible?nem. 1. art. =f. d^ &tt. orgueilm. Autumn is less varied than spring, but it is richer: «irt. Aidsmne f. varie titi.printemps m. elle riclic. In the comparative of equality the first as is rendered by nussi in aflirmative, and by 5/, in negative phrases ; the second as is rendered by ^wc. feXAMILES. Lift tulipe est aussi belle qiie la rose the tulip is as beautiful as the rose La tulipe n'est pas si belle que la the tulip is not so beautiful as tho ro^ rose EXERCISE. Pope's imai^es are as perfect as his style is harmonious, /)« P< 2 art, —f.pl.l. parfait son — m. = Delicacy of taste is a gift of nature as scarce aa Kti. Deticdtcssci. dixi. goiit m. donxa.dctX. — f. rare Tf rx X i i :s .S "N. X 14 h 4 I \ ^ OP THE ADJECTIVir# true genius. The bve of our neighbour is . It ia as casij to do cood as tn .>, art. Em Z evil. Pari* is not so large a* London. James will not bo art.maZm. — m. grand Lmdres Jacques m sera pas so rich as his brother. ricAe son frere. Mdlleur, pire, moindre ane the comparatives of 6cn mauvais, petit, which are irregular in the formation of the degrees. Thus ; good bad sruall meiileur better pire worse moindre smaller le meiileur the best lepire the worst le moiTidre the smallest CO Q 48. N.B. As most beginners are apt to confound these comparative ^adjectives with the comparative adverbs, MiEi^x, PIS, and moins, because they arc generally rendered by the same English words better, woi^se and less, it may be advisable to subjoin here these comparative adverbs with their positives, that the difference of meaning may serve as a distinction. Meiileur, better, is the comparative of bm, good and is used instead of plus ban, wtiich is never said. ' PiVe signifies ^Zw* mauvais, worse, or more wicked, and is used instead of this. . Moindre means ;?/w5 petit, less or smaller, andi- loused instead of these terms. . Mieux,» better, is the comparative of bien, well, and is used instead of plus bien, more well, which is said in neitlier language. Pis* is the comparative of mal, badly, and is used for plus mal, worse, which, however, may be used. Moins is the comparative of peu, little, and is used tor plus pen, which is never said. EXAMPLES. Ce fruit-la est bon, mais celui-ci That fi-uit is good, but this is est meiileur i,etter Sa condition est mauvaise, mais Hisco7iditionisbad,butit?iasbeen eiie a ete pire toor^p * There are son^e instances of pis and mieux used adiectively, but this IS not the place to mention them. •^' i OP THE ADJECTIVE. 87 Ma depenso 08t petite, mais la Mi, expense is small hiU yours is volro est moindre smaller II se conduit bien maia elle se He bduives wdi, but she behoves conduit encore imeux sliU better II se portait mal, mais U est pis He was badly, but he is worse than Que jamais ever Je parle peu, vous parlez encore I speak little, you speak stiU less inoins. EXERCISE. His reasoning is not belter than yours. Your style is n ^>onratsonneme,Um. u voire Voire —m. de great doRl better than that of his brother. Thj thickness of this bcaiicmip cehd son epaisseur f. ce wall 18 less than that of the next wall. This column is Zess than mur m. ceUe voidn 2 1 Cette cohrme f. the other in height and thickness. The remedy is imse autre en Jmuteur f. en, grosseur f. remdde m. than the disease. Your horse is 'W07-se than mine. Trial m. dieval m. fe rnien. 49. The adjective is in the superlative degree, when it expresses the quality in a high or in its highest state : hence there are tv^ro sorts of superlatives, the absolute and the 7'elattve, 50. The superlative absolute is formed by putting treSy fort, bten, very, before the adjective ; it is called absolute, because it does not express any comparison with, or rela- tion to, any other objects. EXAMPLE. Lonures est une trcs-bellc villc Lmidon is a very fine city Remark. The adverbs extremement, extremely, injini- ment, infinitely, are likewise marks of the superlative abso- lute. EXAMPLE. ^^vaSt*™'"^ ^^^ extremement sa- That man is exlreAiely learned Dieu est infmimont heureux God is infinitely blessed EXERCISE. That landscape is very diversified, very extensive, and infinitely Cepaysagem. vane etendu agreeable on every side. The Alps mq very high B^nii very steep, agi cable ^ U,i^s parts f. pi. haut "^ esclrpe The style of Fenelon is very rich, and very harmonious, but it is — m. • ^ ^ I ■fl|P«PPf|PJPJL_JJiyH«i.J*.JJ,iJ.Wl- « ,,J!IJU-|»«|^|pi»Jl|lWlillJ- II 'f f" 88 OF THE ADJECTIVE. Boirictimea prolix ; that of Bcsiuct is extremely suUitne, but it is ipislqurfou prolixe celui eleve sometimes harsh and unpolished. dur rude fSl. The superlative relative is formed by prefixing the article /g, /a, les, according to ihe gender of the noun, to the comparative, and is called relative because it expresses comparison with, or relation to, another subject. The article le, la, les is not used in the superlative degree wlien a possessive pronoun precedes the nown. EXAMPLES. LondrcB est h pJus belie des villcs London is the finest of cities Je prefcirc uao maiaon de cam- I prefer a coutnj hmise to the pagneau plus beau palaia fiiiest palace Cest nion plus grand ennemi lie is my greatest enemy Voici nos nicilleurs voisins TAcic are our best rmghbmrs. Plus an(| mains, vt'ith the ajtiole, are repeated before every adjective. EXERCISE. Ti'ie most beauUfnl comparison that there is perhaps in any beau comparaison f. qiie il y ait petU-etre dans Ofucun language is that which Pope has drawn from the Alps, in his Essay languor, celieqite Href, de Alpes, dans son essai on Criticism, The ?nost able men arc not always the most sur art. critique f. habile gens m. pi. tsujours virtuous. The most ancient mdmost general of all kinds of vertueux. f,-nne f. aii. cs^jccc f. pi. idolatry was the worship rendered to the sun. Tite least excu- — etail cultem. rendu soldi ni, — sable of aU errors is that which is wilful. I wilt show you art. — f. cellc qui volontaire. Jemonlrcrai'Uvous L my prettiest flowers. These are her richest gifts. I have not mis pli fleur f. prccieux don m. Je ai read his ifest woi'k. In S071 ouvrage m. cojNcord of the adjective with the substantive, 52. The adjective always agrees in gender and number with the substantive to which it relates. Le bon pere La bonne mere De beaux jardins The goodfaliicr The good mother F^ne gardens OP THE ADJECTIVE. 8f^ but it is Sxing the un, to the expresses i^e degree cities use lo tJie VI y hours. 3d beCore m any dans aucun his Essay nsson cssai ys the most rs tinds of 7spcce f. pi. least excu- show yoii rai2vaus I have ai not \ number Bon is masculine singular, because pert is masculine, and in the singular j bonne i» feminine singular, because mere is feminine, and in the singular ; btaux is in the mascu- line plural, because jart/?>2« is masculine, and plural, etc. EXERCISE. These ses fruit, — U). pi. water distal ni. flowers. fieur f. pi. which is * 4> hill« cotcau m. pi. already rijK. dtija viiir through the nre covered with trees loaded, with couvrt de aibie m. pi. charge do A jntrc Htream rolls its limpid clair rmsscau m. roulc son limpide 2 midst of meadows ainmclled with fly 1 d milievj m. prairie f. pi. hnaillc de (Every thing) interests the heart in this abo cinq 6 six 7 sept 8 huit ncu/ lOdix 11 onz:; 12 douze 13 trcize 14 quatorzs 15 quinz? 16 seize 17 dix-sept 18 dix-huit 19 dix-neu/^ ORDINAL NUMBER. premier dexixiem^, second iroi^levic quatr/eme clnqwicwie sixieme 3cptiewt« huiti'ewic TiQwviemc dixieine onzieme dovzienic treiziemc (I'latorzirDie qiunztcwte seiziewie ;lix-8eptfc?«e dix-huit?ewie .iix-neui"/ewic first 2d 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7i,h NUMERICAL COLLECTIVJG NOUNa. unitg, unit couple, pair, c quai'ante-ume7?ie cmquanto-rejne > cinquantc-unicwtc Mxantic7/ie jj; soixante-anicwc soirantc-dixi^?«c > soixante-onziCOTc ^ fJOixante-Jou/iiiWiC 80 quatre-vingts quatre-vingttcwic C quatrc- 81 } vingt-un, jjojquatre- J vingt-dix i quatre- 91 [ vingt- ) onze, etc. 100 cent 101 cent-un, etc 200 deux-ccnt."} § > mille § ) deux mil'.c, § $ etc. - dix niillc 5 quatre-vingt-un- \ icme ? quatre-vingt-dix- } quatre-vingt-onz- $ ie7ne centicme . cent-un-z ifil 50th 51st GOth 6l8t 70th 7lBl 72d 80th 81 8t 90th 91si 100th lOlst 200th lOOOth /'UjMERIC. I. COLLEC- TIVE N0LN8. vingiaine, a scare 5 trtntain©, a tcoremul a quarantaino, two score { cinquantaine, Iwo score and a halj' soirantainc, three score — four score \ deux milliewe, etc. S 2000th dix-niilliemg 10,000th i mi vaiWxon-icine. millionth 1 ccntaine, mw hundred 2 ccntaines, 2 hundred I millicr, 1 thousand > 2 milliers, 2 thousand i niyriade. 1 viyyiad I million 1 million, Un vxUliard or billion, a thousand millions, un trillion, etc. If m I- ii i i!f i I 92 OP THE PRONOUN- Cent takes an s when immediatelv before* thp nnnn '. Wt "'^" ' ■'"' ""' * '" *e plural : ^u. nille ^l™ dates, mille is contracted into mih milhuit cent trente^ There are many otlier numerical expressions use.i in ?.»<., octoe, elc. W:;l„1^'etc:"' ^'""""•' ?«»?-' butSi/Ts'nZ^ """'T ""'"°-^'"' <■<"• °"ethousandtt..%«, d^dTelght except in the sense of one h«„-' the quarter ; un cinguieme, a fifth, etc. ' ^ "^' as /.Z^r?r"f t,"^t^ J'^^ progressive increase of things- CHAPTER IV. OF THE PRONOUN. noun: '^^'''"""" '^ =• ^°"^ ^"''^"'"'ed i" the place of a There are several kinds of pronouns i« ^ '^^^ ^^ ^"-''^ t capable ) capable elle/. cllo //^r je Ic meprise jc la respecte / despise him I respect her Sud. II ne connait ) he knmo but , quelle 5 her venez avcc elle come with her I le m. for cela it \ Je »« ^ savais » / r/ir/ no/ /t?w?tf 'i pas J it^ Plural. ^% z^j chantent 5 ^^^ ^^^^^^ e (gentlemen) f^icy elks rient J ^'^J ^^^g^>' I (ladies) ( ils m, t ellcs /■. OJ" Tttfi PRONOLN. 96 'leur m.for a eux to t/ieni Obj. leur f,/w a elles to iUm les m. fm' eux Ics/. /or elles eux Mi elles/. them them tlunii tJiem fpoyez-to/r ceCpay them «7M< < quevousZ^r^ y<«t ^we <f™ ''^^ ^ je desire leur^ f^^ , ^^ ^P^alc parler | {^jj^^J.®"* (*« yojfc «n7Z /?u^ them (men) \ vous fes trou- verez 11, lis, le, Ip.s niaBculine, il les admire < je ne vois ( qxCeux allez sans eux 5 il ne conn ait \ qn^elles partcz sans elles elle, elles, le, les he admires them (ladies) / see but them (gentlemen) [0 without them he kvmos but them (ladies) go without them feminine are used in speaking of things as well as of persona ; but de lui, ^io ' ^ir,"'^' ^^^^^^*5 '^^h I'^ur are not. See Y, em. No. 64 65 62. TV hen the verb is interrogative, the pronoun, which is Its subject, IS alwavs put after it ; the interrogative do, used in l^nghsh, has no equivalent in French, and is consequently ' Singular do'ia-je payer 1 a.fi-tic dit 1 chante-t-zZ bien ? travaille-t-eZ/e 1 yubjed • Lclle fnous Su/^ecl} ?;«"« •' I us m, L'Ules/ / thou lie site must 1 pay ? hast thou said? docs lie sing iccll ? dves she work ? • Plural. we I irons-?io7 Q«..1..7.3.«./-2 * dit eux * 07i2parlait 1 "lie 96 fin OF THE PRONOUN. ill H -^ y"^"" joite Regard^z that magnificent buiMing, it unites gracefulness to b-eautv. ce vtagmUque batinient m. reunit art. grace f. art. C?Ff. Ignorance is vain, it sees difficulties in nothing. Do not iudffp art. f. vam nemitdx: ^ d run ne jugez pas from appearances, they are deceitful. Take one of these swa.ri.appareucesl tromp^iir Prenez ces roses, they smell so sweet, -f. serJicnt si don. i G3. REFLECTED AND RECFPROCAL PRONOUNS OP THE THIRD PERSON. 1^ soi SOI ue so so so se 80 8i7igular. i with a prepo- i sUioji governed by the verb a soi, d lui- d dlc- meme soi, or hii- memc \ sol, or cUc- menie d elles-mtmcs Vnn d Vautre eux-mcmes dles-memes Van Vautre < chacun tire d soi i I'egoismefaitqu'on \ no voit que soi < il se dounc des \ louanges < elle se fait illusion > il se perd ( les u " \ aut Examples. ( eve7-y one draws to ( himself ^ selfishness viakes a < 2^">'^<^n- see twnd ( but himself he gives himself praises ' she imposes on her* s'«lf he ruins himself clle se flatto she flatters herself ils s'attribuent la i^'^fJ attribute to gloire, etc A themselves the glory of, etc. I they prescribe to themselves as rule tOf etc. Jhey exchange gifts they have dis* graced theni'^ settles cllcs 5^ proscrivent ; pour regie de etc. ^ ils s'entredonnent, I ou so font des ca- deaux ils se sont desho- nores { elles se sont flattees \ ^^^^ ^^^ flattered C I themselves ils 5'entr'aident \ ^%' ^^P one an- , \ other US les Cles rats, dit-on, irats, U is said, autres \ s en.re-devorent \ cat one another Remark, Se is placed l^efore a verb, and soi nft-r a preposition. ' * '^ " pip THE PRONOUN. 97 OUNS OP EXERCISE In a tliousand instances, wc do not watch sufficiently over ourselves. * miite occasion i. on * veille The glory of the world (passes away) » I. monde m. s'tvanmiU en m. donne himsetf{tx great deal) of troub'e. She tires /lerself. People should doit We Oil assez sur soi in an instant. He gives se beaucmip ' peine f. lasse se On, (very seldom) speak of themselves. Virtue is amiable in itself. rarcmejit purler soi art. f. de soi roust take upon mtrselvef the care of our own affairs woman sincere, I J distrust her Srcad his poen, and tell vie what you. think of it. ihis conduct is bad; I will complain cf it. ■ ) as for these events, > we often mentian } them ) johat do you think of > these plat.cs, are you, ) pleased roith them 7 i thrse fruits look good, I 1 should like to mi. ) some of them J Th'jsc are beautiful > orange'!-, unU you ) givj me some ? 98 n. ■ ! ! f! i ■■■1 j uufor •> decelbioftkat d'ici hence dela thence oir TH« PRONOUir. on no m'a pas trom- } ^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^^ »»« ! pfti pe, j'en buis s^r arriva a Paris, commej'enpartais vous allez a Paris et monsieur en vient posed I am upon, sure of it he arrived at Paris as I was setting off you are going to Pa- ris, this gentleman comes from thence OF THE PERSONAL AND RELATIVE PRONOUN Y. ♦Mnl* "^^f.^^^^^y* a^a pronoun, is strictly confined to tiangs. It 18 employed in all those cases in which the ob- jective case IS marked by the preposition a. Speakina of persons, vve say : jepense a voire frere, je donne Tnes s'otns a voire frerej and, when not naming the person, we say : jepcnsealui, je lui donne mes serins; thus soeakin*. of things, we must say : je pense a voire affaire, je Tnne'^mes soins a voire affaire, and speaking relatively, fv pense. i'v donne mes soins, j^^ j j > y y Y is a(so used in reference to a place antecedently named~ and when here, there are understood in English. EXAMPLES, I c'est un honnete > he is an holiest man, \ homme, ficz-vous^/* 3 trust to him* ^la poussiere gSterai^Ae dust will spoil ^ ce tableau, si on n'y > this picture, if you met pas un verre 3 don't piit a glass to it 81 yotre lettre est ) if yon have finished finie, mettez-y Ta- > yanr letter, pjit the aresse. ) direction to it ,ce sont de belles i /Ac^g are fine pro- promesses, mais je > mi^es, but I do not ne m'y fie pas ) trust to them donnez-moi vos or-l^^^ ^'^ ^^^ mands, and 'a lui vfe must not think y penser ) about it any longer i nous partons de I we set off from, Lon- < Londres, quand > don, when ym come i c'est un endroit J it is a fne place, I < charmant, jecompte > intend to settle ( m'y fixer ) there * tk M »nd ptiiissr jilowe *t3mit y, m s^jptking of pf,rs/ falhcT, mother, arul- brother are- in the conTUry, wUhyoMv friends and their children. My coiimi is ^qone to tnsit and cmsole his sister^ who has lost her ^m. EXHRCISE, foi' (every thing) Jfy principHmyWc, of „.irome„., „y ,»»,„ i« £0i^m,p«,r !,rt. retrmlet.' \,nmrm. induced mo to Brcfcr » hi-. ■ • . "^ '^ ^* 3 1 %^^)|.^, » ,,, ^-fe, P-ed m .ha close. .0 .he act^e hfo of .ho wo.d. Po „„. .hi„„ ^.daug^t L .Ky candour, «, injonuouspeBs, «, ,a„c, so delioa,o Td so = f. refined, and censure, art. — f. mJZ ^^^ ^'''''•" '^."^ . «^^1^^^ thee from ^' ; — ;wz5se«i5 mcttredVairi de His vvit, At5 talents, Aw honesty, and "'" '"■ tl^ir^ ?-^ ^™ ^^l-<^ by every body mcme bonhomie f ' f(^nt Our constancy a^d oiir eflbrts I SPC — f. obstacles, nrt.—jm'.pl. in yoitr conduct. dmis coyiduitc f. strous, and the stj'ueux, m. aivier de tout 'le monde will (at last) surmount all m. * enfin 2 surmenteront 1 nothing that can (be censured) iriend quQon,puisse reprewlre Their X^Bic for the fantastical, the mon- l^mir M.zairc, m. vion- marvellous gives to all their compositions vicrvcillcux m. danne Lf vois 2 m _ * Observe that the nronnnn d^^« -n^f „^ :.i. .v _ hu. .0 the goder of/A-lMmol^r, ^ '' ""'"« P'"'' "" *" "^^'. OP THE PRONOUN. 101 -*-v although very fine in themselves, an air of deformity, which ?"^*?'*<^ ^ elles-memes — m. difarviUt f. qui shocks at first sight, choqtix a art. coup-d'ail, m, 69. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS RELATIVE, REFERRINO TO ONE PERSON. VI. Sing, tst Lc mien, 2nd. Le tien, 'ird. Lc sien, /. Sing. m. Plur. f. plur. la mienne, Les mip- , lea micnnes, mirie la tienne, Les tiens, les tiennes, thine la sienne, Les siens, les siennes, Aw, Aer, its POSSBSSIVB PRONOUNS RELATIVE, REPERRINQ TO SEVERAL PERSONS. /. Sing. PL of both Gen. la notre, | Les notres, oiirg la votre, j Les votres, yours la leur, ) Les leurs, theirs The use of these pronouns is to avoid the repetition of a noun antecedently named. EXAMPLE. m. Sing. 1st. Le notre, '3'nd. Le votre, 3rd. Lo leur, Avez-vous toujours votre cheval 1 je n'ai plus le mien ; for je n'ai plus mon cheval. EXERCIiSE. Have you stiU your horse ? J /tave no longer mine. * ... • It 18 a If my Si it your Is it your temper or hers, that hinders you from living well ce humeur f. qui empiche 2 I de viwe together? If it be yours, it is easy for you to remedy it ensemble ce est il 2 aise 3 * 1 d'y porter reviede by mastering (your temper) ; if it be hers, redouble your en prenant sur vous-meme ; ce redoublez de kindness, attention, and good behaviour ; complaisance de de procede m. pi. very seldom that this method (proves unsuccessful). tres-rare ce moyen ne reussisse pas friends had served me with the same zeal as 0vaient2 serviS 1 mime zelem. que is very certain that I (should have) succeeded : but yours have ires siir aurais reussi ont been all warmth, and mine all ice. All the pictures wliich we etc defeu de glace tableau m. que expected from Rome are arrived : there are some that are a altendiotis arrives ily en a qui little damaged ; but yours, his and mi7w arr in good peu endommages ^ condition. We know perfectly well what are your *^ " s&VQns parfaitemcnt * quels i2 iff OF THE PHONOUfl, 102 - amusementa 0Wr5 in fK„ <* art. t?i^ f. and I assure — 2 you we are verv * gtie sommes bien ^^ "^^^ in the country it /• "^^^^tssez qu^U (would not be long) in ^2TJ J ^ ^^^^^ '^Pf^rc'l^u, ^'" uesKsrvps mine. wnfiance f. 2 tr.irile 1. \ EXAMPLES. Q-ue vous ressemblr? nm, a tt auand vous ,„rez enlond,, S^™ j» ™so„,, „„„. ,.„„.ero„:t- »."^^st^t^,r'- "- § III. 70. OF DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS are alLvB place3'b:f:^'^r„^°;^«' '*« ~">-Wt., "hich are used in reference tnVZ '. , '"* »•<'«««, which agree in genderTnTn^beT^rrtr^ ""'^'- «°*" CONJUNCTIVE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS, sinluiar *"' d^^o-trative :.l„ive prononne n^ in ,h„ Cenugc. before a consonant or M * asDimto ^«fe fcm. m all cases ^"-~=:x.\ii,uiiu Singular. Cc livre, this or tJuit book C.e heros, this or M^^ ^cro. Cet homme, this rr tJud man Cct enfant, /Az;s ^t child blr TH« PRONOUN. 103 tM$ or thai gift this or that soul this or that story that hatred ces hommes, these men WB enfants, those children ces hktoires, these stories. riEMININE 8INGULAII. cette filio ceite ame, cette histoire cette haine *rhe plural of ce, cd, cette, is ces. It is common lo both genders, and is used before vowels and consonanls. cea livres, tJiese or those booh de ces heros, of these or those he(o\ t a ces fiUea, to these or those girts Ci and Id are often added to the noun, either to point it out more distinctly or speak of it more emphatically. Get homme-la, that, man J Ces poires-ci sont bonnes, these I pears arc good. RELATIVE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS, ^2% The relative demonstrative agree also in gender with the noun, and are jAASOULINE SINGULAR AND PLURAL. Celili-ci, this Ceux-ci, these Celui-la, that Ceux-la, those FEMININE SINGULAR AND PLURAL. Celle-ci, this Celle-la, that Cellea-ci, these Celles-Ia, those Celuiy celle, ceux, celleSy are used without «', Id, before a preposition and a relative pronoun. J'aimp mieux mon jardin que celui / like my garden better than do mon fr6re my brother's On ne peut les comparer a ceux TVtey are not to be r/mpared vfith que nous avons vus a Paris. thosi we saw at Paris. Je le donnerai a celui qui arrivera / will give it to him who comes le premier in first 73. Ceci, this ; cela, that ; are, as it were, of the neuter gender, and are used to express this thing, that thing, when the object is not named Je n'aime pas ccla Ceci n'est pas pour vous / do not like that This is not for you CE aUI, CE DONT, &c. FOR WHAT. 74. Ce is much used in conjunction with the relative •pronoun. m d Of THE PRO.VOl/^. Ce qui we piait Codontjoparlo Coaquoijem'ippliquo Co que jo Jig ^' '^' «^^«'^- trative and a relative pronour '" ^'^"'•'' ^ ^^'»°«s. Ctj IS also much used in Frt^nrK « .u subject of ^/r., i„ descriptive sentenr^- )t "?"^^"«^«>e o C'est ,1,0 tabatidre ,, ■ *"=" " Persoii. C'cst un officicr general „ " " »(#-«o.r, Cc >on.de bona e„,ams, Tl^ZtZ^St See .S-ynto. i,^,^,,,, .^^ ^^^^^^_ EXERCISE, to or e Nothing »ta.'» to us. The nJfi««,,.oc. ^c nolhingM.75^ of a dissipated MIC light, a leai of feuiUef. ^y losing en pcrdant in cotnmon de commun hatred broke, /^A27ig f. 2. tr^ato dreadful events terrible cvene- II was >^ wine resemble »'^as iioti' I g restrained contenu 4 of those me, a great in man. He that rcsseniblent 2-3 suffers himself to (ha se laisse * w^'Vf,..-;^^^ -"siasi „^_i,_^ «_«^.,. «.™«._. OF THE PRONOUN. IQ5 ruled) domiiicr by his {Muuions, OilUt doit Tiiis stufl' chffc-ci f. to take this, jnaiez cceno is -ci succeed. reussir (will «uit) you siira )i I 'i'A^f^ action -Id renounce happina*. reiumcer d art. m. admii-ably. I de»iro you a riititc'ilk que i» Munitublc. Tki% ^' -id dignt. de Udme calcuhxtoa to interest all men, but that cannot Jade jmir intcreascr art -id w saurait (Here arc) certainly two charming prospecta, this Vmtd certai7ieiHe/U bcaw perspective f. i\. has something (in it) more cheerful, but many pfople qiuUiue chose de * riaiit bim de ixi. pcisorLt. ^l thnik that more Btrikin you speak lamaison ^'.xi rdeLlTr''^ ?-imioii„T-i \^^\tl'£ ho^ise out of > JaQueJle) il est sorti ( which hecaZ ^ r le marchand dont le ? the mer^haT..!, a J«i, rm- of ( ,^ ,,,''''"=' '•=.?«"' } fatlicrheplacZ pemon, „„|y {.lo whom ' ™„^j^Xt *""" J * """"" ""^ oblige '""'l ^.''^■y art ^TT' "''''f'''''''' ^' ''''''' comeit m. ' ^if candour and innocence itself, trust not too lUtly Th. . ^''' ^ ^' ^''^^^<^ notori„„,.„^i„„. Wo.;. know „,e ..,C of £ ou^ht to make a good use (orn^J. T'c nous devom ■ * ^ ^„«7- ^ "-^^ instead of wasting it in idleness and f^^t"' ^ ^ ^ '"'^ ^^ daughter, ../. (would wish) that I (should love) you less ^ The voudnez que aimmse ^ ^ ' ^^"^ .-rcatest men, wko were tlic ornament rnd crlorv of Cr... '^'^''''^ ^''^^'»^^^^i art ~7 art r.t. / //.;;.e/4, -11^,%^'' pl^^^/, ^^i'"^ Ly^urgus and Solon, went to learn %visdom in E.Ynr\, thif'thn "7 ""T"''^ * apmndrc artsagcsse f .,, ^7^^;); J^ f;^^ "^° »^^» ^^^^^^ house was burnt down last w,^o\' t i a ate brulce * fin .emahcf 1 ^'"^''^^ ^^" ^^''^ °^ ^^^^^^^ you (are sijcakmcr). It ig „ nv^.'or.f ♦ u- t. i mrle- P "^Jf' ^'^ '^h^^h *^e has devoted much time Whn ia ♦!,„ i i i '^ consacre lien du ^ '' ^^' ^'^y '^ ^^^^'>™ y«« (paiJ. a visit) this ninrninn- 1 n^, • i , . avez fait visite ce .ablo on which ho (w^s writing). '"'"^"'•'" "• ecrivaib. a bU. (-^we is friso common to persons and l)oth genders and numbers. things, and is of ^!^^TS^?^m-f «!WgsWS»*v.» ■J" ■? M,'?i^M>^55 ^ ■ -^vif.' r'-^-'rarg^m:^ or THE PRONOUN. 109 in gender and e))ient, je sidvis ■ou less ? The books of which ig3, and is of EXAMPLES. c'est moi que Ton demande it is I whom t/iey axk far c^est toi que I'on appellc •. • .> , .. la femme quo je vois si bien paree c'est nous que vous oflfensez c'est vous que je cherche les dames quo vous voyez it is thou whovi they call the woman whom I see so well dressed it is we whom you offend it is you I am seeking the ladies whom you see EXERCISE. / whom temptation surrounded on every side fell at, seduction f. environnait de tout part f. pi. je tomhai into the snare. It is you whom the public voice calls to that dans piegem. Ce 2 f. 1. appeUe office. A power which terror and force have founded. place f. puissance f. art. = f. art.— f. fonde f! cannot be of long duration. It is we whom they persecute with mpeut chcreef. v^n poursuU avec unexampled rage. You wkm every body respects, uv^sansexcmpk^ ftcreur f. 1 tout le monde r^pecUi hasten to (show yourself). (Every thing) in the universe hatez-voxcs ^ paraUre Tmt ^dans unvveTsm. alters and perishes; but the vnritings which genius has saltere pent ecW/ m ni o,.* „'^.•- ,. ^ ^ - , ,f, . cCTicm. pj. art. ^emem. dictated, shall be immortal. dicte m. pi. seront tel 81. p'ou 13 very often used for duguel, de laguelle.des- quels, desquelles ; and on for auquel, d laquelle, ^uxquehs auxquelles, ^ EXAMPLES. Voila le but, ou (auquel) il tend That is the object h^ has in view Ce sont des affaires, ou (aux- Those are affairs loith whirh I am quelle?; je suis embarrasse perplexed Voila une chose d'ou (de laquelle) 2^hat is an affair m which the depend le bonheur public. j^lic happiness depends lels St xt les heux par ou (par These are the places through which lesquels) il a passe he passed. 82. Lequel, laquelle, lesquels, lesquelles, are generall/ used atter prepositions, and also in the sense oi which, when It IS necessary to distinguish between objects of the same nj^ure. EXAMPLES. Sont-celales personnes avec les- Are those the people with wham he _ queues il passe son temps % spends his tim^. Ue sont ae CCS moments dans les- These are tlve mome>Usin which a quels on oubhe tous ses, cha- man forgets aU his sorrows K ^S^!^^^^^ 110 OP THE PRONOUN. mais je It is^ of these ladies, builds fMt kTum which C'est une de ces dames, ne saui laquelle generany „.d to exp.. X^t^J Z.^'^^^^ '^ tiJ^iio ~. • . EXAMPLE. ».tejmo.e„ ,„o. je p„ta v„„, „„ j,,« ^ ,„ „^ ^^^ /«,»&„/ TJ,« X . EXERCISE. The protec^on ^o^ .h^, ^e ^ied^has been too weak. That ^af^r ..^ ^ tn.. phi^^p^er sighs most ard^^^ « to spreaa that sentimrt J^ ' T^'"'^'^- <^rdentmJt de r^pandre «™e"t of umversa^ benevolence which should unite and (bring together^ «li ^'oeiM'n^ti ditions without lohirh th. ♦»,• / , , ^^ ^'^ ^ art. ^nou ,.M the thing (would not have been) concluded Nature, of ^^se secL ''Z^'T''' f^^^' ' '^rt. ~f- * 1 art.lmnl4T ^^'^ .'Snoxmt) (will always be) a source of coniecLe t '^T^ ^ *^* tmyrnri, — f 3 T!j^'^® ^"^ mankind. What does scyfaiMi ameremiM' ^ niomento, 2» wAie* u, ""^ »tr«r"^ '"art.'"'"""' "^ *»" -«ch he devofe. to atadv Tho, ^ * • . ^^^^ consacrer art. ^- ^^' "^S^'""* /'^'^ "'Aen.. gold (is Wtrw^''), are not in general barren Tb« ^r^!'*''"*^ rii «./,• then must have been -' ^ done 2 doit 2 avoir etc °""^*r .<»« "Swf ""' ^'7 °^ """"'^ «,"■''" Wrth 7 (does not k„„„Twha. m^W ,„ f„;„r /T ' fir' "■ Onoose wAicA of those two nlofn-^w. * » ^fea,^ m. 7 1 a^wf^ 2 art. micux 3 § VI. OP INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 85. indefinite pt'onounst are those whw,f. K« and indefinite signification, and which CereTeren^^^T persons and things in general, without parltcularizLT They are of four sorts. ■ ""-^"'g- FIRST CLASS. 86. Those that are never joined to,a. substantive. ON* 1 one a man a woman somebody people they we on aime a se flatter / °"® ^^^P^ tojlatt&r ones J on. n'est pas toujours (" ^^^^* canTiot always I maitre de sol \ command his ovm r , ^ L temper I oil n est pas toujours f •< maitresse d'aller ou*^ ^'^oman cannot aiwan/s l Von veut |^ S^ where she 2)leas'es on frappe a la porte \ somebody knocks at the c . I d^or l^VuXuf'^^'^^PXf-^'-^-y \ mentcettehistoire { differently ^ ] '""ono^T"^ J'-'^'P""- 5 ^« ^<^« m, 7'^ •■ » «- "rV "- » ^ pan inese ». j'«». I V.I. _. j: . . ^: virrij wliCIi liiC Hcal vVOIti tJUVS bitu^s qu on cmtrade, ceap'es guoi on court, qumqu'mi croie, un homme , §twt I on cmrt, bxen qm I'on croie, un lurmme a (jui I'on repo^he. m^ OF THE PRONOUN. THIRD CLASS. 88. Tho«3 which ai-c sometimes used in conjunction wifK a substantive, and sometimes relatively. '''^"J""''^'^" ^^'^h nul pas un aucun autre no, one no, iiM one no, nane older mdmo ' same tel \ like plusieurs S^'^veral I many tout fall every every thing nullcraisonnepeut Ic convaincre. no reason can convince him nul d'euxnej'a rencontre, 7wt one of them has vnet him ^ il n'y a paa une erreur danscet ouvrage there is rwt one envr in that work ' pas un ne le dit, 7u>t me says so je ne connais aucun de vosjiffea / fcnov} none of yawr J-udges "' ^ ' fservez-vous d'une autre expression J , rnake.^e of amtfie^- expression ' . je vous prenais pour un autre, / took L you for another c'e«t le m^nie homme que je vis hior hets the same man I saw yesterday ' cet homme n est plus le mdme, that man is ?m Imiger the same. il tint a peu prds un tel discours he 'niadenearlystucha discowsc any thing hke it il est arrive plusieurs vaisseaiix, several vessels have arrived. ilnefaut pas que plusieurs i.4tissent pourunBeuI, 7nany must not suffer /or one •" tous les 6tres cre^s, all created heintrs tout disparait devant Dicu, cverytling vaiiishes before God * FOURTH CLASS, 89. Of those followed by que. qui que quoi que whoever whatever quelque J whatever \ hoioever I vpI quo such as qui que tu sois, wlioever tliou mayest be qui que cc soit, whoeve)' it may be q-oi que cc soit, whatever it may be quoi que vous disiez, whatever ym may quel que s ait cet homme, whoever that man may be quel que Sf/it votre courage. '>i^hjrt^'»- yov,r cou) age may be cette etoffe est telle que vous la voulez. this stuff IS such as you wish far OF THE VERB. 115 •junclion with quelque — i v^halevcr que \ hmoever tout — quo hoiccver r quelque raiaon que voub iSonnkz^'VkaU \ ever nascii you may give I quelque puissant qu'ovous soyez, hov:- \_ ever powerful yau may be { tout savant qull est, however karncd \ he may be CHAPTER V. fi. ti'h/yf.tyi^m' OF THE VERB. 90. The Verb is a word, the chief use of which is to ex- press action, feeling, existence ; it has persons, moods, and tenses. •■■ ",i!!f<^ ■'! i m In the phrase la vertu est aimabh, virtue is amiable, it is affirmed that the quality aimable belongs to la vertu ; likewise in this sentence, le vice n'' est pas aimable^ vice is not ami- able, it is affirmed that the quality aimable does not belong to le vice; the word est expresses this aflirmation. That concerning which we affiim or deny a thing is called the subject, and what is affirmed or denied is called its aiiri- bute. In the two preceding sentences, vertu and vice are subjects of the verb est, and aimable is the attribute affirmed respecting the one, and denied with respect to the other. 91. There are in verbs two iiiimbers, the singular and phiral, and, in each number, three persons. I. The first person is that who spealcs ; it is designated by ^e, I, in the singular, and by nous, we, in the plural : as, jepense, I think ; nous pensons, we think. II. The second is the person spoken to, expressed by tv, thou, in the singular, and by voiis, you, in the plural : as, tupenses, thou thinkest ; vous pensez, you think. ni. The third is the person spoken of, known by il, he, or elle, she, in the singular, and by ils or elles, they, in the plural : as, il or elle pense, he en- she thinks j ils or elles pensent, they think. All substantives, either common or proper, are of the third person, when not addressed or spoken to : les Hans rugissmt, lions roars j ces arbres sont beaux, these trees are beautiful ; les soldats se battent, soldiers are fighting. .jt TT-,-jii lu i5.ii-_-rrii 15-- u\s £i cc.- c/, -.Tiidi Jt aumiuS the personal pronouns : thus, jinir, to finish, is a verb, because we can B2iy, j'e finis, tu finis, il, or elle finit, etc. ^2. There Brefive moods, or modes of conjugating verbs. a.---. «^ 116 OF THE VKRB, R I' I I: /<»m.ra„, „• etc. I should l„ve, if! ftc. "*"""' "' requestlt rCmvi;!"^'' '■°' """""'"•Jine, exhorti.,, let U8 love. '^P'°^'"S ■ »«. «"»«, love (thou).; a«W; it « nece^ary .hat itfct.S^^o" ''•^""' "" "-^-^o^ latter fUs ai"^ivra;re-e„?7reirmZ^ 1%- ^\ExampUs on the Difficulties. "" ^"""'"^''- See No. J»tL:^ Li 'i;tl:r '^^ ''''*''^' ^--^ »-'-. pereon,or yacW cAo^l Bom« .^fJ ?««{?»'»«. some love God ; liSl'etJe%TZ sfudv' ' TheT'' f ^'k*" aetjon ,e called the re^>nenrTX2:::'X:^ i>«« :s then the regimen of the verb/«re ' ■^'"' '^"''• .he sub^cf ;7heTa; c^oEteS^h "^ *^''''". '^ ™«"«^«'J "^^ 6<«. and th'. ;»i„*!?„''!."L"«^i*^ ''y °'.««'^« of the auxiliai4 aimi, I amloQ''''ThnrU"^'i.'°^ ""J"* ™'*'*' '« > ^'i* .0 p4lve 1„ tht s^^X tZ^ ^^Jr^ ^ OF THE V£RB. 117 loves me ; le milan a enleve h serin, the kite has carried off the canary bird, they must be turnv J in this w&y,je suis aimc de mon pere, I am loved by my father ; le serin a ete enleve par le milan, the canary bird has been carried off by the kite. 96. The verb neuter, or intran6:Hve, is that which has no direc regimen, that is, after which you cannot put a substantive, without a proposition. Mler to go, is a neuter, verb, because one cannot say, aller Lond.es, to go Lon- don, but aller a Londres, to go to London, riaire, to please, is likewise a verb neuter, as \> ^ cannot say in French, plaire quelqu\m, to please somebody, hwiplaire a quelqu^un. The pronominal verbs are those in which each person is conjugated through all the tenses, with two pronouns. 'je me, I myself J tu tc. thou thyself il se, he himself as nous nous we ourselves vousvous\^''''y''''^^f^*'^ i yo yourselves > they themselves cues 5-? ^elle se, she herself There are four sorts o( pronominal verbs : — The rejlecHve, when the action of the verb falls 97. upon the subject, as^e meflatte, I flatter myself; il se loue, he praises himself. Almost all active verbs are susceptible of being reflective. II. The pronominal verb neuter, which indicates only a state, a disposition of the subject as, se repeniir, to repent ; se desister^ to desist ; s^enfuir, to run away. III. The reciprocal verb expresses a reciprocity of act-ion between two or more subjects, and consequently has no singular; such are, s'entr' aider, to help one another ; s'cwfrc- donner, to give each other. IV. The pronominal verb impersonal, is only ^ised in the third person singular. Active verbs frequently assume this form in a passive sense, for the sake of brevity and energy ; as, il se bdtit, there is building ; il se faisait, there was doing, ; il se conclut, there was concluded ; il s^est dit, it has been said ; il se donnera une erande bataille. a great battle will be fought. 98. The impersonal verb is only used in the third person snow, is an impersonal verb, as it cannot be applied to any person, or thing, • il neige^ it snows, il neigeait, it did snow. lis 09 THB VERB. tenses; .„d d^ecive ve.4r.J^Th,^ whth'^r." ."""* tenses, or persons, are not used. ' '" '""^'' OP CONJUGATIONS Si FIRST- SEOND ^FOURTH "L . • ^"''■' *''*'^'''' P«°»^ *«"»'•, etc. ^^ a8,.recev<;tr, apercev^r, devwV. etc. -re OS, rendre, veadre, mordre, battre, etc. 100. The Fiench, like most modern nations r,/v# Ko. • fhirlV^ """"^".' ^ "■''■'='' 'he action talr^s plj^ Sv "S."* '""' -»«-y verbs, avoi/::^',^^ m}wi^^^ """f '"^ ^'"' ■"'hich are the only verbs rene e^»raK>rs:t.^ft.;S^^ are insufficient to do. ThesP four ,1 1 » P*® *®"®®^ Examples Q.V DtPFicuLTiEs.) ^"'^ ''**' *^^- ^^^ <>/ ^'i* Those tenses> which are formed frnm ih^ i^a •^- or THB V£RB. *8 tl Vint un ne Vint, a man 119 lOJ. CONJUGATION. OP TMI VERB AVOIB, TO HAVE. INFINITIVE. avoir SIMPLE TENSES. PRESENT. to have COMPOUND TENSES. PRESENT. *yan' having PAST. eu, TO. eue,/. had avoir eu PARTICPLES. ayant cu INDICATIVE. PAST. to have had PAST. having had PRESENT. j'ai tu as II, or elle a nous avong V0U8 uvez ila, or elles ont I have thou hast he or she has ' we have you have they have IMPERFECT. j^avais tu avals U avait nous aviions vous aviez jils avaient I had thmt hadst he h/id we had yo%Lhad theyJiad or was having PRETERIT INDEFINITE, OT COfH- povmd of the present. jaieu I have tu as eu thou hast ilaeu hehas i , nous avons eu we have '"'**** vous avez eu you htive f ils ont eu lluy have ^ PLUPERFECT, OT compound of the imperfect. j'avaiseu J had tu avals eu thou hadst il avait eu he had nous avions eu we had. vous avie? eu you had ils avaient eu they had J had EXERCISE. 102. In the Jbllowing exercises, the substantive being ^n ifiiipaxLiuve Bciiae, it will be necessary to use the partitive du, de, P, de la, dee, according to the gender and number. See Rule the 39th. I l-i-^JM^ 120 or THE VERB. SIMPLE TENSES. hi i»RET£RIT DEFINITE. COMPOUND TENSES. j'eus tu eus il eut nous eumes yous et She will have had charming flowers W« », „ t. '°"-.&. ^- -" ^- had large buildings. The, will have had fine clothes. ^ra^ui taUrnent m. ^ ^^^ I superbe habit m. '■■'^S^™ OP THE CONDITIONAL. shouM have fine^n„™i„,.. t.^, ,,„„,,^. ^^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^^_ «^n|^. He,h„„,aw™.,e„.euca.„,. We .hCl i" '""'"■"' ar™.^™->""-^e«y houses. They should have long conversations. tity, such as 4««c««p, a sLt Si 1„!" ^''™'''' ■"■ 'J'"^"- - , exeep. *.„, .„eh, iian^.; ^^K^rC^^^t CONDITIONAL PAST. -W^havehaa.,....,, Thou „„u,.. ha™ have haa .„.^p,e_. He woul/ha^^aa (,..,..,,„, knowledge. We shnulrl ii. ,« u i infmiment con^iaissLe f. pi.' '^°''''^ '^^'^ ^^^ ^^'^^ opportunities of succeeding You would certainly havn h.,1 '"''''""'' ^P'' "-^^sir ^' ce^-taiSnt 1 ^-\j,T-^ , advantages over him They would have had ^./enemies "^"'^^'^^'^ ^^'- .^-^ bien ennemi th^irrsfh^^^'rr^;- and separate sense, expreSw JS^T/ ^ "'^^ «' ^^^'"g a distinct hey are also to be 'rendSed "/ F ^ct L VT '" ^"^^ <^ases iw^rr, «V.«tr, ;,«^^,^>. The attention Xf .hP^^u" . ^''^''^' ^^^^ as to that necessary distinction hereafter b"tf' Scholar will be called t^^'l^^!J^J^^ introd^ut;; ^r^^T^^J^h - OF THE VERB. 123 u wouldst have N,B. J'eusse eu, tu eusses eu, il eut en, Tiaus etissions eu, voxis eussiex eu, its eussent eu, I should have had, &c. is also used for the conditional p&fit. IMPERATIVE. aie, or ayo qu'il ait ayons ayez qu'ils aieut have (thou) let hivi have let us have have (ye) let them have SUBJUNCTIVE. ■IMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TENSBi. que j'aie tu aies il ait nous ayons vous ayez ils aient PRESENT. that I may have thou mayest have he may have we may have you may have they may have que j'aie eu tu aies eu il ait eu PRESENT. thai I may thou mayst he may r nous ayons eu we may vous ayez eu you may ils aient eu they may 106. When the verb is followed by several substantives, the proper article and proposition must be .epeated before each. IMPERATIVE. Have thou patience, perseverance, and courage. Let him have — '■ f. f. m. modesty and more correct ideas. Let her have more decency. Let —— — f. 2 niste 3 1 decence us have courage and firmness. Have ye gravy soup, nice roast -m, fermeie f. un gras 2 soupe f.l.un bon ros- beef and a pudding. Let them have ale, rum, and punch. Let bifm. 2)oudingm. m. ailei.rumm. ponchem. them have morals and conduct. f. nuewrsf.pl. conduUei. SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. That I may have many friends. That thou mayest have good bea^icoup reasons to give him. That he may have elevated sentiments. That donner llui2 cleve 2 m.l. we Tiiay have courage and magnanimity. That you may have bravoure f. = delightful landscanes, and beautiful sea-pieces. That they may d4iluuux2pay? ^fim.pl.l wart7wf.pl. ISi m ■ OF THl VJ6RB.. < IMPERFECT. COMPOUND TENSES. .^"« tAoi I eusse 7>i„ ; tu eusses 7^1""' '''f"^'^^ 'i^^^ h^^^^rECT, or co,npaund of ike j 'eusse eu /w?VAi •it-iueu heminht "ouscnssionseuwff»z?>;i^ 4 have more condescension anr? r». "" "^ — ~ ^«r "'^ "^T P^«P?^'sessinff manners. ^ P'tvenant'd7tianierelp\i e^«-2>^,«,.-, That „e mayha.ehad.„„w, ,ai„, and „i„d That you may have had a great dinln.. "^S't-Plniet. veMm. 7Z H. '1' ^'^■-"'^Si^. ="" "delightful bed. "Z^/""' ""'^-y »ave had vast posse^CXr^r^ dekcieux2bmm.l. Thnf T • . . 'MPERPECT. "■'^^' -™ « -^:'^. a -*., and p.,0.. ,,,.,„„ ni'ght'st have a Jcnife ^ J' "^ '^™- mtohtm. --e a pen,.iCr it ai*^^ >---'"" "^ ""^'" a ooachTi-;~'- ' -3'S. '''■'' "' ■"'^'" >- ;S h "•" " ^"^r^ --'• -•>.. you might have hmlfli «, j P riiais- <^..na„d,. -- °"r:tSS.^' •<.»..... ha,o fertile 2 teire f. 1. rp. . - . , PLtJPEnPECT. That I might have had friendship That ,1. • . amitiA^^' ^'^^^ *ho" n^ight'st have had ioves. bonrs nn.i i, avntiH f. gioves, boots, and horsps 'ri,\"'i. niight have had zealous and / zeli2 tt THE VERB. 125 SENTENCES ON THE SAME VERB, WITH A NEGATIVE. 107. De, c?' is also used, without any regard to the gender or the number of the nounj after a negative phrase. EXAMPLES. Je n'ai pas de livres / have iw books tu n'avais pas de bien thou hadst 7io wealth nous n'avons pas eu d'araitie we have had no friendship si V0U8 n'aviez pas eu de puissants if you had not had powerful friends amis ils n'auront pas d'ennemia tliey will not have enemies il n'aurait pas de plaisir. he woidd not have any pleasure faithful servants. That we might have had fine clothes, precious fiddle 3 domcstique m. 1, == f. 2 jewels, and magnificent fuvvi That you might have had warm bijou m.\ magnifique 2 chaud2 friends. That they might Jire ,d greatness of soul and pity. I grandeur f. , pitie f. INDICATIVE. PRESENT. I have no precious medals. We have no useless things. = 2 viedaiUe f. I inutile 2 chose f. 1 PRETERIT INDEFINITE. I have had no perseverance. We have had no generosity — f . = f. IMPERFECT. Thou hadst not a beautiful park. You had no good cucumbers. pare m. concombre m. PLUPERFECT. He had had no fine houses. They had had no monev. argent m* PRETERIT DEFINITE. He had no answer to his letter. They had no carpets reponsc f. lettre f. tapis m. PRETERIT ANTERIOR. Thou hadst no kindness. You had had no great talents. complaisance f. - — m. FUTURE ABSOLUTE. 1 shall have no great difficulty. We shall not have ccnnpahy at grar^ difficuites f. monde d dinAer. diner l2 ^ OJ- THB VERB. V .,. TDTURE ANTERIOR. You Will not have had quiet days. tramjuiUe 2 xa.l CONDITIONAL. PRESENT, He would not have bad pictures. They would have n. i • ioisvr m. PAST. i.h„u,dwe; .^o^^,^,.^_ w-h«».u h.™ h.a „„ .„„„„ IMPERATIVE ^""^^^ Have no such w^i..^^ Let hi. not have such absurd ideas. Let us not have discussions of this .rt. Have ^otlVun!^' Let them not have foreign servants. ^'^'"^ ^' ^'^ ^""^"^ "»• 1 etranger doinestique SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. That I may have no p,„tecto«. Tha. »e a,.y h.,. „„ „.,„, succds m. PRETERIT. That h, may have had no per-everanc,. That they may har, h«i no valour. ^' bravoure f. IMPERFECT. That thou .nightV have no. .t. That you ™ght no. ha™ a J„.t reward. ® ' juste recompense f. PLUPERFECT. That I might not have had good advice That we might not har. had any news. "to m. pi. lUtuvcUe f.pl. THE VERB AVOIR, INTERROGATIVELY ANn APPIRiMATIVEL-^ ° ^108. In interrogations, the pronoun, vvhirh !« .1,. „,u;„. Gf THS VERB. mi person singular of the verb ends with a vowel, -t- is placed between the verb, and t7, elle^ in order to avoid the hiatus occasioned by the meeting of the two vowels : a-t-il ? aura" t'il 1 This applies to on : aura-i-on ? EXAMPLES ai-je des livrcs 1 avais-tu du bien? cut-elle ce courage 1 Jean a-t-il de I'argcnt 7 avons-nons cu de bons conseils aviez-vous eu de la prudence 'J aura-til de I'argent 1 aura-t-elle eu des protecteurs 1 have I books 7 hadst ihou wealth ? liad sJie that courage ? has John any money ? have we had good counsels ? had you had yrudence ? wiU lie have money ? will she have had 'protectors 7 INDICATIVE. PRESENT Hast thou needles 1 Have you coloured maps *? aiguille f. enlumine 2 carte f.l PRETERIT INDEFINITE. Hare I had good friends 1 Have we had much fortune 1 don ami f. IMPERFECT. Had she time 1 Had they large buildings 1 le temps grand bailment m. PLUPERFECT. Had she sufficient means 1 Had they entensive fields 7 sujisant Vnoyens ra. spacieux 2 champ m.t PRETERIT DEFINITE. Had he good shoes'? Had they looking glasses 7 Soulier m. f. mirnir m. PRETERIT ANTERIOR. Hadst thou had lace 1 Had you had odoriferous shrubs 7 denteUe f ' odoriferant 3 arbuste m. I FUTURE ABSOLUTE. Shall I have gold and silver 1 Shall we have (good luck) 1 m. argent m. bonheur FUTURE ANTERIOR. I Will they have had company 1 c&mpagnie f. i, ■"■fliV'-r'^'-'irtjMU • -^ 138 1 I' ! ii 01 THl VERU. COiMDITIONAL, PRESENT. «Mhouh.„ h^^^o^en., WouM ,„„ H„. ,00. Wine and nice liqueurs 1 vi7nn. fin 2 li^urtl PAST Would ho have h^jn^^on ^..^ , WoUU the, h.,e h^ ncn clothes. THE SAME VERB INTERROGATIVELY AND NEGATIVELY. ^'^^^^"^^D 109. This/orm is the same as the preceding, excent thnt the first negative ne is placed before thi^verb, af d Sco d EXAM.^LES* has she not a great deal of toil ? have r- Twt had considerate re^ gards ? had ym twt had tuw gowns 7 wiU he have no resources ? h'a-t-elle pas beaucoup d 'esprit 1 n'avons-nous pas eu de bons pre- cedes 1 *^ n'aviez-vous pas eu de nouvelles robes 1 n'aura-t-il pas de ressources ? 1AO /z'\ T , —•'^«^<'V^iw resources 7 regard \.o its gender or number, instead of .L^l 7 ]^ n a pas a amis. Yet, in interrogative and nemtiSe sentr>v ces there are some cases when du, de la, 4 maT bH ed" and others when de must : thus, ^ ' Ist. n ai-je pas du mepris pour lui 1 ^ n avez-vous pas des livres 1 n'avez-vous pas de I'argent 1 -Jnd.n avez-vous pas de livres 1 n'avez-vous pas d'argent i have I not contempt for him ? have you net books 7 have you not money 7 have you no books 7 have you no money 7 Although the first examples are under the intfirrnrafi„„ forrn, they are intended for affirmations. By a figlTca Id htote, one form has been substituted to another/Sebv to convey more meaning than the simole as.erti'Jr'l7,'° 7»epns paur lui ; vous avez des livres- vom'avezde'Kr ^e,/, would be able to do. Thus, for'inZ.^ryo^%t: or THB VXRB. 130 a har© good By haVe had dND xcept that le second, ^as ? ai-Je I of toil ? siderate re-- gowns? 'S? legations, ihout any s la^ deSf rent, elle e senten- be used, ^or him ? Togative e, called ereby to t'ft't tint J "f ■until de Var- yu com- plain of being dull how can that be, have you not books ? instead of saying since you have books ? EXAMPLES. n'ai-je pas des livrcs 1 n'avais-tu pas des amis 7 n'auront-elles pas cu des conso- lations % have I no hooks 7 hadst thoii no jricnds 7 mil they have had no consola- tio'tis 7 In the second xamples, on the contrary, nothing but mere questions is intended, there is no substitution of form, no other meaning understood, but the one expressed. The difference is also somewhat marked in English. Hast thou no INDICATIVE. PRESENT. diamonds *? Have you no indulgent parents 1 diamant m. • 2 m. 1 PRETERIT INDEFINITE. Hast thou not had contempt and even hatred for that man 7 mepris la. meme haine f. h. asp. four cet Have you not had better examples 1 nieilleur exemple m. IMPERFECT. Had he not a rigid censor 1 Had they not inattentive chiUlien T severe 2 censeur m.l = 2 enfant m.l PLUPERFECT. Had I not had other views 1 Had we not had amethysts, rubies^ autre vue i.^\. . aviethystei.ridnsm. and topazes % tojpaze f. PRETERIT DEFINITE". Had we not perfidious friends 1 perjide 3 1 PRETERIT ANTERtOR. Had he not had *oo studied expressions 1 Had they not bad 2 recherche 3 f.l excellent models 1 modele m. FUTURE ABSOLUTE. Wilt thou not have a more regular conduct ? Will you not hav» plus'i regie 3 conduite fl fashionable drespos 3 d la mode 2 robe f.l I 130 0» THl VERB. FUTURE ANTERIOR. Shall we have had sufficient time then 1 . ^ asscz de temps. CONDITIONAL. PRESENT. Should .he not have dear and just ide^as 7 Would they not har, more entensive knowledge 1 2 itendu 3 connamances f pl.l PAST Would she not have had any objection 1 Would they hate had reward 7 recompense f. no. CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIARY VERB ^77?^, TO BE. no INFINITIVE. SIMPLE TENSES. 4tr* «tant 6U PRESENr. tobg COMPOUND TENSES, PAST. avoir 6t6 to have been je sms tues ii, ou elle est nou^ soiximes vous dtes lis > ^ elles r°«' PARTICIPLES. ^^^\en ?ayant:et6 having been INDICATIVE. PRETERIT INDEPINITB. PRESENT. I am thou art he or she « toe are you are they a" j'ai 6t6 tu as ete il a ete nous avons 6te vous avez ete ils ont ete / have been thou hast been he has been we have been you have been they have been fhii •* ^"^^i^^^^ .^^^E. In those 3entences in which there is an adverb, it must be nlar.*>d l^f«.o«„ *»,. ,^^1 ll^ i!!!,^"'"''''^^ or participle : if finest Jamais corHeniTil^H toujoura recompense^ ' * ''^ ef tHl V»RB. •IMPLB TENSER. IMPERFECT. j'6tau tu 6tais U etait nous 6tions vouB etiez ila e talent I was thou wast he "Mias we were you were they were jc fus tufus il Alt nous filmcs vous filteA ils furent PRETERIT DEFINITE. I was thou wast he was toe were you were they were COMPOUND TSNSSa. PLUPERFECT. jVvaig 6t6 J had been tu avp'i H6 il " M nous ^vions 6te vous aviez 6t6 ils avaient et6 thou hadst been he had been we had been yon had. been (hey had been. PRETERIT j'cus et6 tu CUB 6te il eut et6 nous eAmes H6 yous eutpfl et6 ils curent ete ANTERIOR* Ihd^ ^ OF TBI VERB. 133 ::rior, lU or «rtH" wilt ill iall mil 10 ill 2S troublesome l imporlun You were Dqucttish. tquette thou been too 1 reservpd ? assez reserve been envioui thou discreet discret 2 jroud 1 We fier ley were not I Wilt thou mr father be 1 You will 1 ill not your ^ CONDITIONAL. SIMPLE TRNRES. PUESRNT. je serais / should tpoidd^ or atuld be tu s«;raii8 thou wmildst be il seiait he would *' nous serions tpc shouUl be V0U8 seriez you would be Us Bf^raient they Kould be COMPOUND TENSES. j'auraifl et6 PAS'i . I should tu auraia a6 thou wouldst il aurait et6 he w&uld \ J10U8 auricni. £t6 we shmtJd j V0U8 auriez 6te you should I ils auraient et6 they toovU I'his form feusse ite, tu ensues ete, il eUt efe, nous ettssi- ons etc, vous eussiez etc, ils eussent jte, is also used instead of the conditic nal ipsiBt, fau7'ais ^'1. FUTURE ANTi.RIO':. Shall not I have been too severe 1 Thou wilt havo bean too distrustful. Shall we not have been desirous enouah 1 Will nnt ^^Mnt empresse2 1 you have been inconsiderate 1 Will not the judges have been just 1 itidiscrct juge CONDITIONAL. PRESENT. I would not bo so rash. Wouldst thou be as con'-istent in thy , ^ . . , /emeraire cm. .. tent dans behaviour as m thy language 1 W ould not his mn be nmJy in time % conduitef. propos m.-pl fUs pretd Should we always b«? incorrigible 1 You would not be disinterested disinteresse 2 enough. Would not those ladies be always ready 1 1 daTne pret PAST. (But for) your instructions, I should have been proud and sam cameilxaxA. deJaigvmx K/yf" ^°"^**'* "^^^^^'^ have been malicious and satfcastici i\T Tj ^ .1. . , . jnalin ricaneur Would not that man have been ^uite destitute 7 Certainly we , ,, , , entierement depoufvu should not have been so ridiculous. Would not you have been si ridicule more kind and indulgent? Thev w^uld not hA»* n aoux plus complaisant rude. malhonnite M -v-M av ■ ' WWffl WWuWW' W^ or THE T«RB. IMPERATIVE. •ois be (thou) qu'il soit let him be Boyons let us oe Boyez ie (?/ I maif, can, or should be tu sois thou viay'st be he raayoe il soit nous soyons roe may be vous soyez you may be ils soient they may be PRETERIT, tliat I may, can, or should thou mayest he may quo j aie #te tu aies 6te il ait ete nous ayons ete v^e may vous ayez et6 you may ils aient ete they may 112. When the noun is expressed, its place is immediate- ly after que : que voire fils soit plus poll, let your son be more polite. Be liberal, but with Mscretion. Do not be so lavish. Let us be sing. — avec sing.prodigue. equitable, humane, and ju udent. Let liS not be greedy. Be economical ■' humain avide econome and temperate. Do not be thoughtless. Let him be more patient, sm-e pi. leger bo be better mieux Let them ready at six o'clock. Let your children pret d six heurcs enfant (taken cave of). Let these (poor men) be admitted. soignes vialhetireux admis not bo so hasty in their conclusions. pi'OTiipt d porter unjugement. OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 113. In the preceding exercises, and in the tenses of the subjunctive mood, we have given such English sentences as might lead the learner to suppose that the French que je parlCf and the English that I may speak, are always equi- valent, and that the use of the subjunctive mood corresponds in both languages ; but it is indeed very far from being the casc) Gs tuf- iOiiOWing examples will show. 1. Je d6sire qu'il vienno I wish him to coTne 2. Voulor-vouB que je vou9 le diael do you wish me to tell ii you 7 OF THJE VERB, 135 3. Je ne crois pas qu'il vienno I do not think he uoiU come 4. Cacnez cela, depeur qu'il no le hide that, lest he sees it, or lest he yoie should see it 5. Dites-le lui, aBn qu'il vienne a teU it km, in order that he may temps ^ come in time b. n faut que j y sois a deux heures / vmst be th&re at two o'clock Here are six sentences in which the subjunctive mood is necessarily used in French, and there is but one in which it IS used in English, the fifth. The use of the subjunctive mood in French depends upon the preceding or governing sentence, and is determined by rules which will be found in their proper place. {See Syntax) We will confine our- selves, for the present, in these exercises on the various ten- ses of the subjunctive, to giving full sentences ; that is, we will add the introductory part alter which that mood is re- quired. It must further be added that the conjugation that is often omitted m English, whereas que is and must always be ex- pressed in French. PRESEnr OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE, Is it possible t:.at he is so credulous'? We wish that thou est-tl posst^k le ,j^, ^^-^^y^ inayest be more modest. Is it true that she is so obstinate 1 They enttte -ta est-il vrai wish you to be more assiduous. It is not expected that you should ^^^^'■^ ^^u on ne s'attend pas be back so early. We fear d£ rctmtr de si bonne heure. nous craig^wns PRETERIT. they will be deceived. trompe ■''«n"''° ""' ' ""'^''^"' '""^°""' '"^5"""^ '°» ™P»«""- Irr^^^S,*"'"" n,ay have been ^SS „itl, ,r^^f-l^. /„ „:..-x .L , , , . Ooujfi d orguetl m. c'est ^- - ^-tr ^- l:^ = - 'S\.e w„ » "°:r-j.— --•'-'"-'■- -^»—rj!?; rMPERFECTc *o„we« „o.^^^ We,o,r. Win l^^^^ZTZl^Z itiiwwuiwiiiii ippiipiiiP 136 OF THE VKRB« 8IMPI.C TENSE*. je fusse IMPERFECT, that J might or ayiiid be ihoii mightst be tu fusses il tiki he vd^iU be nous fussions we might be voiis fussiez you might be ils fussene they might be COMPOUND TXNSEi que } euBsc 6t6 tu cusses ^t6 il cut et6 PLUPERFECT. that ^ I might, or C4yxild thou mighl*st he mi^ht nous eussions (>iewe might vous eussiez 6te you vitg/d ils cussent et6 they might I notbe Boarr(^ant. Prayers wore ofTored to the gods that we might — — — - on offrU des prieres aux dieuxpour bo victorious. It would be better if you were not so stern. We = il vaudrait mic^ix que severe ffaus used all our efforts that they might be successful. avonsfait tons nos efforts a fin que heureux ^ PLUPERFECT. That I might have been more studious. That tho« mightst have been more circumspect. That she might have been more attentive ciramsped — to her duties. That we might have been less addicted to devoir m.pl. livre a pleasure. That you might have been more assiduous and more art. m. pi. assidu pl^^s grateful. That they might have been less daring. reeonnaissant hardi »i*M**»W-1»W^?lfflP#^- ' r ffcrar ffc-^fif v>fl^aflHir'.i';yiftimF3wy^ri-i""- '' " 3T. ght, or uld , migU*it tight mght m igld ' might \ I liat we might stern. We severe nous mightst have aore attentive I addicted to livre d ous and more 14 plui Oir THB VBRD. 137 FIRST CONJUGATION. 114. GENERAL REMARKS ON THE ORTHOGRAPHY OP S0M12 OP THE VERBS ENDING IN er. The infinitive ends in er: as, aimer, to love ; parler, to speqtk. •' ' I. In verbs ending in -gtr, the e is retained in those tenses where g is folh)Vved })y the vowels a or o, in order that the o- may have the soft sound, in every tense and person, as m tiie inhnitive : as, mnngeant,Jugeant,je negligeai. II. In verbs ending in ^crr, a cedilla is piit^lmder c, for the same reason, when followed by a or o; as, surant placanL 3 cjjai;at. y ^ i •, ■> HI. In verbs ending in -oyer and -uyer.they'm chancred into I before a mute ^; n^,femploie, U essuie, fappuierm\ 21 ndtoteratt. IV. This practice is extended by some to verbs in -ayer, and -eycr: as, ilpaiej'cssaierai, elk grasseye, or grasstie, V. In some few verbs ending in -e/er and -e/er, the / and / are doubled in those inilections, which receive an e mute after tliese consonants : as, trom appeler, il appelle, from' jeter^jejetterai^eic, VI. The first person singular of the present of the indica- tive changes e mute into acute e, in interrogative sentences • as, ncglige-je ? aime-je ? This remark is also applied to some verbs ot the second conjugation ending in -vrir -frir and -lir : as offrc-je ? ciieille-je ? ' ^ > There are but two irregular verbs in er, aller, envover, which will be found in their proper place. 115. PARADIGM, OR MODEL. INFINITIVE. SIMPLE TENSES. pa.rI-«7- PRESENT. to speak COMPOUND TJIJiSBB. avoir parl-e PAST. lokave spoken, M 'Mt I ■' 139 or THE VERB. PARTICIPLES. PRESENT. PAST. fAtl-arU speaking PAST. parl-e m. -ee f. spoken \ I aj^ant parl6 having spoken REMARKS* All the verbs of the first conjugation follow the termi- nation of the verb parler. EXAMPLE. parl-er aim-er c\pliqu-er avou-er p&ti-ant a.iinon-^a7il engag-ean< defray-ant 4 parl-e agre-e d6cri-e dedommag-c je parl-e dans-e ignor-c . renvoi-e tu Tpaxl-es din-es rejet-tes renouvel-lcs il parl-e chant-e begai-e grassfey-e nou5 5 parl-ons herg-ons choy-ons chang-etect that bad man. You despised a vain legce.ef. pro.egcr mediant mepriser —2 eru^on. Did the Romans disdain so weak an enemy » t. 1 Romain dtdaigner failk 3 m. 1. ." PLUPERFECT. ^ "'^tlTr 'Vrt^^^'^y "^'^'•'^' .Hadst thou not married acsseclier 'maIso.m2 maraisniA epouser a rich man, but unluckily without education ? Had his father waljmmmenmit sans f. ge^,.ph, ana ,.i.,„^ , u.a „„t y. frie„dX:rri,:a procurer 2 ltd troop of cavalry 1 com2)agnic f. cavalerie «i^^, whKOi IS used instead of the preterit anterior, wlfn «peak,ng of a t.me not entirely elapsed: as, fai en ache^e -^r^ouvra,. ce u^in, cette semLe, etc! 'and ZtIZ ■f-^r^evc, a« il IS iou.ia III everv conjugation. We shall insert her( faieuparle^tu as eu parte, il a mtparh avom eu parle, vims avez eu parte, -it. oni eu parte. e, notif! ^.- *i ^A-^V'Si''' or THE VERB. 141 SIMPLE TENSES. FUTURE ABSOLUTE. jo parl-emt / shall or will speak tu parl-«rai thou shaU speak il parl-era he shall speak nou3 panl-erons we shaU ipeak yous ^dixX-erez yau shall speak ils Tp&xl-eront they shall speak COMPOUND TENSES. FUTUnE ANTERIOR. j'aurai parl-e Ishall orwill^ tu auras parl-e thou shaU il aura parl-e he shall nous aurons parl-e we shaU yous aurez parl-e you shall ils auront parl-e they shall I PRETERIT DEFINITE. I gave them peaches and flowers out of my garden. leur pdc/ie f. pi. Jleursi.^\. de vion jar din Thou forgottest an essential circumstance. Did not your cousin relate oubUer essentid 2 circonstance f. raconter that charming history with (a. great deal) of grace 1 — mant = f. avec beaucoup judged of my intentions. Did'we not show juger ♦ montrer de He lightly legerement courage art. m. pr perseverance, and firmness. Did you not visit the grotto and. Art. perseverance ^r.vtxt.fermete f. msUer grottef. the grove 1 They did not generously forgive their enemies 1 bois ra. genereusement pardonner d not ?■'/??/.<• PRETERIT ANTERIOR. I had sooii wasted my money, and exhausted my resources. bientot manger argent m. cpuiser ■ resource f. Hadst thou very soon reinforced thy parly. Had not Alexander ♦ vite renforcer parti m. Alexandre soon siumounted all obstacles. We sat down to table as sooa surmonter tous art. = m. pi, nous nous mivws d aussitM as we had closed the shutters and drawn the curtains. Had you not que fermer volets tirer rideau quickly dined. They retired to their quarters when they proniplement diner ils rentrerent aux casernes qtiand had dispersed the mob. disperser populace f. FUTURE ABSOLUTE, I shall relieve the poor. Wilt thou faithfully keep that secret 1 soulager pauvre m.pl. fidelemmt garder — m . - T ait a ' SUiS. cmigiiiCnci; juugcH t art. edaire 2 juge 1 , „ Xio Wiii BuppCIk jrOU co7isuller de art. eaaire 2 juge I appuyer with all his credit. We shall not prefer pleasure to glory de — — P m, preferer art. m. art, f. ifl H3 OP THE VERB. CONDITIONAL. SIMPLE TENSES. COMPOUND TBXSE3, PRESENT. jo Tp&tl-erais I should, would, orj'aurais parl-e could speak \ tuparl-cmw tJ>mv shouldst spealci\x tiwrmn xinxX-e PAST. / should, v:mild, or amid thou shouUlst -! a \\ \ttKr\-eraU A^ should speak il aurait parl-e he shmdd r\o\XB])a.r\-erionswe should speak 'nousaurionsparl-e ve should vous parl-m soumission f. not have appeased his anger 1 The country will be happy when appaiser coleref. ce pays heureux the kuig shall have triumphed over his enemies. We shall be better trionipher de plus pleased with ourselves, when we shall have rewarded the merit of content de uons recmnpenser merUe m. *^ J^°^ o™f "• ^"' y^'' "<^' ^«^'« ^ow" to his assistance then 1 ^^bien2\ ^oler secoursm. Will not our servants have (brought back) our horses then % domestique m. ranmie cheval CONDITIONAL PRESENT. Thou wouldst not avoid so eviter 2 I would not plan such vain projects. former projet m. gre^at a danger. Would not his attorney (clear up) that business 1 " ■* ■* procnreur debrouiller affaire f. We would (drive away) the importunate. Would you not discover ckn^^ser importun ra. pi. divoikr m^'-SMK-jr-'IC. Of THE VERB. 143 » S'SES. lould, umld, or indd shoulflst 'iifidd hmdd ahrndd shmUd s eussions also used I for every II you not onish their mner I wilt thou on f. ippy when ireux be better plv.s merit of merif.e m. nee then 1 sm. ses then 1 %l i avoid so eviter 2 3usine8s ? affaire f. t discover devoiler parl-c» qu'il parI-« parl-wi5 parl-€^ qu'ils parl-en/ IMPERATIVE. speak (Jhou) let him speak let us speak speak {ye) let them sjKok SUBJUNCTIVE. SIMPLE TENSES. PRESENT. que that je parl-c / may or can speak tu parl-es thou mayest speak ilparl-g he may speak noua parl-w/w we may speak yous parl-ze:r' you may .speak ils parl-571^ they may speak COMPOUND TENSES PRETERIT. q[vic that j aie parl-e / may or can tu aies parl-e thou mayest il ait pari-e he may nous ayons parl-e toe may yous aye7 parl-e you may ils aient parl-e they may ^ that atrocious plot 1 They would not unravel the cluo of that alroce2co77iplotmA demeler Jdm, intrigue. ^f. PAST. I should have liked hunting, fishing, and the country. aimer art. chasse f. campagne f. Wouldst thou not have played 1 Would he not have bowed to the >"^ saluer companj? Would we gladly have praised his pride and compag:iiet avecplamr 2 \icer 1 orgueil m incivility You would have awakened every body Would l)ron.malhonnetete f. eveiUer imit k mkde those merchants have paid their debts 1 negociant payer dettef.pl IMPERATIVE. In all thy actions, consult the light of reason. Never dans — f. pi. consultcr lumiere art. f. yield to the violence of thy passions. Let us love te abandonner f. , justice, peace, and virtue. Let us not cease to art. fart, f art. f. cesser de * The second person singular of the imperative of this conjutration and likewise of some verbs of the second ending in vrir frirtir takp .,, .. ,.,.,,,, ,^ tjvu'itj tuc -.-.uiu 7/ «,!iu t"i, as pari£s-cit> a, tu/i, //'eVe, carry some to thy brother ; off res-en a ta saur, offer some to thy sister- cu£ilies-en aussz pour toi, gather some alike for thyself; apportes-v les Uvrcs, bring there thy books, ^ > ri^ y pw^«. .^, ■.■,^^ i ^ ^1 IM OV THK VERB. RIMPLE TENSES. que ta parl-a.s3e.s il pdrl- ixiay not have ^taken advantage) 2 caractere m.l vrofUer of the circumstances. ciramstances f. pi. -*-H- )} OP THE VERB. 145 S9ES. r. t, could ould ightst ht ighi i J ood. Do ffOOU. oien 1 ?1. 1. J 1 I wish jI. je souhaite dy, in order travaille ajin re diction. '2 f. I. tie and quite. It is not m. U tCest at they may que Do you not ne croyez' leart of his line aed a conduct ner conduite f. r exasperated exoi^srer en advantage) proJUtr de IMPBRPECT, That I might not copy his example. That thou mightest (aivc un> imiter exemptem. '^ atnimlmtili- perfidious friends. That he might inhabit a hut ^^^art. 1 f^i^ chaumiiref instead of a palace. That we might fall at the feet of an auhm palatsm. toniber a pudm. U^iii^Q \'"** ^''^ ^°" "^^* '''^^ '^'^ ^"^^ of yo^r lUegttime i 1 respecter loif.pl. ■ country. That they might not speak at random P^y^ ™- d tort et a travers. PLUPERFECT. That I might not have burnt that work. That thou mightest not druter m. have contemplated the beauties of the country. That he mitrht have contenipler = campagne improved his natural abilities. That we might not have perfedumncr 7el 2 maijens m. l . ^ gained the victory. That you might have delighted the public. remporter -f. encKanter — m. That they might have struck their enemies with fear f rapper de crainte 116. SECOND CONJUGATION. IN -//?. rj-.l ihis conjugation is divided into five branches, which are distinguished by the participle present, the first person of the indicative, and the preterit, thus : 1 punir 2 dormir 3 ouvrir 4 venir 5 courir punissant dormant ouvrant venant courant je punis je dors j'ouvre je viens je cours j|e punis je dermis j'ouvris je vins je courus . The first branch contains upwards of two hundred and eighty verbs, the second contains seven radical verbs, and eleven derivatives. As there are many verbs of the first branch, the infini- „„ TTX5XV.1J i,iiii jii mil, iiT, vii, iiKc liiose oi the second branch, as may be seen from the following table, some con- tusion may arise in conjugating the one or the other, that \i, us i, OF "HIS VERB. the learner might be led, by annloev, to sav rahntanL ie ra- lentats, or dormissant, je dormtssais. To avoid this con- fusion effectually, he will do well to learn the second branch by heirt, especially as the few verbs of which it is com- p»>dea, are very commonly used. The third branch has four radical verbs, and Gve deriva- lives* The fourth branch has two radical verbs and twenty- three denvatives. -^ The fifth has one radical, and seven derivative verbs. TABLE OF THE FIVE BRANCHES. ralent-tr retcnt-ir appesant-tr nant-?> renform-ir afferm-ir r£part-i7 avert-tr dessert-ir 80rt-M* assort-ir ressort-ir FIRST BRANCH, to slacksn to resoimtl to make heavy to pledge to plaster ^to strengthen to distnbtUe to inform, to unset a stone to obtain to viatch E to be under the juris- \ diction of asserv-ir B6v-ir a8souv-ir appauvr-ir tern-»r vern-tr garn-tV fourn-fr \)€n-ir henn-ir, etc. to inslave to punish to ^^lut to impoverish to tarnish to varnish to garnish to furnish to bless to -neigh Roots. SECOND BRANCH. dor-mr, je doi ., men-^ir jemens, sen-^ir, jo sens, to sleep to lie to feel to set out \ par-iir*, je pars, sor-^if ♦, je sors, ser-vir, je sers, se repen-^ir, je me repens, to repent, has no derivative. to get out to serve Derivatives. redot-mir to sleep again endot-mir to lull asleep se render- mirtofall asleep again demen-tir to give the He cciitien-tir to amscnt pressen-tir to foresee ressen-tir to resent depur-tir to divicle rep&T-tir to set out again resBor-tir to go out a%ain desaer-vir /o clear the table /i ♦ i! !i' ^•— f*^^'*^. '^P^rttr sortir, nnd ressortir, of the second branch take the auxiliary c.re Venir and its derivatWa, are likewise eonl jugated with etre, except prevenir and s^dwenir, which iake av^r- conyemr also takes avoir, >yhenit means to suit, but it takes e^r/when ?".?"""_ II " -•4tt;r:,- sa a uciccwvo aflo ODbuieUj verb, only used / ¥ t:^i^ Mi o\x-vrir t>» THl VERB. THIRD BRANCH. 5 147 rou-t^m- ta open again entr ou-vn> to Aal/f>p\. d6cou-Pnr to discover Tccoa-vrir miaof-frir to cover again to UTulerbia toopen cdu-vrir to cover off-rir to offer •ouff-nr to suffer has no derivative. FOURTH BRANCH. Roots, Derivatives. \ n^^ r» • .• ' Koots. Derivatives. '■ %\h»4cnir to abstain VENIR to come conire-venrr to contravene a.-venir to happen coa-venir* to agree t^-vetiir • to become discon-wntr to deny inter-ve?nr to intervene ti. attain io prefjenl to pr'cceed $ .. ome \ ui^iiin to befall to relieve se m\x-venir to remeniier se ressou- i . venir i ^^ recouecl ^x-vcnir pre-vetur pr> venir* re-venir Bur-vcnir Buh'Venir* apyar-fen/r to belong con-tenir to contain j w, icntr to detain I'ENIR j , J . , , 'o hold "^ 6""6-**w*^ io keep up mun-tenir to maintain oh-tenir to obtain re-ienir to retain aou-tenir to uphold couRiR, raccourir, couRANT, J concounr, JE couRs, 1 discourir, to run Uncourir, FIFTH BRANCH. to run to to concur to discourse to vncwr parcourir, recourir, secourir *o run over to recwt to succour Branch 1 to punish pu-niV t 117. PARADIGMS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION. INFINITlVii:. PRESENT,, Branch 2. Branch 3. Branch 4. j to feel I Hen-tir t to open ou-vn> f to held t-emr t punishing pn-nissant \ferlini 1 aen-'tant PARTICIPLE PRESENT. ,lg opening 0VL-\ranl (holding te-nant Branch 5. t(' run cou-nV t running coKx-rant * St® ^ote in page 146. 149 OF THB TBRB. i ; i punislifid \ftU P«-m I Ben-ll 1o have 'punished avoir pu-ni having punished ayant pu-ni PARTICIPLE PA«T. fcU Ben-li I opcTied j 0U'\crt opeiiM ou-vert held te-nu held t-enu ran cou-ru fan cott-rw INDICATIVE. I punish je pu-nw tu pu-nw il pxx-nii nous pU-rM55<77M yous pn-nts.sc- ils ]^u-nisse9U I have puni^fied j'ai ptt-nt ' / rfia punish » je pu-nw5 "^'^ ^^come of thee, if I forsake thee ? Will Hp ««» . ..^ aermr * ^14 abanda?i9ie,- " ^'^ "°* embellish his country seat? He will not sleep quietly. shlTwr . "''''''^ "^^ '^'^^^e f. Wn^immr ' '^"-^^"^ t° tf^at ridiculous iranquillement bargain ? With time wa^rAem. 1 avec de artm and 8 - "— pr art ^?''"''''' ^^^^ ^I ^ccomphsh) your object Wp Kb«ii / ^^'^^V a-^a^«rfe .iS.m. '^'" ""^ «"!'y the splendour of our life by an unworthy action Will T" '^'™' indig„^2 -I "• ^'" ^^o«e men enrich their country by their industry ^ Will nnf .. ^*^Aw- W tW,«^,£- ™^ «ot our fnends offer us their assistance? (Take off) vour ro»t ,n^ .. ''■^'^'' secours dtez ^ ^^ *"^ >ou will run faster. coitfir CONDITIONAL. I would open the door and the window T .1, , , life W n> '""'''' /^S7f. ^ '^''"^'^ «t^" <^herish art '• ^^°"'^'* '=«» ^hou interfere in iU^t. .<«.. ''hirir Would -■•a*»J-Sfc.T'teS4!:^ cP THE vmna. 151 SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. that I may punish que je pu-nws£< que tu pu-ntsscs qu'il pu-nme que nous pu-nissww que vous \)i\x-ni$siez qu'ils ^n-nisseni feel sen-te acn-tes sen-te Ben-lions scn-Uez sen-tent open ou-vre o\x-\res ou-vre on-vrions on-vriez ovi'\renl that I may have punished I felt quej'aiepun-i | sen-^i that I might punish feel I que je pu-nisse sen-tisse que tu p\i-nisses aen-tisses \ qu'il TpvL-nit scn-tU que nous ipn-nissions sen-tission^ \ que vous pu-nissie^ sen-tissiez \ qu'ils pu-nisse?i« sen-tissent \ PRETERIT opened cnv-ert hold t-ienne t-iennes t-ienne te-nions te-niez t-iennenl held tc-nu iMPERPECT. open hold o\x\-nsse t-in^ve o\iv-nsses t-insses ouv-ri^ t-int (HXv-7-issions t-inssions ou\-nssiez . t-inssiez oxx\-rissent | t-inssent run COU-Tg cou-res cou-rc cou-n(WJl cou-ric^ con-rent ran cou-ru run coM-russe cou-Tures con-vut con-rus."io7ts COVi'TUSS. •". coxx-xussea^i my brother (set off again) without taking leave of us"? You would repartir sans prendre conge not succeed in injuring him in the public opinion. You would parvenir a nuire lui —2 — f.l. never soften that hard hearted man. Could they foresee their attendrir caur de rocher pressentir misfortune i Would men always (grow old) without growing malhewr art. vieiUir sans devenirin(.-l I would the door wiser, if they reflected on the shortness of life. reflechir ind.-3 sur brievete f. art. visit France and Italy if (I had the means.) paranirir art.— art = mes moi/cns le permcUaieHt. IMPERATIVE. Shudder with horror and terror. Do not open Fremir de - deeffroiia. ouvrir to any one in my absence. Let him not suffer such insults. persanne souffrir pareil insulte f. Do not go out in the rain. Let us not run so fast. Lei u.- sortir a counr feed the poor. Let us gain glory by our perseverance, hit noxirnr m.pl. obtenir art.= f. _ us not divulge our secrets to every body. Do not maintain so decouvrir absurd an opinion. del If. 1. tmit le movAe s&utenir i52 OP THE VBRU. plupertect. / mi-fU h^vc pmished I fcU I opened qucjaiepuni J scnti | ouvcrt held tcnu run coii-m SUBJUNCTIVE, PRESENT That t may never^jtin my reputation. (That I may be beforehand) with .„.». 1 ^ . • y^-z-evw?- Tarri''"£T' ''T'"- 'r" "°* ^«^« ^'^^ (g- -0 thi« "S"J' '* ^" '"'•^ "°^^ °^*"'" ^'« *'"'^'^- That we may bccon.e ^"*'ts^"' :i^r. ^'^^^ ^^^ -^ p-^«^ ^'- .-i?y- (We .^^iPf^) thatyou may return covered with lauX ''tH they may cstaMish wise and just laws Thnf th»v «, d/rtAZiV rf* 2 3 art! "^^^^ ***®3^ ™ay agree overtake him, I sincerely wish ho mav lonir fniAiri^o i T. rattrapper devrJr L, ,^ ^njoy his good fortune. Imperfect. Th.. I „igh. . «..^.he ^h„.e ^^|hb„„rf.„„,. That I .i,h. „„. "*/Ssr' ""'^""""^"'ii^^r iaws."Th:rwe might belong to that ffreat kinw. Thaf vmi n^i^t.* apparknir ° ^ ''"^^ 3^°" "^'g^t renounce your errors .« 1 • r n.1. , revenir de = and prejudices. 1 hat they might weaken thp fn«»« «<• fu • pr.pron.F-e>^e ^ ofSv r ^^ '^*'>'' reasons. That they might liold the most absurd idea*.* ** art. 1 118, THIRD CONJUGATION. IN -om. PARADIGM. This conjugation contains only seven verbs, which arc pcrc-aWr fo rrceiv. | dec-...,> to dvcewe j red-evair to ov:c agam o.perc- evoir conc-cvaif f/) perceive to conceive Off THE VERB. 153 and recevoir, which serves as a paradigm. Percevcnr is a law term, and apercevoir is often reflected. In all tenses in which c comes before. o or u, it takes the cedilla, in order that it may retain its soft sound. INFINITIVE. SIMPLE TKNSES. xe-cevoir relevant re-9M PRESENT. to receive COMPOUND TENSE* avoir TC-fU PARTICIPLES. PRESFNT. receiving PAST. received 1 ayantrc-fw PAST, to hrive received PAST. having received INDICATIVE. SIMPLE TENSES. / receive je re-fois tu re-pots il legoit PRESENT. toe receive nous Tc-cevons vous re-cevez ils xe-poivent IMPERFECT. we did receive nous rec-evions COMPOUND TENSES. PRETERIT INDEFINITE. I J ai re-gu tu as etc. / did receive je vec-evais PRETERIT DEFINITE. I received we received je re-pw5 tu re-fM,s II re-f w^ I have received thou, etc. nous ref-MOTCS vous xe<^-utes ils re^-urent PLUPERFECT. j 'avais re^-w / ha/l received PRETERIT ANTERIOR. j'eus req-u I had received tu eus etc. ihau etc. INDICATIVE. PRESENT. I see the summit of the Alps covered with perpetual apercevoir sommet Alpes f pi, de cternel 2 snow. What gratitude dost thou not owe to her who (hos neige f.pl. 1 reconnaissance f. devoir ccUe 1 discharged) (the duty of a mother) (to thee) (in thy infancy 1) remplir 3 5 p7'es deA 2 does not your pupil understand that rule which is so siuple 1 We ecolier concevoir regie f. * * do not O'Wfi a Inrcrn sum Da vnii rtnt nru*.'. ivo ffio cnarA 1 Oii»'K» devoir gros so-mme f, 2nege m. devoir 5 firm and courageous men to yield to circumstances 7 d€S I 3 =4 8 • ceder art. circomlance 154 er TMiE vfikB. •iMPtE TE>fSEfl. fUTDBE ABSOLUTE. / 5Aai^ receive we shaU receive je re^eurai nous rec-m-om COMPOITND TENSES. ,, FUTURE ANTERIOR. J aurai re-^w / shall have received te-^ois CONDITIONAL. PRESENT. , ^^^^ 1 re-cw -evrw7is j tu, etc f ceifeei IMPERATIVE. re-ceV(?7M /tf^ us receive PRESENT. I - ^ receive thou Ou'il re-ooi^/. 'j-^. '''"^. re-cwe^r receive ye qu u re 90t^^ &« ^m remt;e j qu'ils ve-(^oivent let them receive IMPERFECT. I received a letter from her daily. Did ho see the eastle ^nm -., I i' ^ ^s>Mr5 apercevoir chateau °H .' '''S"' *^' *"" "»' '»"«''» <"« i""--"" rein.larl„ n, psrcemir revenu m.fl. ri^rZu ^'-^ =">«"■>«'«=«'« groat altentionsl Did tho» ♦„ ^ . '^^ honnetete f. pi. * tyrants conceive all the blackness of their crimes 1 tyran concevoir noirceur f. ^ PRETERIT DEFINITE. iFrceivedhim walking by moon-light. He saw him Z^ qui se promnait d art. dair de lllune m '" «S ''^ '^' "^«r ?tj"ggling for his life. Did we not au muteu se debattant contre la mart immediately perceive the snare 1 You did not receive his letters in *;__ T\.j ,, . . lettres d ZZ% ^'^ '^« "^'"^^t^"^ conceive the depth of his plan 7 lemps ire 'profondeurt —m. FUTURE. Shall I receive any letters to-day 1 We shall soon see the snJrP nf*f,« ii* ^ a^jourd'hui apercevoir ^'^Kn. °^^^^ :!!l!^. ^^o r - ^ ; I an. su. he will receive you well. Will they never understand so simple a thing 1 concevoir 2 chose I I would receive them CONDITIONAL more IHely. Cihoulda wise man thus devoir 8 1 aivsi2 rENSES. [•ERIOR. II have received hould have re* ived the castle ir chateau income revenu ta. pi. Did those He saw him Did we not his letters in leltres d 8 plan % — m. soon see apercevoir re he will qite a thing 1 chose 1 nan thus 1 ainsi 2 \l «P THt VERB. SUBJUNCTIVE. SIMPLE TENRE8, 155 PRESE^^T. that I may rcceh .. that we may receive que je xec-oive que nous tec-evims que tu rec-r'/ws qui voua receviez qu il ie(^-oive qu'ija tei^^vent IMPERFECT. that I might receive thai, we may receive que ^e ref-wsie que nous rep-iwsums q ue je re. -^^js^, q^g y,^^^ rec-us^^iez qu il rev-u^ qu'ils re^-ussent COMPOUKD TEN8M. PRETERIT. quej'aie rep-w que tu, etc. qu'il, etc. S f\cU Imay have re- ceived PLUPEBPECT. que j eusse re-^u que tu, etc. that I might have re- ceived. grl^2\'ni\ ,.'^' "'''"" "■>' ""«« ««ive their friend with tenderness 1 tendresse f. IMPERATIVE. PRESENT. Conceivcthe horror of his situation. Do not receive th.. m„k " Z^" "'"> '»fi!!!l""- I-e. u. entertain hrr<« «.d victimea u.^puii,re plaindre triste virtim^f «i Of the revolutiou. Did no. this dog hite , S,;f pitS^ ^ hody He never seemed satisfied "^rhr not y^T'"^ '^ -^l-'Sr ' ^^ ■'l^,- -" heoause we tL ,00 far. She was painting. His presence f]im,-n^ • i. ^^^"^^ ^emrfrg presence diffufled joy wherever he anneare.! Tho^ i^ - »^e;;a7u^re par tout oii appearea. ihey led us into error senmUratt induire en I sold every thing I vendre tout ^ i^f. 2 good dinner, we took him back to his cottage in our own car- recon uvc * chaunuire f. nage. They put out all the candles which alained us a little. eteindre lumteresf. ce guietm7ierind.3 My dog ran after him and bit him in the leg. counrind.3. mordre d FUTURE* ®t*LLre'" *^'" ""^'^ ^' ^""^ •' . , . ^ «^«^» »o* conceal ^ . \ . '■ ccntraindre offi^ S tr^;Zuire '^'^ '"^f'^" "^^'P^ ^ ^ill not a thought. true, gra-.l, and well expressed, please"? (We shall make our expnme., plaire parai- appearance) on this great stage „ext month. "^ Shall '7 ^Aea^re m. art. p-ochain 2 rnois m. 1 Qk 1 1 t ,^ , PRESENT. Should I, by these means, gain the desired end ? I nun/en m. s. alteindre a desire 2 but m. I 160 or THE VBUB. Ill I Branch 1 render que je ren-il(? SUBJUNCTIVE. PHESKNT. {That I may). in il nous voua ils rcn des rep-ile rcn-dte ♦ douteuz que re- ^"'^"^ * parattre ni cheerful or too grave. Ye sovereigns make the dpodIo h^nnv gat m serieux * souverHS ioi-gnissiez joi-gniyjnt joined si 2 every body, is iiapossiblc. That ho may not reply to such ^ repoudre un si - absurd criticism. That he may lead his pnpil step by step f. critique f. 1 conduire eleve pas d to a perfect knowledge of the art of speaking and '-ritinff. That connaissaru f. mf, 1. inf^ we may confound the arts with the sciences. That \ou may have c^nfondre tendre a the same end (in view.) That they may not depend on any bodv *«^™-* * dcpeiutre depersanic That they may not increase our suflt ings, accroUre peines IMPERFECT. Jle did not allow us to answer him. They were obliffe^ II lie voxOait pas qiie r6/iondre Im It fallail que appear in full uniform at dinner. He stayed a fort grands —forme m. attendre ind-3 ^qwhixe night in Paris, (in orde-^ that wc might rejoin him. That wo ,1ours a. afin rejnndre might take him to court That you might hear their co^iduire art. mcr f. ^ ^^^^^.^ justification. That you might know your real friends. That they vrai might (wait for) the opinion of sensible persons. attendre art. se^isc 2 f. pi. 1 101 been said, conjugated with two and the other the object. In their 2 as ii iius already pronouns, one the subject compound tenses the nrr- m i- 1 OF THE VERB. ticiple past agrees in gender and number with the subjecf., < EXAMPLES jemehlesse IkurtmyBelf ' ' nous nous trompons we deadie ourselves eliesesttuee ^ she has killed herself AIniost all active verbs may be made reflected, since a person may hurt and deceive himself in the same manLr thai ne hurts or deceives others. This p<^m Ts common t bo h languages, but there are two things in which thTdiffe v;.th regard to reflected verbs. First, the compound tenSs are conjugated with io have, in English, and^S S French : / have hurt myself, je me s^is blessL Secondly, form in F^^^ Tl ''^'^^ ""^'^ "^ ^''^ ^" '^^ '^^^ S mZrfl' ^^^^^^^^, '''^i'r in Erglish j such as > ntarrete, je medepcch^, I stop, I make hast^. As these ila'o^'thrm. '^"'"'^''' "''^^" conversation we subjoin 1^. LIST OF COMMON REFLECTED VERBS s'abstenir s'abonner s'ap rcevoir s'aseeoir 86 coucher ee depdcher Bc d^faire ._„„. ,^v se desesperer to despair to ndstain to subscride to perceive to sit down to lie down to maJce haste to get 9id Be dispenser s'entretenir s'endormir s'en aller s'eftbrcer s'empdcher s'emporter s'enmir s'enj^ i6rir s'^tonner s'6veiiler s'evanouir s'cnquerir se fdchor se iier se garder s'habiller s'habituer se hater s'imaginer to dispense with to converse to fall asleep to go away to endeavour to forbear to grow warm to run away to enquire to feel surprised to wake tofainl to enquire to be a/n,p;ry to trust ' to br.ware to dress to get used to hasleu to fancy s'interesser se lever se raefier ' se moquer I se nommer I s'oc'uper ' "' promener se plaindre se plaire se porter se rappeler se rejouir £3 rendre se repentir I se ressouvenir se rire se retourner se reposer se reveiller se savoir gre se servir se taire se trouiper ss trouver I ae vanter to fed an interest to get up to distrust < to laugh at \ not to care for to be named to be bitsy about to walk to complain to take pleasure to be {ill or well) to remember to rejoice to go, to repair to to repent to remember ( to laugh ai \ not to care for to turn round to rest tn wake to be glad to make use of to be silent ( to mistake or be mis- \ taken to be to boast of t Jfell^S^^^" ""^^ ""'" ''^""^ "°*'''^ '" ^^<' ^h^Pter fyf THB VfeRil. Hi 123. PARADIGM OF A REFLECTED VERB. INFINITIVE. SIMPLE TKNSE8. PRESENT. se repentir to repent PRESENT. 55 repentant repenting COMPOUND TENl?Bi^* s'ctre PAST. repenti or ^to have repetUed repentie ST. PARTICIPLES. PAST. repenti, m. repenting /. repei'tl"!, m. repenties,/. PAST. repented I ( repenti ) s'etant \ ^ \ having repented repentie INDICATIVE. SIMPLE TENSES. PRESENT. / repent. je we tu te il, or elle se nous novA vous Tons ils, or elies se repens rej)ens repent repentons repentez repentent iMPERPECT. / did repent. COMPOUND TENSES. PRETERIT INDEFINITE. / have repented. tu il, or elle nous vous vie V s' nous vmts ils, or elles se suis e$ est sormnes etes sont tu il, or elle nous vous rtie te se nous vons ils, or elles se repentais repertais repentait repentions repentiez repentaient tu il, or ellc nous vous ils,£'r elles s' PLUPERFECT. / had repented. etais etais ctait elions etiez etaient w V s' nom vous i repenti or repentie i repentis / or J repenties ) re|)enti > w J repentie ) repentij > or } repentic5 124. INTERROGATIVE AND NEGATIVE FORMS. je ne me repens pw te repen3-tu 1 ne nous repcntons-nous pas *? je ne me suis pas repenti ne se aont-ils pas repentis 1 ne «e sont-elles pas repenties 1 ma scBur se repent lua scBur iia se rpnont-ellc nas 1 I do nof repevZ dost thou repent ? do we not repent ? I have not repented ? have tliey not repented ? have they not repented ? my sister rej)e7its dops not mv sistjer rp.n.'>^tJ, 7 '^'Qi freres se sont-ils rcpcjntis 1 have yowr frrot/ws repented ? • r t6i Olf THR VEKB. SIMPLE TENSES. PR: J0 tu il or clIo nous vous ' RIT DEFINITE. / repented, nie rcpentia fe rcpentis se repentit nous rcpfcntimes vous repentite«r il.-ol.os.. „'p.miro.u \ r:rollc.r jT^u COBIPOUND TENSES. PnETEHIT ANTERIOR. / had repented me fus 1 repenti, ie /us > or se fiU ) repentig nous fmies irepentis voxis futes \ err repenti(7.j \ INDICATIVE. PRESENT. I often walk bv not take too much care of ourselves^ -J W-.™ i «««^fc t. 5'ec^w/'-f i» ".e wood , (a i.^^.,i,) ,.„, „^ ,,„^_, ^.^^^^^ (ou^oO ..pa.. H.e „o ^^^ _,,, „,Cl ...„ , Ladies, have vou walkrd AS;= »v, • x ^ jondement Mesdamcs ^ prZn^^r ^^'' "^S^? ^ ^i<^ ^hose ladies re- cognise themselves in this nortrait -? v* i "^'^'"^ ^^ reMmmltrc a ^ ^^^^^^ ' ^o" l^ave mistaken the house. We have made as much haste as wo couJd 'T"k '' (on the) road ? I have fallen asleep ' ^^'■^''^'' ^" s'e^idonnir . careful t^ ascertain o wh ch of thlm f .""'"''i^T^*' *^''^«^«'-^Tbc consideraUon belon.. SeZmneZl is of f hi T^ ,^^'«^«o«l« under'his fourtn and fifch branch ; mrTLnirJ l^i^'^ll'' ^'^''^'' « «^' the branch. ' " -^ ^''''^^'''- '« fourth conino-Mmr, h-.,.>,„j ~V'_UJiH I'lV Oy tHE VI5RB. l€l 13E8. RIOR. id Jrepenti, or repentie i repentis /• or J repentis 3ost thou not se '■ is doing) I faire (Do wo f. Jo ? Thoy It thou not lied himself cr bundation ? fondenient le ladies rc- stakon the '• d^ ho stopped t belong io orefore, be ! under his « is of the IMPERFECT. 1 troubled myself about the affairs of others. You were always se tourmenter your mUrui se complaining of being too warm, and now you are too Cold. Wei6 plaindre d^avoir trop chaud avoir iropfroid you not comfortable in his house 1 My mother did not like the se Irouver bien se plaire a country, because we went to bed so early. He was a very suspicious se coucher de si bonne heure * tres soup^onneva man, whdi never trusted anybody. Did you fancy that he would * ilne seJierdpe7sowiie sHmagitier return early. Did you not laugh at us % revenir cond-1 de si bonne keure se moquer de PLUPEREECT. I had trusted myself to (very uncertain) guides. Didst thou not selivrer pen sur 2 desm.pl i se confide too inconsiderately in this manl Had that officer rushed confier legtrement ci. —cier se pecipiler rashly into this danger 1 We had condemned ourselves. Had temeraireTnent dans — m. se condamner novs-memes you not been engaged with trifles'? Had those traveller* s'occuper de bagatelle f. pi. (gone out) of the right way 1 detmrmr droit chemin m. voyageurs se PRETERIT DEFINITE. I repented too late of having taken such a. step. Were you tard inf-3 fait 2 I aemirche^ not well amiosed yesterday evening '? He suffered s'amuiej- Uer an tw sj Irmiver p ^^ bisn for his x.iaprudenc;'. We met in the street, but we did not f. se renconlrcr de rice. jr.ieak. Dd not those rash children go too net the i'^''^' iemeraire2 1 s'approcfirr f">M iie i'l"^' ' They rejoiced when they heard of his great sv .<,^;. -mtrces m.pk iud-3 se rejouir apprendre * PRETERIT ANTERIOR. , AsEoon as) I had discovered that thoy sought to deceive Dei qiie s^apcrccvoir ' on cKccher iiid-2 d tr(mi,per mo, I was on my guard. What didst thou, when thou fis ind-3 qnand When sh'' recollected aU ih^ se s iivenir ui: ta il or elte nous ▼oas FUTURE ABSOLUTE. IShJiU repent, me repentirai te repentiraa se repentira nous repentirons vom repentircz ils or elles se repentiront tu il or elle nous vous PUTUnE ANTERIOR. / shdli have repenUd, ils or elles se me te se Tunis vous se?'ai seras sera seroTis serez seront > repent! > or } repentie Jrepentis or repenti« .^.^^, she^ w„ ^5*.^^«,ed. When we h.d.„j„,eed did you not leave him alone? ciently at his expence, tt denans m ^xTu^ ^^ ^ e/?emm. pi. taisserina-a i^anguUle tree ynrumer s'assirentcL ' FUTURE ABSOLUTE. "M- oonvainc se souvenir de engagement that th«. makes., What wiU not he reproach hi „„,f foOl We .haU not^fo^et oux«.ves (^. a.) .„ (^ „^«„^) mrespect towards In.. ^ you employ the .eans I (point) out)toyou? Wm not these .owers fade? ^"^ /'*^" ^'^^'^ f« seflUnr. FUTURE ANTERIOR. «.y«lfmhi.eye„ He wi. have ^„ p,„„a) of thi, triflilg*^: s enorguemir faibU ..rn^^g-^^' *"» '"'Its °™^'™ ttonopurjK^e). In tK«-„/ ... , sejmgr^v imttilement the end, ,„„ „„ hav^.^.„,^,,„, ^,, ^^„, ^^^ ^^^^ (loved each other) too much! t'entr'aimer t «* tnt tTEfti. 167 children have CONDITIONAL aiiUPLK TENS£S. jfBESBNT. 1 should repent. me ifepentirais t^ t'epeirtirais i(^ repentlrait Twms repentirions r.tts repentiriez Us or elles se repentiraient J8 tu il or elle nous voua COMPOUND TiNSiSS. PAST* / skould have repented. to qu'elles y se repentent tie te repens qu'il or qu'eile "ne se repente 7ie vous repentons lie rums repentez qu'ils or > qu'elles $ SUBJUNCTIVE. Tie se repentent ► pas SIMPLE TENSES. PRESENT. Tliat I may repent. que je me repente tu te repcntes il or eHe se repente nous noun repentions vous vous repentiez ils or biles se repentent COMPOUND TKNSES, PRETERIT. That I may luive repented. que je vie sois tu te sois il 01- elle se soil turns soyons vous soyez nous vous ils or elles se soient repenti or repentkr epentij or repenties IMPERATIVE. man, remember that thou art mortal. Do not flatter se souvenir se promettre thyself (that thou wilt succeed easily.) Let us take an exact un sVjCctsfacUe se rendre — 2 account of our actions. Let us not deceive ourselves. Rest compte 1 se flatter se reposer yourself in the shade of this tree. Do not expose yourself so d fftnire s'exposer rashly. temerairement. SUBJUNCTIVE. PRESENT. 1 must rise to-morrow at an earlier hour. I wish that Ilfaut que se lever de * meilleur fmire f. souhaiter thou mayeet be better. 1 wish him to conduct himself se porter mieux Je deshe qiOil * se condnire better. Is it not essential that we should contain ourselves 1 They — tiel se contenir On, wish that you should early accustom yourselves, to industry. disirer s^accoutumer de bonne heure art. travail m. It is time thai they should rest from the fatigue of business. .- ji;_ — ^^ 9 . jr__- I' OP THE VERB. 169 VE. ■pent. repens repente IS repentons IS repentez repentent TKNSES, tIT. ve repented. ► pas Jrepenti repentKT ^s J repentij J ^ or it 3 repenties not flatter se 'piomettre take an exact se rendre — 2 rselves. Rest se reposer pose yourself so i02^oser I wish that f. smihaiter conduct himself se conduire arselves 1 They Ir On to industry, art. travail m. of business. aji IMPERFECT. That I wight repent, ijue je me repcntisse tu te repentisscs il or elle se repentit nous nous repentisstons vous vous repentissiez ils or elles se repentissent PLUPERFECT. That I might have repented, ^ue je me fussc i repenti tu te fusses > or il or elle se fut ) repentit nousfussions i repentb vous fussiez J or nous vous i' 5 or elles se fusseiit ) repenti<» I PRETERIT. It 18 Can I have been deceived so grossly 7 Sepeut-il que se tromper grossierement ? astonishing that thou hast determined to stay. It is not said It will never be believed that On crovra It is not suspected that yoii etonnant se decider a that he interfered in this business. se meter de we have conducted ourselves so ill se comporter mat. On, * soup^onner have disguised yourselves so ingeniously. (It is not reported) that se deguiser adroitement On ne dit pas they have behaved ill. se conduire They required that On ezigeait bed at d oftener. IMPERFECT. I should go to se coucner They wish that thou shouldst walk On voudrait se pramener net wish that vaulait cessary that we should have recourse to this method 1 Did they he should practise fencing 1 s'exercer afaire des arm£s ten o'clock. heures. Did they On Was it ne- se servir de moyen,m. wish that you should complain of their Wfnt of attention! voulait seplaiTidre manque ■ they not wish them to make more haste ? on desirer ind-2 que Us se hater davantage Did Could they wish me Aurait-on vouXu qu^e I should have avoir cond-1 PLUPERFECT. to revenge myself ? se venger wished that thou hadst shewn thyself more accommodatinir "^^^^'' semontrer moi.ns difficile I should have wished that he had been less negligent. Would von avoir cond-1 vmlu se nigliger moins^ Auriez-vZ have wished us to have ruined ourselves in tjublic ODiniGH fin .«.rJ^- 2 f 1 P i :^ii i 1 li: 1 ;,. 4 170 OF TH£ VERB. to) satisfy your resentment 1 I might perhaps have wished that salisjaire remnkvunU J'aurah pu desirer pcnt-etre you had applied yourselves more to your studies. We could saiypliqticr davantagc Nous aurions have wished that they had extricated themselves more skilfully /'* {''''"' ^^tirer adroitement from the difficulties (in which) they (had involved themselves) embarras oil s'etaient mis 125. CONJUGATION OF PASSIVE VERBS. A passive verb shows that the action is directed to our- selves, that we suffer W ; whereas the active verb expresses that we ad, or perform the action, and direct it towards another object, thus : / love, is active, / am loved is passive. The Greek and the Latin languages have a peculiar form of verbs, called ;?rtm2;e verbs or passive voice, totally distinct from ^the active verb or active voice. The French lan- guage as well as the English and other modern languages have no such form, and express the passive voice by means ofthe;>ar^m>/ejo«5/ of the active voice with the auxiliary e/re,tobe, thus : je suis aime, lam loved. The partici- ple, in that case, being as an adjective, is made to at^ree in gender and number with the subject of the verb. "^ EXAMPLE. / am loved ihou 7oast cskcwcd Ihat kmg was beloved bij his people like was alumys beloved my father was respecled my motlier was revered we vnll be praised you will be blamed for it they would be feared and dreaded they would be better informed that my sons may be known I should wish the doors were opened Observe. — In future, the tenses of the verbs will be promiscuously intermixed ; but directions will be given as to those which it is proper to use ; that is, marks like these will be found under the verb, indA, ind-2, ind-3, etc. The learner will do well, therefore, to consult the explanations of the abbreviations given at the beginning of the grammar, that he mav hft familinr w\th fhncp niarlro je suis aime or aimee tu etais estime or estiraee ce rot fut cheri de son peupio elle fut toujours cherie mon pere fut respecte ma mere fut reveree nous serous loues m- louees vous en serez blames or blamees lis seraient craints et rtidoutes ellcs seraient mieux instruites afin que mes fils soient connus je voudrais que les portes fussent ouvcrtes J ■^ '/^' ^>'-t--^--^< iL.. OF THE VERB. 171 EXERCISES. My brother WM wounded. Tl.ey wore detested. Ha. «he not md-J hkssbr its ind-2 cJetester been rewarded 1 The robbers were apprehended in the park. Has not your bister been well received "? The boys shall all be punished rrcevoir ecolier jmnir Is the garden door opened? When were these fruits gathered! parte du^/ardm f ouv7ir ind-4 ~-m. aieUlir The actress has been crowned. actrice couroiiner 126. OF NEUTER VERBS. Neuter verbs are of two sorts. 1 . Those which express a state, a quality, as : Jc languis, I languish ; il excelle, he excels. 2. Those which express an action, which cannot pass over to another object, as : je dine, I dine ; je marche, 1 walk ; suice we cannot say ; je dine un homme, I dine a man ; je marche mon frere, I walk my brother. Neuter verbs are also sometimes on that account called intransi- tive. Some neuter verbs admit a substantive after them, as complement, that is to say, as giving full sense to the sen- tence : je pense a monpere, I think of my father -Je depends de mononcle, I am dependant on my uncle ; je tremble de [peur, I tremble with fear; but that substantive is always t governed by a preposition. ' 127. Neuter verbs are not all conjugated with the same auxiliary in their compound tenses ; some have «mV, others I nave etre. avoir. I have spoken. J'ai parle, Nous avons ri, lis ont mannre. Je suis parti, lis sont venus, fVe have laughed. They have eate?!, etre. I am gone. -^ , The^j are ox have come. iNoussommestombes, We have fallen. 128. It is important to observe that neuter verbs do not require the same preposition in both languages: Thus, je Xpeme a monpere, may not be translated by I think to mv lTnthAi« hilt «^\v,.. r_ii T\T . . •' . . . J iaLiiijr. vv e luust aiso aUU that a verb, 172 OF THE VERB. which is neuter in French, is sometimes active in English, as : fqbeis a monpere, I obey my father, and vice vers&. This is one of the most material points of difference in the construction of the two lanf^i !ges. It is not here the place to treat it at fuH4cngth, beca:. \q it properly belongs to the Syntax, where it will be found j meanwhile, it is recom- mended that the learner should not lose sight of it, and attend to the preposition which, in the course of the exercises, will carefully be affixed to the infinitives of neuter verbs. EXERCISE. We will return at five o'clock. Do you apeak to that man 1 revenir parler We resist obstacles. I have not accepted of his offers. resister d art.—— ficcepter in{l-4 ♦ Think of my father. They live on vegetables. Wo will penser d vime ind-1 de legumes agree about the price. AH at once twenty men entered convenir ae entrer dam ind-3 the room. She sleeps. Do not walk so fast. You will fall thrmir marcher tomber ind-7 They run. We shall arrive in the morning courcr ind-l arriver * 129. OF IMPERSONAL VERBS. ill It Impersonal verbs are person singular, such snows. We subjoin a pleuvoir neiger 'greler tonner eclairer geler figeler bruiner importer faire chaud faire froid faire glissant faire crott6 faloir y avoir These verbs are also those which have only the third as : il phut, it rains ; il neige, it list of the most common. il pleut il neige il grdle il tonne il eel aire il gele il ddghle il bruine il importe il fait ohaud il fait froid il fait glissant il fait crotte il faut it rains it, snows it hails it thunders it lightens it freezes it thaws it drizzles it matters it is warm it is cold to be slipping to be dirty it is neccssoiry^ miist there is onlv the third nerson si ily a called unipersonal, from their having noriilnr. T^nlltvir. 4/ nt^rAT. \\0\t\n varxt (J 7^ •V THfe VBRB. ^% in English, vice vers&. rence in the re the place ongs to the t is recom- t of it, and tie exercises, er verbs. to that man 1 )f his oflfers. 8. Wo will ered \rer dam ind-3 ;vill fall tomher ind-7 y the third il neige, it mg I mrijj must their having commonly used in French, tliey are conjugated at full length separately. The genius of the French language admits of using some active and neuter verbs impersorially, such as dire, il se dit des choses sinirulimis, singular things are irted ; arriver, il arrive des ckoses singulieres, singular thinj*,H happen. This peculiarity will be found noticed in the Syntax. KXERCISe. Boes it rain this morning 1 Did it hail last pUuvoi'- matin n, gr6lerir\d4t txi. dernier Q night 1 It doeff not snow. I thou^.i it had thundered Does it f. 1 neiger Jc croyais tpie tonner ind-6 not lighten'? Do you think it freezes 1 It is ten o'clock. edavrer croyez que geler subj. 1 heure pi- It will freeze long. It (is fit) to act so. It (was of great im- long-temps convenirde importer beau- portancc) to succeed. It apt)ears that he has not attended lo coup ind-2 de riussir sembkr ioccupcr dc ind-4 that business. It is very slippery in the streets. Is it cold 1 fairc glissant ruei. faire froid It will be very warm to-day. It was very cold all nijjht. Open bien ind-4 art. rmt f. ouvrir the window, for it is too warm in tliis room. Will it not be too appartcment m, coldl (I put on) thick boots, for I thought it was very dirty mettre ind-4 croire ind-2 ind-2 in the streets. 130. CONJUGATION OP THE IMPERSONAL VERB, FALLOIR, IL FAUTy IT MUST, IT IS NECESSARY. INFINITIVE. SIMPLE TEN8EB. COMPOUND TENSBS. PRESENT falloir PARTic. PREs. none PAST PAST avoir fallu fallu, ayanl falltf INDICATIVE. PRESENT il faUt IMPERFECT il fallait PRETERIT DEF. il fallut FUTURE AB80L. il faudta PRETERIT IND. PLUPERFECT PRETERIT ANT. FUTURE ANT. il a fallu il avait fallu il eut fallu il aura fallu =***'& o Z ,mhu - ..**«< — .■«E*^*fc.-._ .-*!Rl^- '^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 1^121 |2.5 2,2 tix Ui KL IBB 2.0 1.8 125 i.4 1 1.6 M 6" ► V] <^ /2 m / I Cj^ Photographic Sciences Corporation ^. ^.% 4!^ '4^" 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 •%"- MP ■m 174. 'xf*imf^i,^ PKESENT PRESENT IMPEBPECT OP THE VERB. CONDITIONAL. il faudrait | p^st SUBJUNCT17E. qu'il faille qn'il falldt PRETERIT PLUPERFECT 11 aurait fallu qu'il ait fal/u qu'il etlt fullu 131 COMPARISON BETWEEN MUST AND PALLOIR. «n J!l® ^"^"'^ "'^''^ '^''*'' "«t being impersonal, may take can only have the third person singular. The latTer hl^hJ' ampfe"^ '^''^"'^'^'""^^^ "^^^^^^^^ to illustmte it V^:^ 133. FxLLom, in the Benae of duty, necessily. il fau que ma soeur vumn^ ,^y ,,-,^* ^ faut-il que cet homme entre ? «,i/^/ /A^,/ Jl • il faut partir .. ^ , „, faudra-t-il le ^,aw ? T T/^ f ^ ^^ ^ggeHion, s^^eral advice, ii reXs^inMtlJe ""'"' ne lui &udri.tTZ du ™m„ ''^^y^'^f tmnty p^nis etdel'encrei "^ ^^f^ " '*»"*<'»' ra«/p«iwa»i«? EXERCISE. *• ind-3.^mc * if T^i-- r. OP THJE VERB. 175 vepaid him ? . ,. , .7Ja7-^em. md-S ;wrtir sub-2 S'Sjart. ^'^^^^ e^S iSS "'^'^ ''^^ ^^'^^''^^^"^ ^^ heart. ShM I suffer patiently such an insult 1 He miM have b^en a blockhead not to understand such easy rules, sub-^ sot 2 pour 1 comprendre inf-1 des si 2 3 re^fe f. 1 ^^^r^ '^°*' ^""^ ^'°*^'' "''^'^^ ^ H« ^««« ^hat is reqnisH^, Do thatasitO^^rfie) What ^... he t for his trc{bK Jaites falUnr md-l que 2 Inil * peine f. You are the man I want. Do not give mt any more br«ad. ^^ * de I have already more than 1 watat. I nee^ not ask you whether 'neinen * jnf.i ^^ you will come. I do not think that it is necessary to beacon- Sf' ^° ^^"•''^^ ^'^ motives. I could not suspect that I aer pm^r devt,wr motif pouvais s^ipfonim- suf 2 ** fn?i P"'^^" ^r "■ ?"'* . ^ ^*^« "^t committed. fub-2 inf-1 de fautef.qice commise 134. CONJUGATION OP THE IMPERSONAL VERB, Y jIVQIR, THERE IS. PRESENT PiST PARTIC. PRES. PARTIC. PAST PRESENT PRET INDEF. IMPERFECT PLUPERFECT PRETERIT DEF. PRETERIT ANT, FUTURE ABSOL FUTURE ANTER. INFINITIVE. y avoir there to be y avoir eu there to have been -y ayant there being y ayant cu there ha^ ng been INDICATIVE. |I y a there is or there are il y n, eu th^e has been or there have been n y avait there was or there were il y avait eu i/iere had been il y eut there was or there tvere il y eut ea there had been ii y aura there will be il y aura eu there loill have been PRESENT PAST CONDITIONAL, il y aurait there would be a y aurait eu there loovld have bien ,i. '.1; 176 PRESEKT FRETERIT IMPERf^ECT «LUPERPECT or TmB vMun, SUBJUNCTIVE. qu'il y ait qu'il y ait eu qu'il y eAt that there Tnay be that there mcvy have been that tfiere might be qu'il y efit eu that there might have been This verb in English is used in the plural, when followed IVnh^ Plural J in French it remains always in the EXERCISE. There must be ildoU a great differen ce of age between those two persons. There being (so many) vicious people tant de =2 gens m. pi. in this world, Buu-i. devcniT victims of the corruption of the age 1 H « a thousand to pervemte f. silcle m. * miUe d papier carUre one that he wUl not succeed, TV^e would be more happiness if (every one) knew how to. moderate his dosires. I did not think chacun savaU * * moderer disir ^rJire ind 2 that there combe (any thing) to^ blame in his condm^t. TV^e subj-^ jten areprendre conduUe {. wmdd not be so many duels, did ^ople reflect that one of the «. Von rejlechir md-2 f first obligations of a Christian is to forgive injuries. Could -p£l9 qu'ils s' en aillent qu'ils ne s' en aillent - ♦ In future the first person only of tenses regularly conjugated wil be given. I mmm^mmmmim^ mmmm hi !i| L 1 - 1 1 178 or THE VEHB. SUBJUNCTIVE. ,»IMPLE TEN8B8. que J« tu ilorelle nous vous .ilsorclless t' 8' noua vous IMP. que je m' en aijle en allies en aille en ailions en alliez en aillent en allasse COMPOUND TENSES. J® ra' en sois f^ t' en soiri 11 Welle s' ensoit nous nous en soyons vous vous en soyc? "■' en soient en fusse ilsorelless je m' REMARKS. T^fdrfy ""' «f . J!V^to ulU, je serais alle. The sn'^ilf.'Tif™"''* **■ ''■'*'.*" * ^^hen followed by », or by i;:\&'' '•^='^«*' -= ~ ^'^o-- 0.4 go and ,.,.wl?.?'^T *"'^ '■«'"'.oy«'-, makes in their future absolute and EXERCISE. ^'la^~^ into the country this evening 1 I am going ,o I»y^«m, «,ite. «„u,ere with thy brother, Qo and rf» .hat coZS^ouf'^ *"° r\^„''""y '^^Sia order, Let him f» '".rttfe' f.°\rt.5S.'r*/^,.. ' '"'" ^"^ '» I-™-'""- When """"^S!!}^. Uono.^»„«„e.. Ma^e haste for *.y -. ^»»^ «^.,, ,,^„,^ e.r,r Twe™ to those ladies. I would pn in R,^,v,« r t , , *^ ^^f.pl ^"^ *° ^°™®' >^ ^ ^o»IJ- We would *^ pouvais VW^WT •m^^y^'"^'"' OF TH« VERB. 17« (send back)om Worses. Why do .hey go away bo sooni My pourquoi "^ brother and^^^sister wcj^ yesterday to Windsor. I shall not ^o (any more^ a hunting. plus a ♦ art. c/iasse f. 138. IRRECiULAR VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION. BRANCH I. PUNIR. ^emV, to bless ; has two participles, bemt,benite, con^ secrated, (by prayers or religious ceremonies) ; «am benit consecrated bread ; eau benite, holy water j bent, benil blessed, fa.vored of God. Peuple bmi, a blessed, happy. Godly nation. '*^'' Fleurir, in the common acceptation of to blossom, to come to bloom, IS regular ; but, in the sense oUo flourish, it makes, jloriasantflorissait. In havr, to hate ; the letters -ai form throughout two syllables, except in the three persona singular of the present of the indicative, ye hais, tu hais, il hait, and in the second person singular of the imperative hais, which are pronounc- ed as one syllable, as if written, ^e Ae*, tu hes, ilhet, Gesir, to lie, is a defective verb, and has only retained psant, git, ^nous gisons^ ils gisent, il gisait, and particu- larly ci'git, here lies. EXERCISE. May the name of that good king be blessed from generation to nam m. ^ generation. These trees blossomed twice every year. The ind 2 deux fois tout art. an pi. arts and sciences flourished at Athens m the time of Pericles — art. . ind-2 d AtAems Horace and Virgil flourished under the reign of Augustus. We VirgUe ind-2 sous regne Auguste. discovered froir. the top of the mountain a vast plain full of decouvnr haut piaine f . renipli de pipery me^dowB. The empire of the Babylonians was fl^unssantQ pre m. ^11 _4ie»ind-3 /o7t°"^ I J-^^"^^^^ ^"®' "^e 'JW not hate the man, but his mm 180 OP THE VERB. vices. DoMshe really hale that vain pomp and all the display of pompe f. a^^pareil grandeur 1 art,-— — — — 139. BRANCH II, ON SENTJR, BOUILLIR, to both Par. pre8. bouillant — Past, bouilli Ind. pres. bous, bous, bout, bouillons, bontllez, bouillent ^ Imperf. bouillaia — Prei bouillis Future t bouillirai — CcnuL bouilIira!s Imp. bous, qu'il bouille, bouillons, bouillez, qu'ils bouillent Sub. pres. bouille — Imp. bouillisse Rebouillir, to boil again, and ebouilUr to boil away, are Conjugated like bouillir ; this latter is only used in compound tenses, and the infinitive, as : cetie sauce est trop ehouillief this sauce has boiled a *ay too much. PAlLLIR, to fail, Parii.jprw.faillant* — Past, failli Ind. pres. faux,* faux,* faut* faillons,* faillez,* faillent* Jmper. faiilais*— Pr^. feillis, etc.— Fid. faudrai* CoMD. fnudrais* — Subj. imperf. que je faillisse DEFAiLLiR, to faint, has now only the plural of the lND.;pr«.nou3 dfifaillons, ils defaillent — Imperf. defaillais, Pret. dfifaillis— P/e^. indef. j'ai defailli, and Inp, pres. defaillir N.B. The tenses marked with an asterisk are absolete. EXERCISE. ^ • ..:, ..-li t w : ,11 ; w F i m L 1 .r i: j fab i Take that retirer let the soup {boil away) (so rnuch). laisser 1 pot 3 tant 2 water off the fire, it boils too fast. Do not f. de dessur, m. f. fort That sauce has (boiLd — — f. est f. away) (too much). Boil that meat again ; it has not boiled trop faites rebouillir viande f. * f. 2 long enough. * assez 1 1 FuiR, to fly, to run away, * Part.pres. fujrant— P ind-3 sur-le-champ. I wi«h she toffttW rfrea the children with more voudrais que vitir «ubj-2 de care. If Ids fortune permitted him, he loutdd clothe all the permeitait 2 le lui 1 poor of his pari'^h. Two eervants clothed him in his ducal paraisse f. 'tomestique Tevttir -2 80 noon (have taken) that journey. He must fairc voyage m. ind-4 ^te have sunk under the efforts of (so many) enemies. succonU/er iub-2 tanide MouvoiR to move, Part.prcs.mo}l\D.nt--Parl.pasLmvi. 1nd.w«. meuB, mens, meut, mouv-ons, — ez, meuvent. Imperf. mouvais — Pret. raus — Fut. mouvrai— Cond. mouvrais. Impeu. mens, mcuvc; mouvons, roouvez, meuvent. SvBJ.p-es.menv-^, — es, — e, mouv-ions, — iez, meuvent. Imperf. musse. Thus are conjugated etnouvoir, to move, to excite, stir up ; se 7nouv(nr, to move, stir ; s'emouvoirf to be moved, affected. Pi'omouvair, to promote in rank or office, has only the infinitive, and participle joroww. Demouvoir, to induce to desist, has the infinitive only. Pleuvoir, to rain (impersonal) Pa>-/.pr«. pleuvant Past plu Ind. pe«. il pleut Iinpcrf. il pleuvait Pret. il plut Put. il pleuvra Cond. il pleuvrait SuB.;>res. qtfilpleuvc Imperf. qu'ilplut rrl 1B6 OF THE VERB. m EXERCISE. The spring wbich woves the whole machine is very inee- ressor^m. 2 tmtl —f. ^ niou8, though very simple. It was passion wtuch moved qrnique — Ce ind-1 art. *. ind-4 him to that action. Can you doubt that the sml, though it — f pouvez f^ ° * is spiritual moves the body at pleasure 1 That is a man * tvMTKmh-l dsavolmte ce whou: nothing 7noves. We had scarcely lost sight emouvotr ind-3 d peine perdu vue f, 3 «,f t^^'f 1 ^^^" ^^^^"^ .'^"'"^^ a violent tempest an. leire^ r. i que il semouvoir ind-3 grand tempete f. We were inoved with fear and pity. When the famous ind-d emus de crainte £. pr. pitie t qucmd celebre d'Aguesseau was provioted to the dignity of chancellor, all "^"'"^ =f. chancelier tout Francb shewed the greatest joy. That bishop well art. f. en temoigner mii'i £ eveque ot 2 should fwmote him to the dignity of primate 8ub-2 2 hi "primat' The people think that it rains frogs and smw. insects ^'■'''* '^ art. grenouille f. pi. pr. art. insecte m. pi. at certain seasons. It loiU not mm to-dav but r en — temps ]A. • "- * (am feartul) of its que * aujoicrd^hui craindre raining to-morrow. ne sub-1 PouvoiR, to de able. Part. pres. pouvant— -J^flr/, past. pu. Ind. pres. puis,* peux, pent, pouv-ons, — cz, peuvont, ^7n''L.Sr^T'^^'''^' P"«-^'^- Pourrai-CoND. pourrais. ' {^No Imperative). Subj. pres. ipuiBse—lmperf. pussc. ♦Conversation and poetry admit also je peux, Mi not jpeux-je ? ^ J y ^ There is an imperative used, not to express command, but a wish that a thing be, as a sort cf imprecation. vous, pmssent-ils. Ex : puisseiz-vms arriver a temps, may you arrive in time. . ?ery inge- ich moved ind-4 though it * is a man of 3 ght •f.3 !nt tompest I tempete f. he famous celebre rellor, all lier lout bishop well veque t the king he people sing. sects sccte m. pi. but I ws. X, bu^t not ^omniand, precation. a temps. Oi: THE Vfiliti< M Savoir, to know. Part. pres. sachant — Part. past. su. . Ind. pre:^. sais, sais, sait, savons, savez. savent — Imp&tJ/ sav«i#, Pret. BUS — Put. saurai —CoND. sauraiu. Imper. sache, sacbe, sachons, sachez, sachent. Sub J. p'es. estche — Impeif. susee. Seoir, to be bscoming, to befit, has only the pari, preS» seyant ; anr* the third persons of the simple tenses, il sied, il sieent, il seyait, il siera. il sieraitf quHl mee. But seoir, to sit, is used only in the two participles, scant and sis. This verb is also used impersonally. AssEoiR, to set, * Part, pres, asseyant — Part. past, assis. Ind. pres. assieds, aasieds, assied, assey-ons, — ea, — ent. Imperf. asseyais. — Pret. assis. — Put. assierai, or asseyerai. CoND. assierais, w asseyerais. — Imp. assieds, asseye, a^sey-ons. — ez, ent. — Subj. pres. asseye. — Imperf. assise. N.B. This verb is more frequently reflected, as s^asseoir, to sit down. Its compound rasseoir, to set again, to calm, or to sit down again, is conjugated in the same manner. EXERCISE. When he arrived at home, he e^7cind-l arrive chez lui The minister had (so many) people at ministre ind-3 iant de monde a could not speak to him. Are you afraid ind-3 3 1 craindre, ind-1 (was quite exhaturted). u'eii pouvoir ind-2 plus his levee, that I audience that he cannot pouvoir sub-1 accomplish that affair 1 venir a bout de I know that he is not your friend, de (d. Let them ktuno but I A;7ww likewise that he is a man of probity. av£si * Men that their pardon depends on their submission. I could wish grace dejjendrede soumissiori desirer cond-1 that b.eknc20 a little better his lessons. Let us see ifthisnew- sub-2 voyons d^un fashioned dress becomes you, or not. Be assured that nouveau gout 2 robe f. I 2 1 non colours too rich ^cill not become you. The head-dress which that art. f vcnjavi coiffure t que lady wore did not become her at eJl. These porter ind-2 seoir ind«2 2 lui I du iaat CuluUrS ueCCraU inf-3 you =u TTcii, j-..-.t \--.----5-t -•-••5/ — — J avoir tort cond-1 de en porter en others. Sit that child in this arm-chair, and take care he asseoir m. faulevil m. prenez garde que %r^ fy;j&-iii^ionB, — ez, -ent. Irwperf. r^solvais. — Prct. r68oIus. — FStt. rSsoudrai. CoND. rfisoudrais. — Imper. resous, resolve, resolv-ons, ez, -ent. S'JBJ.^res. resolve, — Inipcrf. r^soluscie. This verb has tv^o participles past, resolu, in the sense o*^ to determine, to fix ; resous, without a feminine, in the sense of to resolve into, to turn into, Jlbsoudrcp absolve, is conjugated like resoudre ; but has neither ^re<. Ind. nov imper f, subj. ; its participle past is absous, m. absoute, f. Dissoudre, to dissolve ; has the same irregularities, and wants the same tenses as absoudre. CouDRE, to sew, Part.prcs constLHt—Part. past, cousa. Ind. pres. couds, couds, coud, cousons, cousez, couscnt. Imperf. cousais. — Pret cousis. — Ii\it. coudrai — Cond. coudrais. Impbr. couds. — Subj. pres. couse. — Imperf. cousisse. Dccoudre to unsew j and recoudre, to sew again, are con- jugated in the same manner. Mettre, to put. Part. pres. mettant. — Part. past, mis, Ind. prcs mets, me^s, mot, mettons, mcttez, mettent. Imperf, mettais. — Prct, mis. — I<\t. mettrai. — Cond. mettrais. Imp£R. mets. — Subj. pres. metto. — Impei-f. misse. In the same manner are conjugated the derivatives : admcttro commettrfl comproiuettro se d^mottra omettre to admit to commit to compromise { U> pvt out ofjoiiU \ to resfs^n to omit perraettre promettre rcmcttre soumettre transmettre s'entremettre to permit to promise to replace to subject to transmit .to intermeddle EXERCISE. Wood when burning resolves itself into ashes and smoke, art. Ms m. que Von bride se resoudre en cendre f. 4ir, fumec f l-i'»:!W«!M5.Sl»«J*i»«tt*!:!««, 01^ TH£ V£&B. 161 I The fojt haa brouiUardm. se Unpick deamdre Does ho tJave they resolved on peace or war 1 ♦ art. f, art. f. resolved itself into rain. Would that judge thus lightly resoudreinHiA 2 pluief. si legiremeTU absolve the guilty 1 Strong waters dissolve metals. cond-1 coupable m. pi. art. fcnt 2 t pi. 1 art. (m 1 Those drugs were dissolved before they were but into drogv-e 3 ind-2 avarU que de les * mettte that medicine. My sister did sew all day yesterday. That piece rfitn^de m. ♦ fiier m. is not well sewed, it must (be sewed over again) faJloir la inf-1 that lace, and seio it again very carefully. deiUeUe f. 2 1 avec beaucoup de soin set a great value upon riches 1 I never admitted those m^tlre prixm. d art. ind-4 principles. Has he conunitted that fault "? If he (would take my Jaute f. me advice), he woxiXd resign his charge in favour of his croyait se demettre cond-1 de {. en = son. He put his arm out of joint yesterday. I vnll omit nothing se demettre U bras ind-4 that depends on me to serve you. God frequently de ce dependre ind-7 de pour souvent 2 permits the wicked to prosper. Put this book 1 que viechaid m. pi. ♦ prosperer sub-1 reviettre in its place again. Under whatever form of government — f * quelque govemementm.que you (may live), remember that your first duty is to be vivre subj-1 se souvenir devoir m. de obedient to the laws. It frequently happens that fathers transmit soumis 2 airiver 1 art. to their children both their vices and their virtues. et with public affairs; but his de art. 3 1 endeavours have not been crowned with success. ejlJorl couronner de art. m. He has long muddied s^entremettre ind-4 long-temps MouDBE, to grind (corn, See.) Part. pres. moulant. — Part. past, moulu. Ind. pres. mouds, mouds, moud, moul-ons, — ez, — ent. ImperJ. moulais. — Prei. mouius. — Kni. moudrai. — Cond. moudrais. Tmper. mouds, moule, moulons, moulez, moulcnt. SuBJ. pres. moule.— /wiper/, moulusse, i i 192 OF THB VERB. In the same manner are conjugated the derivatives : ^moudre 5 5?^r*^*^ ^ I vemoudre to grind again (corn, etc.) . ( (kmves, etc.) | remoudrti to gnnd again (knives, etc.) Prendre, to take. Part. pres. prenant.— Par^. past. pris. Ind. pres. prends, prends, prend, pren-ons,— ez, prennent. Jmperf. prenais.— Pre^. pna.—Fhit. prendrai.— Cond. prendrais. iMPER. prends, prenne, prenons, prenez, prennent. hvBj. pres. prenn-e,— es,— e, pren-ions,— iez, prennent Imperf. prisse. In the same manner are conjugated : apprendre to leani desapprendre to urdea/rn coraprendre to understand deprendre to separate entreprendre se meprcndre reprendre surprendre to undertake to mistake to retake, to reply to surprise rom- RoMPRE, to break. Part. pres. rompant. — Part. past, rompu. Ind. pres. rompa, romps, rompt, romp-ons, — ez, — ent. Imperf. jompais.— P/-^^. xam^is.— Put. romprai.— Cond. prais. Imper. lomps, rompe, rompons, rompez, rompent. SvBj.pres. rompe. — Imperf. rompisse. In the same manner are conjugated corrompre, to cor- rupt ; and interrompre, to interrupt. SouRDRE, to rush out of the ground, as u^ater, has only infinitive, and il or elle sourd. I took great ^„.. ind-3 oeaucoup de sing. EXERCISE, pains. Grind those razors with care. rasoir m. Those knives (are just) ground. This corn is not sufficiently couteaum.venvr d'etre grain m. assez ground, it should be ground again. I wish that you would faUoir ind-1 le vouUnr cond-1 taJce courage. What news have you learnt? Philosoohv 8»^J-2 f pi. art. ^ ' .comprehends logic, ethics, physics, and ^Tt. logiqii£t Mt. morale i. art. physiqtte.t art. metaphysics. It is is (with difficulty) that he divests himself of metaphysigue f, Ce difficilement que se deprendre his opinions. He has forgot/en all that he knew. I fear desapprendre ce que savoir ind-3 craindre que you loUl undertake a task above vour strftnirth r'.oj.?.; nemhyl tacks i, awdess^isde " f. pl.° "" pr. 0» THE VERft. m vea : I, etc.) ^es, etc.) mdrais. Kd ^t)« A««^n ertake lake ke, to reply trise ND, rom- , to cor- has only ith care. ufficiently assez ou would 'hilosophy and art. himself of vire I fear lindre que wiJte^eR so grossly ? I reptoted kini ww«^e»uirecond-2 grossiirement re^endre indl-Q Si eontiiiually for his faults, but (lo no purpose). We surprised the enemy, and cut ^ to pieces. In the middle of tli».: pi' miUer'ti I en a roaif thb aXleirte of our carriage broke. Bad themm esst^iia. carrosse se rompre ind-3 art. mawmis copipany anrnpts the minds of young people. Whv ds compagme pi. sinir \^J., »» uy ^ aa yeu twtem when you see him busyl S^nd 3 i accuse SuiVRB, tofoUciix. Part. pres. Bui^tnt^Parl. past smvi hity.pres. suis, suis, suit, suivons suivez, suivent. tmperf. smvais-Prc^ suivie~JW. suivrai-Com s«ivrai«. IMPER. suiB, suive, sHivohs, suivez, suivent. &UB#.^es, auive— /»tg»0^. suivisse. Poursuivre, is conjugated in the same way. liiTaUnf^* *^so, but it has the third persons singulur aa^ Vaincre, to eo7iquer-, to vanqv4^ Part. pres. vainquant— Par<, past, vaincu. Iso.pres. vaincs,* vaincs,* vainc,* vainqu-ons,* —ez — «nt Iniperf, vamquais— Pre^. vainquis— i?^ij5. vaiAcrai— Cond Vaincral.. Sdsj. pres. vfuncvae—Imperf. vainquisse. vaincrais, .All the peraons Of this verb, marked with an asterisk, are very little used. But its derivative, convaina-e, to convince, IS generally used m all its tenses and persons, EXERCISE, (For a long while) wc followed that method, which was only U,ng~temps 2 i„d-3 1 f. j^tg "^g ""Xt'^^'aT^f^T T/*^'^SS^^ Seetheerror. true. We^mtterf our course when some cries which suivre md.2 chemin lorsque de art. m,m. pi. ♦ came from the midst o^ the forest brought terror into nnr sortu fondm. forit f. port^ind^ art. jf " « Bouls. The Greeks vanquished the Persians at Marathon, Salamis ^''^ Perse a nk .ck/--jvJ Plfttea, and Mycale. I have at hoi comnncei him. by iU b# THi vnnU: ,. ■' '• P'- ' enomiUi fauU f (have no doubt) but he wUl renait it i, ■ 4 • ^* "-don «u„,,e^ „,.,, ^^ ^.„„^^ ^..3 "■' r?- ^'- - 4f^ "Hh u„:r,r and dispc-sed them in an instant R^nf ♦! ari./uife t. — ^' tebaU/rc nwipl/i^ m agaxn. Happy those who /tt. in solitude! Long art. relraiie f. Qw5 l Smg-temps 4 Ziw that good king r He did Zt in«l • ^«»^-^»^i« 4 was 80 dear ia Mm 1?^t^u jj... _ . . *' He WM .0 dear t« hun. ^Fathers live agam inlh^; chUdr^n. wasinagrea^d^^n ;f mind; the ne^ws which he has received has revived him. * ^ ontfail inf-i 2 1 Battre, to beat. Part. pns. battant— /»a/f . pasi. battu. IND pres. bats, bats, bat, battons, battez, battent ImIT/' J*"'^V'^''- ^''^^^^i- battrai-CoND. battraiiL Xmplr. bat8-SuBJ.i>rer5.batte~/?«^/.battise "' ""^^^ Conjugate in the same manner : •battre rabattre rebattre ^ puU dmon I combattra to fight to beat again j s'ebattre to be mmy VivRE, to live. Part. pres. vivvirA— Part. past. vicu. l^'prcs. vis, vis, vit, vivons, vivcz, vivent.--/»t«er/. vivai.. Pret. vecus—F^. vivra — Cond. vivrais— fS^ Ji SvBJ. pres. y'lve-Imperf. v^cusse. ^^'ais-lMP. vw. In the same manner are conjugated rem'vre, to revive ^ •. J ^ f . _ _ "•*u uuw fki// 6j tw auirvxvo» P •f THK VKRB. 195 BRANCH II. Plaire. Braire, to bray ; is used in the third persons only and in the following tenses : il biait, ila hraunt, il braira, ik brau rant, il brairaitf Us btairaient. Fa IRE, to do* Part. pres. fHiatiiit— Part. past. Mt. Ind pres. fkis, fais, fait, faisons, fait-', font. Jnperf. ftMaiar—Pret. &a—F*ut. lerai—CoiJD, fenus. Impjbr. fais, fasse, fai«ons, fkites, fassent. SvBj.pres. fasse, fassions — Imperf. fisse. Some authors oa account of the similarity of sound, writ© nousfesmSffesant, etc. hut it \9 conlraryto the Opinion of the French Academy. In the same manner are conjugated : eontrefaiitB ddfaire red6faiit0 forfaire* malfaire to couTtterfeU to undo to undo again to trespass todoiU j refaire to do again satisfaire to sati^ Burfaire to exact mefaire* to misJo' parfaire to perfuf Traire, to milk (defective.) Part. pres. trayani>— Par^. past, trait. Ind pres. trais, trais, trait, trayons, trayez, traient. Imperf. trayais--( A'o pret.^—Fut. trairai— CoND. trairaii. Imper. trais, traye, trayons, trayez, treient. SuBj. pres. traye — {No imperf.) Conjugate in the same manner : attraire abstraire distraire extraire to allure to abstract to divert to extract rentraire retraire soustraire tofinedraw to redeem, to substract All these verbs are principally used in the compound tenses. Do not maJie (so much) tant EXERCISE. What will you have him do ? Que vouloir * que il sub-l noise. Do they never exact 7 That women mimicked all the per- arai/>-«. NAlTRn, to be born» Part pres. uaissant— Par^. past. ne. rJ^If"' "^**' ?«i^i»a^t. naissons, naissej, naissent. iMpf/* "*.^««"«--P^'^«- Maquis-/^-^^. naitrai-CoND. naitrai. IMPER. nai8-SuBj.i>m.nais8e-/;7ip«/.naquis8e. """"*• «J/^i'?'l^K^'*^^ auxiliary efre ; but its derivative, «^ n«./r., to be born again, has no participle past, and, con- sequently, no compound tenses, i t > ^, ^Qn PAlTRE, to graze (defective). Pan.pres.psii8aMt— Part, past. pu. ImS/' Pa.««a^-(^''F-^<.)-/^/. paitrai-CoND. paitrai. IMPEH. pais~SuBj.p7«. pais8e-(iVrTm^/. P*««»«' 12c;>ai/re, to feed, to bait, is, like paraitre, reimJar m oil ;♦. ^,xnaKing inthe/>re^ iND.je repus, etc! and 'in' the «»»i>er/. suBJ. je repusse, etc. "» "it? fj or THE VfiRB. 197 ■#»• Was not Virgil dom al iiMl-3 source that have arisen naitre f. pi. Tlie fable saya that, E)i:£RC:3E. Mantua 1 It is from that poisoned ManUmc Ce empomnni 3 all the cruel wars that have desolated 3 f. pi. 1 desota- as soon as Hercules hod aimitol que Hercules h m. ind-2 hydra, others Si,rang up hydre f. d'atares 2 il en reiiaUre flocks fed on the f. 1 que the universe. f. dU (cut off) one of the heads of the aniper ttte f. pi. While heir united ind-3 I tandis que reuni 2 troupeau m. pi. 1 p^Ure ind~2 * tender and flowery grass they sung under the shade of a «J Jleun 3 herbe f. 1 chanter ind-2 d o//iZ»rc tree iho sweets of rural life. Your horses have douceur {. pi. art. champctre 2 f. 1 not /e^ to-day ; you must have them fed. Thai, is a repaxtre iVaujourd'hui ; ilfaul leurfairc donner a manger Ce man who /Atrs/s after nothing but blood and slauirhter nc se repaiire de 2 * quel v^- cat-n^ge ml 145. BRANCH IV. Reduire. .Bruire, to roar, is defective j it has only the part, pres, bruyant, oftener used as an adjective, as : desjiots bruyans ; and the tu^o third persons of the imperf, Ind. il bruyait, ils bruyalent. Luire, to shine ; and reluire, to glitter ; make the part, past, lui, relui, neither the pret, ind. nor imperf. suBJ. are in use. '' J^uire, to hurt; making part. pres. nmsnntf past. nui, IS regular in all its tenses. CoNPJR, to pickle or preserve. Part. pres. confis&nt— Part. past, confit. i.VD. pres. conf-is,— is, it,— isons,— isez,— iscnt. Imperf. confisais— Pre^ confis— 2^^, confirai. CoND. con.^rais— Imp. confis— Scbj. pres. confisc. Imperf. conflsse. Its derivative deconfire, to discomfit, is rather obsolete. Circoncire, to circumcise, and suffire, to suffice, make in the part. past, circonds and sujgji, the rest is as coiifire. EXERCISE. The thunder which reared from afar an"QU"'^«'i lomierrem. f»^ire ind-2 da7is hrt. hiTUain m. ind-2 a droadful etorm. They heard the roaring of the waves of terrible 2 of age m. 1 On ind-2 n2 inf-1 fiot m. pi. im OF THIS VCRl. ftn agit&leJ Ma. That Htreet m ina nmsy for those **h8 !ov8 rt^Ye 2 mw f. 1 »ve f brtiyant, retirement and study. I (have a ji^limpM of) aorae tiiinff art. ritraite f. art. entrevoir qudque chose that aAtn«i through those treM. A ray of hope thtme upon au iravtrs de rayon m. ind-4 2* ua in the midst of the minfortunea which OTerwhelmed us. Evear 1 d milieu malheur m. pi. accabUr ind-2 thing is well luhbcd in that house : every thing shines, even to the Af^^ y ixluirt jusque d floor. Would ho not have hurt yoa in that affair "^ Jesus plancherm. cond-2 1 Christ was circumeised a week after his oirth. Shall you huitjoun ntiissancc f. preserve these peaches with sugar, vith juney, or with conjire d art. sucre m. art. miel m. brandy 1 Have you pickled cucumbers, art. eau-de-vie f. rfc art. concombre m. pr-art. purslane, and sea-fenntM If he loses his law-suit, all his pourpier m. pr. art. pcrce-picrre f. /;res. ecrive — Imperf. ecrivisse. *Redire, to say agsir. • ..< loiiS* ly to "its primitive, makes redites, but conti-edire dedire interdiro m^dire predire to contradict to unsay to f wind t.0 slender ta foretell make vous contredi5«^ V0U9 dedise;r vous interdise. vous medi^^ vous pt^disez Maudire is conjugated Wke punir with the exception of the participle past, whicii is ntauiiu', e, rrJu/imtisuiU, jc mauiiis, nous maudissons ; je wiaudissais ; je vmudis ; je Diaudirai ; je maudirais ; queje maudisse j qru: ji maudissQ i maudii. Of trti Vi£Rli. m proHcrfre r6crire souocriro transcrire Conjugate in ihe same mnnner. cirponNcrira to circumscribe <16crir0 . to de$criAe insori<^ to inicribe I'MrMcruv to prescribe Lire, torevl. Part. pres. Ibant — Part. past, lu, Ind. pes. lis, lis, lit, lisons, lisez, Ksent- -Imperf. lis&is. Prst. lus — F^iU. Iirai---CoND. lirais — Imi'EB. lis. SvitJ.pres. Ywe^-Imjferf. lusse. In the same manner arc conjiiga^fi : to proscriit/ to write again to Siibiaibe to transcrib* Slire I to elect j relire I to raid over agam RiRE, to laugh. Part. pres. riant — Past, ri — Ind. pres. ria. ris, rit, riows, riez, ri«nt. Imperf. rials — Fret, ris — I>hit. rirai — Cond. rirais. Imp£R. ris— Subj. pres. ris — Imperf. risse. Sourire, to smile ; is conjugated as 7'ire, Friref to fry ; besides the present oftlie infinitive, haw only the part, past, frit ; indic. pres. je fris, tu fris, il frit ; fut.je frirai, tu, etc. ; cond. je frirais,tu, etc. ; imper. 8ing> fris. But it has all the compound tenses. The forms that are deficient are fully supplied by fatre, prefixed iofrire, as : faisGnt frire, je faisais frire^ etc. Never contradict EXERCISE. I Always speak the truth, but with discretion. dire f. (any one) in public. You thought you were serving nie in persorme en penser ind-4 * * inf-1 2 1 e»t speaking thus : well, (let it be so) ; you shall not be contradicted peeler ainsiehbien soit en dcdire What ! vwuld you forbid him all communication with his friends 1 Quoi ! * inter dire 2 1 f. That woman slandered every one. Yon had foretold that event. ind-2 de ind-6 Let us curse no one ; let vrn remember that our laws forbidn us ne peisonne se rappeler defendrs to curse even those who persecute us. Write dovyn every de persecuter art. pi. day the reflections which you make on the books which you read. Did he not read that interesting history with (a great deal) of pleasure 1 God is an infinite being who is circumscribed neither 2 ctre m. I n^> ni i ', 500 hy time nor art. ni pr, art. OP THE VERB. place. I'iew m. [A. Shall you not cksaibe that t^':f!A ' '^'PP**' ^ Have those soles and whitings fried. n. merlmi '6 inf-1 2 horrible 2 f. 'l fairp i v°' .^ . - - jf -u . ^ /«i?-e 1 pron. mrZari 3 inf-1 2 ^''' J^?. I'* ^^'^^ y^""* *"«^^' '■^^^^. ^^^ ^^«^^^ over and over lire ct relire ics anciens inS' '^'''^ \^ ^ ^''^' JH^t^'l ^'^ ^°'^^- VVe te Z««^;^^ heartily and have resolved to (so on^ Wp Hiri r.^^ bation, in the kindest manner. — dc gracieux2 avr m. 1. Poire, to diink. Part.pres.hmani—PasLXm. liin.pres. bois bois, boit, buvons, buvez, boivent fS ,^.^H«T^'t • bus-i^'^k boirai-CoND. boirais. -Z: kT' '''''^^' ^"^°"«' buvez, boivent. i^p^rit:: -''' ~^' '"^^^°^' ^"--' ^--»^- In the same manner are conjugated, reboire to drink again s'emboire to imbibe, a tecknicai ,yj I termusedi.ipainthig nir 1 ♦ ' i" ^^^^•^^^^^^• J and the IMP. sing, clos. -Dec/ore, to disclose, .;ic'/ore, to enclos.e, are defective in he same tenses as clove; hut for dor e, to debar a la w term IS on y used in the inf. .Jpartpast. forcloJ.' Eclore, to be hatched, as birds, or to blow like a Power ou'l clc^^^^^^^ '^' 'fj'^^^^^' qu'ilcclo.e, formed w^r/^^^^^ its compound tense., which are lormea with etrcy are much used. CoNCLURE, to conclude. Part. pres. condmnt—Past. conclu Jnd. pres. conclus, conclus, conclut. conclu-ons —07 onf ^fclure to exclude ; is conjugated like conclure, except (hat It has two participle, paot, exdu, e, exdns. cl' ^ OF THB VERB. 201 Croire, to believe. I ■ Part. pres. croyant— Pas^. cru. Lnd. pres. crois, crois, croit, croyons, croyez, croient. Imperf. croytds-Pret. cma—F^. croirai— Cond. croirais.. iMPER. orois, croie, croyons, croyez, croient. Imperf. crusse It has no derivative but accrdtVc, which is only used with f aire, as : faire accroire or en faire accroire, to im- pose upon credulity ; and s^en faire accroire to be self-con- ceited* EXERCISE. Seated m^er the shade of palm-trees, they milked their ■^'^^ ^ art. palmier pi, traire ind-2 Slwf r^ iTL-'^ , ^"^ ""^^"'y ^'•^"k that nectar, cAewef.pl. pron. brebis f. pi. avec joie 2 ind-2 1 m. which (was renewed) every day. Would they ^drink serenouveler ind'2 art.pl. doire cond-l their wine iced 1 This window does not close well ; when you d la glace f. "^ ^^^00"^*^° ^"^® altc.ations (in it), it M?i« close better. He inUrS 2 3"- reparation f. 4 y 1 wicMx had scarcely closed his eyes, when the noise which they made a peine md-G ♦ art. que que 011 ind-3 at his door, awoke him. Have they not enclosed the suburbs a remZZer ind-3 on faubourg within, the city ? TFzZZ you e^ic^ose your park with a wall m. pi. viUe f. ^^rc ^ mur m. or a hedge 1 Put the eggs of those silk-worms in ihe pr. haiel. metlez a»«/m. pi. ver-d-soie m. '^\. a, sun, that they ma^j hatch. Those flowers just blown ^°^'' ^- sub-1 nouvcllement exhale the sweetest fragrance. When did they coTichuie th^«« repandre doux parfim m. ind-4 treaty 1 His enemies managed so well, that he was unanimously trattem. faire ind-S ind-S unanimemeni excluded from the company. Dii you think me capable of so compagnie f. croire ind-1 black an act 1 He possesses some kind of knowledge; but fioir 2 trait m. 1 avoir espice savoir (not so much as he thinks), U s^en fait trop accroire. 146. BRANCH V. J&indre, Poindre, to pierce, to peep, to dawn, has only besides the infinitive il point, ilpoindra. 202 Of THE VIBRD. 147. GENERAL GUIDE TO THE CONJUGATION. The following Tables, which exhibit at one view all the primitive tenses both of the regular and irregular verba, and most of the defective, with references to the pages where the other tenses are to be found, will, it is presumed, prove use- ful to. those who will consult them. TABLE OF THE PRIMITIVE TENSES OP THE POUR REGULAR CONJUGATIONS. INFIN. PARTICIPLES. PRESENT, PART. PRES PART. PAST. INDICATIVE IND. PRES. I IND. PRETERIT FIRST CONJUGATION. Parlor | Parian^ I Parle | Jeparlc SECOND CONJUGATION. FIRST BRANCH. PuTlir. Punir { Piiniasant \ Pimi | Jepunis SECOND BRANCH. Sentir, Sentir Mentir Se repentir Par^ir Sortir Servir Ouvre Offrir SouffVir Tenir Yenir Senti M.enta7U 3e repenU?*/ P&rtant Sorla?it Do tenant Servant THIRD BRANCH. OuvHr, M.enii Repen^i Par^i Sor^i Dorm Serui Je sens Te mens le me repens Je pars Je sors Je dors Te sers Qnvrant Offrani Souff' ant 0\i\crt Offert Soxxffert j'ouvre J'off'c Je souffre I Jeparlai I 137* I Je punii I 147 Te sen^ts '^ Je mentis J erne reyentis Te partis ^ 147 Je aortis Je dormis Je seryis J'ouvris, i J'offrw > 147 Je soufiWs 1 FOURTH BRANCH. Teuir. Tenant Ycnant ienu Yenu Je tie/w Jo vie7is Je tins Je \ins \ Courir Recevioir Pevoir FIFTH BRANCH. Courir, I CoMrant | Count | Je cours j Jo covaus THIRD CONJUGATION. 147 147 Recs«a/ii DsvanA Recw D'i Je ref ois Je dots U^ |,5.3 0» THB VERB. 1^03 INFIN. PRESENT. PARTICIPLES PART. PRES. PART. PAST. INDICATIVE. IND. PRES. IND. PBETERIT. Repand^e Revdre Fondre Pondrg Rfipondrc Tondre Perdre Movdre Tordre Plairc Taire Vaxaltre "CroUre Connaitre "Repaitre Reduirc Iflstruire Craindre Peind?e Joindre FOURTH CONJUGATION. FIRST BliANCH. Rendre. Repandaw-/! Repandji Rendaibt Rendw Fonda«t Fondw Pondant Pondw Rii\)oi\dant Repondw Toxxdant Verdant Mordant 'Vordant .Tondtt Perd?i Mordw TordM Je repands IJe repandts Je rends Je rendis Je fonds Je fondts Je ponds Je pondw Jer6ponds Jerepondw Je tonds Je tondw Je perds Je perdis Je mords Je mordis Je tords Je toxdis 156 SECOND BRANCH. Plaire, J PXaisant Taisant THIRD BRANCH. Paraitve* Je filais Jetais Je plm Je ins Paraissant Parw Je pam/s Croissant Cm Je crois Connaissant Connu Jeconnais Rei^aissant Repu Jctepais FOURTH BRANCH. Reduue* Rtdxxxsant \Ridmt IJereduis I Je redums In^trnxsant \lnsixnU | J'instruis | J' intruisw FIFTH BRANCH. Craitidre, Je pamj Jecrjw Je con nt<^ Je repjw CrmgnaM Pcignant Poignant Ctoxnt Pem^ Joi?i^ Je crair^s Je peins Je JoiTis Je crai^ijs 2 Je ^ignis > Je^oignis ) 156 156 156 156 148. PRIMITIVE TENSES OF THE IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE VERBS. FIRST CONJUGATION. Aller lAUant | A1I6 | Je vais SECOND CONJUGATION. f J'allai 176 i' ieurir ^ Hair Gigsir* Pleurissa nt Florissant Haisant Gieant FIRST BRANCH. Fieuri Hai Punir. Jc fieuris Je hai8 II git Je fieuris Jo haia ! I 179 //; iiii i wiiitiiiii i i»iMi wiii»*ijppw i7 " "• Jty MinMiill -f'% - /^AA^- ^04^ ^/j^-t-iEU. (•».■»' >- ■ ■ » \T-^%^'f - r'^ ^-VU^w..^!'**^"'.'^' OF THD V^tlM* I INFIN; PARTICIPLES. PREBBNT. PART. PRES. PART;PAST. INDICATIVE. IND« PRBSt IND. PRBTBRiTt BECOltD BRANCH. SentiT. Bouillir Boiiiliant Bouilli Je bous Je bouillis^ Ebouillir El)ouilU Faillir Failiant* F^aii Je faux* Je faillis Defaillit Defaiili NouB defail- lons JedSfaillis Fair Fttyant Fui Je fuifl Je Aiis 180 Mourir Mourant Mopt Je meurs Je mouruB Acquerir Aoquerant Acquis J'acquiers J 'acquis T ■ Conqu6rif Conqueranl Conqui9 Je cooquiers Jeconqms OUiir Oyant* Oui J'oiUs V^lu- Vetant V6tu Je vets Je v6tis Rev6tif R6v6tant Revetu Je revets Je revdtiB , ^ TttIRD BRANCH. Oiiwir, Cvieillir Cu6ii!anl dueilli Je ciieille Je cueillia 1 Saillir Saillant Sailli 11 saille II saillit > 183 Trossaiilir TreasaillaDt Tresaailli Je tressaille Jetressaillia) THIRD CONJU 6AT10N. Recevoi r. Avoir Ayant Eu J'ai J'eus Ravoir Choir Chu ► 184 Dechoir Dechu Je dechois Je dechus Echoir Echeant \ Echu II echoit J'echus Falloir Falhi 11 faut II fallut 1 173 Mouvoir Mouvant Mu Je meus Je mus Promouvoir Promu Je promus* ' Pleuvoir Pleuvant Plu 11 pleut II plut Pouvoir Pouvant Pu Je puis Je pus Savoir Saehant Su Je sais Je sus Seoir* Seyant 11 sied 187 Seoir* Scant Sis > a 189 Asseoir Asseyant Assis J'assieds J'assis Surseoir Sarsis Je sursois Je sursis »^/" Voir Voyant Vu Je vols Je vis Prevoir Prevoyant Prevu Je prSvois Je previa Pourvoir Pourvoyant , iPourvu Je pourvcis Je pourvus Valoir Vfllant iValu Je vaux jJe yalus Vouloir Voulant IVoulu Jo veux Ue voulus J N.B.— The forms marked with an asterisk are rather 196 Je luis Je nuis Je confis Je suffis Je circoncis Je dis Je medis Je maudis J'ecris Jo lis Je ris Je fris !t-. !._;_ |Je clos Jo conclus exclusj'cxclus iJc crois S Je nuisis Je confis Je suffis Je circoncis Je dis Je medis le maudis J'ecrivis r Je lus Je ria Je conclus J'exclus Jo crus 197 a 201 206 OF THE PREPOSITIONS. INFIN. PRESENT. PARTICIPLES. PART PRES. PART. PAST. INDICATIVE. IND. PRES. IND. PRETERIT. FIFTH BRANCH, Craindre, P«ndre | | | n point | | 201 N. B. The derivatives, which are not in this Table, will be found with the primitives, to which we have given references. f c: CHAPTER VI. OF THE PREPOSITIONS. 149. Prepositions, so called, from their being prefixed to the nouns, which they govern, serve to show the relation which exists between two words. Thus, in this phrase, lefrmt de Varbre, the fruit of the tree, de expresses the relation between /rmV and arbre. Likewise in this, «/e7e alhomme, useful to man ; a shows the relation between the noun hmnme and the adjective utile, De and a are ^^repositions, and the word to which they are «refixed, is called their regimen. Prepositions being invariable parts of speech, they re- main the same whatever be the gender and number of the noun which they precede. They are generally divided into classes, according to the nature of the relation they serve to express. Some also require another preposition after them, de or a, whilst their equivalents in English do not, and vice versa. These peculiarities deserve much attention and will, therefore, be noticed in order. 150. PREPOSITIONS DENOTING PLACE, Chez. 11 est chez son pere, he is at the house of his father, or at his father'^s, J^ous sommes chez lui, we are in his house. // est chez lui, he is at home. Bans. // se promene dans le jardin j he is walking in the garden. Devant. // est toujours devant nes yeux \ he is always before my eves, Derriere. // ne re garde jamais derriere lui ; he n ever \oo\iiB behind him. ■M. ^ -/ / f or THE PREPOSITIONS. 207 fJulZ.gl^nf' ■^°"' P"'"' '" '^'»»"-' how many JZ": ^ '""^' "'■' ^<"" *^'' *« n-ole lives «„rf^ hef d.)' '^^ " '' '''"■P'"" '^"^ '« '^'^ ! he has his hat on (his OUTKK. Pe,.e rfWr. en outre,- lArougk and M.o„^A. EXERCISE. e find ,., ^^ „., ,^^^ .„,„ .,e,.Mc„ndmo„ than ,„ He walked te/„„e Th.J""^'™^ "•'•'V""& fw «rf hw house. Amone fm m.„v1 ja- . . *»«?««« m. I ^ toSr^ d'fferent nations, there is not „„, that has not a rplim«.,= l- 2^ ^^ emr ^«snb-,. ''"^'- „2tl-.rt '^«'""/7%» her riches tonVte 3 f?T& art s'T" T"? .L ~ . fe..'" T^ "» '"e -™nut of the Alps. r^^^At north, ^^ nature presents a gl«„y and wild aspect. Av^.T^'TTTr^^^^ her jird\|^r:)?{tr'^ '^^ *^'"'- ">'"">"^ creaS:\hf;S„/Lf "'■'" •'^*^'« »-' /- the ^o^r:::fi^ilZ^:t''' Z™- his infancy, des ,a ■tt, . EXERCISE. " "'^- ^""-0 art. *" ' "■ * '-v.^'yojr uie 108 OF TUB |>ttKPOSITIOWS. e two mountains id a Between I Many very astonishing events (have taken place) I * dc art. 3 4 3 il s'est passe I Icep hollovr pro/ond 3 et crevix 2 we could) mieux road. oiemmmi. - uc an. a i a ils'estpas within theaa ten years. rrom my earliest infancy I have had at\ ^P'i's * art. tcndre * ahhorrence for felschood. horreur dc art. mensongem. PREPOSITIONS DENOTLVG UNION. AvEc. II faut savoii' avec qui oji se lie, we ought to know with whom we associate. DuRA.NT. Diirant /a guerre, during the war; durant /'e7e, during the summer. Pendant. Pendant Vhiver, in winter ; pendant la paix, in time of Peace. This preposition denotes a dura- tion more limited than durant. SuiVANT. Je me deciderai suivant les eirconstances, I shall determine according to circumstances, Selon. Le sage se conduit selon les maximes de la rai- &on, a wise man acts acording to the dictates of rfeascn. JBXERCISE« politeness, and a With wit, politeness, and a little (readiness to de art. [)r. art. fmt de prevenance oblige) one generally succeeds in the world. We arc fit for reussir mi propre a art. meditation dur'mg winter. (//^ the course of) that siege the cora- f* pendmit siege m. mandant of the city made some very successful sallies. ind.-3 de art. heioeux 2 sortie f. pi. L Bezides the exterior advantages of figure and the graces of 2 I art. art. deportment, she possesses an excellent heart, a correct judgment, maintienm. avoir 2 I sain*2jugementl and a kind heart. Always act accm'ding to the maxims sensible 2 1 se condtdre * f. pi. which I have given you. incidqicer ' pi. 152. PREPOSITIONS DENOTING OPPOSITIONS. CoNTRE. Jeplaide coTitre lui, I plead against him. Malgre. // Pa fait mf.lgre moi, he has done iiinspite of me. NoNOBSTANT. Nonohstant ce gu'on lui a ditj notwith- standing what has heen f?aid to him. I hollow 3 et crevix 2 iken place) itpasst L ive had at\ OF i'HIi PREPOSITIONS. EXERCISE. 20D ought to r; durant endant la Bs a dura- onstanceSy de la rai' ascn. diness to ^enaTiee it for opre d art. e the coin- ra. sallies. lie f. pi. Ir aces of art. judgment, Ijugementl be maxims . f. pi. ;iTiOi>. yf him. it in spite W« WMinot long act {contrary to) our own disposition savoit cond-1 agir contre * caractere m. futtwUhstanding all the pains we take to disguise it, it shews ?"« p»ur 2 I se mon- itself, and betrays us on many occasions. In vain we trer trahir 2 I m bien de art. dissemble ; in spile o/ ourselves, we are known at last. voir beau /aire mi mus connait a la hngiie. 153. PREPOSITIONS DENOTLNG PRIVATION SEPARATION. Sans. Des troupes sans chefs ; troops mthout com- manders. ExcEPTE. Excepte quelques malheureuoc, except some wretches. HoRS. Tout est perdu hors Phonncur, all is lost save honour. HoRMis. Tous sont entrcs hormis mon frere, they are all come in except my brother. EXERCISE. {Had it iwl bceii for) your care, I should have been ignorant all ^«^» pi. un my life. All the philosophers of s^ntXqoxiy^ except a few ^^' tres-petit novi- have held the woild to be eternal. AH laid down their bre aoire * * j^^^.^ ^^ * arras, except two regiments, who prefered (making their way) ^^^ sejairejour through the enemy. Every thing is absurd and ridiculous in au travers de pi . that work, e2;ce^^ a chapter or two. 154. PREPOSITIONS DENOTING THE END. Envers. // est chantable envers les pauvres he is charitable to the poor. ToucHANT. II a ccrit touchant cctte affaire^he has written respecting that business. Pour. // travaille pour le bien public^ he works for the nnblic ffood^ EXEHCISF. I have written to you concei-ning that business, in which I take oiiiiigs, inai is, wa/t three threads. — Situation -at, with : etre a son aise, to be at ease Pur- pose -for : une table a manger, a dining table Suilable- f>* Till PntrOBiriom, Ui svolenco to- UlaTice f. ) that yoa the sati^fac- innocence. fBANS. ftened him 's, he will vents con- ids. h tears art, ons which St. Oioing travel this 'voyager >nly used destina- en a sub- Jtion -to : , toward : -to, for: 5 -at, in : at twelve t.-— Man- nestly. — . ^ oil ; bas 5 threads, e — Pur- Sui study, we walked at noor. sac,crinA-2 inatmcei art. s« ;,rme7t^ ind-Q S and, at three or four o'clock, we went a hunting, or fishing f^re ind-2art. cA«wi5ef?. pr art. ;7^cA« f! beaucoup art. fresquc f. ce ^^i"^'^^ ir'^ P^''- ^"^ mahoganv feet. That man icith his mm. colonne ahvmre ft. pied d^accajou " gloomy looks and turly behaviour, sombre 2 regard m. 1 art I ' n ' seems brtisgue . 2 mainlien m. 1 pr. art. ne sevible fit only to serve as a scarecrow. proi>re que dc * epouvantail. De is generally used to express separation, extraction, possession, appurtenance, cause, shift, result, etc. and sup- plies the place of several prepositions, as^from : je viens de France, I come from France ; d^un bout a Vautr€,from one end to the other.— 0/: lepalais du roi, the palace of the king ; les facultes de Pame, the faculties of the soul : un homme di' esprit, a man of talent. In a partitive sense of: moitie de, quart de, etc. the half of, the fourth of, etc. : It IS used for par— % ; il est aime de tout k monde, he is beloved by eveiy body ; {ox^through, or by, etc. : mourir defaim, de soif, to die of hunger, o/ thirst : on, upon, with : vivre de fruits, to live upon fruit.— On account of, or for: sauter de joie, to leap for joy. \ EXERCISE. I come frovi London, where I have spent a week very agreeably. ou passe huit jours il rom one end of the horizon to the other, the sky was covered bout m. m. del ra. ind-2 %vUh. thick black clouds. The marble OM par In that happy the delicious 8 pLus lU tiers m. inAalnte extreme heat, or through excessive cold un 2 chaienr f. I un =•2 froul m. 1. retreat, we lived on ihe milk of our flocks, and asUem. ind-a " tn-elns pr fruits ufom orchards. 1 verger m pi. En serves to mark the relations of time, place, situation, etc. and IS variously expressed, as c'etait en Amr, it was during winter ; e.tre en Angleterre, to be in England j alkr en Uahe, to go into Italy j €//e c«^ en bonne santc, she is m good health ; il vaui mieux etre en pmx, qu\n guerre it is better to be at peace than at war; il Pa fait en haine de lui, he did it out of hatred to him, etc. EXERCISE. He had for a Hong whUe^ lived in France j the troubles .J • depuis 1 ♦ Umg-t^mps 2 viwe ind-2 ^romues which agiUted that fine kingdom obliged him to retire to S wit- ind^ r*>ya«;/t« m. ind-4 ikserctirer SwilL xeriand, whence he soon after went. to Italy. We were a OM ij 1 ^ 55 re/trfre ind-4 j^j g fl^ peace, and «nJoyed all its blessings, .vhen ambi- pron. gonter md-2 en art, cAame m art titaally a^ war; he cannot remain «^ rest. Ue Jias acte^l on P^rs pouvoir en reros ' w this occasion, like a great man. en 1 157. The adverb is a word which is generallv nlarpd after the verb to express wkere, when, .nd^cZZtZt CHAPTER VII. OP THE ADVERBe OF niS ADVERBi 213 kigno, Mad. de ily original tfe- 2 ll 1 red with water either through ou par In that happy the delicious 8 e, situation, htvery it was ?land J aller ic, phe is in tfUerrCf it is 3n haine de i the trouhles ire to Swit- tirer Suisse Wo were iad-2 when anibi- art. to put de mettre almost con- presgiie tau- acted, on IS or was done. Vous chantez bten, you sing well j il par- iira demain, he will set out to-morrow, etc. It is often also joined to an adjective, coupled with etre ; il est vraimeni digne d^amitiGi ho is truly deserving offriendship. Remark. There are adjectives which are gometiin«8 used as adverbs, as, il chaiiie juste, he sings right ; elte chantefaux, she sings out of tune ; ih ne voient ])c^ clair^ they do not see deav ; cetteflcur sent bon, this flower has a pleasant smell, etc. The adjectives, yw5/e,/a«a?, clatr and boUf here supply the place of adveibs. Adverbs are of diflerent kinds. The most numerous are those wliich express manner, and are formed from adjectives, in the following manner. 158. When the adjective ends, in the masculine, with d vowel, the adverb is formed by adding ment : as, modesie- ment, modestly j jjoli-ment, politely ; ingenu-ment, inge- nuously, etc. Exceptions. Impuni makes impunement, and iraitre, irnitreusement. The following six take e close beiore -ment, instead of the e mute which is in the adjective. conform^ment confwmabiy enorin6inent enormously opiniatr^ment obsliwitdy aveuglemcnt commodement incommod6raent blinUij comviodiomly incommodiously 159. When the adjective ends with a consonant, in the masculine, the adverb is formed from the feminine termina- tion, by adf^ing mcnt ; as, grand^ grandement^* greatly j- franc, franchement, frankly ; naif, naivcment, artlet?s(y, etc. Observe that the adverbs, follement foolishly I bcllcment so^y mollement ejfeminaUhj \ nouvelleincnt .. ly Are to be considered aa coming from the adjectives jol, viol, bel, iiouvel, and accordingly belong to the foregoing rule. Exceptions. Gentil, makes gentimenf, prettily. The following eighth adverbs, Ily placed the action commun^ment co^iovmily confusement confusedly diffusement dijfusedly exprcssement expressly lake before ment the e close instead of the e mute, which is m the feminine of the adjectives, from which they are de- rived. impoTtunemrnt importvnntehj obscure ment obscurely precisement p-ecisely profon dement deeply 2H OP THE ADVERB. Rem. The folic from comment incessamment notamment nrofusement lavishly iiUitamment bi/ night sciemment kikomngly adjectives. " ^""'^ *^''^''^' ^'® "'^^ derived how presently especialtv A J. . ^ — ^.xj.«ciii Kikowingly Adjectives ending in ant, ent, form their adverbs bv changiag them inio-mment as consta-nt rJ.Z ^ constantly; elogue-nt, elogue-mm^nL Lc^^^^^^ present the only two of this class, that follow ^el 59?h rnfi^ ^" 1 rT^n^^'^''^^' P^eseniement. ^^^ '"^^' havP tL r ^^r*"' ^^"^^^"g manner, and a few others fondement, and h plus prof ondemmt, ires-pro^ The following degrees of comparison are irregular. Positive. Comparative Superlative. bien mal peu \ceU bad iittk mieux better P«8^ wmse motns less le mieux le pis le moins Vie best the worst the least EXERCISE, " T' ""*" *■' '■.-*-'"^''' ^^'^ ^--^ """"emngii^^ art. ^'"1" ' ^""^ *^^ ^°™^'^ ^^s pnncipaUy (pro- ^'' " tS"> SZISS.'-' """■• ">' '-' »-« fon i, one of ,he be.. wri.,„ „f .h, l,st centu^ ; h^ think, *.^,, J .. - 2 Steele m.\. ^ •'* """■"■ i°a, '"' '^'"-- '^-f <-'*^te"%). Co. "eille .nd Each.. .„ U,e .wo be.. F,.„oh . Jc p.^^ , .h. piece, of. he former are ,.r^.z„ b«. i«^,^^ ^,^„. ^^^ „, ^^^ ,^^_ tcr are more n>enfjMrlai »w!^..j.:a_« ^ _ - ' "'' """ " Xar*' "*''*^ ^^^'^^'^ expressed, and more delicately conceived. peTuS Of fHE ADVERii '^ed from erbs by t-mment, ent and 9th rule, others, dement, res-pro- ly Cpro- sepro~ eneraUy e'tf cha- 1 Buf- i deeply , Cor: 3 pieces f he lat- 161. There are likewise various other sorts of adverb? i n TTI mn a f 1 /%vk mm ^.^i.. . • . 916 Affirmation, as certes, certainly ; r Consent Doubt, or .Rank. our, yes. . . soit. be it so ; voUnUiersi willinffly. . peut^etre que, perhaps. >. nan tie, ne-pas, iie^pcnnt^ no, not. . . premiiremeni, first : secondement, 2dly. etd ' • ?«^ ' ^* ^'■^*' *^^^> ^^^*. aftemard's, .. AvarU, auparavant^ before. fiiERCISEt ,»„. . ^ '^ se passer v^aA thM „.„„„). Do y„„ ftij,k „,., h,„,^„, ^ ^^^ posal 1 Have you ever read in Racine the famous scene of Phcedra'a art. Sri ''"' '^^^^ ^t^*' *"' '^^ 'itison?ofl! fines, of the French theatre. PerUp, ,ou ™U di«ove,, on a «. 4 dans ■"" ■'°' r;^'L^ 2fis' ^■'' ''» »r „^e , ^. wm you «, have a„™e , The ™a„ who (i, «,,i„gj ,„ ^o .„„d u »M^&nr ♦ ♦ art.fem. him what I owe, but ?2o< all at once. nonpasd art. foisf. 162. Of— place, or distance, J^M, where ; *«, here ; Id, there. ^i^^,on thissidej de la, on that side j ;,ar/o«f, every Pres,procAe, near, nigh j /o«», fa,-, etc. EXERCISE. ^ do good. Read b«ks of ^truction' >.., and ./1™«,* proceed_lo those of entertainment. If vo„ »;ii ,„ -."u-/ ■« axemen* ""™.Wri>S T «»;iSL. „"Jt^Vi '." •? -j™- The pain.., h«. voit not stopped by any obstacle. I will pay arrete aucun ^ you may awav\ sei 216 OF THE ADVERB. Mi iil j.?a! (brought tojrether) in the same picture, several different objects : rassembler un tableau 2 J here, a *roop of Bacchantes ; there, a troop of young people ; here, Bacchdnte eeTis a sacrifice; there, a disputation of philosophers. Sesostris carried dispute pausser hia conquests farther than Alexander did afterwards. Call ind-4 conqu€f£ .-.•'. upon your cousin ; ho lives nmr here. ^"^^ loger 2 id 1 savoir cond-1 am not tiear it. When he knew where he was, he be- md-1 aupes * quand savoir irn\-2 ind-2 com- gan to foar the consequence of his imprudence. Contem- rtiencer ind-3 d suite plate (at a distance) lofty mountains, if you wish to behold de loin art. haul f. vouhir * decouvrir ne ind-4 depuis passer I cannot see that, if I de art. prospects ever varied and ever new. s? 7 m. 263. Some express the present, as^ maiiitenant, now j a present, at present ; actuellement, this moment, etc. — ^the past, as, hier, yesterday ; avant-hier, the day be- fore yesterday ; autrefois, formerly, etc. — the future, as, dethain, to-morrow, apres-demain, the day after to-morrow, etc. — indeterminate time, as, souvent, generally j quelquefois, sometimes ; soon \ iard, late, etc. often ; d^ordinaire, matin, early j tbt ; EXERCISE. I have finished the work you prescribed me ; what do you achever que mdonner ind-6 que wish me to do now 7 Formerly, education was neglected, vouhir que je * subj-1 it is now (very much) attended to ; it is (to be hoijcd) that on* 4 beaucoupS s^occuper 2 enlfal r espercr new views will be adopted soon. They grieved on de 3 4 adopter ind-7 12 on s'affliger ind-8 (at it) yesterday; now, they laugh (at it); to-mmrow, it will €n 1 aujourd'hui rire 2 en 1 07i 2 * no longer (be thought) of. It is one of those accidents which ne plus 3 penser ind-7 2 y 1 c^est it is sometimes impossible to avoid. The evening air incommoded de serein m. ind-4 me (very much) ; I shall not {in future) walk so 1/itc, Rude d^sormais se proynener mat" mt objects : J ung people ; keref gens Sesostris carried pausser ifterwards. Call depuis passer lOt see that, if I 1(1-1 he was, he be- ind-2 com- mence. Contem- .vish to behold ouloir * dec&uvrir enant, now j a nt, etc. r, the day be- ^eS'demain, the ; d^ ordinaire, I, early ; t6t ; 5 ; what do you (jue •n was neglected, be hoped) that espercr grieved s^affliger ind-8 '■o-niorrow, it will on 2* accidents which Of THE ADVERB. 217 and coarse criticism generally (does greater injury^ hownete 2 grassier 3un f, 1, ' nuirephis to the person who indulges himself in it, than to hini Who Is se permettre 2 * la 1 celle 3 the object (of it.) Z enl ifi^. Spine express quantity ; as, pen, little, asseZy enough ; trop, too much j beaucoupi muchj very much ; tant, 80 much, etc. See rule 105. 165. Others express comparison ; hs,/)/w*, more ; moins, less ; dussi, also ; autani, as much, etc. EXERCISE. There are rnahy people who have pretentions; but very feto y avoir beaucoup de * * d who have such as are well founded. To embellish a subject ewsub-1 * * ♦ ♦ defondef.^l * 2 3 ido much, frequently betrays a want df judgment and taste. One 1 souvent etre faute terij often experieucea disgust ih the midst of the most riotous irouver art. ennui a bruyaTit 2 pleasures. She is a giddy and thoughtless woman, who speaks 1 ce leger2 inconsequent2 1 muck and reflects little. She has si much, kindness in her, that it reJUchir de bonte * * is impossible not to love her* These stuffs are beautiful ; conse- de ne pas etoffe f. aussi quenUy are^ dear. This book has merit; but there are elles couter cher . du yen avoir others ax good. If he has done that, I can do {as much). She * de en autant is six years younger than her brother. Nobody is more into- avoir de mmns ne rested than you are (in the success) of the affair. You do * d ce que 1 reusir subj-1 3 ♦ 2 not offer enough for this garden ; give something more. The mors offrir de \ ignorant v ^ are, the ks$ we (believe ourselvep, so. 4 OH 2 3 * croire Vitre air incommoded ind-4 80 fate, Rude >w mcU- 218 ! ?f ' iP! '^ ' ' ^^Bi j * 9 ' f 8B'« ' I- OF CONJUNCTrONS. CHAPTER VIII. OP CONJUNCTIONS. 166, The conjunction is a word which serves to con- nect words or sentences, as, // pleure et nt en meme temps, he cnes and laughs at the same time j the word et unites the fire t sentence, il pleure, with the second, ilnt. Likewise m Pierre et Paul riant, Peter and Paul laugh ; the word f^ unites these two sentences into one, Pierre rit and J67. There are different kinds of conjunctions. Conjunctions are of different kinds, and serve to dif- ferent purposes. < *.«. 1st. To unite two sentences or two words, the same affirmation, or under the same negation, et is used for the attirmation, and m, neither, nor, for the negation. M. 2n4Iy. To denote an alternative, or distinction, ou either, ^^ V^ ^^^' whether, or ; tantbt, sometimes, etc. drr^Iy. To restrict an idea ; sinon, hn% except; quoique, encore que, though, although ; d moins que, unless, tilL EXERCISE. To Gold and eUver are metala less useful than iron *"• art. deaxt. ^^ listen with Joy to a slanderer, and to applaud him, is "to cherish the serpent who sUngs, that ho may sting more effectually. I ^hke neither flatterers mr the wicked, Those who have never suffered, know nothing; they know neitha- good nor savovr neconnaitre art.i^l^pl. J^t'nir.1 raay choose either a happy mediocrity, or a ' art. wmi pi. avoir a chosxr de f. d sphere more elevated, but exposed to many dangers. He is an . ■ . bien de art. ce af another. 1^ have (n^hta,^more) .„ say .„ y„„, ^, aat I Jja. have^i. ,„. , .ha,, „„. j^_^ ,. the.peruXrthe •uthowofthe second class, unim you advise me to it ordrem. n* amseilkr %\xh-l * or CONJUNCTIONS. 219 ves to con- it en 7neme the word et cond, il rit. il laugh ; the °rre rit and IB. 3rve to dif- , the same sed for the • ► ou either, • t; quoique, s, tilK iron. To •t. to cherish ♦ rcchauffcr lectually. I %rement. have never good nor crity, or a ' r. de He is an ce d sometimes only that I sino'n que isal of the ithly. To express conviction, mats, but j cependani, yet nevertheless ; neanmoi/is, for all that, however ; pourtant, however, though ; toutefois, Hen que, although. Sthly. To express a condition ; si, if; sinon que, except ihz.ix pourvu que, m\G ihdA, a condition que, on condition that. To express consent ; a la verite, indeed j a la bonne heure, very well. 7thly. To explain : savoir, c'est-a-dire, viz. that is to say j comme, B.S, EXERCISE. The serpent bites ; it is only a bite ; but from this bita (ie ne que morsure venom coramur--' itself co the whole body: the slanderer venin speaks; it is >u; word; but this word resounds every ce ». :• parole f. retentir where. (That is) certainly a superb picture; nevertheless, there voUd tableau is some incorrectness in the design. Although Homer, according incorrectimiigi. dessin to Horace, slumbers (at times), ho is nevertheless the sommeiller sub-1 quelquefois He n'en est pas mmis first of all poets. You will succeed, jprovirferf you act with art. reusstr poui-vu qiie agir sub-1 vigour. We have within us two faculties seldoin united, vizi ^'* Art. imagination and judgment, art. 8thly. To express relation, or parity ; comme, diS', ainsit thus, so : de meme, as, just as j ainsi que, as j autani que, a^ much 'as; *« ^wc, as, etc. 9thly. To express augmentation, ""^ >«^»>^ind have, like *"•, * pluparti. art. AoOTwe pi. plants, hidden qualities which chance discovers, art ca.Ae2^art.;^o;;nc^ef.l art. Ao^a^rf/atre rfect^r^mr. Mad. d^ S6vmn6'8 letters are models of elegance, simpli- ^ art. f. 1 de art. pr. ^ city, and taste; *^5w/«, they are replete with interesting anecdotes. P'^' plein de 3 f. i. JHothmg IS more entertaining than history; besides, nothing is more instructive. Circumstances make us known to olhers art. occasion ^\. faire connaitre ' '""^ ^i- '"'"■' '" o""el^C8- I shall always advise you to- take the ancients as your guide, at least, leave but pow/ * ^ ^ecarter que raiement de. seldom the way which they have traced for you. We must, at rmtet que tra^ee * ' * famr, least, know tlie general principles of a language, before (we take ^ 1 l^TigueJ. de se upon ourselves) to teach it. Certain people hate grandeur meler de * enseigner f, ^ art ^"""""''lesrZZr ^"^i^^ ^-^^-^^^^^^^n, .nd ' makes lesraoaisser pron. ^e elle 2 them feel the privation of flie advantages which they love. t^i'f'i bienpl. llthly. To draw a conclusion o;- in " rence ; or. now thTreforr ' ^'''' ^^^^e^cnf, consequently ; c'est pmrquoi, 12thly. To express a circun^stance ;- quand, lorsque, when ',penda7it que, tandis que, etc, whilst, while; tant que, as long as ; depuis que, ever since ; avant que, before • des que, ausstmque, d'abord que, as soon as j ^Jin, in fine nnally, to conclude, etc. ^ j 9 5 13thly. To express a transition year, for ; en effet, indeed, .1 effect; at. reste besides, other^i?^; d propos now 1 think ofit;apre5f /S «nf!« l^^^^ receive a letter from their /w/J V ' «njants,are subjects, ww oreVw/ ..>,. /cKre are objects, or arnisnfWro ««^- ^ °f "^"' jjresem, une position, the former being wliat is ca»JiZ ,,■ ^ * ?''''" latter, the ablative case '^ '''""'*' ""-l "-e Ja"ide,:d7fr"o«"„:i; r"''"'" '"" "■■"«' "» "' •'^ ME»T, or cases ' "' '"•™"6«"'«"- 2nd. Govrrn- OP ORDER. veri\';a''»t;rs:;^t:^^ ^"''^^<='' *"•- "- 9n^. TU ^''\"^""^ P^« '« P^"' «'aimM-il pas *'iSdssa??^^-^-^"' ;;. indirect confes ne^'t^tt '4;^!^.: SXt! My mother received recevoir ind-4 . given) her * much pain. ind-4 2 lui 1 ^'e^t <^ /« peine commands of their officers 1 ordre EXEBCISE. tviro letters this morning, which (have Did not the soldiers resist the resisterd'mf\4. iXJ^^ ^""^^ "" ^'' ^- Have you not thought of your sisters? My uncle Chas J„«n » ,. penser d ^ ^"^^ J"^U nought a t .-r 1 u . ^ vemrdef le.uuf„l hou._,„ P„i,. Ha, the n^.. „.id ,;,,„ (^, .,,„^ ,„ * Perfional pronouns mc, te, nous, vons lui hur in th i »• snbsta^vvco. ' *' '" ^^''*' ^^ understood solely of nouns t See examn.'es nn niffi«i,i*:«„ r«u-..^. -.^x,, . refers. The learner' mu7t b^JTrln mSSlLt'ft' «" ^^^^^t^'ji^ figure c^»o„a,„ „.ee. ,vith in .he eUS"^'^; t .tf ^enrXS^'"} I!!; OF THE SUBSTANTIVE* 225 nts, the father regaivent une tter from their 1 present, une », a ses enfants, ned by a pre- dative, and the ngs are to be 5nd. GovjsRN- whether the I pas 56 or object; r ablative. direct case, f obeissent au t is called an I which (have faire resist the 'sister dindi ^r. L. Have Jst) bought a le t (any thin^r to d mangi r e dative case, onmm Perso- ilelyofnoims tat) to these poor children? Will not Jaiijca send aicve * cnvoyfir ind-7 hoof •» to hia cousin when he has read tiiem 1 a^' md-7 GOVEIlN^l£NT OR CASES. 172. By government, is meant the cose in' which a noun is to be put after the verb, that is, whether it vviU be direct or accusative, indirect or dative, genitive or ablative, or, to speak more plainly, whether that noun will be preceded by d or de. "* 173. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE TWO LANGUAGES AS T.O THE GOVERNMENT OF VERBS. To those who are acquainted with the Latin language, this will present little or no difficulty, accustomed as they are to the proper distinction of cases ; but to those who are not, and to female learners principally, the distinction is not obviously clear. As in learning the French language, much of the task consists in turning English into French ; and also, as, when endeavouring to speak, people first think in English, and then translate, a very natural propensity leads them to translate literally, thereby expressing themselves in a way little in accordance with the peculiar construction of the French language. We cannot devise a more efficacious method to guard them from such erroneous proceeding, than by showing the different cases used in the one or the other language, after the con-esponding vero. EXAMPLES. penser A une chose obeird la loi dependre de son pere naourir de peur re[K)ndre a une question jouir de sa fortune se rejoujr d'une chose plaire d ses amis se rossouvenir d'un accident Jouer du violon 6couter un avis Til- _ f . i. ii6 iiST to think of a thing to obey the law to be dependant on one^s father to die y/iikfear to answer a question to enjoy one's fminne- to rejoice at a thing to please one's fnejuls to remember an accident to play on the violin to listen to an advice of the iusiaiices in which the two languages differ, in respect to the case of the governed words, might easily be extended to several pages, but the few examples here given, must be sufficient to awake t|ie attention aod carefulness of f- i>^.j.t».-tai.....^^- mmmmm mmmmmmm SYNTAX AND fPrOMS the learner, and to make him eenaibie of the neceaiity of mastenng this point. A few more remarks n.ay tend to impress still deeper in his mip. ' the necessity of attending to it. 174. NECBSStTY OF ATTJCNDING TO THB GOVERNMENT, WITH REGARD TO THE REJ FIVE PRONOUNS. Sometimes, and even frequently, verbs govern a relative pronoun representing some noun antecedently expressed, and such pronoun must be put in the proper case, according to the preposition which would be placed before the noun. * or instance, to translate " such is the law wAicA you have not obeyed, » telle est la lai que vous n'avez pas oUL w ^uld be wrong, it must be k laquelle, because we have Been thai o^ear requires the dative, or the preposiUon a. Again, to say jcvoMj donne de bans avis auxquels vous n ecoutezpas, would be literal and wrong, because, as we Have seen also, ecqw^cr is active in French, that is, requires no preposition. -> h ; r. \. i r.; EXERCISi;. serepenttrde Avoir he^de p^er ITinTa^ ^^ ^'°**'' '"'°^^^'' ^® "^"^ "°* Jischarge his duty ftn m„ .;«• r .• r , s'acquUter de, ind-4 devoir m. to my satisfaction. I advke you to go and change your .hoes. : - cofiseiUer2i d'aller * changer tk * "'^ ' • I,. ^ jT , ""^ tire recovAiaissant de kindness. You have gone too near the river. Are yo;i not afraid ofthatcrr.lman1 We did not expect such an answer. If you -» i s'cU/eitdre a ind-2 2 1 3 """'" ^cT^Jf^ ""' '^'" "^'■^^ ^^'^"^ ^''r'"«- I «>^ not fond of <^ 5<;ir co^^ti;e,Mr de ms candUwn aimer * 'IT' 1":>^""^ ^^y' ^"^ ^'^^ brother left the _ , iorlir de ind-3 room very abruptly. Do not mind his threats.* /aire attention d * Tjw same difficulty occurs with r^irard to the nrenosition i,««i before the infinitive fn French, ^ee in&tive^mU^r^^ ^ I necesiity of till deeper in VERNMENT, V0UN8. rn a relative Y expressed, !e, according e the noun. :A you have -3 pas obet, se we liave reposition a, QUELS vous use, as we is, requires Mjn 1 I \rna hr. penser e his duty 1-4 devoir m. I your flioce. tic * efu! for your nt de »vx not afraid 'aindre wer. If you not fond of \imcr • lefl the lir de ind-ii josition used tW THE 8UBSTANTIVB. £27 175. king's palace, etc. etc. Thisforniof tlif» -enitive case, or of the casemarkin«r possession ,s render^S in French ii . nver^d mZcr af If .t were the palace of the king, U palms dTrai! ' 176. OP COMPOUND WORDS. air.K-sTc^itiNas, niNma-RooM, etc. etc. is UkZ^J'^ "" '?''!i .''^^«'»P«"n^ word of which *ho order IS hkewise inverted ,n Fmnch. Bas de soie, salU a manger. thP chlTo? ?vv' 'r/^'T P^«P«-tions'are used («,% pt^ssion ''^^''^' "P^" *^*« "^*"^ ^^ the ex- thFleloT^Vj^^'' "^^ '' ,/o^/^oW 0/ comm^/ro^, of incy belonging to, can ^ understood. &J ^ j EXAMPLES. , SiVc sf^ckings, i e. i^^vt^ ,ruuk J „ , "/st^A-. " I Basdcsoie. Bwgw.i^jiohie/x.e. wine coming i ^,. , „ /?ww Burgmukf. , Vm de Bourgogno. Ckambervuiid, i. e. watrf o/ : Back door, i.e. ^/i« ,/«,,- <,/-^J „ ^oack of the hmcse. \ "orte de derriftro Femme de chanibro Oarden'secU., i.e.leat belonging to} thegarde^i. ^ 6 j Banc du -ardin. EXAMPLES. moulin d vent nioulin a papier fille aux yeux bicus wind-mill i. e. mill going by wind paper-mill i. e. miU for the purpose of making paper blue eyed girl i. e. girl with blue eyes. EXERCISE frontdoor Whati. 1. ," *""'5 "T"'""^ me the letter box. Wharfl ]« the ~i k^**'- " '-•-- „ _• • v.ti;; r «•.•«»; aic a )*Uw glass, »nd a tea spoon. Did vou tii cuiller I kuue observe remarquer :nd-4 U verre that man with the 228 SYNTAX AND IDIOMS long cloak 1 My sister has given me a penknife with an iyoty 2 1 canif * ivoire handle. They have lately discovered a copper mine on his es- manche m. on venir dt dicouvrir cuivre tate. Where is the milk jug 1 Is this the hay market 1 t^rre f. lait pot fain marche CHAPTER II. OP THE IND^.FINITE ARTICLE, A, ANr 1. The article a, an, used in English before national and professional names, in explanatory sentences, is not rendered in French.* EXAMPLES. je sicis FraiK^ais il est epicier soil pere etait avocat le Due d'York, pnnce du sang royal notes aUdmes d Caen viUe considi' ruble de Norinandie I am a Frenchman he is a grocer his fether was a barrister the Duke of York, a prince of the royal blood we went to Caen, a large tDwn of Normandy 2* P t it is expressed after c'est^ and also when an adjec- tive i oined to the noun, or when it is followed by a rela- tive pronoun or some other restrictive circumstance. EXAMPLES. he is an ofRcer c^est un officier I am a Frenchman of an illus- je suis un Frant^ais d^une Ulnstre trious family famiUe I am an unfortunate prince je suis un pnnce infortune 3. The article indefinite is also omitted in French after gtiel, quelle, in admirative sentences, and before tititv of i books. EXAMPLES. quelle beaute ! histoire de France il d^pense beaucoup d'argent, chose qui d6pla!t a son pere I'excellent homme que voire frfere la belle ville oue Londrea what a beauty ! history of France he spends much moneys a which displeased hisfaihei what an excellent nian your ther is. what a fine city London is. thing bro- n m w I Sec personal pronouns, No. 237i with an ivojry ♦ ivoire nine on his es* it , AN: Q national and IS not rendered pnnce du sang ten viUe considi' die 'hen an adjec- ed by a rela- rtance. lis d^wne iUustre niune n French after before titiv of. momy, a thing \ hisfaihef man your bro-\ ndonis. or THE ARTICLE, EXERGISK. 229 T am a Frenchman and a merchant; after having (been at) the negociani inf-l parcoum wost faraoua (trading towns) in the Levant, my commercial con* ecAeflef.pl. ,/e _ m. /^s affaires de trwn 6erns have brought me liere, I aaj an unhappy Frepchman commerce condmre * xci..wiiumB who, a striking example of the vicissitudes of fortune * inemoralde'2 1 ^^j '""""^i seek an asylum where I may end my days in peace. He was a chcrcher asilem. puisse finir ^ "e man of uncommon probity and of tried virtue- Tas a^ U7t rare 2 f. l ^n eproute 2 1 ' %o«r reward for the services he had rcndored to the church te recompenser de que ind-2 m. pi. ""J^ ""1 urf '*^^^' *^^ ^'"'^ ^'*' ™*^^ ^'"^ "" ^"«^0P- NeoptoJemus u i\ II .,, .w , ^""^^ Neoplolevie had hardly told me tliat he was a Greek, when I Tcried ont^ €ula pet:i,e dit „,,^ ^„>- • • <„ ^, , ^. , ^ ?'*^ secrurmd-^ ""■ ''''Tr';:A,i '"^^ " "^"^.^^^^^^ ^^ «^-- -^^ sa/isZSSsnr r"' ^""^ '^"' ^^''^ misfortune, what storm, or rather, what propitious wind has brought you luther to Pnd f. pim favorable 2 I conduh-eindA po^.r "^ S. ph ^.^;S„a-3 ^ ^"^ ^^ ^^^ 't^ o^ ^^^-> I ar^KT^^ ^:^r\e^^' ^-on of Achilles. What a noise you make ! What a mistake ! A letter to Lord L. We read the account of his death, an event full of interest. He has not yet returned, a most unaccountable thing. He is modest etre revemr fort extraordinaire 2 chose 1 a rare quality among poets. He is a very rich man. "« I cliez Ics * 178. The English make use of a or an, before nouns of measure, weight, and purchase, as : wheat is sold for a crown a bushel; braver sells for sixpence a pound / wine ^old yesterday for forty crowns a hogsfiead, it is more than a g. oat^^ bottle. ^ The French make use of the article le. la, as ; .c- aic se vena an ecu ie boisscau ; te beurre se vend' six sous la livre; le vin si vendit hier quarante ecus le muid. r. est plus de guafre sous la bouteille, ' V tso SYNTAX AN1» IDIOM* il Prinlh K ,h^" '''^"^'"« "*■ '™'' « «' «» is expressed in rendered by lapiece; a man, par hommc or cAacun. _ ' EXERCISE. .rt.*S".,.^L ''^' «gh. shilling, a b»,hel. veal a„<. ., , coissemia.Tt.veau art mutton cost ten pence a pound. This lacp ia «nM «♦ i, i<- • an eU. The he»t _^Wh^.i^. ^^ . .„ .,„„„,. ^, him a day. Sh. comes twice a week. We had an excellent 3- - , /«"■K<^/-g, f. ; through, vnesura: coSilvY^li^I:. iV' ' ^''"''''^ ^«nw:c«w«; preserves, conse9^,er: perpetual ^1'IT;./:S^ tofind,^.^.er,ind-3jin an uproar. nrnl^!;7^-®, ^l""^® '^P"* ^^^""'^ P'"^?^'' "^»"«s of Countries, provinces, islands, regions, rivers, winds, and mountains.. Alpes^rf Mo ""'''' /"*.!" 'P""'^'"^ of Montagues, we say : zS cSw ^'"■'''S''^' ^'' Al'P'^^ i^ CasteUam, or £ Mlntagne^de la wSSq;^-f^!i:S:-[:;^^ to do with grannna, bu. I 232 SYNTAX AND IDI0N3 £'^^^^^ ^ ^^ /'*y^-e?tee5 ct lo Medilerranee au sud, ki Suisse et la, Savoie a Vest, Ics Pays- Bos a^ 9wd, ctVoceanaVon- cst EXAMPLES. Fraiue is bounded 07i the smith by the Pyrenees mid the Mediter- ranean, on the east by Switzer- land and Savoy, mi the north >y the Netherlands) and on the west It. i^in..» 7 y-4i- . by th^ ocean l^MarlLS^Ijt '"^ftTf' J'^V^'h Chvna, Mexko, Martiniqi,^, laT^nZ^i^r\ll^''^fh''^'''^^ Mogul, India ^' LlZltca^Z' ^'^^"'^^"' "^ '^''*«^^^. theRhm., theno^th ies Alpcs, k Cantal ^i^ind, the Alps, the CanUil EXERCISE, south wX'M.T;'^''^^"'H""'^^^y*^^ F'°'«" Ocean; en the r he Lit hv^h *'"f "^^" ^r' .^^^^ ^^mrtiien it from Africa ; Ocean I rnL ^' 'ff *!?^!'* ?^ ^'''' ' «" t^« ^^^^ by the Atlantic Sweden DeZ^I'^'^^'S'^^^^^^^^ «« the north, No>way, Tanrihe^^Z, l^'^-''''''')^ P^^^i^, G^- ISmia m^.^ ^^ot7«.«, the Netherlands, F\ance, SwUzerUnd, ftatTLr^^^r^^^^^^^ ^^-^' ^^^-i-^l Tm^'Lf7hlK ^"^f * ^" ^"'•^P^ "« • t^e Wolgo., the Don or tL Si and tf^'Sr- ^'^^P'^-' i» Muscov?; the Danube, PolnT^i,.? • !u^^^''" ^^'■•"^"y; the Vistula ox WezeL in the& the T^S.f '^T' 't ^^--'/a«^the Garmne, in France" TW^' and »?l^T'^"*^-*^^^f^^^^ ^" SP^" ; the P^, in Italy ; the 7 tos and the^,^,,^, ,„ Eng and ; anJ the Shannon, in Ire'and. between nSJw.T J"°""t^i"* ^» Europe are the Daarne Fields, R^nV^J^- ZIZ^^^^^^^ between Poland and S Xh i5vi£T''''''^"T/f''''' ^^*^^^" F^^°*^« «"d Spain; the 4 Thl . i^ u ^ ^r^ncG and Germany from Italy. nieristemSr'S'''''^f."^Tf'^ Wows here, and the heat of sum- ^tLtTt^^lJadtoTtt^^^^^ ^'-^^^ --*« -^-^ ^'- wi/i^. M^A-f"""^' ^'^'^^ ' °"' * ' ^'•<«'«". 'n^r glnciale, f r south, 5^/rf, or !!!?lV.?^.".'^!^f "^"^il" «^«. Mediterrcnie J. ; east, «« or orient ; w^st^ 59 ; British Isles, ilcs Brilan- oucst or Occident ; Norway, etc. Sec n Rhfne^."''S ^^rn':J^«tuIa, Vist^cle,l- Loire, f , Seine, f ;. 5te,"fV.Wr^^^^^^^ T^=-«' '^S^^^'^ Thames; S^*) Pyj-^ean Mountains,' Pyrenees. raWichh^nt yf "'''''' ' ."o^th Wind, a^uillon ; heat, arrfe^r ; cooling, '"'P^^i'^hissant; come, vcmr; ti^xefreBh, admicir. *" 183. Exceptions. The article is omitted before the names of countries. J. iVIlAtl +Vl«c^ ~ _. . 5_ ■• -"'--c iiic gUV'UrJicii ij'y 'J , '^-~- 'iic 6"vv^ij»cu u^ iiie preposition cw, as: t/ e^f en France, he is in France ; i7 c*f en Espa^tie, he is *t the smith by i the Mediter- st by Switzer- n the north /i/ *id on the west 0, MartiniquCy one, the nmtk 2antfd cean j en the from Africa ; the Atlantic Tth. Nmway^ Prussia, Ger- Switzerland, in, Portugal, the Don or the Danube, jr Wezel, in te, in France; in Italy ; the in Ire' and. %arne Fields^ Poland and id Spain ; the leat of sum- > refresh the mth, svd, or rieni ; weet^ lies Britan- *. , Seine, f j, , ; TharaeSj, ur ; cooling^ before the >n cTi, as : '7ie, he is *T->'wj^«s»nPR'ii»'-'«^i'i ^f THK ARTICLK. 233 2. When those names are governed by some preceding noun, and have the meaning of an adjective, as : m £ !< ranee, kmg of France; vins de France, French wines: noblesse d'Anglderre, the English nobility. 3. When speaking of those countries as of places we come from, as : je viens de France, I come from France • farrived'Italie,l am just arrived from Italy. However! when speaking of the f6Wr parts of the worid, custom re- quires the use of the Prticle, as: je viens de VAmerique, f arrive de VAsie. 4. The article is also omitted, before proper names ofplaces, and of persons j Maples, Venise, Cesar, etc.* ^ EXERCISL'. 1. iVa/>te may be called a paradise, from its beauty and fertility From this country 2 some suppose 1 Virgil took the model of the Llysian 2 Fields 1. 2. I have been a * prisoner in Egypt, as a * Plicariician : under that name I have long suffered, and under that namj I have been set at liberty. 3. ^o' has received French and Spanish wines, Italian silks, Pro- vence oil, and English wool. 4. We set s^iXp'om Holland, to go to the Cape of Good Hone. 5. I was but just arrived from Russia, when I had the misfortune to lose my father. G. I had set oKfrom America, when my brother arrived there. (1.) From, a. came de ; from this country, que c'est Id, oil ; some suppose, qiielqnes personnes penser qu^. 0-0 Prisoner, captif, under that name, dest sous ce nom //;*ste, le Poussin, UDominiquin b Oirache VAlbanc.^ There are also some names of French towns wS take the definite article. La Plech^, la Rochelk, la Fertc, le Hdvre ll v2 234 i SYNTAX AND IDlOMf you Aave, the less you plus voua avez, moina vous donnex tAe more give %st.!sr"' '"'"^ ''^'^' p'T. ^'""^ ^'^ "^^«' --- vo«« TU« J-.C 'i • 1 . P'"* ** ^^ modeste. rfan^. ^ '' "^'^®' ""^'^ ^^'^' '""^ ^"^ «^way8 after EXAMPLES. il n'est pas en France he unci in France "voricTot";^ ^^^"^«' ^^^ ^-^ j;,-Lr ^"*^^' '^ ^'^ -^^ wJj^h ' J r1^ ^^^^'^ t'^'''^^ '^ "°* "««^ ^^^^^ the word which qualifies the substantives espece, genre, sarte, multt tude, genre, amas, qtmntite, etc. ^ '° ' ' tXAMPLES. Borte de fruit genre d'ouvragc naonceau d 'argent bande de voleurs pile de livres meute de chiens, etc. a sort of fruit a kind of work a heap of money a troop of robbers ap-'e of books a pack of dogs h. ♦k!' ■ ^ ''."^^ "'^^ ^®^«'^ substantives preceded by the pronominal adjectives man, ton, son, nohe, vXe leur,ce, nul,aucun, chaque, tout (used for chague\ certain plusieurs, tel, or cent, mille, ^ ^' ^ermtn. EXAMPLES. nosmocurs mettcnt le prix a nos richesses iowte nation a ses lois c^nt ignorans, doivent-ils I'em- portersur un homrae instruit 1 our manners ftx the value of our Itches each nation has its laws are a hundred blockheoxls to be pre- ferred to one learned man 7 EXERCISE. 1. The roads are bordered with Uureb, pomegranates, jessamines and oth^ trees, which * are ♦ ever green, and eve?in blooAl The m'oun tarns are covered vrith flocks, which yield a fine wool, in great r^o nest among all the known 2 nations 1 (of the world.*) ^ ^^^^*' 2. The fleets of Solomon, under the guidance of the Phoenician*! made fr^uent voyages to the land of Opfiir and Tharsis (of Z 1' w' domof Sophala, in Ethiopia), whence they returned k the end^ff Lin7sS.S.S!' ^^^' ^'"^' ^■^^^^' ^^^ ^ ^^ ^' -<^ othef nor sumpinums feasts, nor golden palaces. * j''^^*^ autre, 4. AVe contemplated with pleasure the extensive fields covered with ^^•llow cars of corn, tho * riJi. giffs of btmntcoue Ceres. °^^^ ^"^ t)ii THfi iHtiCLfi, iib V0U8 donnez moins vous onnaissancoy I way 8 after iat you vnli the word rte, mulii- i preceded tre, voire, ), certain, Hue of our is to be pre- man? amines, and The moun- reat request Phoenicians, t>f the king- the end of , and other icerU attire, )vered with 6. He was in a kittd ofccslacy, when he perceived iw. b. In the most cornint age, he lived and died a wise man*. 7. Are you surprised that the worthiest 2 men, t afe Imt men, hrid betray remains of the weakness of humanity, amid the innumerable 3 snares 1 and difficulties which ♦ arc ♦ inseparable from royalty 1 0. He excited our pity, when we saw him after his disgrace. 9. Hear, then, O nations full of valour ! and you, O ckiefs so wisti and so united ! hear what I have * to * offer to you. 10. Out of this cavern issued, from time to time, a black 2 thick 3 smoke 1^ which made a sort of night at iiiid-day. 11. Tlwse imitative^ sounds 1 are infused in all languages, and form as It were, their * real basis. « = > i 12. Every man has his foibles, his moments of ill * humour, even his irregularities. 13. Each plaiU has virtues peculiar to itself, the knowledge 2 of which 1 could not but be infinitely useful. 14. In all his instructions, he is careful to bear in mind that gram- mar, logic, and rhetoric, arc three sisters, that ought never to be disjoined, (1) Roads, cAemiw; with de ; pomegranates, grenadier; inMoom, fleun; yield, fournir ; wool, laine, pi.; in great request, recherche; among, de. f2.^ Made, /aire, ind-2; end, bout; jaden chojge. , , Js not allowed there, on n'y souffre ni ; furniture, meuble; costly, precieux ; attire, omement ; feasts, repas. (4.) Extensive, vaste; fields, campagne ; cars, epi; bounteous, /e- cond. •' ^5.) In a kind of, comme en. 6.) Age, siede. 7.) That, de cc que ; worthy, eslimaUe; but, encore; betray, moniren remains, reste ; snares, piege ; difficulties, embarras. (8.) He excited our pity, il nous fit pitie. ■ (9.) Hear, ecouter. ^ L) Out of, de; issued, sortir, ind-2; thick, et epais; smoke, jumee; f. mid-day, milieu dujour. (11.) Infused, fofidu ; to, dans; and form as it were, et ils en sont co/nnie; real, fonaamenlale. (13.) Pocnli&T, qui sont propres ; to it, lui; could, cond-1 ; not but, ne que. (14.) He iscaroful to bear in mind, ?ic point pcrdre de vice ; ought, on devoir, ind-1 ; to be disjoined, separeK 187. Proper names of deities, men, animals, towns, and particular places, do not take the article. EXAMPLES. Dieu a cr6e Ic ciel et la terre, God has made herwen and earth Jupiter etait le premier des dicux Jupiter was the first of the gods :iu.- cynUiv G;.ai& 16 cnovai uiiiex- uucepfuiius was Ai6X(iiia.i5 assigned to K.n.« I tllrgolfi r^^'.^ ,' ^'^^^ *° *^^ I' ^it "itil ^1,'^^T}' ^ "S^* ^' «"^ *h«r« *"v^s 2 light 1 - -^ Jth'^fl^rTnce^'^''"^'''^'^ *^ '^^ ^"^^^ ^"°"*h» -^ the year in the 6. The God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, was the only trtie Goaf " [2 ] orS ."tTf f * Ji^i'l^d ^*i^«^^.-^; .uheritance,;ie;tte^c. t.^'""*^'^«i> '"^^^ ««« "^ ^^^v ofpogteity hadrnot4fhr.J^^''''f** ^"-"^ ^'^'^ ^"^'^'"^ i" the eyes country aVoUcdc^^Vthatst^^^^^^ ^'^^'^^ ^^ rendered L in, mWrfe^fl^M^nd hon^^^^^^ abounding -.^.^T lrZt'i}:t:!lttT'' '' P'^^' ^^'^^'"'^^-'* '^« -hoes, ink any thTn'^V^^iJ^l'tro^f ;:7 ''^'?°"' having, nW>,-«„,a/,, ^'|iS;a;ii!!iS:^ --, .^.. ,..., ,. resVy^r' *^'^^'^^^'- -lendour, e.^a/; np r^st, (that have no (6 ) What, tfue de. ^vref^ileZflJnT3^^^^^ -/^%e;-*.m ; artifices, no. render^; indlt b£ o^T^/^;ct5^i^Xf lO^!: ^ '" '^^^^ "^ ' , h thout seeing every year 2 ijn^ in flocks e Iruits, nnd 2 the sweet ,figs, olives, uncomiuon is as * blind any thing ; ai7i shadows having used jdedtrom it ' 1, which ! time what se of many n the eyes •endered his , apercevoir ; abounding laieiit acca- the echoes, ivoir jamais, apercevoir ; illicile, cu it have no fi h 61- THl ARTICLU. 239 deputy oTheT'"''' '"^ ^'''*' ^'""^"^ "" blindnew of mind «„d grL^tfron^'them."^^" ""'''' ^^^* ^'^^^ ^"^'^ ^^^ -P-- ^o ^ S^m'"'^' ^'*- "^'■'^' «f heart, rte, art. c^swr/ (,^0 JNoblcmen, gentUhomme ; should, dt^mr, ind-L CHAPTER IIL OP THE ADJECTIVE, 192. CONCORD OF THE ADJECTIVE WITH THE jffOU** pillh' "^f ^"^^ ^^^" '"^^ ^l'^^ '^^ "^^"^ «f ^*>« adjective ill French is to agree in gender and number with the noun to mmson, de bans hvres, de bonnes plume,, and the mam,er of forming the plural and the feminine of adjectives has also been explained. (No 4<2.«) An adjective referring to two or more substantives sineu- ar of the same gender, all subject of the same verb, must be jn the plural and assume their gender. EXAMPLES. ^^'it'^oSfro'nV^rnf f P"''^"' ^^ clemmcyand mnjesty tmpnnled obsUcles. ^^""^"t'^r des make us surmoSnt obstacles. Ji!t^^ substantives are of different genders, the adjective must be in the masculine. j tvc EXAMPLES, votre frfire et votre scEur sont ymr brother and sister are not well peu instruits la beaute et le vice reunis dans un mo me individu ne sau- raient attacher, etc. informed beauty and vice united in the same individual cannot attach, etc. When in speaking of things, (not of pei-sons), an adjective belongs to two or more nouns which are the object of or governed bt/ a verb, it is customary to make that adjective agree with the last noun, next to which it is placed. I See the FteCTiUaritws of feu., %v; deml, bm, cmrl,fifrt., bas: 840 iVNTAX ANU mio'is EXAMPLES. il ovftit la bouche ct lea yeux his mmith and eyes were open ouvorUi il avait les ypux ct la bouche Aw njes and month were open. ouvcrte We say customary , bee use it is more grammatical to atttich on idea of nuinbors to the at THE AD/ECTIVIB. 241 une tour ^e deuir cmU pieds d* kautem or de haul cetle tour a deu,^ eenls pieds d€ hauteur EXAMPLB3» 1. A tower two hundroil feet high ft. Tnifl tower is two hundred feet high In the first example, de is used before the noun of nun)* bert) and before the adiective, to which the substantive of dim., ion may elegantly be substituted^. In the second, to be is rendered by avoir, and conde* quently, the substantive of dimension hauteur, can alone be used, since an adjective cannot be coupled with avoir% . EXERCISE. You This box, wliich is six feet lang, is very convenient. coffre, m. com /node >will be stopped ir your march by a n^er three hundred feet broad arrite f. This observat '"^. (is twel^'e hundred) feel high. It is a terrace =r detix ce^its taises ce terrace f, (a hundred and eighty) feet broad^ and (twelve hundred) feet trenie toise f. pi. Uirge deux cents * lang. The walls of our garden are twenty feet high and three mur m, pi. iroad. It is one of the huetH stones that was ever seen : it is 75 on '^^t jamais vues twenty feet long and six thiicki, This ditch is nine feet six longueur epainseur fosse m. inches deep and six feet broad, pouce m. pi. profondeur f. 194*. Adjectives, used gabstantively, require the definite article. EXAMPLE. lesfous inventcnt lee modes, et fools invent faihions, and toise men les sages s'y conferment confurm to tkem EXERCISE, 1. Were the learned of antiquity fo come to life again, they would be much astonished at the extent of our knowledge. 2i The Ignorant have, in a * large stock of presumption, what they want in real knowledge, and that is the reason they are admired hy fools. (1.) Were the, siks; to come again, rcvenfr, ind-2; life, mondef at, de i knowledge, connaissance. pi. (2,) Large stock, /(wYerfose; they want, iZ Zmr 7»«7t^fc ,• knowledge, science ; the reason, ci^'.w)B anLm.i:j |iii»HBiB8BiW 21.4 SYWTAX AND IDIOMS saw REMARKS ON SOME PARTfCULAR MODES OF EXPRESSING I COMPARISONS. ^ 197. The manner of expressing comparisons of equality and of superiority and inferiority will be explained, (No. 211). But there are some phrases which it is the place to notice here. Equally with is used for as well as and is thira rendered^ EXAMPLES. He blamed it equally with me ilk blama aum Hen que mot He was biamed equally with me Ufut blame aussi bzen que moi is if IS ren-^ Nothing aophasant, goodf difficult, etc. dered. EXAMPLES. Nothing so easy as to do it rien de si facile que de lefairt Nothiag so pleasant as to raeet Hen de st agreable que de rencoU' with Friends trer des amis Quoi, what ; quelque chose, something ; ritn, nothing ; before adjectives require de. Quoi de pins agreable que d'etre au coin d'un bonfeu ? II n^y a nen de dotix dans sr hy- sionomie. J'ai remarque quelque chose d'exta-a- orditxaire EXAMPLES. what is there tadtt jf)iea*ant t'tdn to sit by a good fire I there is nothing sv^eet in- her countenance I noticed somettiing eiirsoi^i- nary. THE PLACE OP ADJECTIVES, 198. Pronominal and numerical adjectives precede their substantive, as do generally the following sixteen ; heau, bon, brave, cher, chetif, grand, gros, jeune, mauvais, mi' chant, meilleur, moindre, petit, saint, vieux, an'^ vrai, when taken in their literal sense. monpdre quel homnie - vieUefemme plusieurs ojfLden grand komme xix arkres fJtetive mine EXAMPLES. my father what man old woman ten ^uijufSa several officers great man six trees mean lode iXPRESSING o£ equality aimed, (No. iS the placei as rendered^ ^pie mot n que vioi Is at IS ren*' de kfairt que derencon- !«, nothing; ! f)Ieafliant t'^dn Sre I trWeet in her ing exiTMtdir precede their tteen ; beau, lauvais, me- ?, an^ vrai. 'W^ ■•iitfi- lir '"•* • ■!!'«*•" j>-^--*aji,\'' i-^^j>if*^^a* OF THE ADJECTIVE. 245 Exceptions. EXAMPLE. in whatever manner. The pronoun quelctmque. iVuTie maniere quelconque EXERCISE. 1. There have been ages, when a. great man was a sort of prodigy produced by a mistake of nature. 2. In almost all nations, the great geniuses that have adorned them were contemporaries. 3. Young people, says Horace, are open to the enticements of vice, lavish, presumptuous, and equally impetuous and light in their pas- sions ; old people, on the contrary, are covetous, dilatory, timid, ever alarmed about the future, always complaining, hard to please, pane- gyrists of times past, censors of the present, and great givers of advice. 4. Wkat man was ever satisfied with his condition, and dissatisfied with his abilities. 5. Thirty ch-ambers, vvhich have a communication one with another, and each of them an iron door, with six huge bo.ts, are the places whtre he shuts himself up. (1.^ Ages, des siecles ; when, oil; produced, enfantei: (2.) in, c/iez; nations, peuple ; Si(ioTned,iUustrer,ind-4. ^ (3.) Old people, vieilks gens ; open, souple; \di\ish, pre digue ; im- "petuous, vif ; (all those adjectives are m. pi.); covetous, avare ; dila- tory, tertiporiieur ; about, s?e seen, onnevoU; wreathed, torse; wninnocA. lamiris : basso-rehevoes, bas-relief; ceiUngs, plafond; curiously, ariistement : had existence, exister. (i.') Many, bien de; troubles, peine. (5. ; So. le : by halves, a dj?mi. (60 Spanish, Espagnol; manners, mmurs ; at firet sight, au premier abord : uncivilized, sauvage. (7.) Become, passer eri ; among che.i:. 01^ tHB IbJkcTiVk, U^ € seCf he is I formed — iverttssanf, ; all those 5 arrondiey ir, maison ier herb ; — 1 ; — action, ne abusive^ grammali' tltef occult generosity ; ner, excite in i^i columns, ceilings curi- ver had exis- iiuceptible of K and uncivi- I nations semibUili, f. ic«t- lo/ipJbris } artistement ; it, au premier 203. Although it may seem that adjectives expressing moral qualities are placed indifferently before, or after the substantive, yei taste and a correct ear vi^iii assign them their proper situation. In conversation, or in a broken, loose style, it may be indifferent to say femme aimable or aimable femme • talents sublimes, or sublimes talents, etc. ; but in the dig- iiified style, the place of the adjective may, in a variety of instances, affect the beauty of a sentence.* EXERCKSE. 1. An amiahk woman gives to every thing she says an inexpressible grace ; the more we hear, the juiore we wish to hear her. 2. The majestic eloquence of Bossuet is like a river, which carries away every uiing in its rapid course. 3. The svilime compositions of Rubens have made 1 an English traveller 3 say 2, that ih\& farrums painter was born in Flanders, throuch arciBtakeofnature. ° f i.) Give to, repandre sur ; we, on. (2.) River, ^we; carries away, entratner ; its rapid course, la ram- dite de son cours. f i (3.) Say, dire a; famous, celiln-e; through, par; mistake meprise. GOVERNMENT OF ADJECTIVES. 204.. Adjectives are frequently follovj^ed by another sub- stantive than that which they qualify, thus : un Aomme digne de recompense, un homme enclin au bien, they are also sometimes followed by an infinitive, capable d' aimer, prompt a bien f aire, etc. In such cases a preposition is used ac- cording to the case or regimen which the adjective requires. That is called the government of adjectives. 205. Adjectives which govern the preposition de. digne comble fou indigne tax6 avide capable charge ennuye incapable plein libre aise accuse qualifie ravi fatigue vide joyeux las dependant content mecontent contrit enrage cheri noun i ♦ Such adiectives are more expressive when placed before the nc m the French Language can feel t.'ie proper place of the adjective : we recommend to the Uamer always to place it after the. noun ; which is quite correct, if not elegant. . , u* , 246 BTNTAX AND TUIOMS 206. Adjectives -a ^droit bon beau laid agreable ingenieux contraire oppose contbrmo semblable pareil 207. Adjectives which require envers, complaisant, genereux, affable, indulgent, prevenant, cruel, bon, or any other expressing kindness or unkindness of feeling towards individuals. icli govern tr le prepositioa a porte Apro enclin lent adonno nuisible sujet prompt propre pr6t inexorable utile dSsagreable inutile affile alerte sensible aise habile facile ardent cher Are you after ridies. pleased with your horse 1 Do not be so greedy avide I am not unworthy of his friendship. They say indigne * (^ dit que he is very dissatisfied rrii^content after him. Are with his son. We running counr we brother IS not propre those which fit for the like pareil I will order the comviander ind-7 injurious to the health nuisible Let us be kind my sister were dred with md-2fatigne • at liberty) to go? My li^e jKiiiir Send rae some gloves gant, m. has. If you are ready to go, (not place. Too much exercise carnage. loo much exercise may be pouvoir etre You will not find that easy to do cela facile me another). He was so kind to ks uns envers les au(/res bon his sisters. 208. Observe. A noun may be governed by two ad- jectives, provided they do not require two diflerent preposi- tions. Thus you may say : cei homme est utile et cher d safamille, that ruan is useful and dear to his family ; but you may not say, il est utilt et cheri a sa famille, because cheri, beloved, requires the genetive, or preposition de Doiwic a nor-j;. oucn 5ciiieiiee» must Dc luiiieu tiius, ii est utiledsafamiUe et en est cheri,hG is useful to his family and beloved ort!}'m. t»F THE ADJECTJVR^ 249 or. mplaisani, oUf or any ig towards 80 greedy avidc rhey say on dit que tired with fatigue • go ? My jwHir «e gloves gant, m. Jy to go, may be wuvoir etre !asy to do icik > bind to don two ad- i preposi- et cher a oily ; but ', because •sition de us, ilest is family « feTRB WITH ADJBCTIVKS. 209. Je suis bienaise, fdchSf conirarie, etc., or any Other phra' ^ expressing p^iadness or regret at a thing, re- quires the subjunctive mood, or the infinitive with dje, as : je suis enchante que vons soyez 1 am delighted that you have re- de retour turned je suia enchante d'etre do retour I am delighted that I have returned a, temps. in time In the first example, there are two different subjects je vous ; the verb is on that account put in the subjunctive mood. In the second example, there is but one and the same subject, the second verb is in the infinitive* EXERCISE. She will be delighted to see you. Hotv sorry I am youi enchante 2 1 ^ic 2 1 were nf at home last night. Call upon him, he will be subj-3 chez vous hier au soir oiler 1 voir 3 2 glad to pee you. I cannot tell you how vexed I am d^ aise jene saurais cmitrarie 2 at my servant I'ein^ so slow, and at your net receiving etre subj-3 jie recevoir pas subj-5 my note. We are ull very sorry you cannot come, for ^i^^ m. Irien fdehe ponvoir subj-1 we shall have a delightful evening. passer 2 soiree f. 1 210. Tl est, impersonal, joined to an adjective requires de before the infinitive. Cest requires a. EXAMPtES^ 77 est beau de mounr paur sa pa- it is noble to die fdr one's trie c'est Iiorrible d voir country it is horrid to be seen to EXERCISE. It was amusing to see them. How pleasant it is ii ind-2 gtue Qgreable2il 1 enjoy good health ! This is most painful to hear. jouir de ce on ne pent plus penible It Wnc vnrv /lionrrvcAoltla ffnv m«\ i^ <.r^4M^«~ ii 2 ind-2 quarrels. useful 1 It ceh me 1 etre jyTescnt d an iiicil may be pleasant to look at, but is it very voir 250 SltNTAX AND IDIOMS. ADJECTIVES IN THE COMPARATIVE DEGREE. 211. The verb which follows an adjective in the com- parative requii^s ne before it. ^ ^"^ vous n EXAMPLE. %^ ^'' ^^''^^^ ^"^ ^^'" you are happier than you were. But if the first member of the sentence is negative or interrogative the ne is suppressed. negative or EXAMPLES. *T™:'iSi?:' "'" '^'"^ ^^ "»" "" "<" happier than y.„ "^^/■te/"" *""■""■ ^' -nJAnebe happier than yo« an'adrrb' *''"' ^"P'"'®'^'' '''^'' ?"«"''' <'««« '« '«»?«. or EXAMPIE. Towf aw/re, auirement, mieux, moins bun, plus maL also require the ne, before the verb. i/ «^ ^w« attfor quHl n'etait EXAMPLE. he is quite different from what he was EXERCISE. He is much richer than you think. You sing better than penser ^7 '■^'?nd-2^^^ ^** ^^"^ ^^"®'' '^**'''^^"^ tha" ^»c thought, o • woire ind-2 {sciences are now more cultivated than they were. Since etre ind-2 the mvention of gun powder battles are less bloody than they were. That war was not less successful than it was just. e^rcind-3 henreiise ^/rc ind-2 peiu!L °"'^ ^^ '"*"'^ ^'^^'^ *^^ '^^ '" • I« »^« not much richer than he was 7 The poor are not so sick, /r -. ^ /^ - . P^* moins maladc ^ fnJJ'^i "^ ^'^' °' ^^ "'•^ "° ^«^ taking too much. '>W|»J 4HIMH P' * < li fo w y -T--- J^ — 'S OF THE ADJECTIVJB. 251 ADJECTIVES IN THE SUPERLATIVE DEGREE. the preposition rtSl ^"'"™ *="*' ""'* "' '«'^« EXAMPLES. ''"Z"^i'"'""^''^"'""<-^ give me the be,t pen you have lap^ ieuejlrur iuiariin. ,he p„«ie,. flower in th. garden EXERCISE. You see the largest tree there is in the nark U h« grand arbre y avoir ^ " "® not the richest man in the tnwn -j t • ricke * ^^"^ ^ ^ /'^« :o" the only one She i. eertainly ,he prettiest girl I ever saw. I .„ „„, .t, «„!„ T ,. ,. persmne voir s»ibi-3 only one, I believe, wlio acceptea his invitation Th acequejecrois accepter snhjT '"^'^^^'<*"- There S '^r.^^^r.L ^' *'^ "^-' '^^^^^^^'^^ -n in Euro,:;, 2 213. By^ after a comparative, is rendered by de. EXAMPLE. il est plus grand d'un pouce he is taller by one inch ADJECTIVES OP NUMBER. 214.. Unieme, is used only after vinjrL trente ouaranU TaZZht ^^'} 9--*re^r^^^ celt 1^1^'';^':^ la vmgt-et-umemefms, it is the twenty-first time. \J^t:^J^^'^'^ except when Mowed by j " "■ -'""ii^'vij as ; there were two hundred three hundre<^ nen there were i^-o hundred and ten ils etaient deux cents trois cents homines ik etaieni deux cent dix 252 iYNTAX AND IDIOMS Vtngt in guaire'Vinc^t, and six-vingty also tak« an S) when followed by a subdtantive, as : qtuitre-vinf^ls hommes six vingls abricots eighty men six score apricots But it takes no 5, when followed by another term expres- sing number, quatre-vingt-un arbres, quatre-vingt-dix hommes. The ordinary numbers, collective and distributive, always iake the aign of the plural : les premieres douzatneSj the first dozens j les quatre cinquiemes, the four fifths. For dates the French write mil, as : mil sept cent-quatre- vingt-dix-neufy one thousand seven hundred and ninety- nine, etc. Remark. Cent and mille are used indefinitely, as. U hdfit cent caresses faites'lui mille amities he shewed him a hnidred marks of kindness present him a thousand compli* ments .V EXERCISE. 1. It was the thirty-first yedit after so glorious a peace, when the war broke out again with a fury of which history offers few examples. 2. There were only three hundred, and in spite of their inferiority in numbers*, they attacked the enemy, beat and dispersed them. 3. He has sold his country house for* two thmisand Ave hundred and fiftt/ Tponnds. 4. Choose out of your nursery ground eighty fruit trees and ninetp dwarf-trees, divide them into dozens, and put in the two first dozens of each sort, those whose fruits are most esteemed. 5. When Louis the Fourteenth made his entry into Strasbourg, the Swiss deputies having come to pay their respects to him, Le T^llier, archbishop of Rheims, who saw among them the bishop of Basle, said to one near him : that bishop is apparently some poor beggar. — How, replied the other, he has a himdred thousand livres a year — Oh ! oh ! said the archbishop, he is then a respectable man, and shewed him a thousand civilities. ind-^. 1.) Year, annee ; when, que; broke out again, se rallumer > *2.^ Only, nc s; nursery-ground, pepiniere; fruit-trees, d^arbre fruitier ; dwarf-trees, arm-enain. (5.) Swis3, (ofthe Swiss); pay, picsentef ; respect, hoinriiiigef one near him, son- voisin ; that bishop, etc. c^est un mifeTable apparem- ment que cei evequi' ; a year, de rente ; shewed, fain, ind-3 ; civilities, caresses. pied pi.; or TUB PRONOUNS. ttbZ ike an S) rm expres- 'Vingt-dix ve, always ^atneSf the 8. mt-quatre" nd nineiy- iy, as, 7idred markf sand compli- irhen the war am pies, inferiority in em. ! hundred and es and ninetp first dozens of trasbourg, the n, Le Tinier, 9f Basle, said eggar. — How, r— Oh ! oh ! shewed him a wmer ; ind-^. ait-trees, pied « lOmTilugef {A. f 'able apparent' id-3 ; civilities, The French say, le onze, du onze^ au onze, sur les onzc heureSf sur les une heure^ pronouncing the words onze and «ne, as if they were written with an h aspirated. 215. The cardinal numbers are used for the ordinal. 1. In reckoning time, that is, the Aowr of the day, the day of the month, the year of an era, as : il est trois heures, It IS three o'clock ; le vingt de Mars, the twentieth of March ; Van mil sept cent dix, etc., 216. 2. In speaking of the order of auccessron of sover- eigns, as : Louis seize^ George irois, except the first two of the oeries, as : Henri premier, George second. Quint for cinq is only said of the Empereur Charles-quint, and the Pape Sixtc-quint* EPERCISE. 1 They made in the parish and in the neighbouring places a collec tson which produces a hundred and twenty-one guineas. 2. William, surnaraed the Conqueror, king of England and duke ef Normandy, was one of the greattst generals of the eleventh centuarv • he was born at Falaise, and was the natural son of Robert, duke of Normandy, and of Arlotte, a fttrricr's daughfcr. A'h ^^^^ ^*?*^ i. '^ ^^'^ ^°<^" ^e ^^ o'clock. We shalfhave a great difficulty to arrive in time. ^ .1. \ I^^ "^'intet was so severe in om thausand seven hundred and nine that there was but one olive tree that resisted it*, in a plain where there had been more than ten thousand. 5. It was the twenty-first of January, one thousand seven hundred and ninety-three, that the unhappy Louis the sixteenth was led to the scaffold. ^oX WM?-' ^ ' "cig^^^ouring Places, voisinage, sing. ; collection, queU, ^ (Ji) \y\\\mxifChi,ill) Inblwmqyet. nmu Hre, md-'H y pour seiek^e,- '"'"'^'^ ^'''™ '^' 'T^' '*"f ''« °*' ^^^ ^*3^' t^ow amiable poets who interest most the heart, by the charms o( a lively . . ,. , , ^P"'* ' riarUi imagination, and make us love truth, by disguising it under tho ^ - 1 art. eii diguiser trau'm^l^ *" ingenious fiction. You and your friend shall ~«rK T *° *^' ^"''^'"' '^^^''' ^^^ ^^^^" «^^^y "*turo in her pagyier 4 i vmsee m. oic kingdoms. regne m, pi. ^ 220. Moi, t&i, lui, eux are also used instead of jc, /m, i/, 1st. After yt^e in comparisons. EXAMPLE; V0U8 6teB plus grand que :r-oi you are iaUer than l. 2nd. After c^est, and in answer to a question. EXAMPLES, ce n'est pas mi 1 qui I'ai fait it is not I who did it que vous reste-t-il? Moi whom have you left ? J 3rd. Before a relative pronoun or an infiiiitive, speaking emphatically and by apposition. EXAMPLES. moi, dont il dechire Ja reputation toi, quifais le brave moi, trahir le meilleur de mcs amis ! vondrez-vous me perdrc, moi votre allie 1 eux m'ont releve, et lui m'a panse Observe. In English, it is allowed to place the adverb between the subject and the verb, / certainly do not think ^ would come. The adverb must always come last in t rench, Je ne pensais cerlainement pas guHl viendrait* I whose reputation he destroys thou who lookest 30 valiant I, betray wy best friend ? would you ruin me, wlio am your aUy? they picked ine tip, and lie dressed my wounds. 256 SYNTAX AND IDIOMS You write (a great deal better; than I do. If ycu aro not so rich , becmcoup mieux » as he is, I think you are as happy Who calb t I do 9^''^ * tout aussi heureux * Is it you or he who tiaid so ] It is not I. I! stoop to the Chavez dit m'aiaissef devani man who dipped h» hands in the blood of his king ! Yarn trcmper ind-4 brothers ajid mine undertake it. They find tho money and he s'en charger fournir will manage the work. It is I who have prevailed upon him to un- conduire 2 engage 3 * le I d dertake that journey. Can you act so towards him, he who ever 2 was your beRt friend 1 ind-3 1 THINGS MASCULINE OR FEMININE* 221. It is almost useless to repeat that inanimate things in French are either masculine or feminine, and consequently that the pronouns il, elle, its, elles^ are used accordingly in speaking of such. Thus speaking of a rose, irose f. we say Ky\MPLR&.- elle est belle il is beautiful ne sent-elle pas bon 1 does it not smell nice ? Of a book, livre, m. EXAMPLES. it is well writt^i has it amused you ? il est bien ecrit vous a-t-il amuse 1 EXCRCISEJ. (Look at) that magnificnnt building; it unites grace to JRcgarder —fique baliment m. reunir art. grace f. art. beauty, and elegance to simplicity. Ignorance is jealouay = f. an — f. art. = f — f presumptuous, and vain: it sees difficulties in nothing, (is presomptucux — ?ie de = f pi. d rien nc surprised) at nothing, and stops at nothing. Let us gather s'eionner de ncs'arreter d cueillir these roses ; what a sweet fragrance they exhale ! Never judge — isr OF THE PRONOUNS. 257 not so rirh calh ? I do to the evarU ing I Yottr ley and he him to un- le I a, he who ever 2 I te things in nsequently ccordingly race to rmce f. art. ! is jealou<>^ lOthing, (is lien nc i us gather cueillir ^ever judge from appearances; they are often deceitful: th« wise man ^ex. 8fu,x art. f. ^ amines thera, and does not decide upon; theiT^^ till h^ htmS. ♦ se decider d/apres f. quelorsqiie ',"1 had time to fix his judgment, n» art. m, de fixer A0SSI, ENCORE, PEUT-ETft% ETC. POLLOWeX) BT THEMr. INTERROGATIVE FORM; 222. Although placing the personal proriotin subjecfyBM^:^ the verb, is the sign of a question, there are some cases itt^' which custom reqaires or admits, that the pronoun shVnild be so placed, though no interrogation is meant; 'ist>i After mism^dM on that account, and for this reasotf/"- peut-etre, may be, perchance ; encore, and yet, besideiS^,^ v»rifh all that ; toujours, still ; en vain,m v&it\,du moins, au moins, at least. 2nd. In narrations, as in English, said I,^ c^iWe: replied- I, repondis-jei' .•'^' " 3rd. In the imperative mood of /?0Mt>OTV,(/e2>d>in EXAMPLES. puissg-jele voir ! dusse-je mourir ok that I may see him. wne I to die OP PRONO JNS BEING DIRECT AND INDIRECT REGIMEN. 223. It has been shown (No. 170), in speaking of the government of the substantive, that the use of the proper prepositicn before the noun, or the using no preposition at all, entirely depends upon the knowledge of the regi- men of the verb ; and it has also been shown, by com^- parison, that the two languages are far from agreeing in' that respect, because the French equivalent of an active English verb, maybe neuter, and vice vers^ ; o6e2>, for. instance, requires a, obeir d la hi, whereas in English to obey, is active, to obey the law. Now, if instead of a noun^^^ a pronoun is use d, as the object of a verb, it must necessa^; sarily be put in the same ca^e as the noun itself would • pams must therefore he tiken to ascertain whether the governing verb requires a direct or an indirect case. I re- sist him. for example, mUst not be rendered by je le resiste, but byje lui remte, because to resist a man, is, in, Ces at besom, but^'at besoin d'eujc, btcauee to want apersok, 25a SYNTAX AND IDIOMS ia avoir besoin d'une personne. Again, the English make no difference between the direct and indirect case j him, he\ hem, serve for both ; not so in French, him is rendered by ce or lui, not indifferently, but according to circumstance. Thus we say, / see him,je le vois, and / send him a book, je lui cnvoie un livre, because him being the case direct or accusative of I see j so is h jfje vois j but him is the in- direct case or dadve of / send, and book the direct case, consequently lui must be used in French, to show, that difference. Having endeavoured to point out the different manner of using personal pronouns in French and in English, .,ve will now give rules -^s to the place they are to occupy in French, as direct and indirect cases of the verb. In order to give every assistance to the learner, the pro- per preposition will be placed after the infinitive, in the exercises, 224*. The pronouns me, te, se, lui, leur, le, la, les, nous, vous, y and en, are generally placed before verbs. EXAMPLES. f I me (lit Je le vois Je les ecoute He tdls me J see him I liskn to them Je lui parle I speak to him J'y songorai I will think of it J'en suis ravi / a:n delighted at it patience, and you will disarm even envy itself. "* . >' -. desarmcr * art. EXERCISE. (As soon as) he had explained to m the maxims of Socrates, Desque expliquer ind-5 * Socrat€ he said: you see that it is not without reason he (is looked "^d-3 ce qiieon regarde upon) as truly wise. He was continually saying to mc, yet a little unvrai ind-2 * You hav^ etref no dcubt (some ground) for reproaching hm with faults ; but h sans dmte Jonde a reprocher inf-l d^s m pi. there (any man) on earth that is exempt (Jrom them)? T^ guelqw'un art. qui subj-1 en pmsa- please fi^, you must never flatter her. To abandon one^ s^lf U. lui faUoir jiatt^ metaphysical abstractions, is to plunge into an unfathomable ttes metaphystqtie^ — 1 c^j * se jeter sans fond 2 a^yss. i - /. •nciigife^-^i^'j- -"ijS OF THS PRONOUNS. 269 make ; him. nouss 225, The pronouns moi^ ioi, soi, nous, vous, lui, etix, elle, and elles, are j-laced after verbs, when they are pre- ceded by a preposition. cela depend de moi je pense a toi on s'occupe trop fie soi que dites-vouH d'cux 1 EXAMPLES- t/iat depends on me I think of thee we think too much about ourselves what do you say of them. EXERCISE. My father loved me so tenderly, that he thought of none but ind-2 ne penser md-'a a. * que me, (was wholl> taken up) with me, and saw none but me, in the m s'ocmper ind-2 que de voir ind-2 ♦ q%te a universe. If you wish to obtain that favour, you must speak to hiin de * falloir ' himself. It depended on you to excel your rival? but you ind-2 de de Vemportei sur would not. voJtloir ind-4 Philip, father of Alexander being advised Philippe 2 comme on conseil- to expel from his dominions a man, who (had been speaking) lait a de chasser etat m. pi. ^;ijr/e/- ind-6 ill of him ; I shall take care not to do that, said he, he would go and segardcrbien * * * en ind-Z oiler * ' slander me everywhere. medire de 225*In imperative phrases, when affirmative, 'moi, toi, nous, vous, lui, leur, eux, elle, elles, le, h , us, y and en, are placed after the verb ; but, when negative, me, te, se, nous, vous, lui, leur, le. la, les, y, and en, are placed before it. EXAMPLES. 9'1 ne me dites pas ne 5 ^en donii Doint n'y songez; pas dites-moi tell me donnez-m'm give me }mlf la moitie of it songez-y se- think of it se- rieuseoient riously Remark. If the pror /ms me, te, mot, betwixt an imperative and an inf r.itixe, me, .. when the impeiative is without a regimen direct. EXAMPLE'?, vcnez nie purler, /,,„<. r n,d speak to me ^oam< get thy ka'*^ drc^:'i . ■ io not tell vie do not give tne any do iwt thinJc of it toi, intervene te, are used va to laire coiiier 260^ SYKTAX AND WIOMH. ^^Biit «d*Vf<)*', are used if the imperative haVe a regittien . laissez-nioi fairc fais-toi coiffer m EXAMPLES. let me do it get thy hair dressed r,r^^^Y"*?'^''*' ^""^^^ P^^^^i ^^^ the imperative, be followed by the jHonour^, en, they are changed \Jome%e EXAMPLES, donnez-m'^n give me some \ retourne-t'cn go back t>i5?!;-^^^" ^^T ^'*^. *^^ imperatives joined together by the conjunctions ef, ow, it is more elegant to repeat the pro- noun before the second verb. ^ ^ EXAMPLES, roWfcsanscessectferepolis- pdcsh and re-polisk it continually gardez-Ies, o^c les re/tiwyc^ ^.,,^ ^;^„, ^ ^^ ^^,,^ ^^^ EXERCISE. li'r i' ''^' ^^ ""' '^'^^'"" ^^' ^J^hout a hearing. Com- _, • ^, . , * m^entem're se notgivr^y. Thiu. ,/^i(). Do not think »/ a. Repe.t to ««, continnally, that, without honesty, „„. can never oeeeed in the World. Do not repeat to them continually the^^e things. Ac- ... ., -^ «*t marcher that spider and kill it, araignee f. ecraser 228. When several pronouns accompany a verb, me if se noupyous, must precede the others :£, /a,S, co^e before Im, leur; y comes befoi^ e., and .n b a^w^ys' the EXAW;PLES. ""rt^arde^rrirsfvor « '^z^f '"'■■ ' f« '•^■" ^.refue..,jcsaurai*»'rpr , 1nl:!Zn^ZTZhtr.rt^ OF THE PRONOUNS. 261 regimen ative, be Tne. ie. gether by t the pro- o7Uinunllj/ Corn- re se not corU' sonie. tjii^ at to them fed iftMthff* ngs. Ac- ead upon her Sf come ays the ill return you refuse -— tcr,- ?t'.- adrez-vou8 la force do h leur wiU ymo have resolution eiumeh to ., tlwe ^ tell it thevi 7 il n a pas voulu vans y mcner he would not take you there je vous y en po.terai / wiU bring yau iome there Exception. In an imperative sentence, when affirma- tive, le, la, lesi are always placed first, as, donnez-le-moi, give it me, offrez-la-lui, offer it to him j condmsez-lea-yi conduct them thither ; and rnoi is placed after y, as menez- y-moi, carry me thither: but nous must precede y, as, mene^i'^ncus-y carry us thither. EXERCISE. You wish to make a present to your sister. (There is) a beati-^ votdoir * Y,nld tiful ^ fan you should present her with it. f How many) eventail m. devoir cond-1 offrir lui * " qvd de people are there without merit and without occupation, who (would gens * * ne tenvr be mere nothings) in society, did not gaming introduce a rien cond-1 art. si art. jeu m. introduire ind-S ^hem (into it). I shall speak to them (about il) and give you a y en jerendre ind-7 faithful account of it. It is certain that old Geronte has re- exact 2 compte m. 1 art. fused his daughter to Valere ; but because he does not give her to him, it does not Ibllov/. That he will give her to you. s^en suivre 229. Remark. The word m&me is sometimes added to the pronouns, moi, toi, soi, nous, vous, eux, lui, elle, elles, to assist in specifying more particularly the person or thing spoken of. EXAMPLES, ils ae sent perdus eux memcs they have ruined themselves le monde estime bien des choses the world prizes many things qui, en elles-memps, sont fort which, in themselves, ere worth- meprisableb less PROPER PERSONAL DIRECTIONS ON THE USE OP THE PRONOUNS. 230. The direct regimen me, te, le, la, nous, vous, les, m. f. are used when the verb is active, i.e, when it requires no preposition before the noun which it governs, such as donner un livre, EXAMPLES, je le donne I give it vous le donnerez you will give il nc tc uQnn6z uss so 7U/5 CtOC li 262 SYNTAX AND IDIOMS tdlM ur une personne. EXAMPLES* donne we lave him aimez-Ia love her es aime pas he does not like them aimez-mqj J« il love me INDIRECT, {dative.) 231. The indirect me, te, lui, m. f. nous, vous, leur, m. f. are used when the preposition a must be placed before the noun they represent. T'i^yi^f donner une chose a une person?ie, EXAMPLES. nous lui donnerons un gateau lui avez-vous envoye la lettre 1 nc me donnez pas de \in ws will give her a cake have yoit sent him the letter ? ^ ^ *i we saurais. USE OF Ce INSTEAD OP l7, c//e, ils, ellcs, IN DESCRIPTIVK AND EXPLANATORY SENTENCES. 237. When we speak in reference to an object already named, tl, elle, Us, elks, are used according to its gend* r and number ; but when we define objects, when we express what they are, ce must be used, as well of persons as of thmgs, thus : what is that large building ^ is it a church ? no, it is the town-hall do you know who that gentlemen. is? yes, he is a German 'every one admires Cicero and De- mosthenes, they are the greatest orators of antiquity qu'est-ce que c'cst que ce grand batiment, est-co une eglise 7 non, c'est la maison commune savez-voua qui est ce monsieur 1 oui, c'est un Aliemand chacun admire Ciceron et De- mosthenes ; ce sont les plus grands orateurs de Tantiquitfi EXERCISE. ■pecieTS-'me^n^^^"*'^^ degenerated blacks, but they are not a distinct dren' ^'" not trouble myself about them, they are ungrateful chil- 3. What flowers are those 7 they are tulips just come from Holland • •theycost me ten guineas each. "oimmi , 4. I du not know him, but they tell me he is a clever architect. JmyS:JZ\^'^'^'^'^'^''''' ''''^ snuff-box which belonged 6. She is certainly the prettiest girl in the room. ( I .) Distinct parliculiere. V ^ "^o trouble one'a self ahont, s'occupa- de. \6.) What, etc., comment nommez-vous ces fi'nm-ld 7 just fraxche- ^4.^ They tell me, on me dit que. * ?c'< ^'^^^^f^' remarque ; to belong, oppartenir, ind-3. (b.) Certamly, bien cerlainement. CASES WHERE THE PR0N0UN3,M, «t.r, clU^ elltS MAY APPLY TO THINGS. 238. The personal pronouns /m', c//e, eux^ elles, after some prepositions, apply to persons only. Thus in speaking of a woman, we must say : je m'approckm d'elle, Je m'assis 0^0^Sllkmtm^-jii>t^,.iiSh -.^ftthb- *li w^mm^m OF THB PUONOUWS. J67 JRIPTIVe pres Welle ; bi ^^«- N EXAMPLE. ""^S/'ri^'^ f «' " ;^H« quand ikai river is so rapid when it aver- elle deborde, qu'elle entraino avec elle tout co qu'eUe ren- contre; elle ne laisse apres file que du «ablc ct des coil- loux Of ail enemy's army. ~ . •"if-"' ""•»"> u> vver- jwws, l^at %i carries avoay every tiling it meets with in its course It leaves nothing behind but sand and pebblef. EXAMPLE. nous marchames a elle «,, ^^^cAed up to tJiem etc? as?'"^'' '^''"''"'' *'^'^^' '''""^^ ^"^ ^'^'^^ personifiod, these things are good in themselves I love truth to that degree, thai I would sacHfice every thing for it those reasons arc solid in themselvc 1* CC8 choses sont bonnes d'elles- m ernes j'aimele verit6 au point que ie sacnfierais tout pour elle ces raisons sont solides en elles- inemes oan!^^„^!^ "'^ ™'> ^*"' *«y »■« applied only to per- MwZ,Z7,^ '"'** "'■"'f P™"""" "^' "hich is also generally applied to persons only, yet custom allows us to ment iPnpanrTJ "^ ^^^' ^% alone are my diver- ment, je ne songe qu a eux sivn, I thAk of nothing eUe are somiin.? T ^'^ f -""'^"y «PP^^«^ ^o persons, but aie sometimes used in speaking of animals, plants, and even inanimate objects with donner, rendre, etre redevable, devoir, cic, as r ' rpq nrin««vc , f ' • . then a htOe vnne ear a pas Jonne asscz de have not suffident LunaiiJr ..^t.. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) .^^ .^ 4^. 1.0 I.I •^ 14.0 IB ■■■■ 2.5 12.0 1.8 1.25 1.4 J4 «fl 6" — » V2 J^ ^;. /^ ^^^^'^^ .^ r Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 ^s* 4 ■\ ^^■^^"■■ipipi ^#pi 26S SYNTAX AND IDIOMS KXERCI8E. .xLTira;;'i„"«!,':° *"' "^ "'-^iPi i- ">..» i« ion. w. .„ ^ give„|: j^p.'lr^SS"^^^ M.H., ana U,e, h.d health ? ^ "^^ "" 'oJebted tottm for the recovery of their 4. War bring, in its train nnmberlees evih. quUe ♦ new.^'^ "'^ '^^"'^^ ^^P'^'^^^'^' -°a < ? P' "^ " ; of part, wne ^rffc. ,o< w^'/*? ■ ''• f?^ '■ -'"'o"l«lge, i>M•■ U!^.''"' "* "*"" '• =" ''"»«• ^- <.^ "•"«* *^« « «. cu.) habit, de^ieiol.tl^;/"' ^ «>« '^^ f*"*) -• "y, aapes , formed my DIFFICULTY BE8PECTING THE SUPPLYING PRONOUN le KXPLAINED. 241. Le is used in Freich to supply the nlar.. nf «„ antecedeiit phrase, of a suostami™ TL adfectlve In such case, its equivalent in English is .» or ,7, wSis al- most ever understood. ■ EXAMPLBS. Of Till; PRONOUNS. 269 V€t are to I they had reathes on ry of their \4f ioves- ppearance t of their it for my guide ,' to yet made I my de- t water. ; are in- •tm de. ippvofim- lU, etc.) ; c.) habit, rmed my OUN 5 of an re. In h is al- '■ dafli,frr •) aho Us ne sont pas aussi riches que t^y are not so rich as we are (it nous le sommes j g „'^^\ ""^ ^"' je le ferai, si je k puis / ijoM do U, if I can {do U) Le, thus used, is declined in some cases, and not in others. When le supplies the place of a substantive, it th.en as- sumes the gender and number of that substantive, as: Madame, etes-vous la mere de cet enfant U- Qui, je la sutsj Madam, are you the mother of tnat child I—Yes, I am. Mesdamesy etes-vous les parentes dont Monsieur m'a parte / — Outj nous les sommes. EX£RCIS£. 1. The Jaws of nature and decencv oblige us equally to defend the Tw'fofiT ir ^r''' ^J^«^ ^^^^ dol wShouriijSstLe 3. Is that your idea ?— Can you doubt that it is ? 4. Are you Mrs. Such-a-one 1— Yes, 1 am. 5. Are those your servants ?--Yes, they are. 7 r^'f >,^« you glad to have seen the new piece l-Yes, wo are. „ J;« ' ^ ^""^ ' ^' ^°''" '*^ command ! alas ! it is but too trie that I 8. She was jealous of her authority, and she must be so. ric^culetTanrLT ' ^''^ "^''^ ""^'^P^' '^^ ''''''^ '''''^ "^^ to y^ou^?"" ^^''^ ^''''"'' ™'' ^'"'^^'' • '''^y ^"""^ ^ ^''^^^ '" ^^PF^f « } V & j^ ^® ®^®'' '^^^'^ ^° q"Jet a"} we are 1 io JJ^"'^^' ^'■e you married 1— Yes, I am. 13. Madam, are you the bride ?— Yes, I am. (1.) Decency, bienseaiice. (2.) We ought, /aZfoir /condemned, le. {3) Idea, pcnsee ; that it is, ce etre, subj-l. (4. ) Mrs. mr >ame ; such-a-onc, un tel. (5.) Those, Id. : they, ce. {Q) Ladies, mesdamcs. (7.) Slave, esclaoe ; but, ne que. (8.) Must, devoir, ind-2. With more ridicule, plus ridiciUement. 242. When le supplies an antecedent, adjective or a verb. it is undechned. EXAMPLES. je le ferai si >e le puis (le faire) IwiUdottifl can. Madame, fites-vous enrhum6e ?—Oui, }e le suis de ce discours 7— Oui, nous le Mesdames, etes-vous contentes sommes. Fut-il jamais uae femme plus nalheureuse que jc 'c suis ? I « mmimmm^^ifmmmmmmmimmm 270 SYNTAX ANI> IDIOMS i Remark, theleis also undeclined, when substantive* are used adjectively, as : Madame, ^tes-vous mere 7 -Oui, je le suis. Mesdames, 6tea-vous parentes ?— Oni, nous le sommes. Mle est faUe, et le sera toute la vie. But it is declined if the adjectives be used substantively, as * Madame, ctos-vous la malade?— Oui.^o la suis. Therefore this quest.^n : Hes-vous file de M, le due ! is to be answered, oui,je le suis ; but this, etes-vovs la Jille de M, le due 1 it is to be by Oui^je la suis, REPETITION OP TFE FEB80NAL PRONOUNS. 24.3. Pronouns in the first and second persons, when the subject, must be repeated before every verb, if each of them is in different tenses. It is always even preferable to repeat them, when the verbs are in the same tense. EXAMPLE.S je Koutiens fct je soutiendrai tou- / maintain^ aiul (I) will always iHaintmn you say, and (ycii) have alwats said '' overwhelmed toilh sorroj/:, I ex- claimed and (/) said nous nous promenions sur lo haut we weie walMnf upon the mmviU du rocher, et nous voyions sous of the rock, and we saw under nos pieds, etc. our feet, etc. In all cases, these pronouns must be repeated, though the tenses of the verbs be the same, if the first is followed by a regimen, or accusative. EXAMPLE, vous aimercz le seigneuf votre you shall love tJie Lord your God Dieu, et vous observerez sa and {you shall) cbseivc'his law. ' loi 244. The pronouns of the third person, when the subject, are hardly ever repeated before verbs, except those verbs be in different tenses. \1 jours ▼ou3 dites, et vous avez tou fours dit ^ aecaUe de douleur, je m'ecriai, et je dis la bonne grace nc gate rien ; elle ajoute a la beaute, releve la modestie, et y donne du lustre n'a jamais rien valu, et vaudra jamais rien est arrive ce matin, et il pariira ce soir EXAMPLES. ne re- 'b ' a graceful manner spoils nothin^^ it adds to beauty, heightens modesty, and gives it lustre he never was good for any thing, and never will be he is arrived this morning, and (he) will set off again this evening OF THE I'KOIWUNS, 271 KXERCISK. u f'.,^y/^®" '^^H^' ^ 1°^'^ >«". »•'<' ^ »*hall Dover cease lo love you : but It 18 that very love that 1 liave lor you which obh y^t //^ fruits are but defdiica ^''"' ^'' ''^^ ''''''' •" Burgundy, ,fc mouth is at Havre, ._,..S#Wto!Bj»r^^, «**?*._._ rgpuMwitiillp mmmmmmmmmmm 276 SYNTAX AND lOlOM* I W rl i 9. The pyramidB of Egypt aslonUh, both by the enormity of their bulk, and the justness of rtionH. ,*. „K«iJ-ir. 10 Etfvnt alone cottld erect monuments for posterity . i«i obelwks are to this clay, as well for Ikeir beauty as for t/uir height, tliC principal ornaments of Rome. 1.4V. 11 History and geographv throw mutual light on each other: a • perfect knowledge of Um' ought to enter into the plan of good education. (I.) Vhcnomenon, prodige; for Which reason, ausii; a de preserved, ""(iV Understanding, esirrit ; declines, baisser ; weakens, s'affaUlir. h.) Sumrait, haut ; hill, colliyie ; Parian, de Faros. f 4 ^ In, qu'il y ait m ; the whole, Vensevi/jle ; oven, mqu d. (b.) Ma|nificent, superbe ; channel, lit / below, au-dccsous de ; ho at, *^^ f 6*1 ' Jx\a\\y!^avec raism '; soil, s America wiLi all IcB sienii Ai« family toi ct los ticns voua avez tou- you and your loAole race have alwaui jours mal i^arle de inoi spoken ill of me 253. Ji friend of yonrs^ a horse of mine, and such phrases, are turned in this manner in French, un de vos ExcEP. Papa, maman 256. Possessive pronouns] u of the same sentence. come here, I want to speak v'4e7i do you go? Ated before every noun EXAMPLE. mon pcre et ma m6ret sent my faUte^- and mother have cojne, venus. donnez-moi mon habit et mon glvz me my coat and hat. chapeau. 257. When two adjectives qualify the same noun, the pronoun possessive is repeated, if they express opposite or * T/usis no buslusss of yours, must be rendered by ce n'est pas lei voire affaire, or cette^ affaire Id ne vous legarde pas. This is apoiicabks to any sentence which may not be turned, like the above, by this is one of his tricks; thai brother of yours must, therefore, be turned by vowr M'othe^: t Custom admits mes pere et mere, My father and mother, instead of mon pere et ma mire ,- it admits also, sts pire et m^re, vos p$re et mire. wmmm mm mi If Ih U78 BVNTAX AND thioMi. incompatible qualities; it i» not repoate(Mii the contrail EXAMPLE. maijmfKjueta habit*. mngnijicentdrems. ^ EXKRCISE. 1. I fear neither you nor youra. ^" ?«'.*'" f^co with allhis family af the tim« of tho revolution 4. That Bon of yours will rivo you a great drai of trouble. o. IS your mother returnetl from the country 1 6. Allow nie to congratulate you on your lirothcr's apnointment, 7. Cousin, I am rlad to ace you, when did you return '\ ^P*''"'"''^"'' ». 1 bcheve that his father and mother are ' 'cad. [l.^ Nc nindre ni. C2.) To leave, abandonmr. y*\ 2^^','P'''^ ' /* *° ^^"' *^^^-> ^'^« ^'^"» "« dissnur/re (e. (1.) Trouble, emharras. Y>.) Appointment, jwminatim. (7.) W hen did you, etc , dcpuis quand etcs vous dc rdmr 7 PARTS OP TWE nODY, PflVSICAL AND INTELLECTUAL PACULTirs. 258. There is peculiarity of coastniction with re^rard to these, vvhicli require particular attention and notice! The French in speaking of them do net, generally, make use of: the possessive pronoun, hut of the definite article. EXAMPLES. j^ai mal a la tSte*, / kav., a pain in my head. "^TrX"" '''°""^ ^" ^^'^ I received a shot i,i my right arm. il a perdu I'esprit. he has lost his senses. micux vaut perdre la vie que better lose ooie's life thm one's rhonneur, honour. la tete me fait mal, rny head aches 259. When speaking of any thing done to any part of the body, or of the understanding, such as to wash one's hands, * The reason of tliis custom is that th-re cannot be any ambiffuitv i% to who.fi head IS arhinff, and. consequently, that thcdefmite article is sufficient contra j^ ? and ugly tiful and evolution, is to be aintmont. 0» THE PROWOUIfS, 279 AL jard to . The use oi ht arm. 'I one's of the hands, ^biguity ? article to tmprove ons's mind, a pronoun, in the dative c,ii«, in placed in conjunction with the verb, in order to show U'hose hands, whose understanding are thus affected ; me lav^r ha mains, ht former Pesprit, to wash my hands, to fomi his mind, i ' If the thing is done io ourselves, and by oursehet,, the verb is reflected. LXAMPLHS, je mo iave lea luuins, tu te coupes le doigt, il se .,it la barbo, nous iious rin^ons la bouche. nous nous sommcs lav 6 les mainn, yous vouf. formpi. "osprit, lis s'enrichissent la memoiro, IwasA my ha/ufj, or / toasA tU hands to myself, you cut yujir finger, tic shaves hif beard, we wash our 'iiumths. we have washed our hands, ymt im%vovc your miuui. they enrich their tnemory. 260. If ...e thmgis done io another, the indirect regimen, me, te, lui, nous, vous, leur, are used with *K: verb, accord- ing to the rules 224, 225, and 225\ EXAMPLES. vous me bleasez la nmin, tenez-moi la tfite, vous lui avez casse io braSj ils nous ont fendu la tcte, vous ai-je marche sur le piedl on leur a arrachS los yeux, you hurt my hand, or you hurt the hand Io me. hold my head, you have broken his arm they split our head, did I tread on your foot ? they tore their eyes out. EXERCISE. o ^"' ^'^^^"^gf passed over his body, and broke two ribs. ^ Writing so long makes* my hand ache. lost her mhTd ^°*^'^^*'*^ ^^ ^^''' ''"*^^^" •^''"^'^ o^^«r husband, that jbe 4. Come give me your hand, let us be fricnus. fi Wh«r* ? J l*"",' """u? V'^^ "^y penknife, you will spoil it. o, /Vhere did he lose hid leg ? 7. Yiio have not washed your face. 8. Who has cut your hair '? 9. Have you not cut your finger 1 10. Last year, I e >rained my foot, by leaping over a ditch. amputal^hisTgr " " ''^ '^'' '^'^ ''^ '^''^ ^''' ^^ '^^^'^ *« 12. She took my hand, and put o. pretty ring on my little finger. (1) To pass over, ;?a55e/-. (f-) Morce d'ecrire; to ache,/a^Vc 7naL ixl ^oeked, aferU; to lose en vcrdre, ind'-S. (5.) Nails, ofigTes, 280 SYNTAX AND IDIOMS ^1^ k In r .' re.^ To lose, perdre ind-4. (8.) Hair, les cheveuz, ( 10.)' To sprain, se domier wte enlorse a, ^11.) They will be obliged, ilfaudra. (12.) Put mettre, ind-3; on, d. 261. If however, the part of the body spoken of is the subject of the verb, it is then necessaiy to use the possessive pronoun, otherwise there would be imbiguity. RXAMPLES. j'e vois que ma jambe enflc, son esprit succomba, / see my leg is swelling, his mind failed. In some other cases, it is also necessary to use the pos- sessive pronoun for the sake of clearness.. EXAMPLES. il lui donna sa main a baiser, elle a donne hardiment so% bras aa chirurgien, he gave him his hand to kiss, she courageously presented kw arm to the surgeon. EXERCISE. 1. In this interview, they made each oiher presents ; she gave hiin her portrait, and he gave her his finest diamond. 2. A young surgeon preparing to bleed the great Conde, this prince said to him smiling, do not you tremble to bleed me 1 I, my lord, no, certainly; it is not i, it is you who ought to tremble. The prince, charmed with the reply, immediately gave him his arm. (1.^ Interview, entrevue;. made each other, sefaire mutueUement. (2.) Preparing, 55 disposer; bleed, saigner ; srmlmg, d' mi air riant ;, it is not I, (it is not to mc) ; it is you, (it is to you) ; who ought to, de ; reply, repartie. £ 262, Although verbs which are conjugated with tw^o pronouns of the same person generally remove every kind of amphibology, yet custom authorizes some familiar expressi- ons, atthouTjh the possessive pronoun seems to be redundant, as: il se tient ferme sur ses pieds, he stands fi,i m upon his feet, je I'ai vu, de mes proprcs yeux, I have seen it with my. oton eyes. When speaking of an habitual complaint, the possessive pronoun is also properly used, as : Sa migraine Va rep7is, his head-ache is returned. EXERCISE. 1. Whatever he may do, he always finds himself safe. 2. Can you still doubt the truth of What I tell you 1 Would yon nsk a stronger proof than tha* I give yqu, it is that I hqarti it, ye«, heard it with viy own ears. OP THE TROWOUNS. 281 3. My gout docs not allow inc a moment's repose 4. It 13 in vam that I exhort you to work and study : your ioienesa (1.) Finds himself, ae reirouver ; safe, sur ses jambcs. )A S;^P' ''°'?'^.'^ ' '^'^"^^' '^^'^^'''^'' '^^ 5 ask, e:cisgessive ce sont les franyais qui, c'etaient les gardes qui, CO seront les anglais qui, ce furent les alleraands qui, cc sont ses eleves, qui lui ont fait re present, on dit que ce seront les grena- diers, qui feront le service du chitteau, so.iit-co les honneurs que, vous chcrchcz 1 z sont-ce les fran9ais qui, etaient-oe les gardes ? est-ce que ce seront les anglais 1 est-ce quo ce furent les allemands ? his pupils have made hivi this p-e- sent, they say the grenadiers ore to be on duty at the caustic. is it honours that you seek 7 2 usu SYNTAX AND IDIOM^ Ifl ill!: 266. Ce is used before etre, instead of the pronouns il, elle, ils, elks, in reference to a noun, singular or plural, antecedently named, at the beginning of the sentence which declares the nature or the action^ of such a noun. Thus having mentioned the Phenicians, we say : CO furent rux qui invcnterent I'ecriturc. lisez Homere et Virgilo : ce so/it ks plus grands poetes dc I'an- tiquite. la douceur I'affabilite ct une certaine urbanite, distinjoruent I'homme qui vit dans le grand monde ; ce sont Id ks viarqvxs auxquelles on le reconnait, avez-vous lu Plaion 1 c'cst un dcs plus beaux genies de I'anti- quite. they tccre. the inveniors of writing. read Homer aiid Virgil : they are the best poets of antiquity, gentleness, affability^ and a certain nrtjanity, distinguish the man that frequents polite company ; these are marls by which he may be {noicn. have 'you read Plato 7 he is one off the greatest geniuses of anti- quity. But Hvhen the verb eire is followed by an adjective, or by a substantive taken adjectively, il or Me, must be used. lisez Demosthenes et Ciceron ; ih read. Demosthenes and Cicero ; ^ sont tres'iloqtients, they are veiy eloquent. J ai vu I'hopital de Greenwich ; il I have seen Greenwich Hospital • est viagnifique et digne d'vne it is supnrb and worthy of a grande nation, great 7iation. compteriez-vous sur Valdre 1 igno- ivould you rely upon Valere ? do rez-vous qn'il est homme a ne you 7iot know that he is a man jamais revenir dc ses pi-emieres who will never abandon his first luees 1 opinions 7 267. A distinction is made in English, as to the singular or the plural, in sentences like these, this is my horse, these are my children ; ce is again used in French before both numbers. EXAMPLES, c'est-la mon cheval, cc sont mes enfans voici or voila mon cheval, voici mes enfans, EXERCISE. i. It is M?e who have drawn tliat misfortune upon ♦ us, through our thoughtlessness and imprudence. 2. It was the Egyptians that first observed the course of the stars 3. Peruse attentively Plato and Cicero: they are the two philoso- phers of antiquity wlio have given us the most sound and luminous ideas upon moralify. Oi' THE PRONOUNS. 283 pronouns 3r plural, ce which 1. Thus, f loriUng. : they are ity. I a cerlain the man company ; which he he is one off ' of anti' active, or be used, ■d Cicero / d. Hospital ; orlky of a Valere? do ? is a man don his first 3 singular ^•^e, these fore both rough our ' the starsj vo philoso' i luminous o. Are not these the gloves you bouakt vcstenhv -i TW.Ii house. Ti^ese are nottny I Jks ; a>if e ajein Sor l^^" "^^ "^^ \y\ Hav« drawn, 5'«/<»c/- ; thoughtIeb«ncss, /c^-er^^e. }i\ l^ ' '^^ premiers ; stars, astres, iA Y^^^^' ''? \ ^°""^' ^'^^'^ ' morality, ^noraU. (4.) Are intended tor, se desiincr d ; puloit cliaire • r^^A .>»-. i oyBif^g^xn,UrectrelircUnsc^ss>^; ^un bfu ' ""^^^ ^"""^ (5.) To buy, ac/icicr, ind-4. 268. Ce is much used in conjunction with gut, donL a quoi que m the sense of what, that which, that thk^ iTvP \- I '' ,"f ^ ^" 'P'^^^^'S of things only, and the adject tive which relates to it, is of the masculine gender singular. EXAMPLE. Ce, joined to the relative pronouns, qui, que, dont and quoi, has ,n some instances, a construction peculiar to it- li Both ce and the relative pronoun that follows it, form with the verb which they precede, the subject of another phrase, of which the verb is always etre. Now, efrrmay be followed by another verb, an adjective, or a noun. ^ When efre is followed by another verb, the demonstrative ce must be repeated, as : > uc xiuuteuauve what I like most in to be alone. cc gtte j'aime le plus, c'est d'dtrc seul When followed by an adjective, the demonstrative ce is not repeated, as : tiv^m!!; i!h' ''/''"'''''^^ V ^ "^"bstantive, the demonstra- thp .^^ r ""'i ^^^'^P^^ted, or not, at pleasure, except in the case of a plural, or of a personal pronoun, Thus : "iustices"'"nn'ni; "^./''^ ^^^^ »"" ■^^l^dprovokes mt, are the injuries justices, quon no cesse de which arc conivmaliy cdimiU 284 SVNTAX AND fDlOMS. II EXERCISE. ^o'^' J^'^^^H* ^"^'^.^'^^^^^ '^o"^ f«rthe happiness of his neonl^ deserves to be handed down to the remotest poste^ty ^^^' Ml . ll PlSf If t iff! ... « W.C ^.ituiuMUB.Ti, nre, iinpetuofcity, force, a and thoughts which nature alone can impart. (d.) As 9., pour. (5.) Con3litutes,/a{r«? • exact,/.r«,- Hvcly, vif; imagery m«^. nl • soi^L ' ' '■ •'"'''^' «^^^/'«^^^ ; natural, dans L nature ; sustained,. (7.) Keeps attached, altaclur; care advice, pL. 269. Celui.ceUe, ccux, cclles are frequently used in con- junction with the relatives gui, dont, auqucl, dlaquelle, and que miXie^enmoi he loho, she who, they Uo, or wh^ whichever, whoever, and that which, etc. ' EXAMPLES. 1 Ti ^^.^ of him. 1 oil liMJi, ttian tliat whuh was cimdated .... . yesterday celm^qui arnvera le premier whichever- comes first shall have U. ''pai^olr ^^ ''^'" '^'"' "°"' ^^^" " T^ ^^ ^^ '^'^ ^'^^ ^Vcak. P''"°"^' ^^^y/; /i5 w«s not this ivcwae speaking of. xH t:iess two cases it is applied both to persons and things* are also followed by a genitive 270. Celui, celle, etc, case. !fi or THE PRONOUNS. 285 ce that- they J her with his people, regular ca- ivery thing-, 3 i.nagery : the v/ords ters alvvaya tender ago tsnus,- re* fiage, pi J r. sustained,. I in con- dle, and ' whom. hut him- m tkink- %ulhentic ircidated \have U. ^e speak- «'e were hings* ;enitive EXAMPLE. 271. Which, sianding for Ma'""^^inqueur ;hothin, et Jnl^gZe"""' ''^- '^'- P''^^"'^' ''^^-^'- -^- -ft«r, Hre dans ; delight, ;eS;;;reil W " '"^^'^''^^''^ ^'^'•' '^"'^cting, U>u.hant; ^6:]f/i,^S^S£«-'^l-;.™/?'»|'A.'!''r"?, ktr..^' I • ^ ' '^•'V'"'-'"^' uiisuiKe, viepnsc. tak^nJa-dvS^i,;,^";^-'- --^^ -«..:. a ; of r«/«!'^* ^"^ '^^'''^^'"^ ''^^'' '^"^ ''^^■'^5-, is also expressed by vous rentrez tard, et cela lui de- plait, you keep late hmrr, and it dis- pleases him. RELATIVE PRONOUNS. 276. Qui, when it is the subject, relates equally to ner- «ons and^things, of both numbers and genders. ^ ^ EXAMPLES. ^■IT^^T ^""V^ '*'^ ';''^'"™' ""»« '«' the object or accu- EXAMPLES. ^TsVo"utfon?e''a1tS'^'"' A. ..A. « ,./.. ««^ discnmnatc in treHir^"'' , ofn-hoid^'yoZiPeak? L^vin L V "^'"'^°"' ]. ^ ^-^^'^ nd von send some '> Tv^^^S :oXe"zV'" i^SV'^^ ^^^^ "^^ ^^'^- ^- -- qui mviterons-nous 7 ,^;i^^, ,^„„ ^., .,^^ .^^ j, senten;^?'''Tn''' ""^Z '' P''"!'^"l^^^y "^^^ in interrogative seniences. in anr nfhflr no ;« iUfi j /' .i _ ° pies, awyjg/ may properly be substituted to it. ^'^«. Whaty as the object or direct regimen -^ — =-^-" verb, 18 rendered ' gati q\ie. «>*' THE PRONOUNS. M que faitea-vous 7 qqe dit-il "? fiXAMPLES. tohat arc ym doing ? 07Q -wru "''^^ " ^ saying ? EXAMPLE* .0 ,ua,ify the subVaS aZt ^e™ "oTed":!!?. Tat to giv-e the idea of one thing only, as """"^'^^^^ ^^'^'* »«» as the mind nece Jri) y Sck o tS'" k*"? »!!"' <"■ r^op'^. EXERCISE. 4|rt„';"hi,x[r[r^re^i„r^^^^^^^ "-■■=•> "«"•« <■-««», i„ in the moment ofneedl"^"""' "»"'<' thus abandon ms t.ll you reTtSX" "''°'" ' '■'" *''^'''"" '■"""■'••"I '»■' o. Whom is this letter for '? -■' ^appy who can be content with va\!^i ,^>:';.;"*"'' '"''-* ■ ""'f «">'"■'. «=, h mMU ;h his lot. e ^Z" ^«; to be better, $188 SYNTAX Aim IDtoMi 4'|| I HI ■ V\i ! iM IS (•3.) Any furniture, desvicubles. m. ; in, de ; only, ne-que. (3.) Pouvoir, in(l-2 ; to expect, s' attendre (pie ; to make,/atV«, ind-4 ; 8ucb, ton^i *^e ; to devote, consacicr, ind-4; so mucli of, unc si grande parlie de; would abandon, abandomicr, 8ubj-3; in the, au. (4.) Cannot, savoir , cond-l ; man, personite, f. ; trust-Worthy, digne, de confiance. (6.) Pray, dites-dmic ; with, de; to be, tlrc^ ind*2 ; any where, nuUe part. [7.] To be content with, se conlentcr de. 280. Qui, may likewise be separated from its antecedent, by the verb, when the antecedent is a pronoun used as the regimen direct, or object of the verb. EXAMPLE. 11 la trouva qui plcurait a chauden he found her crying billerly. laitnes, jo le vois qui jouc, / see hhnpUiying* 281. A whole senterjce may also be the antecedent of the relative pronoun qui. ^ EXAMPLE. ceitrc-Zd ne sont pas Ics plus mal- tlvose are npt tic most unhappy ^ heureux, qui se plaignent le %oho complain the most. plus, But it is more according to grammar to say, ceux qui se plaignent le plus ne sont pas lesplus mal/ieureux. Observe also that the first manner of construing would be incorrect without the addition of the particle Id. EXERCISE. 1. A young man wlio loves vanity of dress, like a woman, is un- worthy of wisdom and glory ; glory is only due to a heart that knows how * to * suffer pain and trample upon pleasure. 3. Thyself, O my son, my dear son, thou * ihyscK thai now enjoyest a youth so cheerful and so full of pleasure, remember that this delight- ful age is but a flower which will be I withered 3 almost as soon 2 as blown. 3. Men pass away like flowers, tvhich open in * the morning, and at night are withered and trampled under foot. 4. You must have a man that loves nothing but truth and you, that will speak the truth in spite of you, that will force all your en- trenchments ; and that indispensable being is the very man whom you have sent into exile. 5. We perceived him waiting for us, quietly sitting under the shade of a tree. * See manner of rendering tho English participle present. No. 398, 399. OP THE PRONOUNS^ 289 , faire, ind-4 ; incsi graiulc I. worthy, dignc, where, nttUe antecedent, ised as the llerly. tecedcnt of oU unhappy ^ ost. '.eux qui se r. Observe 36 incorrect rt that knows : now enjoyest it this delight- it as soon 2 as morning, and uth and you, e all your en- y man whom ider the shade ent, No. 398, Jx^ii^ "^ ^"*"' ^ * ^^""- -«»««««»^/ tnmplc n^n, fouler jpeak, will force, 8ubj-l ; entrenchmenin relrancLZ -^^'L^^i being «/r. « t.^ue ; very man, Aomvte neme ; seTb?o e^le S**** (5.) W.amg fo7, (who waited), aUendre, ind-2. under, T f fl' 282. The relative jma must always have reference to a noun taken in a determinate sense. EXAMPLES. /.•J^w»i« est un animni roisonoble, qui etc. H me reciU avec un- politesse, qui, etc. '^tpw* avec une Kut we canndt^ay, TAo^iOTg eat animal raisonnabte, qui ooo^'^t'"^ ""^^ ''''^'' politesse, qui, etc. ' ^ ' 283. When the antecedent of qui is the subject of a verb ,n the negative or the interrogative form, the following verb must be m the subjunctive mood. ""wing EXAMPLES. 284.. Qtw relates both to person and things. It is alvvava the regimen direct, and always follows its antecedent. EXAMPLES. j'homme que je voL*, the man ahmi I see. Ic8 pdches que je mange, the peaches Khkh I eat. The antecedent of que may also be a noun, qualified or relative" ^""^'^^ '^''''^^' '^^'''^ ^V^rsiie it from the au'est-ce qu'unearm^e ?— c'estun corp^animed'nneintJnitede na*- deiat^'trS""^'^'"" ^""^^ ^^'^'"^ ^"^* mouvoir jiurTd" fe^ EXERCISE. 1. He received us with such goodmss, civiUty and Erace. as charmivl us, and made us forget all we had suffei^. ^ ^ ' *'**'™«** ^.?:Z^!:!^,,u,"°. "^^ ^" *^® ^^'^^^ ^^<^« tJ»«re are more riches and a 3. Is there a man can say, I shall live till to-morrow 1 Brifir "^* a/nmrf but would make for him every kind of sa- A A 290 srifTAx AND roioMt 6. Hu w Mirfoumlsd by tntmits, who are cot anuaiiy watching him, and would bo very jrlad to detect him in a ♦ fault. (a. In hU retreat, he lives tike a phUc^op/ur who knowa mankind and mistruRts them. 7. The pine-api^e is a sort of fruit which, in Earnpe, ripens only in hot-houses. 8. That man w a tart of pedant, who takes words for ideas, and ,fa«t8 confusedly heaped up tor knowledge. '1.) Civility, peiiksse ; «oeh, untf as, qtti. [3.) There are, v avoir, subi-l. Man, (who) ; can, subi 1. to live, viwe. But, qui ne ; would make, subjS. Like a, en; philosopher, sage ; mistrusts, se di/ier de. Pine apple, ananas ; hot-houses, serre chaude. Reaped up, eiUasscr • knowledge, savoir. 285. Observe that the relative whom, which, that, being the object or accusative, are almost ever understood in English, bat que is always expressed in French. EXAMPLES. lea hommes que no^p avona vus, the men we saw, le vin que nous avons bu, the wine we drank. 286. There are some cases in which it is customary to use que for a qui, or dont, as : C^esi a V(ms que je park ; de la f agon que fai dit la chose. That is used in the same way, in English it is to you that I speak ; in the way that 1 did the thing. See 295. 287. Lequel and dont relate both to persons and things. But lequel, duquel, ought never to be used either as a sub- ject or object, except in cases when a distinction is to bo unlade betweea objects of the same nature, and to avoid am- biguity ; for whenever the sense is clear, qui or que must be used, thus : .la Tainise dnnt le lit, and not, de laqueUe. le prince dont la protection, and not, duquel. 288. $oinetimes, duquel, de laquelle,* (common to per- sons and things,) and de qui, are separated from their ante- cedent by ar other noun substantive governed by a preposition. 31 > tl • _ * H^ ^f^V^h, *^o^®^i i» ?."§li^?» *o place the preposition govern- | iii-g ^azcn iosi ; i fie TmHTig yoii, iniVuC Off iOi iiic uung uj wiucft 'ytm ihiuk ; B tiiat muct not be the casein French, the prepoBttion must be first, fn chose d. laqueJ'ivmm pensez. Of THIB PRONOUNS, 291 tehing him, aokind and lens only in idoas, and hatf being irstood in Btomary to e parte ; de the same I way that tid things, as a sub- 1 is to bo avoid a-m- le must be in to per- their ante- reposition. tion govern* » 'ifvu iiiLuk } 1st bo first, la Tamise dans le lit de laquelle mil In poimons ne jouent, le priiic) a la |»t>tciclk>n duqud je dots ma place, SXAldFLKS* Ut£ Thames in the bad 0f fekich myriads of fisA are playing. the prince to tehoat protection I owe my jdace. EXERCISE. I. The God whom the Hehrewa and Chrwtiana have alTvaya served, has nothing in common with the duties ftUl of ixnperfeotion and ever, of vice worahij^pNed by the rest of the wcwld. 3. The Epic Poem is not the panegyric of a hero who is propoted as a • pattern, but the recital of great and illustrious actions, which axe ex- hibited for imitation. 3. The good which we hope for * presents itself to us, and disappears like an empty dream, xckich vanishes when we awake : to teach us, that the very things which we think we hold fast in our hands, may slip away in an instant. m 4. Plato says, that, in writing, we ought to hide ourselves, to dls- M^pear, to make the worid forget us, that we may nresent nothing but the truths we wish to impress, She ia a woman on whos-^ character nothing can bo said. 6. The sheep to the spoils of which men are indebted for their garments. . 7. Religion, whose maxims we despise, is, however, our greatest Comfort in auTcrcrtj. 8* The gravid principle &n which the whole turns is, that all ♦ the world IS but one republic, of which God is the comrjon father, and in which every nation forms, as it were, one great family. 9. Homer, whose ceniuu is grand and sublime like nature, iia the grealMt poet, and perhaps the most profound moralist of antiquity. .10- Thp celebrated Zenobia, whose noble firmnt as 2 you have ad- mired 1, preferred dying with the title of queen, rather* than accept the adj^ta^eous 2 offers 1 which Aureliar made her. II. The AliM on the summit of which the astonished eye discovers perpetual snow and ice, present, at sun-set, the most strikiiig and most magnihccnt spectacle. 12. A king, to whose care we owe a good law, has done more for hi* own glory, than if he had conquered the universe. (i.^ ^Thatthe rest of the world worshipped.) , , is proposed, 07i ;?r^ amount/ i>o«1?o;.^?r*^' /«yw5l/*, oro u«ea in conjunction with pre^ EX A MPLS. Icroi-i ^u, on d«it oMir, the kings fo m,\^ ^n.,nusl oh^ EXSROISK. ^^^^^^:^:.^^^ arc, upon can,, valT'oi-^tlV' f '"^ ''^ ^^'"S"' ^^^ ^^^^^'^ 'P^^king in . 3i^^Ii ""^^' '"?"^'' 5 *^'^*''' ^^^«" the object is not rn^f!^^i"?'"^?V J«l"R^^nerany preceded byi prepost. tion, aiid rendered by what in Engliah. * * BXAMPLR, cW^o quoi ja m'oocuix, ttn. this u wh^ I amomays thinking whichthB '"""f 'r» J"*^' ■•elWively to a ti.ing named and of BXAMPLE. t^« iTTftire. the thing arnnot de done, WHOSE. M^^a^Ji/a^fnf '^' '^'^'''' "''*"' ''^ g«"erally rendered by d gut EXAMPLES, whoseh<>^ise uthis? / cannot. tnU *«.,{„.. _♦.» „..._. .^ „ [ftw vou» diro a qui cite a(>pav. H ^ticAmUf wKh pre^ Brablcy in pOMOMioil iiuitetU of ipon earth, ing in a )ct is not preposi- thinking k1 and of rould he thinking . tut which )y d gut knnenf^ I tkv Mau- Ot TMK 7A0N0UNI. 29S whm gloves mm that t (iod, whose we are, (M, whm crfiat%ru w ttrt^ thai man, tm whom account came, (iiuij>^tnU!(t rm, k Mii atipartiennpDt ««# gi^ 1 DUiu & qui nouM ■omniei. Dl«u Uoitt noui MuiiMutMi Ion erH- turt^i. / CM hotiiiiin jwur la rouipUi du- ^iwl, a rauHo «lfl qitl, oour Tal'- Iftlfo lu(|up| jo MuiN visiiu, ma tromp^, 592. T/hich \n um^d anUicf^aeritly, ni a iort of demonitm- tive pronoun, in wMcA cch it i^ rendered ni followi : Ihadsanu fh,Htms,on wkich ac- J'avHi-. quclquc* aflttir*.. iM,ur Im- amt {on ucamiU of whUh) / qu. H.n, a lauwi dtnqMbtloN, ou earn* to lovm, J^ uuoi.Ji. luii vepu & LondrM. A« mi/rA< row»« /^«/^A/, in which il |K.urraii -« (hire qu'll^hS w mr, (lani c« cmt-lk muu f*. for the money torn bien de no pai oortlr. MU we hud better not go out, iktertHimd to goto ^n,, javala r^Molu d'atlor k ParUs A wA/f4 mrposH 7 /ami . / ro .l(.««c,in, jc laiiiaiH toutM |m money 1 cmM, r^pargnoa p^ibioa. ' KXGUCII£. « Jliy^Y ^""^ ^^"•"' bwutifbl carriagi. thia In 1 wifoao it £. * """ * ^''" "'"'"*"* ^" ^"" •^''''*' •""' "° «"« ''«'>>*■ 3. That man, who«o ulavB you have Iwrn, de»iiii.rf you. and will ca«t you off when you are no longer u..dul to lUa Zi ' . 4. Hii pr daughtor, on whono account h^^ hau unclertal«*n a jouf. nev to Italy, dRjd at Qon.,a, almoi.t inuniuliutdy on landing ' r? ^'I. u'.' **" «"* ".I' *"^'''>' '" w'»»«h int«ntion ho hacTdfalrod hb •iBrvant to call hun up at four o'clock, "miroa nu ylns. trouvf^r ; paH*. voho, !nd.2, ; no onjj, p«r$onne. off, oAandonMTs you aro, ^/rc, ind-7; no longe^, n$ (4.) A Journey to. Is voyage det to die,' WM/fir, lnd-3| on 'tndlnir apris avoir diOargue » "*, ♦ "' ■^nuing, (5.) To wwh ^wiV U dhir de, ind-2 ; to decire, dire d, Ind^ ; tv call up, ^/c revetUer. ' ' •""^' i '^ 293. Oil, (I'm, par ou, relate only fo thinga. They ar" never used, but when the nounH, to which they refer ex" press so^ie kind of motion, or rest, at least malaphor-callv they stund for auqud, duguel, thus : ' ' voili le but, ou (auquci) i| tend, llmt is the. end he aims at c'cst uno cliose d'oH (du laquclle) U is a thing np•«. but to 5. No one could tell which way he had come into the room b. This IS what we are to begin with. (1.) Towhaljadfuot, begins, entreriiansi to attend r'„ji^,i.^ 'Ll:S^:^t' onde.standing, .^V; to u^nTWf^^S^ i^i^!^rTT!rr,:T'"^'^ '"*^'- p'"-"-. -'*«.• (5:1 Hrcotnt/^i*'""' <"'«-''»^». -"-*■• 'Fnd.^n (6.) We are, il/aut. IV. ABSOLUTE PRONOUNS, 294. Qui is used in interrogations, 'vith reference to per- sons, in .1 vagu< and indeterminate wav. EXAMPLES. Qui sera assez hardi pour I'atta- who wiU be bold enough to attack It is likewise used in the feminine, and in the plural, as. Q/ii eat cette •perwni\,e-\h. 1 Qwi sont ces femmes-la % a who is that persmi ? who are those women ? -^ yttxrc iciaic vj iiiuigo oniy, as, Qw6 pouvait la valeur en ce com- bat funeste 1 A (liwi penset-vous ? what cotdd valoiir itt that fatal combat? w/uit are you thinking of? Fr nu 0* TrfB FRONOUrfSfv SSi5 tehat place icipally to ng, but to 'j lays up jwevcr, is e loss of it cannot a retired B extends Meet mo- attacher ; : nume- volnptc ; cannot, I, passer. o per- altack , as, fatal I 295. Que i&Bomeiimes used for a guoi,degu(n,Sie, sore 1 (de quoi sert) s«si/ctt5wm? ^ Quoi, de quoi, a guoi, may be used in reference to a sen- tence antecedent, as a sort of pronoun neuter, the thing (o which It refers being neither masculine nor feminine. '^gilrSr '''""'"^ "" '''"^*'- ""'"'^ cependant d ^oi on ne pcnse 296. Que and ywoz require the preposition de before the adjective or substantive that follows them, having then the lorce ot an adverb of quantity, as : aue dit-on de nouveau ? quoi de plus agreable ! Uue d inconsequences dans sa conduitc ! Quel relates both to persons and things, as : auel homme peut sc promettre un bonheur constant 1 Uuelle grace ! quelle beaute ! niais quelle modestie I EXERCISE. _ 1. frAc could ever persuade Mmself, did not daily exiierience con- vince us of it that, out of a hundred persons, there are ninety who orthefu'ture^^^"'''^^'"^"*"^'^^^ present, all the best founded Iiopes 2. W/io would not love virtue for its own sake, could he see it in all its beauty 1 3. He who does not know bow * to apply himself in his youth, docs not know what to do when arilved at maturity. 4. He was a wise legislator, who, having given to his countrymen aws caJculated to make them good and happy, made them swew not to violate any of those laws during his absence : atler which, he went *^*^'T,®rf . himself from his country, and died poor in a foreign land. «?■ rT^ P^P!^ °^ antiquity ever had better laws than the Egyptians 1 What othci iiauon ever undertook to erect monuments calculated to tnumph over both time and barbarism 1 6. What mare instructing and entertaining than to read celebrated authore m their ovvn language 1 HTuit beauty, what delicacy and grace ^^^^^i^ru^'^^^'i®- ^^'"°'^"" "'*° ^ translation, are discovered in them i 7. When Menage had published his book on the Origin of the French Language, Christina, queen of Sweden, said: "Menace is the most troublesome 3 man 1 in the world 2 : he cannot let one word jigo 1 withaut Its passport : he must know whence it comes, where it has passed through, and whither it is going." ' "'*"'" 00 Did, sis out of, sur; future, avenir. ,'i\ ;j^ '?^"-f'^<'» elk-mime ; could he, sionpovvoir, ind-2 miire ^ ' ^° ^°' ^'occu^per : when arrived, etc., dans Vage im SYNTAX AND IDIOM S Jly, larth^. ' *^^'^*'^» P^'P"' ' ^<^ *<>, O^at they would not) ; we„i M*^y'^C^?^^^' /«/ii'w«5 delicacy, /;i€sse 5 Which cknnot mt'tm m^ «^'^ ^^J* '^'^ ^» Chrfaitina, CAW^/tn^; troublesome incom f^H^i the,cfe»art.j cannot, «.sa«ma« J go,p^^- mv^'Z^U^ PRONOaNS INDIFINITE. , 297. These pronouns have been divided into four class*»fl m the grammar, (No. 85). The Mowing remark" am ar- ranged m the same order. * , " FIRST CLASS. Of these vvhich^are never joined to a noun substantive. ON 298. Examples have already been given, CNo. 86^ of th«> use of ON, in French, with anWplanftion ^f^hs ^^a^lnably supposed etymology. As it is a word which Z^^eZl occma, and m a manner totally different from the English Idiom, It has been thought necessary to devote another chapter to it, u which its use will before fully explained 1 he general meaning of o» is : one, people, men, we. EXAMPLES, on Becourt plua voIonUers las we succour the imfarUi'mt^ vuyre ot^rr^' '^"'"'^ '" ^" ''' '''"'''y ^'^ ^ezrte^r:o boi ineme, ourselves. onne doit pas attribuer a la re- man ought not to cluirsc relisioii Iifiion les defauts de sea mi. <„,in, tL f^..n. .n.^.^ ■ :?*«*<'» li^ion les defauts de ses mi nistres, on relit tout Racine, on choisit dans Voltaire, on fait du bruit dans la rue, on n'est pas toujours heureux, on dit qu il va se marier, 'Wlt^ tliefauUs of he" miniUers. p3oph read tJie w/iolc of Racine again, they choose in Voltaire. people are making a noise in the street. people are not always fortunate. people say, they say, he is going to be viarricd. Observe. That the adjective referring to on is in the masculine gender, when that pronoun is takpn ;» n vs.-^,^ and indeterminate sense ; but when it applies to aiiy" person in particular, as in the case slated No. 298, then the ftdjective agrees with the person understood. Thus, a I OF THE rROJNOUWS. 297 not) ; weiii le, etc. w'y Jme, incom" v&tiioir. «r classes ts are ar- antive. 36) of the Jasonably "requently i English > another xplained. . we^ 'uite more been so c religion, inislers. >/ Racine 'Uaire. ■se in the ttnate. going to 3 in the person len the Hiui^, a woman would say . or -x^e&t pas ioujours Jeune eijolu, we cannot be young and pretty for ever. -^^ Obsen'8 also that we must not say qu^on, et m, aussi on, hMi que Von, et Von, aussi Von, EiLije crmsque Von f rap pe. The /' thus prefixed ds for euphony's sake. But if the word following begins with an /, then we say : je crms qu'on Vappdle, because j»e crois que Von Vappelle would equally be disagreeable. ' 298.. On, according to the above examples, has a vague and indifinite meaning j it is indeed the subject of the verb, but not specified, not apfdied to any one person in particu- iar. There are, however, two cases in which on is very signi- ficantly used in French, in a definite senee, and as applicable to one individual alone. 1. A master speaking to hrs servants, a father to his child, a tutor to his pupil, says on, instead of vous or iu, either to put greater distance between the persons, or to * assume a more serious tone, or also a sort of mock gravity. chez Ic a-t-on passe Saiavilie ? eh. bien, a-t-on ete bien sage en mon absence 1 fiaira-t-on ce bruit-Id bien^'^f? EXAMPLES; Colonel did you call at the liouse of Colonel Sainville 7 well, have you been good in my absence 7 will you piU an end to that noise? 2- A person, speaking of himself, says on, as the English sometimes say we ; or applies it to another, also in the same manner as the English use we for you, EXAMPLES. on n'est pas des esclaves jwur toe are not slaves (I am not a slave) essuyer de si mauvais traitc- to bear such ill usajies ments, * on vous I'a dit mille fois, / have lold you so a thousand times. depuis quand est-on de retour 7 hoic long have wc (you) been back 7 299. On is also much used in French as the subject of an active verb, when the passive voice is used in Englisli. on me trompc EXAMPLES. deceivct onm'a dit ce matin quo »e roi I have been 'L ya s?n Irlande told this morning thft the king is going to Irvtand, %dB I ■ siir M Mir SYNTAX AJiD IDIOMS ..y^'"^''^'^''^^^opied\n almost every case, except when the verb expresses love, esteem, hatred, feeling, EXAMPLE, they are much loved, u sotU tres-ainies. £X£RGISE. 3- I wiM not have him be teased. i: w^ ^""P^® ** "^ "^^^ ^ ^^ ^orid musicians. o Jr ®^ *f ^ ^^'^ '"wn has been taken. o. My father has been robbed. f\ lJ2':^nJj^ "-»• «^^^: doubles, «.«.. >?•> I<* ^"> ^'''*^»> ?"•?; to teaze, tourmenier. }t'\ rr° '^°'"® ^''^ world, 7kii enough. ^yhen personne is placed in the second member of a com- parison, it also means any body. i' ilK^m.AXUX-XlJ^. cetto plax5e lui conviont mieux (jn'a j)erBonne, that place sniis him better than any body OF THE PROh'0'»Kg, 101 a 303. Rten, nothing ; which is masculine and singular, generally requires the negation, before the verb j in which case it signifies nulle chose, nothing. EXAMPLE, it ne B'attach© k rien de solide, he applies himself to wtking solid. When used without a negation, it means gueloue chose, something, EXAMPLE. je doutc quo rien soit plus pro- Idmbt whether any thine be more pre a faire impression que, suited to mafie cm impression *•*• than etc. ' Rim is sometimes used absolutely, in answer to a ques- tion ; que vous a couie cela ? rien, how much did vou oar for it ? nothing. ^ ^ ^ It always requires the preposition tie before the adjectiv*», or participle that follows it, and then the yerb is understood! as is likewise the negation, as : rien de beau que le vrai, nothing is noble but truth ; as if it were, il n'v a rien de beau que le vrai, 304i. Ni l'un ni l'autre, require ne before the verb. EXAMPLES, ni l'un ni l'autre n'ont fait leur de- thep have not either of them done •TP"* .„ . „ their duty. m 1 un ml autre ne I'aura, neither of them shall have U. lis no sont morta m l'un ni l'autre, they are not dead eith^oftkm m 1 un m I autre n'est mort, neither of them is deai, ' 305. Tout means every thing, alL EXAMPLES. ijritdetout h£ laughs el every thing. Il ne lui a pas tout dit, parce que h^ did not teU him aU, because everv tout n'est pas bon a dire, thing is not to be UM. -n-,*^ Tott/ is adverb and adjective, see No. 44. EXERCISE. To most men, the misfortunes of others are but PourlaplupartdeKxi. malm. ne que a dream. Do not to others what you would not wish to bo , ^^^^i»- 7ie vouloir pas que cond-l on S-„Kq '"* ^°"' ^^'^ '^ ^'''''^^ whether he deserves love or jaire HUb-6 savoir si e^e digne hatred. An egotist loves nobody, not even his own children- ^Sotste pas mime propre * B B I 302 SYNTAX AND miOMS in the whole universe he sees no one but himself. He is mora aans • univers ne voU * (puhiisenl th«n (anybody) worthy of the confidence with which the kinir digJu: con/iance f. honours him. I tloubt whether any one ever painted «onorerde q^e ait jamais peint nature, in its amiaWe simplicity, better than tha feeling Qessner. *• = f sensible Has any body called on me this morning 1 Nobody, There t)mtrmd-l 2 1 chez maltnia. yavoir yraa nothing (but what was great) in the designs and >n"-2 g^f^ de grand dans dessan, ra. pi, art. works of the Egyptians. I doubt whether there is ouvrage m.iA. ti^u que * .ubj-l 2 any thing better calculated to exalt the soul than the contemplation • r i 1 pbu fropre -- f of the wonders of nature. merveUlc f. art. -— f SECOND CLASS. OF THOSE WHICH ARE ALWAYS JOINED TO A SUBSTANTIVE. 306. Quelque, some ; sigRifies, wn, une entre plusieurSy one out of several ; it is of both genders, and takes the num- ber of the substantive, before which it is placed. EXAMPLE, adressez-vous a quelque autre per- nppfif h somebody else. Sonne, a Quelque, quel que, may be considered as adjectives on account of their being declinable, see, No. 44. 307. Chaque, each, every ; which is of both genders, has no plural. EXAMPLE, chaque pays a ses coutumes, each coimtry has its customs. 308. ,/lucun, followed oiquelconque or que ce soit, agrees in gender with the noun to which it is joined ; it is always used with a negative phrase. EXERCISL. il ne veut se soumcttre a aucune he will submit to tu) authority what- auto'itS quelconque, ever. 300. Quelconque^ is sometimes used as synoniraous with que ce soit, quel qu^il soit, and with an affirmative phrase ; it takes the sign of the plural. j'«u e w mora the king painted Geuner. 'y. Tliere y avoir and art. is ■ubj-1 2 tempi ation rANTIVE. ^lusteurSy the num- ctivea oij idersy has oms. nt, agrees s always MrUy what- Qous with e phrase ; Of THl PROWOUNi. 303 EXAMPLE. ^, '^'doniS!,"*" '»'**^"*»»1«^ *^t any two p^inl, idHg givm. 310. eer<«Mn, certain, some; in this sense i'- nsed alike oi persons and things, with which it agrees in gender s but It IB always placed before the substantive, EXAMPLE, ^'^tm^f tfnZhSJ!^^'' ''°"""''' ^ '"'''' ^"''^ son^ermn, or woman that ^^"f * f. de m. ce qui has been, is and shall be; no mortal ever removed the veil that 3 nmid 2 1 lever ind-4 voUe m. covers me." Every nation has (in its turn) shone on the f> -d S071 tour 2 brille 1 /A^X °*' ^^"^ '^°''^- '^^*''° " "0 ^«^o« «^«^^^ that can ^'^^'^^'^ . raison f. ,/=^w!!r^;. 1 ^^"^ '° 'n "^"^"^ ^S"''^* appear monstrous and dttei7niner k 1 y2 f. ^*^ —truenx deformed, considered separately, or too near; but, if they ar** ' dii/ Uevesit,, 313. Aucun signijRes nwZ, no> "ot ^^^i when accompa- nied by a negation, and may be followed by the preposition EXAMPLE. voua n'avez aucun moycn do you have 7w means of succeeding in rfiussir dans cette affaire, that affair. This pronoun is seldom used in the plural, except before substantives, which, in some particular sense, are better employed in that number. EXAMPLE. U hVi' fait aucunes dispositions, he hasmade no preparatioiu. Rem. Jlucun may bo used without the negation in in- terrogative sentences, or in those which express doubt, or exclusion. EXAMPLES. attcun hotiiifie fut-il Jamais plus ims ever miy vum more success/id ? heureux 1 on doiite qu'aucttne dc ces af- they doubt whether any of those faires r^iississe, affairs loUl succeed. le |rius beaa niorceau d'elo- the finest piece of eloquence theit qu^ice qu'il y ait dans au- exi. is in any language^ etc. ctme langue, etc. EXERCISE. No v/ie likes (co see hinaseif) as he se voir tcl que IS. i\o expression, n» f. truth of desi^ and colouring, no strokes of genius in that jnreat f. dessein de cdo^ris trait 6» TH« PROiNOUKi. 306 ^T* • mime s;";sr' •'"'•'«?"- (^-:tl> i an*!* readoning TO-.$onnemeiU ni. piu^ of glory Did any man ever attain to such a jamais 2 parveUr'md-i 1 cs * I doubt whether thcrd 'd6 in- any science a (me y av ir Bubr-l ' . .^ f more evident principle. plus lumimux 2 pc m. 1 nhtit •^"';^'°*^»«''» expresses a difference between' tViro objects, or between one and several, as : quelle auh^ chose Mez-vous -; ne penser it to be true. que * soit 317. Le mtme, la mtme, les mimes, (he same, the very same, are used relatively to, or with a noun, and agree in gender and numl^r with it. C9 sont les mdmes raisons, ce poSme est le m6me que cclui oont je vous ai pari^. they are the same reasons, this poevi is the same that I vyMioning to you, toai 318. Tel, telle, altho'igh properly adjectives, may also be used relatively in speaking of persons. * IJun et Vavtre, ni Vun ni Vavtre. In the nevr edition of the Die tionnaire de I'Academie, the following examples are given. Pun et V autre y a manque y each of them has failed. Vun et V autre sont venus, both have come. ni Pun ni Pautre ne viendront they will not come either of them. ni Pun ni PoAiitc ne vieitdj'n. nsithfir nf thsm ■»■!!! ftmr-. It seems that the verbs in the plural when Vun et Pautre, ni Pun ni Pautre, may be transferred after tne verb, as an adverb, ils sont venus Pun et Pautre, but when there is no distinction, but union in the action.— See Pe« icarlii to be eternal EXERCiSE. Doea he always maintain the sajtie principles '] Yen, they are smdenir — pe out k absolutely the same. That general ia the same who commanded —ment pi. ~ —der'mil-2 last year. SiuA a conduct is inexplicable art. dernier 2 unnie f. i « 1 conduite f. — There are no such customs in this country. I never de cmUumes f. 2^^y^ ^- o,i heard (any thing) like it. Such a man sows who tnten-dic dire nen de * * semer received several recevdr ind-4 3 letters Of tlioae raanuscrii»(3, ihere are several much lettre f. pi. Parmi — crits y en avoir qu'on beau- esteemed. Many by endeavouring to \njnre others caup 2 estime I c?i s'efforr^r de nuire d ert. Injure themselves more than they think. se nuire a nepenser FOURTH CLASS. 320. OP THOSE WHICH ARE FOLi^oWED BY THE CONJUNCTfON que, AND WHICH REaDIRE THE SUBJDNCTIVE MOOD. They are gut que ce soit, guoi que ce soit, guoi qu£, quel- que, quel qv£. Qui que, whoever, is only said of persons, and signifies Quelque personne que, whatever person ; it requires the verb following to be in the subjunctive. EXAMPLES. qui que ce soit qui ait fait ceia, whoever has done that, is a man of c'est un habile homme, tedents. qui que jo sois, whoever I may be. qui que ^'ait elS, whoever it may have been. r^fien reaps nothing. I this morning recueillir 1 3 matin 4 qui que c'eiit €U, tohoever it mifiU have been 30f8 8r>?TAX AKD IDIOMS ^ui que ce puisse etre, je n'ai Vu qui que ce soit, esperer de Whatever he to dfestrdy detruire whoever it may be. I saw -iwbiHiy ;. / did not see any. quoi que ce soit, lo succeed in any thing whatever. EXERCISK. rf!' ^^^^^"'P^r un =2 resvect ml «.«^monu.ent e^^^d by g.atitudo; , is the Totb of a Just and bte^.ent ^^ 7" l^r ^J\. ,^7- beloved who has regard for no one? "« «s d'egards may do or ^ say, he (will find it) very difficult . J^^^ ««*^« bien de la peine prejudices so deeply rooted d „ j "^XZSte """'""' """ S."'" "^"'"^ '"*^'-- /. __ *i ^ ., - , ^ se detmj.rner from tlie path of virtue. chemin ra. an f. CHAPTER V. OF THE VERB. 321. CONCORD BETWEEN THE VERB AND THE SUBJECT. The subject is that of which something is affirmed and may always be known by the answer to this q™n ani est-ce qm / who, or what is it ? as : Purre wY, P^ter "i^r Vo,,muvoU, the bird flies; if it be asked, quiVlccaui ttt t:^ The *" "™' >'■ '*'-" ?«' "'^ ? -h^t ^l P^n-e'ald SL^ZZ f^K^ll^l^-r' .few that There are three subjects or"pe;™sri;7«,'re«rt Mou/(e,«fe, singular; »o««, ^ ,7* /to, pQ,.""' ■^' sublec? '"™' '' "^ ''"' ^™'' """"^'- ""'pe-- »" -s it. OF THE VKRB. 30!) EXAMPLES. /, je ns tu joaea il aime / Uiugh tAou j}laijest he loves nous parlons vous plaisantez lis sont fous ue speaJc you jest t/iey are mad la vertu est ainiablc, virLue is amiable. Ris is in the singular number, and the first person, be- cause jV, its subject, is in the singular, and the first person. Joues is in the singular, and the second person, as <«, is in the singular, and the second person, etc. EXERCISE, he who in The most free of men is he who can be free even li^re art. celui metne slavery. Are we not often blind to our defects 1 art. esdavage m. ♦ s^aveiigkr ind-l sur defaut All men (are inclined) to laziness, but the savages of hot lart. tendre ind-l art. sauvage chaud 2 countries are the laziest of all men. Do you think of imposing art. pays 1 * enimposer long on the credulity of the public ! Thou canst not deny bngtanps a =f — ^m. pouvoir nicr that he is a great man. lie Buhj-l When a verb is govenied by two or more nouns, in the singular, it must be in the plural. EXAMPLE. nion p6re et ma mere m'aiment tendiement, my father and mother tenderly. love me EXERCISE. His uprightness and honesty, make droUure f. pron. honnetetc faire every body. Strength of body and of liim courted by rechercher de mind meet art. f. not always together. ensemble. precious gifts = "Z. don m. pi. 1 art. ccUe A good heart and a m. of nature, art — f. art- se rejwontrer noble soul aro bean f. de art. 322. When a verb relates to subjects of different persons, with the second rather than the third. The person addressed is named ^7**^, and the person addressing last. On this occasion, the pronoun plural nous, is generally placed before 310 • rWTAX AND lUlOMt the verb, as its principal subjects, if one of the several sub- jects, IS m the first person, and the pronoun plural vous, if there is' no first person. - ' EXAMPLES """li^nnr^r ^'^^i ''\ ""?'' ?°"^ ^^'' *?/'"'^ ^''l^^, a^^ I, read nouvelle, ^^ ^ '* ^'^'^"'^ ^^ei/^r the mw pamphkU "Zl^Z"^^^ ami,vous viendrez f/au and your friend mUconu wUh -- EXERCISE. rou, your friend, and I, have each a different opinion. In chacun 2 f. i enjamef. se plaire ind-2 a inf-1 ther. Neither I, nor (any one else) have been able - to un- , , , , ^* d'autrcs ne pouvoirintlA * com- and your brother, not to ("give way) to the impetuosity of your ,. ; . * ae sabandonner = disposition. caractcre m. 323. When a verb has the relative pronoun gui for its subject. It IS put in the same number and person as the noun, or pronoun, which is the antecedent of that relative. EXAMPLES. veH^r^"" *' '"' ''^"^ "°^- i^ ^i^y^^ told this 7iews? v:rsorhete?xr""'"^ '' X^:^^^^^-^^ ^- --^-^ «- TT ., EXERCISE. cehd ^^'^^jojfl^lains most of mankind, is not always he celui se plamdre k plus art. /towme pi. ^ ""fc^r/S""^ '" ''°"""™ <°^ *™> Y»» thae ™h ♦ . u ^'"' vouloir '." r*, ^°" ™;^ t 'W' 7r"'; ^""■^^^'^ '"-^ t.spi If ne t. pi. foriement congu I pi. nobly expressed, read the works of Homer and Plato rwblenieTd exprime onvrage 324. There are some cases in which a verb, although governed by several nouns in the singular, is not put in the third nprgnn rk1iii.»] A r^ „ °i ^ ^ . r"* '" "*^ ^ - _ - y^^^., j.-^ j^.^y CAUuipics oi sucii cases are here given, with remarks on the cause and nature of their deviation from the mle given, No. 322. 1. 2. his bi OF THl VBRB. ift EXAMPLES. le toi aussi Men que son ministre, veut le bien public, son honnetete, autant qiie son es- prit, le fail r^iherchtr, Tenvie, comme 1 urabition, est une passion aveugle la seduction, o^t la terreur Va en- traine dans le parti des rebelles, Ike king as well as his minister, wishes /or the public good, his honesty, as much as his wit, makes him courted. en''}y, like ambition, is a blind pas- sion. either persuasion, or tenor, has draum him into the party of the rebels. Observe. First, that : aussi bien que son ministre, au- tant que son esprit, comme Vambition, are, as it were, ad- vtrbial phrases, which might be placed at the end of the sentence le roi veut le bien public, aussi bien que son mi- nistre, etc. and consequently that, although there are ap- parently two subjects, there is really but one. Secondly, we do not affirm that la seduction in conjunc- tion with la terreur has acted, but that either the one or the other has done so. There is consequently no unity in the action, no collective effort. 325. A verb may be in the singular, when preceded of nouns substantives in the plural. biens, tlignjtes, honneurs, tout dis- riches, dignities, honours, every parait, a la mort, thing vanishes at death.' jeux, conversations, spectacles, games, conversations, shmos, no- rien, ne la distrait, thing diverts her. perfidies, noirceurs, incendies, mas- perfidies, enormities, conflagraMons, sacres, ce n'est la qu'une faible massacres, all this k but a feeble image, etc. representation, etc. non-seulement toutes ses riehesses not anly all his riches and honours et tous ses honneurs, mais toute but all his virtue vanishes. * sa vertu s'evanouit, In the three first examples, all the things enumerated biens, dignites, honneurs, jeux, conversations, spectacles, are summed up in the words tout, rien, ce n^est-ld, which, being singular, must necessarily have the verb they govern in the same number. EXERCISE. 1. Fear or inaliility prevented them from moving, 2. The fear of death, or rather, the love of life, began to revive in his^bosom. 0. Aiciuiades, as wetl as Plato, was among the disciples of bocratca. 4. Lycurgus, like Solon, was a wise legislator. 5. Euripides, as much as Sophocles, contributed to the glory of the Athenians. SfNTAX AND IDIOMS JSntrnSrLtaToT^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^« '^' becauBe^„o„a/of those O:^ ln&bmy,ivtpuissa7ice ; moving, r«wiW€r. U.) Began to revive 5e reveille; In, aufand de.- bosom. r«ur U.) Among au ttombje de. ^ j > «/ou*m, wwr. (6.) We, /?^/i ; none, rim ; those things, tx>ut cda. 326. PECULIARITIES. La gloire et la proaperite des mechants CHt courte. It might have been soni courtes ; but as each sUbiect ^ot w 7 ^ '^P^-'l*^ proposition, /«, ^/ozVc rf.* mechants est couite, la prospente des mechants est courte, F6n61on has subject '" '^"^"^^' ^' ^^'"S applicable to each Bacine has said : Q,uelle 6tait en secret ma honte et mes chagrins. Quels etaient would have been more regular, but in point ot elegance, and as a latinism, the verb has been made to agree with the first noun. Ni j'un ni I'autre no sera I'ambasBadeur. JNi la force ni la douceur n'y peuvent rien. One alone can be the ambassafieur, and consequently the verb can only be applicable to one of them. ^ ver^Ll;St3?rurr"^ both unavailing, consequently the 327. NOUNS OF MULTITUDE AND NOUNS COLLECTIVE PARTITIVE* 1. The words armee, army; peuple, people j nation, assembly J or any other nouns of multitude have the verb EXAMPLES. le'rrplitunfpaix"'""""'"''' 5f '^T*'^- .^ *^«^ innvMom, IB peupie veut la paix, the people vnsh for veace. ^procegera, ^ jwo^ec^ Am. * ' un peupie de heros va naitre, a nation of heroes wiU, spnng. 2. Nouns collective partitive as la 'nhinn'^ t^..-.^a^ ^..-.^ gmntm, quaDtity j multitude, multitude Vni/w^Tnumber • beaucovp, much j ;;ew, few ; etc., etc., have the verb in the m OP THE VERB. 313 itly the tly the I ii r EXAMPLES, la plupart du monde le oroif , , . la plupart dcB hommcs le |S„' „» ^^^i ^^^^^^ ^^^i^e it une troupe do jeunes gens S ''"'^ "^^'^ ^''"^^' ^<'- raient apres lui, * ^^^'^ ^-Z y'^wn^ /v^/e ran aftet- Whatever be the noun which rln » ^^ ?"fV^ -^^ --t be in the in^u^. ^^ "^^^'^' ^' '^^^s, 6ZH, The words infinite and /a «/w«an selves, require the verb to be in the Sural as"?'!^ ^^. ^^'^"^^ pensent, la plupart sent d^avis, whenever de p^sZnl^-^'!^ homms, etc, are understood, ^^^^ personnes, or cfg, EXERCISE, inlvlf Hu^raTSrd'^^^^^^^^^^^ ^' --^-h-e, a state 2. M.^y ;,..^. think that pSyTs the ^rt of un^^S^ • truth, by calling imagination^o tL Up of^eion'"^ P^""""^" ^^'^ »». I'^ac persons consider that *;»,« i-j unreasonable avarice ""*'' '^^ "'^«y. «»aj be lost by away from the wicked the ro of hff ^ •'' j™?™S '"™''''». 'o'ako .ons, and from envy ito serums , '""""'''' *""' ''"'"""y "» Poi- 'r^^Z^^ZS ™ '=" "-" - ""= '='="' »f battle : .ho I^'ln^U::,^XtS.:n',:4^j|.^^^^^^^^^ »« .he .ee„i„ hi /nZ^' ^''"""P' • ""^^"^ '■"' '*' ^e^^* '^ / linen lin C c 314 "TNTAX AND miOMK ^g.^Moo», mure, „U^, « „,^^, ^,,„^^^ ^^^^.^^^ ^^^^^^ "toq" t!! ™.' '"""'" ^"" ■'^«^«'' -O ™= VERB. Drecedk 1/ ™ jl*"' f ""^ v^'''' "''"" * "<>»" ">"" always precede the v erb, and cannot b^ separated from it <^il, aLurr^."' "^"o"-^ ~" '" '"«^-'- Ttt EXAMPLES. le roi est revei»"» le roi ne r«"^endra pas, Ic roi Jui a parle, j0 roi le lui a donng, le roi roviendra t-il ) leroileluiat-ildonnfi t le roi ne le lui a-t-il pas donne 1 ifj^e king has rnlurned. the king wiU not return the king has spoken to him. th^ king km given it to him. 1V7M the king return ? fMs the king given it to him ? 330 Whpn fho K- ■ . "^ ''"^ ^^^ ^'''S given it to Mm ? EXAMPLES. je parle, parle-t-il 7* ne lui a-t-il pas parle ? / speak. does he speak ? hasheru>t spoken to him 7 EXERCISE. coL%r dS Jhi'^ur^" ^'""'^ ' '''''' ^"^'^P^ '^ * <^-«rt their man i'Cs^JTst ttl pt^te'o/S^tf r '.''^•^^ ^^^^^ ^f a thing to truth. Presence of God, and who is to sacrifice every 4. The ambition and avarir^ nf mo« ^i. happiness. '^^'^^ ^^ ™^" are the sources of his un. 5. They punish, in Crete, three vicps whi,.!, i. * i«5 u»e of ia» hyphen h«« been explained, No. 4. y I f. ERB. Iways except >r the OF THE VERB. im ? s the ative. itself: ng to their ^of a every > rm^ uipu- e. ihing itself M to \i 1 315 etc (t/ua a^el hunger m^A.^''^''^'.'^ Numidie; eoaded bv «', «/fc, .7*, elks areiuppSd! '^ ""*'' ""^ ''^'^' «■"» are to be^urned fh'u^ ^ ',71^ ^^^ "^^«h ; such questions , Aat;. 3^^ escaped the shaf^ of v^.T''^^"*:^ ^*« ^^^n^ for you? how preserved from the dangers whh^h^ enemies? i,ow /i^^r/y^m been tCtl: '" '""' ^«^^* to ^kntfedge?„T'^ ^°" °"^^ «'^«'^ ^^ 2 ^^J"""^^"lo««ly savcdyuu I ^^ ^"'^^^^''^ ^^e all powerful hand «-« of mXTftet'^^E^ mature you make use ofS onlvl^ T^'-^' ^°" ^^^« Feceiv^ S 3. I>o not ^/ie^/s/^^;^^J'^°^'/ to deceive and co^^^^ "°"' our *^osperity. "^ '"^^"^ ^^«^ ^^e experience often cont^iute to a whole, anrbetu'stlhf iXl?" P''^^^*^*^ Because each work is «he never deviates. Why on thT- "^^ ^" ^^ernal plan, from which so imperfect? It is becaC tt IS"^'^'^' ?'^ ^'"'^'^'^^^Sof ^^^ any thing and incapable ^f^'embirdiTr '"^^ ^'^^ unable to JrTate can^^^produce only a., ^^^t^:^^^:^^:^^^ ^^i^^^S^^^^^^ preserved, ,aran^^, ,, ,„ (2.) Devotino- consacrrr- mltb^ J ', ^*''^<^> coiiserver. ' (4.), Because. c'^siC^ !'/?"'"''""« •<>. '« some have avoir, others have {>fre. KXAMI\E9. ils sont partis, T^u have gone les soldats ont couru, /-> *,/< 322 >^ /if^, ■■■ti ■j.,^*' », ij**,-' ■■ «yWTAX AND IDIOM* ^ ^.^d^^t-viz The first implies the welir consult f '^'"^^^"^ ^"^^^^ ^'^^ ^^^^"^^ wH do «mW JiLTolT "".^^%Thi^h take the verb tire jailer, l^nl IhZ' r''''-'^ ^"^^^^''' (t« overflow) c^c/7er, t/.. tournJJrZZ' '^''''^'^' (*^ ^^* off again), 'lulter, re~ ' '^^''^'^''* ^^rvenir, tomber and W. / lesenfa "examples. elle etei^ arrivee avanrmo/* ^"' ^1^ c^iZ^r^;! verjtovon. ctdps, "'*''' "^ ^^'^^ de- i/i^5e^r^c4#tm m-^ all dead. ^ mes' ^'"^'■^*^"« ^''^^^ devenus true leai*ed nien have become scarce vot^^bilIet...«echuavantvotre your fU wiU faU due tefore you ces oBufs sont eclo^ ^'^^^- il est intervenu dans c^i f o . «• • ^^ ^^^^ '^''^ hatched. on dit que son p?L et ;5T' ^"^ ^^^[fered in that affav; scmtmotts ^ ^* '* "^^« ^J'^y thai his mothe,' and father sentions ' '"'"' "^' ^« "°« d«' ^^ ^m/^^.«^. /^^. sprung frm. masosureto/narHno., *.• our dissentions. * "^ ce manage. P''"^eni/de ^c ./izZ«V,^ ^ai! are issued frok that Us jjort/ rpruiw« . mamage. •' ^^^'^rep.rl„ pour la cam- <% «« j:,^ »,w^ .«,«,,^ „^«i,, H a vouhi courir et i\ est tomhH a. *"^ 7j 346 TVr«.,4 ^"usjci'? why aia they covie hither? iJ*t). J\e liter verbs, which takp thn tr^.K 5«5/;m2r. ''''^'''''**'^' convemr, counr, echomr, paraitre. These list* are taken from Mr, Sievra«'« edition? I ■''i i--^''%i'--i- ■"■ havinflf ndwe \fi do \1 \l \l - .1 ,/ WJ' THE VERB. 323 l^XAMPLKS. "mXfSr ■"''"'"" * *°" ^'iooafaiUr ka, ,r^i f„ ^ EXAMPLES. Jn^/4 AVOIR (fad's. Txr ■„ A /at accoum 6ur-le-chL a -n . , ^^^^^ ^^''h^ 0^^^). / imviediately ran to his assis- ^^ ^'''''''^ '''''' ''P ^-^ ^i Aa^te. ^ tance. ilaaccrusafortuneenbicnpeu- «on ormi^Ji ..t de temps, ^ . o^^gueil cs« accru avec se8 to fem Araij- ttc nigU la^fiev.« . cease pendant une la fievre est cesse depuis une face des affaires, ^ ^* cette femme ej^ chaiigee a'^fairo circumstances Iiave altered the fnro /;,^ .! of affairs. ^^'' ^^'f. i^f^'^^ « ^o a&cr^rf a^ /<, le bal a commence vers minuit J'^VV- the boM began tawardsZdt^hL' nous en1SLes,°'""^'^'' ^'^^^'^''^ «et enfant /z rr,A ~.«.i-^* ^^'■f,.^^^ !^^^ ^gwi w/ten we came if,. ladio, " i" • ■— -^^ iiia- ccae pianie es< crfte prodigieiwe'- tk^amd has graven dnnng his th^rpl^rUi, pr .igiously grv since. j'ai deraeure vingt aus a Paris, / have lived twenty years in Prris. ils ont descendu la montagne beaucoup plus vite qu'ils no Vavaievi montee, they have descended the hill much quicker than they had ascended it. le prix du ble n'« pas diminue depuis six mois, the price of wheat has not fallen for these six months. elle a dispru subitement, she has disappea?'cd all 07i a sud- den. ils pnt echappe au danger, ihey leave escaped danger. elle a fort embeJIi pendant son voyage, she is grown handsome on her journey, yai entr6 en ce lien, / have entered that place. Jesus-Christ a expire sur la croix, Jcsjis- Christ expired un the cross. ce jeunc horame a grandi depuis peu de tem^js, that young man has grown very lately, vous avez rajeuni dans votre voyage, yon are grown younger in your journey. il a monte quatre fois a sa cham- bre pendant la journee, he went up into his room four times in the co^irse of the day. la procession a passe sous mes fenetres, the procession has passed under my iirindow. ces malhcureux oiit tous peri Uaijis ie combat, those unfortunate men have aU perished in the battle. il est bien d6chu de son credit, he lias lost much of his credit. il est demeure a Paiis pour a 6tu- dier la medecine, he has remavned in Paris to study physic. ils sont descendus, ihey have come down. il est enRn diminu^ de moiti^, it has at lastfaUen by half, elle est disparue depuis quinze jours, it is noio a fortnight since she has disappeared. ils sont echappes depuis hier, the have made their escape since yesterday. on croirait qu'elle est enibcllie, 07ie would think that she is grown handsomer. vous eles cntre, restez-y, you are in. stay. la treve est expiree, the trxtce has expired. assurcmcnt vous etes bien grandi, indeed you are much groxon. vous etes rejeuni a mes yeux de dix ans, yon are grown younger in my eyes by ten years. il est monte dans sa chambre et il y est reste, he is gone up into his room and '.as remained Viere. la procession est pass^e, ike procession has gone by. que sont devenus ces malheureux qu'on avait cntasses dans vos prisons 7 ils sont peris. what has become of tlwse unfortunate men who had been heaped in your dungeons ? theij arc dead. O? THE VERB. BUo credit, edit. lour a 6tu- is to sttidy n lis quinze ice she has lier, icope since )cllie, is grown ^n grandi, o%on. i yeux de In my eyes nbre et il t and '.as lalheureux dans vos unfortunate c'd in your fad. combien de temps avez-vona reste en Angleterre ? what stay did you make in Eng- land ? la pcndulo a sonne cinq heures, the dock has struck five. StVit reates sur re^ j'ai Wen vieilli depuis deux ans, / am grown micch older within these tieo years. cent combattants la place, one hundred combatants have maimed on the field of battle. trois heures etaient sonnees, low- qu'on s'est mis a twable, it had strnck three, when we sat down at meat. avouez que nous sffmmes bien vieillis, confess that we are groion very old. OF THE VERB BEING REGIMEN. 348. When two verbs come together the second may be, Ist, m the infinitive j 2tlly, in the indicative mood; odly, in the subjunctive. ' OP THE VERB IN THE INPINITIVC AFTER ANOTHER. 3^9. The second verb is in the infinitive, when we speak of one person only, u e, when the subject of both verbs is the same. ^ EXAMPLES, je veux sortir, / ^oish to go out. nous esperons voir le roi, we hope to see the king. The subject of vouloir and s&riir is the same : / wish / "^^F ,?"* V^"" ""^ esperer, we hope we shall see the king. 350. But here again is a difficulty for the learner : the infinitive following ig sometimes governed by the preposition a, sometimes by «?., sometimes by pmr, and sometimes there is no preposition at all. BXAMPLE8. / like to read. I fear io f all. I loork to get my living. I am to go. This difference depends on the preceding verb of which the government must be ascertained. 351. Aimer mieux, valoir mieux, alter, esperer, fallm'r devoir, pouvoir, savoir, vouloir, etc, require no preposition before the following infinitive. J'aime a lire, je crains de tomber, je travaille pour vivre, je dois partir, J aimerais mieux mourir, V0U3 devriez Eiortir, EXAMPLES. / had rather die. you ought to go ant. Dd 326 SYNTAX AND IDIOMi I w i ' j f 352. Achever, finir^ affeder, se depecher, se hater , crai dre, apprehender, desirer, etc., require tlie preposition de. il affecte de I'aimer, elle craignait de tomber, EXAMPLEg. ki jfecfs to like it. she feared to fall. 353. AimeVf app-endre, consentir^ se plairey s^appreter, etc. require a. EXAMPLES. ^'aime a danger, consentez-vou9 a I'^pouser 1 I like dancing. do you coTisent to marry her ? Thepreposition;)owr is used when in order to,h either expressed or understood in English. EXAMPLE. 11 va a la campagne pour chasser, he is going in the country to shoot. 354?. Verbs generally require, before the infinitive, the sartie preposition which they require before the noun. EXAMPLES. je vous blame de voire rcfus, I blame you for your refusal. je vous blame de refuser. / blame you for refusing. 355. Sometimes a verb governs two different prepositions, because it has two different acceptations. S^effarcer de, to endeavour, is taken in the moral sense ; s^efforcer a, in the physical. EXAMPLES. he tries to please. he exerts himself to speak. il s'efforce de plaire, il s'efforce a parler, These peculiarities of the language cannot be taught by rule ; they belong to individual words which must be con- sulted. See Dictionnaire des verbes. EXERCISE. 1. Do you prefer living* in the country 7 2. Come, when you have done writing. 3. Are you afraid of falling 1 4. He cannot walk. 5. Does he not like travelling 1 6. She takes delight in teasing. 7. Has he not consented to na^ vqu 1 8. They are gone to London to see if they can find a Houde for th» season. 9. My sisters learn drawing. OF THE VKRB. 1 i* iTf ^ °i'^ *** ^'"^^ ^" tune. U. Make haste to get up and to dress. '1.) Preferer, vivre ; in, a. o.) Craindre, (5.) Aimer voyager. (7.) Consentir. (y.) Apprendre, dessiner. (II.) Esperer; in time, a temps. 327 i je crois que vous oye?. .-aison, je doute que vous ayez raison, (2.) Finir, ind-d. (4.) Pouvoir. (6. ) Se plaire, tourmenter. (8.) AUer, voir, pouvoir. (10.) S'appreter, sortir, vcnir. ^^^',1 ^?, *^epecher, so lever, s'habiUer, OF THE VERB IN THE INDICATIVE AND THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. ihP^' ^^®V^® subjects of the two verbs are different, fubjuXe ""''' " the indicative mood or in the' EXAMPLES. / thnk you are right. . I doubt your being rigU. 357. The indicative mood is used after all verbs exores- 3 Z^r"^'""' ""'' ^"'"^^" speaking ^.ara7S^. arie/ positive manner ; among such may be enumerated croxre, imagmer, concevoir, reflechir, cJsidcrer, ZseZr remarquer, compter, esperer, demontrer, etc., etc. ' EXAMPLES. isplrlnfltir'- .• I believe he has arrived. ' esperons ^ la chose ira bien, let ns hope the thing wiU succeed. in TvlltC' ^^'""^ "^^ conjunction que is never omitted 358 Ifthe same verbs are used interrogatively or nega- tively, they require the subjunctive mood after them ^ EXAMPLES. itpTreTJ^urolif la 1''"" -n 5 ^^ '"'^ '"^^^^ '^' ^^ '^'^ Sr ^''^ ^^ "^"^^ ^^"« '^ y^,^ ^^Pcct the thing wUl go on well ? " o 359. There are some verbs expressive of f.«r. dr.ojM ... ^■'Zf?f "'' (/mre whicli always have the subjunctive mood after them, whether in the affirmative or the negative fZ., * This is more fully expiained'ouheTrud^i;;:';;;;;;^^ . Jt 328 SYNTAX AND IDIOM* je (loute qu'il vienne je Grains que ccla ne soil EXAMPLES. / doubt his coming I fear Us being so EXERCISE. 1. She thinks you have not sufficiently attended to her interest "f 2. Do you imagine it id an easy thing to convince him 1 3. Tliey say he is going abroad. 4. Do you imagine I have done it on purpose 1 4. I wish you may succeed, but I doubt it, 6. Wc fear he wiU come in our absence, and he will be vexed not to find us at home. (I.) Croire; to have attended , s,6tre occupe de ; i»/; wounded, struggled, i\ Cyrua sfiook off his riUtr ; Cyrus JcU. EXERCISE. fj\ ^^'H '"• ^''^ ^'/^a.iiber, wlierc ho is relaxing his mind from the fatigue of business by some instructive and agreeable rcadinir. ^. .truth, eternal by its nature, is imiuutable as God himself. J. 1 never U'l a day pass without de voting an hour or two to readinc me ancients. " 4. his this week that the new piece comr^ out. Trnt.,' ?/■? ■ . •^ P»g'^g«""'"t begun. Immediately a cloud of buHl^if iw '?/;"' r^ '^^-rsil^ combatants; nothing /.heard who ^5/fn H ""^ ^]vfi'T> ""'■' H'" ^•l^"'->ri"g of the arni of those h^l{ Li '''''rf ' ^^'^ "■'"^^^ ^''■""'^^ ^'^^^'^^^ a heap of dead thi. fn'n?, I ' "r ^'''"'^ '''■''"'' '''"''y ^^■h*'^^ i t'^ere 7s nothing in this confused mass of men enraged against one another but Blauohler. despair, revenge, and brutal fury. ° ' (I.) Is unbending, delasser ; reading, kclurc. ['f -) ^y, dc ; imnmiixhlti, iiiimuubl/j. (>3,; Let devoting, consacrcr ; reading, la lecture de, C'i.) Lome out, on downer. (5.) Sight, vrcsence; nothing was, etc., ^w ?<6' /?m<^, ind-2 ; en-rage- rtient began, on en vemr am nuuns, ind-a ; cloud, mude ; arroWs, traU: darkens, obscurar ; nothing is etc., on ne pins que ; doMnX, plainiif) hlT^^' *'''''^'- '''"'^''''- '"''''' ^''•°^^"«' ^'^^«"-' •^'-^"eath, sous; h^y, monccan : rivers, ms^cw, ; stream, couler ; there is nothing in etc. cc 7ie ctre dans ; mass, amas ,• enraged, achurnc ; but, %Le filaugater, massacre. ' ^ ' 362. The 2?npe?'fect Je jmrlais, I was speaking, I did speak, 1 used to speak, I spoke ; expresses a thing being done at the moment another takes place. EXAMPLE, t-ua eniie, /l. to cA-; pohshcd nations vcui,/^ police; barbarous, nx'tm smvaL^e: from JeL k- l»^tl ' ^ ^ ^usqu'd ; wherover'l went, dans W«. fc/ S • S re'sul w^i^'»r' •' '°' a^.. ..c sa.e result^ in dryin, up a tlin'^^S^t^^X S r^l'^"^ Opportunity, occctsion; niaater-pieccs, ch^-d'wuvm : scarce 365. The two preterit anterior, fern parle, fai eu parU are commonly used after au udverh of ti^.e, sd^h as^T^V, ttussttot gue, quand, ^ * EXAMPLES. d6s que j'cus dine je sortis, dds que j'ai eu dine je suis sorti, assoo,i as I had di-ncd I went mil J did go out as S0O71 as I had done dinner. ^y^^ The .a«eVe.p.^;;;i;;%=„ Z^:r; EXAMPLE. ' <^out my In-eakjj^t to day ^u7^^' J^^^ expresses the" com- pletion ot an action, at the moment another took place. EXAMPLE. j'avai« .oupe quand il entra, / ^ad done supper v:hen he entered- It IS generally preceded of Je6' que, quand, lorsouc aus- sitdt que, and, like the imperfect, ser'ves to expresThabitua thing, repetition, and to describe. * naoiiual EXAMPLES. j'alliiis a la chasso des que i'avais / ?«<'«/ /»// .7,,,^/ d^ieune ^ i T , shnoling as soon as I u«jeune, ^^ ^^^^^^ breakfast. EXERCISE. 1. A.S soon ^s \ fiad eramhifl/l th\a r^K<>r..>w^ t . • » . ^ , its causes. " i— »"««.;««, i inca lo nnd out 2. As soon as we had crossed the n^er, we found oui-sclves in a wn to time 8 recent- acts, as :- I mvintes day 10 com- ce. ? entered' C) aus- labilual on as I iiiii out a wootl 3. As soon as the great Scsostris had satbjicd \m ambition by the feonouest of so many empires, he returned into Egypt, where he devot- ed the whole of tlic day to adminUtering strict justice to his people, and in the evening, he recreated hiniseli by holding conferences with the learned or by conversing with tlie most upright jKople of his kincdora 4. i had only reccivea, like most of the grandees, aii education in which I had imbibed nothing l)ut sentiments of pride and insensibility • that w, they /ia^*: 'celebrated dTscourse of Bossuet on siates vn,^7/*J7j and/^«^^^ tin the causes of the rise and fall of denK ietp'^T'^ at the rev olutions, more or less suS- inXVosriishS^^^^^^^^ which api^ared to you (1) Will wither, (mi/Z^' a/w^s^ as soon withered as 47^ wA>^. ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLES OP JiS.P^Bi4/S, JE PAR LAI, J'AI PAR'.E Pni'^^J-^^ choice of the proper tense, between jeparlais, Jtttparlpjeparlat .3 so diffic«lt for the learner, it requires ri'^f !? understanding of the peculiar acceptation of !n»?v^i^^'l:'•*^' the following passages selected and to &1 • ^" !""''"«'»"' ■"»/ P-'ove useful in addition to the loregoing rules. We read in Marmontel — ^twy""''?' ^'i^* '^^ ^"^"^^ *"^' <^«''^' ^"' '^ti^e affcof fifteen had «mji ele dans le monde ce h • , v ' ^ worhiXSTlniui qu'on appelle un petit prodige, c Vv/f^r /^. "^^''^ '' '"^"^ The author uses the pluperfect, because he describes What was at a period of time anterior to all those \\c\\ he is going to mention. Again, il/amij dej vers les plus galantsA^ composed the imst acrcable atJai^ pas dans 1a voisinage une joire u'il n'eiit cel6bree : femme qu' V cttiji uuairaage uo iaisser tant de talents enfouis dans une pe- tite ville ; Paris (kvait en 6tre le iheatre, love-sonnets imaginable : there was not a pretty woman in the iieighbourhood that lie had not celebrated ; it was a pity to let so many talents be buried in a, litletown; Paris was the stage on inhich they might to be exhibited. 6V Thit VERi. iJB Mere the author makes use of the imperfect, because he speaks of ti;e habitual occupation of Celicour. EXAMPLE* et Von JU si bien, que ^ nAre •e resolut do I'y envoyer, * and they contrived TtiaU^s so, thai hts fatlutr determine to scul him there. Now, the author passes to the preteil. definite, becauN* he IS no longer speaking of what was habitual or repeated* but of an action which once occurred, and long ago* EXAMPLE* ce p6;e etait un honn^te homme, this father was a good sort of .uin !l"/."if ?i^: 'l^l^'A^^?''^ "* ^- '^^. was fmd of wU, wu.^ voir, et qui admirait, s^ins sa- voir r rquoi, tout ce qui ve- nait de Ja capitule. II avait mdme dea relations litt^raircs, et du nombre de ses corrcspon- dants etait un connaisaeur nornme M. de Pintac, having any, arui admired, with- out knowing why, every thing that came from the metropolis. Nay, he even had some literary connexions, and am'*n his corres- pondents was a connoucur of the name of Pintac. Here again, the author resumes the form of the imperfect, Hs he IS now speaking of the habitual state of Celicour's lather, in his little town, EXAMPLE. ce/Mj principaomenfd lui que it was particuUrly to him tnat C6hcom fiU recommande Celicour was recommended The form of the preterit definiic; is now resumed, becauEe this IS said of action passed at a time long elapsed. And in Moliere's Fourberics de Scapin, we read co»>^me nous sommes grands as we are great friends, he im.ne- ami3, il me^« aussitot confi- dialely imparted the secret of Ms dence de son amour, et mo mena voir cette iille que je trouvai belle, a la verite, mais non pas tant qu'il voulait que je la trouva 'se, love to me, and took me to see that girl whom I rertainly thought •pretty, but not so r,„iich as he wided me to do. Here jit, mena, trouvai are all referring to actions past long ago, and they serve also to state facts but not to des- cribe permanent thinff«= Vcntlait. nr thp fTsn+ras-.r := ?« ^V.^x imperfect, because it expresses the constant and continued desire of Leandre that his mistress should be thought pretty. — .,.ifl©£*Ci W "V I 336 STNTAX AND IDIOMI Again Scapir. says : c'est ce que je lui ai dit. Sai rejete bien loin dc pareillea pro- positions, et jo lui at bien fait entendre que vous n'cliez [)oint une dupe, pour vous deman- der des cinq ou six cents pis- toles. Enfin, tipres plusieurs discours voici ov s^cst reduit lo r6sultat de notre conference. thai is lohat I said to him. I woidd not hear of such proposals, and I gave him to U7iderstand that you were twl a dupe to ask you five or six hundred pistols. Fimilly, after several speeches, this is wJutt has been the resuU of our ivtervieio. Here the preterit indefinite, fai parU is used, because Soapin relates what he has done since he saw Argante, consequently in the course of the day in which he is speak- ing. There is no description of a continued state of things, except in etiezy which refers to the general character of Argarite. OF THE CONDITIONAL. 371. The conditional is the mood which affirms a thing would be on some conditions ; it has two tenses, the pre- sent and the pmt. The present of the conditional (je parler lis) is that tense whioh expresses that a thing would take place on certain conditions. EXAMPLE. je ferais . itre aftaire avant peu, / would settk your business be- 81 elle dependait uniqucmsnt fore long, if it only depended "6 "lo'j vpo7i me. The past of the conditional (faurais parle) is that tense vyhich expresses that a thing would Jiave taken place at a time which no longer exists, dependant on certain conditions. EXAMPLE. j'aurais, ou j'eu9se*fait votre af- / would have settled your business faire, si vous ni'en aviez. ou m'en if you. had mentionc'd it to me eussiez parle, 372. The conditional is used to express a wish, r.s, que j'^ serais, or, que j'aurais ete hoio glad I shovM be, or should have content si j avais reussi ! been had I succeeded ! * Some writers and Voltaire especially, often make use of this form ; cussc parle for ^ fiwmw parle. It is hero given as an example, but it will be well to follow the first. i ^ «* ii Xit TlIK VKHa. 3.17 And after si^ whether, expressing a doubt, as, demandez-lui s'il seroit venu ask Mm whether he tooiUd have av«c nnusj Huppos^. qu'il n'e^t c&nie with us, had he rwl been fern eu affaire ? engaged ? 373. It is usod also before, or after the imperfectj or plu- perfect of the indicative, when they are preceded by «i, as, notiv nous 6pargneriona bien dcs toe sItetUd spare ourseLves muchpain peines, si nous savions modS* did we know how to moderate Vet hos dSdrs, oiir desires. vous auriex etS plus hcureux, si you would have been more happy, Vous tcvitz «uivi mes conseiis, i/yoit> had foUouei my advice. 31 4>, After guand, quand mtme ; in the sense of though even, were I to, EXAMPLE, quand I'avare poss^derait tout ware the miser to possess all the Tor du iiwmdc, il ne serait pas gold in the world, he would not encore content, be satvified. And in questions like the following, in the sense of is it possible th,cet, cauld I ? could you ? really, KXAMrLGS. croiriez vous votro fils ingrat 1 mild you think your son ungrate:- Jul? Tauriez-vous soup^onn6 d'un tel could you have suspected Mm of vice 1 such a vice ? which meansj croyez-vous, pouvez^vous croire, etc. awiez' vous pu, etc t EXAMPLE. lerais-tu* vraiment son His ? can it really be that you should 1 2 his son ? tu n'auraiR ♦ ^nip!c;y4 qu'uno really, you had only recourse io juste < ise, :elf -defence. EXERCISE^ 1. IfitU'e;-^ even possible for men always to act conformably to equity, ns it is the multitude that must judge their conduct, tde wicked would always blame and contradict them from maJignity, and the good sometimes from mistake. 2. What falsA gteps I shmUd have made but for you, at my cntranco into the world ! 3. But for your counsels, I should have failed in this undertaking. ♦ This is again a form much used by VoRair* it is rot simply a question, but it expr^uiCB a feeling of surprise, of dread or tt joy at tile thing assorted. E £ 338 8TNTAX AND IDIOMf Pi i 4. How latufied I should have been, if you bad sooner ittformod me of your happiness ! $. If we give to infenCT none but jost and clear nptiww, there "'^w J ? *** considerable number of false wits in the world. 6; Had Alexander amquered the whole worW, bis ambilicn wouUi not have been aatislied: be vfould still have found himself straitened in it X CflttW yw d«« ^^'^'^ wIjw; were, cond-I ,- for meny (that men); t» act, subj-2- judge, >^«-E to have a thing done previous* ly to another, as, ayez dine avant que je remennei have d'm&il before T rettim. or THE VERB, 339 EXERCISE. ■iSj *''* J^"^ '**^ P^*i *>«' ^k virtue, whkh •mg. passionnejxmrtittunuingef. art sesouvmw amomsqueML u* u«, our choice must be wrong. Let u. not be deceiwd uy rfwowmd-1 waiMwiM w laissvr prendre d the fiwt appearances of things ; but let u. take time, to ^, . . *''• se dov-ner art. rfc fix our judgment. ArWters of the destinies of men. do irood !'.«.. .,. <^rlntre ^nee art. art.*W.n «Sr ^ ^^^'^PPyj ^« «<^*if you wish that your memory should be honoured ; do good, if you wish that heaven should . . «*• luh, open to you its eterna* ga't*. ^ 2 parte i\L OP THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. 377, Kemarks have already been made (No. 118) on the use of the subjunctive mood in French, and some exampler have been given, by way of comparison, to show Wlh. two lan^ages by no means agree on thia point. T^any ^hl T !!^^f ^' ^"^ PI'l*'* *he/«^«re, the c^dHimal and the present tense which, in French, must be in the *«*- juncttve mood. Thus, ie ne c'rS^ Sf '^ v. "^"^ " *S^. / «i»r V thmk he is so oW. i« i^icrn^-P^'.^" ** '''^.'^' ^ '^'^ ^^k he wUl come, eiie est la plus jolie que je conmisse. she is the prettiest I knew. ^Observe that the present and fn^ure^ the same in the subjunctive mood, the context aio:iu shows of which of the two we speak. je ne crois pas qu'il viennc, je ne crois pas qu'il viennC; EXAMPLES. / do not think he is coming. I do not think he will come. The use of the present or of the Dast tenses nf 4Ke fi.i»»- i^T'No. 388^/^'™*"^^ ^y ^h« Precedmg verb, as ^1 be fnifJ^' '^^ .«»^i^nctive mood is used in French afterihe loUowing conjunctions. i: 3M MX ST AX AND WtOfiW 'J "1 i ', II n. unless in order that God fordid thai in case before aUhougk far from if. is not that far fear that, kst so that, in a manner that for fear that Ood grant that although except until far from aUhough, spite of oncojisideration thai _ , not; that i wauld to God that suppose in order that, that ever so little yrovid^d that (in the place of another amffunciionlljl whatever, however although •without except that but that whether, or suppose far from it thaS EXAMPLES. enlrez sans qu'il vom voic, get in without his seeing you. a Dieu no plaise qu'il en soit ainsi, God forbid it should be so. Those conjunctions which are marked • require ne before the verb, though not having a negative sense. EXAMPLE. aUez doucement de peur qu'il no go gently lest he should hear yy without my seeing you 1 God forbid that l,«lH)uld ♦ Ne is frequently put before the verb which follows avavt ^e ; yet I believe it ought to bo only whenever avant que may be rendered bj lest, and when there is an apprehension that a thmg should hap^n Hefore another. a moins que* afin que ' a Dieu ne plaise que au cas que avant quo bien que bien loin que ce n'est pas q -s de crainte que* de manidrc que de peur que* Dieu veuille quo encore que exce}»te que iusqu'a cc que loin que malgre quo moyennant qu« non pas ^ue plut a Dieu que pose le cas que ^ur que pour peu que pott.'vu q;ue que ^uelque quoique 8ans que tn ce n'est que si non que soit que eupposS que tant s'en fairt que at THE VERB. Ui ifffuiicium!!f i i\ «r THK VCAH. 346 vapV» J pouvoir* In general, the firat two imply n power, a possi- bility, a capability, etc. and the others a pennioaion, proba- bility, otc EXAMPLES. je piu« lo faire, / can do it. il pourruit lo t&irt!, Ac could da Hi olle pourrait vcnir, she might aunt. elle aurait pu venir, she miglU Atiw come. puifLfi. elle aait chanter, she can sing. Do, did^ shall, will, etc. in English, are sometimes used elliptically in answer to an interrogation, or in an affirmation. In such casei5 the full sense is always given in French, that is, the verb, which is understood in English, is repeated. See No.. 20 of models of phrases, at the end. EXAMPLfi. ferez-voQs votro the mo aujour- sAali you dv your exercise to-daf 7 d'hui 1— Oui, je le ferai, yeSf. Is/tall. CONCORD BETWEEN THE TENSES OF THE INDICATIVE. 387. When the first verb is in the imperfect, the preterit, or the pluperfect, the second verb is put in the imperfect, if we speak of the present time. EXAMPLE. jo croyaia, j'ai cru, j'avais cru / thought, I have thought, I had q\xe vous 6tuiiiez les mathSmar thought thai you were studying tiques, the mathematics And in the pluperfect, if we speak of past time, 2 X AMPLE. il m'assura qu^il n'avait jamais he assured me that he had never tant; ri, laughed so mxLch. And in the present of the conditional, if we epeak of a fulHr^time, £ X A xu. Vuii* on m'a dit que voire frdre vien- / was told your brother would come drait a Lon^res I'hivcr pro- to London next winter. chaiu. Il F 346 STNTAX AND IDIOMg to things of common ot'ut'ce ^r'Sj'? I' ^^^^? application. ^"rrence, or states a fact of general EXAMPLE, je voua diaais, Je vou« ai Ait ia r t^n U feliciw du m™," tlo «v^ ^ Z""'- '*«' *"^ ^«ute It denotes a thin? nast r^hS! /u i "™? * '^"'8 Present. IXAMPLB. vide qu'ambitieux !?! ^«!f »* ^w* a pe,>ple as awel- EXAMPLES. et le plus honn^te hZSedo ^nfff' ^^ ''^^^ «"^^ <^ son temps, *^ "^^ ^^'^^ ^^ ^ost upright man of tha, which i^^^Sdtyi: rr v:'b:'' ^^ '"* "*'■<"« ..^ „^„ vc^iupB ae- roiques, vous devez avoir re- marque que ces hommes, dont on a fait des demi-dieux. etar^ des chefs feroces a barbares, dignes a peine du nom d homme. men wlio have been ntade demu gods, wereferodous and barbarous chiefs, scarcely deservmg the fume EXERCISE. »i.i»,'s=.-.isr„'&"„xss Sir* \ Of THE VKR», ?4T \ t J; \tZ\^'!i ^ ***** y°"' ^^'^ occupaUon i^ to f«rm your tMte, your heart and your under«tanding. ' **' ». Danns, in his flight, being ♦ reduce*? to th« necf>mi*« nr.wt»wi« r:i wistri-srur^! ^^ ^ie..^#:rrtrLit;^ia thL^^ w ***f '• "*"* '*"?y '^^^ t''^ '"'^nn^". and correct, everr thmg Uiat w found m us rude and harbarous. ^ knowledge spread into Sreeee .„d tlie neighbourinTi^ntrit! «i!i; A.™Sfer' ^'^"■' '''"'•■ "^'^" ■^'"•- »««". "«'■'• ^q'^ rr*^*"' ^*^' ^^y ^'^^ ^*^''^® voice) on ?i'< n^^'^i deioule; muddy, bourbeux) affirmed, ossi^rer. ^4.; «vare has etc. (active voice) SX J^v«rran,;7arf9 put in he *. perfect of the subjiMictive, when some cor ♦tonal expres- sion is introduced into the sentence. EXAMPLES. ■tion oj great e present, or ffect, or plu- il n'est point d'homme, quelque m6rito qu'll ait, qui nc fU trds-mortifie, s'il savait tout ce qu'on pense de lui, ou trouvora-t-on un hommo qui no/i^ la mdme faute, s'il etait axposS aux m6med tentations ? je doute quo voire frere ekt renssi sans votro assistancr. there is no ma», whatever merit he may have, that would not feel vmf much mortified, were he to kno0 all that it thought of him. where will you find the man who would not have cornhiitted the same ciror, had he been exposed to the same tcmplatians 7 I donht whether your bother would have succeeded, hcul it not been for your assistance. EXERCISE. 1. He who wishes to teach an art, must know it thoroughly, he muft give none but clear, precise, and well-dicested notions of it ; he must instil lYicxa, one by one, into the minds of his pupils, and, above all, he must not. overburthcn their memory with useless, or unimportant rules. 2. He mvit yield to the force of truth, when they shall have suffered it to appear 5n its real Ugh*. 3. Tlxere is no work, however perfect people may suppose it, thaf would not be liable to criticism, if it were examined with severity and in every point of view. 4. I doubt whether his piece would i xve had the approbation of connaisseurs, if he had not determined to make in it the changes you judged necessary. (1) It must (that ho who, etc. know it); ho must (not repeated), (fUt, instil, faire entrer; by a; overburthen, surcharger; unimportant, ijisignifiant. (3.) (It must, ind-7, that he); yield, se rendre ; suffered, permettre ; it to appear, (that it appear) ; real light, vrai jour. (3.) Would he liable, preter, 6ub>2; with severity, i larigueur; in sous \ point of view, face. (4.) Approbation, suffrage; had determined, se decider; in it, y; jiiijcred, inn -4. When the first verb is in the imperfect, the preterit, the pluperfect or the conditional, the second is put in the imper- ihci of the mibjunctivo, if we mean to expretw a thing present. i a f gran' te had an m of gretd resent, or t, or plu- l expres- n>cr merit vxnUd not fied^ were thought of ? man who hiiUed the en exposed 7 other would it not been ly, he mupt t ; he must i)ove all, he rtant rules, arc suffered se it, thaf everity and Tobation of hanges you eated), qut. , nimportant, permettre ; ngue^ir; in ; in it, y; eterit, the he imper- ig present. OP THE VERB. u$ i or future ; but it is put in the pluperfect, if we wwh to ex- press a hing that is p?8t. Je votiUUs, fmi voulu^ iV* • ijoulu, je voudrais, or feusse voulu ^'il finisee celte affaire. Je ne savau pas, je n^ai pas sv, etc. que voua eu'^sicK ^udi6 2e5 r/t^z- themafufies. Remark. With the preterit indefinite, the second verb is put ir the present, if it expresses a thing of comiQon occurrence. EXAMPLES. Diett a entoure 1m yeux ce tuni- God has su,irminded the etfes with que« fort minces, transpa- very thin tunics, transparerU on rentes au dehors, afin qu'on the outside, that we may see pnisse voir a travers, through them. And in the preterit, if we mean .o express a thing past, as, ii a fallu qu'i/ aU solicits sea juges he must have been obliged to soli- cit his judges EXERCISE. 1. Mr. de 1 urcnne never woidd buy any thing on credit, of trades- men, for fear, said he, they shouM lose a great part of their demand, if he happened to be killed. All the workmen who were emnloyed about hia house, had orders to bring in their bills, before he set' out for the campaign, and they were regularly paid. 2. It would be bdter, for a man.who truly loves himself, to lose his life, then to forfeit his honour by som. base and ahameful action. 3. Lycurgus, in one of his laws, had forbidden the lighting of those who came from a feast in the evening, that the fe&r of not being ible to reach their houses m\g\\i prevent them from getting intoxicated. 4. People used the bark of trees, or skins, to write upon,* before paper was known. 5. Go and * ask that old man : for whom are you planting'! he will answer you : for the immortal gods, who have ordered both tkat I should profit by the labour of those that have preceded me, and that th68e who should come after me, should profit by mine. (1.) Would, vouloii, ind-2; buy on credit, prendre a credit i of, cAe^r ; happened, vemr ; were employed, owr ,- bills, vie /noire ; he, on ; set out for, se viett/re en. f2.^ To lose, (that he %could lose) ; forfeit, t€)-%ir. (3.) In, par ; the lighting of, que on eclairer, Bubj-2 ; that, afin que t reach their houses, se rendre chez eux ; getting intoxicated, s'enivrer. (4, J Peonle. 07i ', bark. i/UH'/'ji ; skirss 'nsnti. .- Unj'.is'.i s^n. xnT'tri: (5.) Have, ordered, -yoM^ir ; both, e/; by,'erfect, the preterit deli..^:., the preterit indefi- nite, the pluperfect, and th^ preterit ai.ferior may be ioined the imperfect of the subjunrHv. . EXAl/.i'i.KS, jiff vwiiais je voulus j'ai vj/ulu j^avms vovZu feus voulu 1 f J>giM; f^i r '"(fitismz. J •r THE VBilB. 353 s, as, oTs> present^ feci, the conditi' e imper-' iItionals!# ihe same F THE fie future resent of •it indefi- [)e ioined To the future anterior the preterit of the subjunctive, as, il aura voulu quHl soil parti. The conditional present is accompanidd either by tlie imperfect, or by the pluperfect of the subjunctive. EXAMPLES. je voMdrais qtie faurais vmdu j'eiisse voulu votis partitsiez vausfussiez parti > gue vous fussiez parti'. OF THE INFINITIVE. 393. The infinitive is that aood which cojivey« ih© abstract idea of an action unconnected with time or peisons j thus, aimer, parler. The u-j of the infinitive after anothei* verb, the prepositions cfe, a, pour., placed before it accordiwg as the case requires, etc. have been noticed No. 350, which see. 394. The participle present is uFed in En^ish in many cases which require the infiniti^'e ir French. The principal and most common, are when the English participle is governed by a pieposition. See Exceptieiv, 400,- EXAMPLES. / blame you, for having refused, je vous blame d'asdvt refuse. he has gotie wit/umt q)eaking Lo ii est parti sans me parler. me. she lakes delight in teazing, I ItJre dancing, elle 8C plait a tourmenter. j'aime a dansei; Observe thai the same, or the corresponding, prepositions are not always w^^^ i, because, as it cannot too often bo n-peattsd, the two languages dilfei!' essentially in this point. EXERCISE. • We only shut at eyes to in 'h because we fear lo nc * art. art. qtie parce que de see ourselv ;. r^ we aic. We were yet far from the caotle, 2 n^ii:^ I let que ind-2 e^icore when one ofour fviends .^ame to join us. f did not think I to * sot out so soon. ind'3 He promises every day art. pi. amend, but I do not rely upon his promises. se corrig - cctipter promesse f. pi. was ind<2 • dev ir that he will de * - They talic on of a tecret expedition ; he hopes to bo (u\ it). He reties upon 2 — f. I * en Ti2 354 it^TAX ANW idioms seoing you very soon to terminate amicably lus a/lkir int. 1 au premier pur pmw al'amiaile with you. You ,expec.d to take a journey this year; but s aitendre md-^ /aire vmjrrgem. your father has changed his mind. He threaten, to punish us se- (U* avis fie ^, vcroly, if we (fall again) into the same error. veremeni reUnnber fautc OF THE PARTICIPLE, 395. The participle is a part of the verfi which partakes of the properties both of a verb and adjective ; of a verb, an it signifies action and state, of an adjective, as it expresses the quality of a person, or thing. There are two participles, tho partia'ple present, and the participle past. OP THE PARCICIPLE PRESENT, The participle present always terminates in ant: as aimantj finissant, recevant, rendant. 3.96. The participle present is uudeclined, that is takes neither gender nor number, when it expresses an action, and may be turned by the present or the imperfect of the indicative mood, une montagne, or des montagnes dominant (i.e.) ^ui dominent ou dominaient) sur des plaines ^m- merises, a mountain or mountains commanding immense plains ; un homme, des hommes, ime femme, des femmes Itsant, parlant, marchant, {qui lisent,fjui parlaient, qui marchent) a man, men, a woman, women reading, speaking, walking. But when, like an adjective, it expresses simply a quality, »t takes botlx tlie gender and number of its substan- tive j as un hommc obligeant, an obliging man ; une femme obligeante, and obliging woman ; des tableaux parlmts, speaking portraits ; la religion dominant^ the established religion j a la nuit tombante, at night falling. It is known to partake of the nature of the adjective when it is put be- fore the noun in English. What grammarians call gerr d, i nothing but the participle present, to which the wor' ,7 is prefixed ; on se forme Pespiit en lisant de bans livres, we form our minda by reading good books. EXERCISE. That mou?itain being very high, and thus commanding a vast okve cdnsi domincr sur gmnd Of THE VKRB. 355 Im &fl'air year; but nish us Be- si. partakes I verb, as expresses ', and th© ant: as ; is takes I action, ct of the lominant ines ^m- immenfic femmes ent, qui peaking, 5 simply substan- J femme variants, ablished known put be- but the ; on se minds a vast gmnd cilciit of country, waa very well calcultttcd for our obHervalionB. tlenduc pays ind-2 * proprc a This woman is of a gootl disiwaition, obliging every one, when' caracttre ra. taut Ic vimutc quand over sho (has it in her power). They go cringing before the great. kpaiivoir rampcr flevant pi. that they may be insolent to their equals. The state of pure ajin (ic * * inf-1 pi. avec egal nature is the savage living in the desert, but living in his family, . famiile f knowing his children, loving them, (making use) of speech, and connaitre ^^^ ^^ ^^^,.^,^ (making himself understood.) An agreeable languor iraiK^rocp- tibly (laying hold) of my sonsop, suspended tho activity of my blcmcfU s'emparcr sens ifmpmdre ind-3 ^ ^ soul, and I fell (asleep). Time is a real blunderer, placing. smrfm/«rind-3art. ,rrai brrnuUm), netlre, replacing, ordering, disordering, impressing, enwing. aDDroachinir remeltn, ranger Ucrange^ d,prun^' ,ff-J; '^gJl^X^' (impossible to be known again). )n6co)uuiissa6le 397. The participle present is frequently uaed in English as a substantive, which is not tlie case in French. EXAMPLE. his ruling passmi is hvMin.g, sa passion dominaate est la chiissc. When governed by a preposition, it is rendered in Frencli by the inhnilive. (No. 394.) EXAMPLES. prevent him from dmng nmchkj^ emp6chez-lo do fairo le mal gieat lalLeis. ^ux grand? parleur.i. 398. The participle present frequently takes the place of the indicative in English ; it must not then be rendered lite- rally, but in the following manner. EXAMPLE. / rmt th^m riding post, je ks ai renconires qui couraieiU la postc. 399. Sometimes also it is used substantively with a pos- mm\o pronoun } then, it must be rendered in French by m SYNTAX AJVD iDibM* Ii Hie indicative oi: the sujunctive, according as the case re- quires. EXAMPLES. the fear of his coming (lest Ac sftould la crairttfl qu'il ne vint nous f our- Mme) fuirrassed Jis, mcntait. / doubt his bdn^faith/iU. je doute qu'il soit fidole, etc. wfiat do you think of his tmriting que pensez-vous de cela 1 il m'a ^^^^f tent. Savez-vous qu'il m'u ecrit 1 qu'en pensez-vous 7 400. In No. 394, it has been said that the infinitive is used aOer prepositions in French, and not the participle present. The only exception to this rule is en. EXAMPLES. nous en parlerons en marchant, toe will talk about it as we walk. ■ on apprend en enseignant, we learn by teaching others. 401. The participle present alw^ays forming a phrase incidental and subordinate to another, must necessarily relkte to the subject of the principal phrase, when it is not preceded by another noun, as in this sentence ;— je no puis vous accompagner a / cannot accompany ym into the la campagne, ayantdes affaires country, having some business qui exigent ici ma presence, that requires my p-esence here. The participle present ayant relates to the subject Je, since the subordinate proposition, formed by ayant, could have no kind of relation to the principal proposition, if it could not be resolved into ihisparce quefai des affaires quL etc. But, in this sentence : combien voyons-nous dc gens, Iu)w many people do joe see, who, qui, connaissant leprix du knowing the value of time, waste temps, le perdent mal a-propos i it improperly ! Connaissant relates to the substantive gens, because this is the word which it modifies, and because the relative qui, placed between that substantive, as the regimen, and the participle preeent, obviates every kind of ambiguity. Remarks. Two participles ought never to be used together without being united by a conjunction, as, etc, EXAMPLE. c'est un homme aimant ot crai- he is a man loving and feanns gnantDieu, God. ^ * 2. The relative en ought never to be put either before a participle present, or before a gerund. We cannot say, case re- nous 'our- elc. lat il m'a qu'il m'a /ous 1 initive is participl© e walk. • s. a phrase icessarily 1 it is not I into the Intsittess cchere. bject je, d, could ion, if it dres qui, see, who, ime, waste ause this tive gut, and the be used etc, t fearing i)efore a say, of THfi YEftt* 357 Je vous ai remis nioit /Us etUre les mains, en voulaiU Javtt quelque chose de bon, becauae the sense would be ambiguous : for, the meaning is not: As I wish to do soviething good, or, as I wish to do well, I have put my son into your hands. But, / have put my son into your hands^ as I msh to vuike something of hiai. We should say : Voulant enfaire^ etc. Likewise this sentence would be improper : Le prince tempere la rigueiir du pouvoir, en en partageant les Jondions. On account of the repetition of the word ew, used in two- different senses, viz., as a preposition and a relative.- Another' turn must be then ? dopted, as, Oest' en partageant lesfonctions du pouvoir, qu^lcn prince en tempere larigueur. OF THE PARTICIPLE PAST. Tho participle past has various terminations ; as, aime Jini, ouvert, aissous, etc. 402. The participle past is sometimes declined^ someti- mes not, thus, Av^Z'VQUS raangez tonics ks /raises que iwus avez cuoillics ce matin. »dveZ'Vous mange, vous avez cueillies are two verbs in the aame tense, and person, yet one participle mange, is unde- clined, the other, cueillies, is feminine plural. This dif-* ference, apparently contradictory, is grounded upon a principle which must be explained. OP THE PARTICIPLE WITH ETRE. 403. The participle past, when accompanied by the auxiliary verb ctre, agrees vvith its subject in gender and number. EXAMPLES. mon frore est tombe, mes freres sont tombes, ma sceur est tombee, mes sceura sont tombees, la nuit tsera bientot pa»sce, my brothffr is fallen, my brotliers are fallen, my sister is falle^\ my sisters are fallen, the night will soon be over. ■:.\:' ■ 358 srwrAx and idioms Ici spcctaclcB sont fr6qucnte«, Ike theatres arc frequcnkd. ccttc fleur est tort recherchee, tHsJhwer u much sought after. lis Bont tort estimes, tliey are very viuch eiteciiicd. There is an exception which is explained at No. 410; participle past of Reflective Verbs. EXERCISE. Firc-ftrms were not known to tho ancients. iKhnmcl. the art. arme a fmi. p|. ind-l connu . * ^p.^.^^ In Abraham's time, tiie threatenuigs of tho true God were 'iw ^ art. 1 vienace f pi. jnj.^j «^r'Jj/^^r'' "'"« "'■ "^^'f' ^"'' '" ">" '-» °f 'Sfr- "' .. il/4'4 I ^n-i %. A V^, IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 1.25 12.8 mil 2.2 1^ 1^ m m M 12.0 1.8 U IIIIII.6 <^ W /a 'n >>.. "^ -(^^ Hiotographic Sciences Corpomtion 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 •^^^ d> & % ^ €n i> n^HHMSimiipwwiikPiiann 362 ! f •YNTAX AND IDIOMf ' m af:- EXERCISE. The groat changes y;hich (hav«^ taken pla«e) in ad- changemcnt y am- ind-4 art. ministratKHi, have astonished many peofrfe. The heavy' Men des personnes grand rains which we have had in the spring, have been pluielji. *il fairexnUA the cause of many diseagea. The scarcity which there was vrudadk t pi, disette f. ind-4 la'st winter, has afforded the opportunity of doinz art. dernier 2 1 dojmer occasion inf-» much good, What news has reached joa? How many f^^n est-ilvenu que de imprudent steps were taken on that occasion t How faux demarche {. ^\. ils'estfaire en many large ships have been built in England within these fifty gros il se construire indA depim * years t The figures which you have learned to draw are of — apprendre dessinet grea$ beauty. We ought never to swerve from the "tin * foMoir ind-i * s'etoignei' good path which wo have begun to follow. The measures route f. on mesure Lpl. which you advised mo to adopt, have not succeeded ■ cor^eiUer ind-4 de prendre re ussir The rule, which I have hegnn to explain, seems to mo very TGgk f. expliquer semhler easy to (be miderstood). You see that I have not (been mistaken) saisir se tromper ind-4 respectiog the affairs which I had foreseen you would have prevoir que in hand. 1 asked for some pencils, and he has sent ♦ demander ind-4 envoyer me some very good ones, en PARTICIPLE PAST WITH REFLECTED VERBS. 410. It has Deen said, No. 121, that all active verbs may be used reflectedly. The participle past of such verbs agrees witii the subject or nominative. EXAMPLES. ©l|p s'est blessee, nous nous summes ennuySs, Here blessee, ennuyes, agree with »«, nous, of which elh, she has hurt herself, we have got tired. ■HP OP THE PREPOSITIONS. 863 in ad- art. I heavy grand ave been here was ind-4 of doing: inf-> iw many ', dg tif How liese fifty ♦ are of er from the measures esure £.pL ICC ceded ■ etissir rao very mistaken) iper ind-4 aid have has sent envoyer i. srbs may 3 subject But hercj il s'est casq6 la jambe, Luerdce s'est donn6 la mort, he has broken Ms leg. LAwreda destroyed Aerself, ^^^\^onne are undeclined, because they precede itmAe, mart, which are the ob ects or accusatives of the verbs case or dative. But, speaking of the broken leg we Si,y, ^\Ze\f '*''"'"'"'" '" ^'''' I don't kno^o how he broke it. ^ J^ecause cassee follows la, of which >mi6 is the antece- EXERCISE. Our troops have^ fought with great courage. They have not sufficiently made,^ha.e. Did^„ot our sisters stop (on^the) road, '^-^"^^^-y^^hould.^^^^ Showmethehand ""^''^ Tan^^^ '"'• ^^"^ ^'"^^''^^ J^'^vo made themselves famous by their courage. What strange fancies she has' '^'' {nf„ !,« 1 1. , , , chimires se n^ttre into her head! I don't think you have cleaned your teeth 1.U' • /. ^ nettover tbis morning^ Indeed I have cleaned them before I went out. avant de sortir lich etUf CHAPTER VI. GENERAL REMARKS ON THE TSE AND MEANING OP SOME OP THE FRENCH PREPOSITIONS. «nKt!i;r'^^^ °^f f prepositions is to connect two nouns anoter ''' ""^ '*'' ''^'*^"" ^^''^ '^'^ ^^^^ ^^ ^"^ meaning of a and^e; the former never means /ro;;^, but to- cai hat f«" > ""^^^ '' ''"'^ '^^ ^^"^*^^^ ^"d ^Wative mmmmmmmm IIHJIMUI 364f SYNTAX ANl^ IDIOMS EXAMPLES. corne near the /we. to from the fire, e does it with readiness, write to John. approchcz-vous du fou, 6ioignez-vou8 du feu, 11 le fait de bon coeur , 6crivez a Jean, En and dans have nearly the same meaning ; but they differ in this, that forme" is used in a more vague, the 'atter in a more determinate sense. EXAMPLE. J'elais en Angleterre, dam la province de Middlesex. A, en, are rendered by to or in before nameb of countries and places, but they must not be used indifferently. «>5 is used before proper names of places, en before names oC countries, provinces. EXAMPLES. il eat alle en France, elle est allee a Rome, ils demeurcnt en Normandie, elles resident a Roue.i, he is gone to Prance, she is gone to Rome, they live in Noi'mandy. they live in &r at Rouen, From what has just been said, it follows then that eik, op- account of its indeterminate nature ought not to be followed by the article, except in a small number of phrases sanc- tioned by usage. EXAMPLES. En la pesence de Dieu ; en la grand! chambre du parleme!niy en I'ad-- sence d'un tel ; en I'annee mil huHcent dix-sept, etc. with respect to the expressions. En I'honnenr, en I'dge, it it better to say^'aVhonneur, a I'&ge.. 413. Jlvant is a preposition in this phrase. : avant le jour, before day-light. But it is an adverb in this : n'allez pas si avant, do not go so forward. Jlutour and a/en^owr, must not be confounded; a\f,i(mr is a pre HTsition, and alentour an adverb. EXAMPLES. tous les grands ^taient autour aJl the grandees stood rovnd tht du tr6ne, throne. le roi 6tait sur son trone, et les the king was upon the throne, and. grands €taient alentour, the grandees stood roujid. is m U il op ill si m( m< but they the 'atter V. countries names oT lat efky qit i followed ses sane- ly. £71 l'a6*- ge. I J atiitntr round the throne, and id. Of THE P!t£POSlTIONS. Jlvant and ouparavdni are not used indifferently. Jlvant is followed by a reginxen. 365 EXAMPLES, avant Paques, b€f&)e J^asler.. avant ce temps, before that time. *duparavant is followed by no regiipsn. EXAMPLE. Pre^ o mdipres de, are not the same expressions. Pret 10 an adjective. But prcs is a proposition : ™°^.0"^*S« est pros d'etre mj w&rk is nearly fiiUshed. An t-avers^nd atravers differ in this: the first is followed by the preposition de, the second is not. ilXAMPLE. U se fit jour au travers des en-1 a TtU a ttavets le, en- rJ:f *" "* *--^* '^ nemis, j ^* Jlvant denotes priority of time and order. EXAMPLE. // esi arrive avaut moi, I'article se met avant le rum. Devant is used for en presence, ms-orvts.. EXAMPLE. // a paru devant kjuge ; U loge devant VigUse. Devant IB likewise a preposition marking order, and isthe opposite of opre*. > v* iwuic EXAMPLES, il a le p&sdevarU moi, he has precedence of me 81 vous 4te8 presse, courez de- Jf y^ are in I Ku^rry, run be- Enyers^nd vers, towards, are also different as to their meaning, the former is put before names of persons, with a !!!.Tll'!?!?!!-^'!?^®^l''P'^^^^ "»<>*'««» and is put before Gg2 m SYSTAX AND IDIOMS i' I mn EXAMPLES. comportez-vouB bien envcrs lui, behave well towards him, with re- gard to him. W% inftrehaient vers la vilJe, they were marching towaxds (Jke city. •lie s'avan^o vers moi, she advanced towards me. THE DSB OP THE ARTrCLB WITH PRBPOSlTrONS.. 414. Some prepositions require the article before their regimen ; others do not ; and others again, soraetimes atJ- mit, sometimes reject it. The following prepasiiions generally require the article before the noun, which they govern. nvers, I no xcepte, pai ors, pej ormis, poi cbez le prince, clans la maison, ayant, depuia, cnvers, nonobstont, aprfes, cnez, dcvant, excepte, parmi, derrifere hors, pendant, dans, durant hormis, pour, selon, suivant, touchant, vers. avant I'aurore, apr^s la promenade, envers leg pauvres, devant Teghse, etc, There are, however, exceptions. avant terme, avant midi, EXAMPLES. avant diner, apr^s midi, pour lit «ne paillasse, depuis minuit, ete. A noun governed by the preposition en, is not, in general, preceded by the article. EXAMPLE. En ville, en cam- ^ne, en extase, en scnge, en pKSccs, etc. Varmee est entree en campagne, means the army has taken the field ; but M. J\\ est alle « la campagne, means, Mr. N. is gone into the country. These eleven prepositions a, de, avec, conire, entre, malgriy outre, par, pour j siir, sans, sometimes admit, some- times reject the article before their regimen. If the article is used in these phrases : Jouer sur k velours, St. Paul veut de la subordination ew^re la femme die man. Sans Ics passions, ou serait le merite 1 It is suppressed in, Etre sur pied ; un peu de fa9on8 nc gate rien e^Ure mari et femme. VivTo fin/ns. 'iinsLKums,. c'p.st vivre sans vlaisirs. et sans wdncs. u; u ■i Ml OP THE PRBPO81TI0N8. 367 m,witk re- fowavdf the fore their times at)- he article >n, bant, :hant,. pauvres, lise, etc, le paillasse, uit, etc. 1 general, c. rmy has , means, •h^«« A ■ ^^ Wk ^«^k f- \j *v«^4X^ »» M.^ i ■iHPPft« OwS ITNTAI AMD IDIOM ■ SXAMPLB8. r^ de la nMftnon, I'insu de «on frhte, du-dMsvM du pont, Tiear the hmcse. wnkTunim (o his brother, above the bridge^ cf-ij. These four, Jusque, par rapport^ quant and sauf are followed by the preposition a. EXAMPLES. jusqu'au mois prochfein, tiU the next month. quant a moi, as for me, etc. Practice alone can teach these different regimens. A noun may be governed by two prepositions, provided they do not require different regimens ; thus we may say with propriety, celui qui ectit selon Io8 circon- he tsho writes according to circum- stances, pour et con >e un stances, both foi' and against parti, oat un homine bien me- a party, is a very contemptiUe prwable, man. But it would be wrong to say, Celui qui 6crit cnfaveur et contre un parti, etc. because enfaveur requires the preposition de. Prepositions which, with their regimen, express a ciiK cumstance, are generally placed as nearly as possible to the word to which that circumstance relates. EXAMPLES. on voit des personnes qui, avec we see persons who, with a great beaucowp d espnt, commettent de deal of wit, tommU very greaL ^ tr6s-grandes fautes, faults. !> B ^'- J ai envoy6 a ki paste les lettres ^ ible to the 'ft." oiih a great very greuL >st-office ike yevyriUen. reclaim by istaken ^co- itions, we IS. placed af- v^een the •V VffK ADVSRB. EXAMPLES. the man who is most learned is generally he teko ikinks mosi modestly of himself. have you ever seen a pedant more absurd and more vain? fhomme le plus ^cXaxti est mdi- iiairem^U celui qui jKinse le pins modeslanent de lui-mdnic, avez-vous jamais vu un pedant piuH abeurile et plus vain } Compound adverbs, or adverbial phrases are placed after the verb, and even after the participle past in a compound tense. EXAMPLE. c'est a la mode, that is fashionable. il oAt fallu se lever plus matin, it icould have been necessary to rise earlier. nous nous somnies lev6a a la hl^te, we got vp hastily. Exceptions. 1. — Adverbs of order, rank, and thoee which express a determinate time, are placed either before,^ or after the verb, EXAMPLES. we oug/U, firsts to do our duty; secondly, enjoy lawful pleasures. nous devons premidrement faire notre devoir ; secondement cher- cher les plaisirs permis, aujourd'hut il fait beau ; il pleu- to day, it is fine ,- it mil rain per- vra peut*dtre demain. haps to-morrow. 2. These adverbs, comment, ou, d^oii, par ov, combt'en, pourguai, quand, used with, or without interrogation, are always placed before the verb which they modify. EXAMPLES. comment vous portez-vous 1 oil allez-vous 1 il ue sait comment s'y prendre, hoxo do you do 7 whither are you going 7 he does not Icjioto how to set about it. The adverbs tres,fort, infiniment, etc. are always placed bofore the adjective which they modify. EXAMPLE. c'est une feminc fort belle, tres- she is a woman very beautiful, of sensible, et infiniment sage, great sensibilUy, and infinitely pudent. Adverbs of quantity and comparison and the adverbs of time souvent, iovj'ours, Jamais, are placed before the other ad/erbs. EXAMPLES. iipoliment, fort poliraent, trfes-heureusemcnt, so politely, very politely^ very happily. wmmHIMii 370 ■ YWTAX AND fOIOMS le plus adroitomenl, the most skUfuUy '^Zr ' '''''^"'"' t^J never JrLintmaUlyumUd. ils «ont touiourrs r!nM>mble tktii «« ^u^.. > .1 c'est^uvent . n^proviste ,u'il ^A^XfrfuXX. -yottvm^ may, however, be preceded by an adverb of quantity, or comparison, ad si souvent, assez souvenL fort souvent, plus souvent, mains souvenf; trop souvenL ^ , When ad verba of quantity and comparison meet toirether ^sta^SeT' ''' '^"'"'"^ '^ ^'^ ^^^ '^> which'cttlTha" fli peu, trop peu, tr6s-pcu, bien peu bien plus, bien davanta^e, beaucoup* trop, beaucoup plus, beaucoup moing, tant mieut, tant pis, etc. Bien before another adverb means very much, quite, ^ EXAMPLES, bien assez, bien tard, bien moi;iB, When after the verb it signifies well, EXAMPLES. quite enough, very late, much less. assez bien, fort bien, pretty well, very well. ©P THE NEGATIVE We. rn^!^V^r '^ ^"'*^"™^/7 to use two negatives in French, ne comes before the verb ; pas or pcrint comes after it. The * rench Academy havn discussed the four following questi- o* wu^^^ ^^ *^® P^^^® °^ *^® negatives ? vice'vi^sa?'^ ^""^ ^"^ '^^ "^^"^ '" preference to ;?otnf and 3. When may both be omitted ? ^. When ought both to be omitted 1 f..t^!^'^ ^"^j^""^ I' ''^ ""^'y "'^^"^l importance, we chall S view? ^^ ''^ ^^'^ Academy, and agreeably to *Bdaiukmpiu not, as the English ^^;/i susceptible of being modi- cUtly united, '.dly. a""<- -^ -'ail. TT!, ' ^"T '".'?•' """ "f restriction. To say • beilfedC^t' "^"'' " '° "y' "^ ^- """'■'•S of what can Hence the Academy concludes, ihMpas is more proner denotiSl&r'^' "•' """^"'' -" o*- 3i EXAMPLE. mmmmmm 372 SYNTAX AND lOIOltS !' !i 2. Before nouns of number* EXAMPLE. U n'y a paB dix ans, It is not tm yean, ag§t Point ia elegantly used, 1. At tho end of a sentence* EXAMPLE. on a'amusait a, bpb d^peni, ct il lliey wav amvsine tke>nselv«s ai ne s'cn apercevoit point, his exf-mse^ and Ke did not per* ceive it, 2. In elliptical sentences. EXAMPLE. je nroyaia avoir a faire & un hon- / thought I haa to dtal ^oiJi an nSt« homme ; maifl point, honeU nian ; but no, 3. In answer w interroga e sentences. I EXAMPLE. irez-vous ce soir au pare? — shiiU von go lhi$ evening to the point, pnrfc '/ — no. The Academy also observes, that when pas or point i9 introduced into interrogative sentences, It is with meanings somewhat different. We make use "f point, when we have any doubt on our minds. EXAMPLE, n'avez-vous point €te la ? have you not been there ? But we use pas, when we are persuaded. EXAMPLE. n'avez-vous pas 6t6 la) but you have been there, have not you? iLA. Third Question. When may both pas and point be omitted 1 They may be suppressed, 1. Aftc* the words cesser, oser, and pouvoir ^,h\it Ihifl omi3sion is only for th f^ sake c elegance. EXAMPLES. je ne cesae de m'en occuper, / incessantly think about it. je n'ose voua on parler, / dare iwt speak to you aixy^d. it. je ne puis y ponser soni fremir, / cannot t/iink of it vrUkout skud- htviielvti at lid iwt per* tal wuh an mmg.io the it point 19 meanings when we e, have not I point be J but this U it. ab&fU it. r'dhff&t shui' Ot tfli a^Vkrii. til We likewise say, but only in fjimiiitr conversation, ne bougei, ao not stir. 2. In expressions of this kind y a-t"il «n homme dot.t ello ne is there a m>;n that she dms not in6(lise 1 shnJer ? Avei-vouji iin ami qui ne soit have tjou a frintd but :it not Ukt- dei mieiiB 1 ^oiu mine ? Fourth Question. When ought botli »a«,;»oin^ are of course omitted. ■-i -.1 3P76 SrNTAX AND IDIOMS EXAMPLES. we despise those who speak differ rcmUyfimn what ttey thmk. he vnites better than he specks, it is worse than was said, it is different from tehat I thought. I have been very near being de- ceived. oi\ m^prise cenx qui parlent au- trement qu'ils ne pement, il ecrit mieux qu'U no parle, c'est pire qu'^on ne le dissait, c'est autre chose que je ne croyais, peu s'en faut qu'bn ne m'ait trompe, JVe is also used before the subjunctive mood after certain verbs noticed No. 384-, iu which case pas^ pointy are also omitted. EXAMPLES. je ne doute pas qui! ne vienne, I doubt tiot that he wiO, ceme. ne desesperez pas que ce moyen, do not despair of the success of ne vous r^ussisse, these means. je ne nie pas, ow, je ne discon- Id& nst deny hat that it mO/y be so, viens pas que cela ne soit, j'emp^cherai bien que voUs ne / shaXL prevent ymr being of the s6y ez d u nombre, number. prenez garde qu'on ne vous se- take care that they do not corrupt duise, f)U. prenez garde que vous ne m'en- mind ym, rf* imA iMdetstand whtd tendiez pas, I mean. il craint que son frere ne i'aban- he is afraid his brother shotUd for> donne, sakeiam. je crains que mon Ami ne meure, I fear my friend wiU die. The Academy says, that after nieVy doufevy dtsconveniry ne may be omitted. EXAMPLES. Je ne nic pas^ ou^ je ne dwctonviens pas que cela soit. When v^e say, de crainie quHl neperde sonpraceSy we ex- press a fear lest he should lose his law-suit. When we say, de crainte quHl ne soit pas puni, we ex^ press an apprehension, lest he should escape punishment. Remark. In these phrases, je crains que mon ami ne meure, / am afraid my friend will die. vous emplchez qu'on ne chante, you prevent them from singtng. J\re has the meaning of the 7ie of the Latin language, which equally governs the subjunctive liiood. 423. The conditional of savoir is frequently used nega- tively, instead of pmtvoir in which case pasy point are uuiiiteu. EXAMPLE, je ne saurais en venir a bout I cannot accomplish U. speafc diffe" y think, : speaks, I thought, ter certain , are also cemvf. success of U nay be so, king of the Tiot corrupt efstavid nehed r skcvid for- e. isconveniry €eSy we ex- M, we exT lishmeAt. will die. nngmg. I language, used nega- point are OF TKS ADVERB. When ne savoir means eire incertain^ it is best to pmit j)as and point. EXAMPLES. Je ne sais ou le prendre, il ne salt ce qu'il. dit, / do not know lehere to find him, he does not know what he says. But pas B.nd paint must be used wlien savoii' is taken in its true meaning, to know. EXAMPLE, je ne sais pas Ic Fran9ai8, / do not know Frenck. We also say, without pas ot paint , toe vous deplabe, ne vous en d6- by yowr leave, under favour^ or plaise, let it not displease you. Plus and davantage must not be used indifferently. Plus is followed by the preposition de, or the conjunction ^ue, EXAMPLES'. il a plus de brillant que de solide, he has, more brilliancy than so'itdUy. H 6e fie plus a ses luftiieres qu'a he relies more upon his ownknow- celles des autres, ledge than upon that of others. Davantage is used alone and at the end of sentences. EXAMPLE, la science est estimable, mais la learning is eslimable, but virtue is vertu I'est davantage, sliU more so. Although davantage can not be followed by the preposition iie, it may be preceded by the pronoun en. EXAMPLE, je n'en dirai pas davantage, / shaU mt say any mote about it, It is incorrev.^ to use davantage for 7c plus. We must «ay, de toutes les flenrs d'un pAttene, of aU the flmcers of a parterre the I anemone est celle qui me plait le anemone is that which pleases vie W^- most. 424. 6i., aussiy tant, and autant, arc always followed by the conjunction qut^ expressed or understood. II h ^ H 378 srNTAX Ai\D IDIOMSr Si, and aussi aire joined to adjectives, adverbs, and par- ticiples ; tant^nd autant, to substantives and vevba, EXAMPLES. J'Angleterre n'est pas si grande England is not ^ large of Prantx. que la France, ii est aussi cstime (ju'aim6, he is as much esteemed as fie it beloved. cite a autant de beaute que dc she Juis as much beauty as virtue. vcrtu, Remark. •Mutant may, however, be substituted for ausstf in comparisons of equality. EXAMPLE. il est modeste autant que &age, he is as modest as imsc. It has been said. No. 47. that, in comparisons, aussi is iis*d with the affirmative, and si, with the negative ; si, may, however, be used in an affirmative sentence, in the sense of tellement. EXAMPLE. ? isl hardly walk. H est devenu »i gros, qu'il a Jo he is be^xme so bulky that Ive cmi la i)eme a marcner, Jamais takes sometimes the preposition, a, and ioujours (he preposition pour. EXAMPLES. soyez a jamais heurcux, c'est pour toujouvs, be fm' ever happy, it is for ever. CHAPTER VIII. OF THE CONJUNCTIONS. 425. Que is a conjunction so much used in French that, although it has been already noticed in every part of this grammar with which it might have reference, it may not be unnecessaiy to present here a series of examples of the various ways in which it is used. and par- t's. J Of Piantx. 'd as lie i* as virtue. i for ausstf 9, atlSSt 19 ;ative ; si, i^e, in the f^t Ji£ cati I ioujours ;nck that^ rt of this may not es of the Of THE CONJUNCTIONS. 379 r QU£ expressing com- parison ior\nen que je souhaite que d rutins que avanl que sans que <^que «£tiJSZ^d^ que si^ Of quand soil que r EXAMPLES, grande que Z'^-tt- > ^*}^ " '*rg«' ^^» rope. ) liiUrope. ion ne park que i thej taJJ? of no- de la nouvelle> tMng but the viOoire. ) new victory. Squ'tZ Vive pour, jel^^^ ¥ ^'^e, for, ) souliaite qu'iZ moe. f '' '^^"' ^^ ^° S } may live. (ceUi ne ^inwa pasi^^^^'','^^^ ^ «« i qu'i7 ne vicnne. i f^^ *° ^t. «*^*^M ■',.,. t *16 come. iqujZ/as5« fc wi«i est\hoio great is the 1 grand! 5 Almighty I ] f?te je hais Ics me- } how muck I hate \ chants! 5 the wicked! Another very frequent use of this conjunction is to save the repetition of comme, parce gue,pmsgiie, quand, qumque, 81, etc. when, to phrases beginning with these words, others are added under the same regimen, by meanb of the conjunc- tion et» EXAMPLE. si Ton airaait son pays et.qu'on en if we loved our country, and sin- desirat sincerement la gloire, cerely wished its glory, we should on sc conduirait de maniere, act so as, etc. etc, 426. Particular construction with que before a noun or s^n infinitive. EXAMPLE. c'est tin honiQic votjre fr,5re, For votrefrere est un homme singulier. ^ ^ ' WmiiMmii»». ttm mmm ' ' mmmimmm.^^ 580 StNTAX \^t) iDioMi EXAMFLEl e 6tait qUelque chose que dVvoir having begunwas already smne- commence, thing. For avoir commence etait dejd quelque chose, EXSRCISB. We have every thing to tear from his wisdom, even more . • encore Ihan ffdm his power. What men term greatuess, glorvi ce que art. appclcr power, profound policy, is in the eyes of God ordv profond politique, f. d misery, weakness, and vanity. May they understand, at last, comprendre that without internal peace there is no avec soi-meme 2 art. 1 «^^ happiness. May she be as happy as she deserves to bcv rf , . , dele Ne^er write before you have thoroughly examined sous toutes ses faces 2 1 the subject which you propose to treat. Let him but hear se proposer de trailer • the least noise, his terrified imaginatidn piesents to Mm hothin* brtMt effraye2 f. 1 * » "* T,.. de art. "^°"^^^^^- ^^ """"a^^^ ^-^^-' ^^' comes in Why does he not (take advantage) of his youth. ne lemier, * projlter (in order to) acquire the knowledge he Wants 1 This P^^^ coTiTiaissance pi. dont avoir besoin % town is a very pretty place. My uncle was a terrible man when he was in a passion. Full as he was of his prejudices, he would not own Rempk md-2 preju^ ind 3 convenir de (anything). Full of self-love {as he i*), expect nothintt rien petnl 3 -2 ^ good (from him). How beautiful is that cultivated nature en 16 5 2 4 3 How, by the care of man, is it brilliantly and richly auomed ! _ P^^ ^' pompeusement omp. Had profound philosophy presided at the formation of St * d£ ind-6 d languages, and had they carefully examined the elements of art. cangne avecsoin subj-i —m. OF THE CONJUNCTIONS. asi ready smne- jven more ncore 3SS, gloryj God only id, at last, re no point CS (0 biBk examined 1 but hear * m nothing * * uestion, tili ur brother his youth, ktsi This r besoin 1 man when own convenir de nothing de ted nature 3 y auomed ! sement ome nation of ilcments of — m. speech, not only in their relations (to one another), but also art. tttscoufs non ^,^^ ^> "* ^^^ m themselves, it is not (to be doubted) that lanffaaaes en m. -'— < — ° * would present offrir subj-S ' ,S Of--- I Will give you this fine picture upon condition that you tableau m. d J^f^s. ' J «^' ^^ * testimony of my friendship. consei-ver md-l temoignage xa. ■ 429. The conjunctions which govern the subjunctive are, soit que. sans quej pour que, quoique, lllSnu'n eg nyin encore que, a moins que, pourvu que 3Up|;0gc uUC, au cas que, avant que, noH paa que aiiii que, de peur que dccrainteque, etc, land, urquoi mment, etc. le principal incidental, id indepen- quc, re que, 3 principal BJUNGTIVE. B, si rum que 3 plus d'ar- •Ut that you ater ardour. ce, by the 1, and the ses a corn- geometry, i, f. in astro- de d tasto proii. a prisoner, * captive of enemies, that you ibjunctive i que, peur que 7rainte que, tc, PROMISCUOUS EXKBCISKS. 383 They require the conjunctive, as they alwtiys tmpl^ doubt, desire, ignorance. See No. c^78. •You know connailre EXERCISE. too well the value of time, to make priz m. art. pour que Ure 2 it necessary to tell you to (make a good use of) it. St udy only '* * de de bien employer great models, Uat i\ ._^ which arc but middling art. de peur que * mediocre ne should s^il your taste, be/ore it bo entirely formed, k gater subj-l (make not the leost doubt) that your method will succeed, 7ie douter nuUement f ^^^ subi-1 provided it be well known. Several phenomena of nature are *"• art. easy (to be explained), supposing tlw principle of universal ROlltSC0OUS EXERCIS)^. young rose-biKlg which (had but just begun) (o ' pf. ig« of myrtle and thyme, intended to hold up the VerdayaiU 2 ^c) m.l viyrte pr. wywi destine soutenir flawen. Never had these amiable chHdren exerted theuMetve* 1 ind-2 3 2 travaiOer with (so much) zeal and ardour. Satiaftuition and pleaiure were taiU de zele pr. art. f. art. m. ind-2 painted in all thflir features, sparkled in their eyes, and added still to peint trtiU m. pHiller their beauty. . While they (were engaged) (in this manner), their mother, who s^occuper md-2 r had seen them irl the garden, came to join them. (As soon as) ind-3 • joindre dhs que they J perceived her, they flew to her, and said : (Ah ! mamnutj hoW ind-3 ind-3 elle lui q%e glad we are to see you ! how (impatient we were) for this aise 3 1 2 e5f. pi. en 3 vices endeavo.i(ir;i^; show tl: maelves under the features traits ._ . In the world there is but qm leur tire oppose 2 art. 1 Tig q^g one (moving principle) ; that is self-interest. To .hat sevl mobile m. ce art. personnel 2 1 Ced a. hi que every action refers, every thing tends to that as to its art. pi. se rapporter lui ar\i\ T ^nnnr vorv txrpll tnir r1/>ni> ntiihiiutn iVi.>« ^r.^ii. 1.<...-«_ fin f. savoir will noc be infected by this vice. The sentiments of universal de Z •«-t. 1 s'ejif.ua tk Ql (their opposite) virtues I t}RABIMATieAL CONST RUCTlOir. ast It, our ence, »1- ources of pleaottres 'ako care voir the. in&- ou. It ia Ce lite plea- ntx 2 h has its cannot I J the dans you often mder the SOILS m1 envy art. f. iriendship ; interest ; contrived ourdi fit odious 3 3 features traits ire is but ne que that d lui que as to its ' universal hmmtimm with wyeh I (have alwava) inspk^ yon md httnveUlance I ♦ ne fnnt cesser iMA de iaf-l of which I have mvu ymi give (ao maay) j^roofii, (remove tamt de preuve rassurt:-> I Alrei^ every fear) (I might have) upon tiaat subjects bttt will ' ' rf'awanccS meil star pointui.' ^^^^'''*^^ you not yield to other vices not less dangerous 1 Cruel idea, de lutn £ terrible uncertainty 1 If this misfortune weie *» lui|i|?en, ^ffreux f. * * arnver ind-9 •hi my dear children, instead of leing the joy and conso* ait. C lation of my life, yon would be the torment, the shame aad th« kotUel disgnn (ofk). Yoa would poison my days, and you opprobre en enipaisonner would plunge a dagger into the very bosom which gave porter art. mor/ f. mime 2 sein m. 1 ind-3 you life. But whither is my tenderness for you carryihg roel art. ou ♦ emporter No, my children, no, I have nothing to fear; yott lovi, mo (to* Non much) lo wish to grieve me so cruelly ; and J shall have trap pour widoir ♦ the pleasure, (as long as) I live, of seeing you walk in the ways lant que ind-7 teiilier •f honour and virtue, art. pr. a^. CHAPTER IX. OP GRAMATIC.AL CONSTRUCTION. 430. Grammatical construction is the order which the genius of a language has assigned, in speech, to the diflferent sorts of words into which it is distinguished. Gonbtruction is sometimes mistaken lor syntax ; but there ia this diffe- rence : the latter consists in the rules which we are to ob- serve, in order to express the relations of words one to another, whereas grammatical construction consists in the various arrangements which are allowed while we observe the rules of syntax. Now this arrangement is irrevocably fixed, not only as phrases may be interrogative, imperative, or expositive, but also as each of these kindp may be affir- mative, or negative. 388 GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION, |n sentences simply interrogative, the subject is either a noun, or pronoun. If the subject, be a noun, the following is the order to be observed ; first, the noun, then the verb, then the corres- ponding personal pronoun, the adverb, if any, and the regi- men in the simple tenses ; in the compound tenses, the pronoun and the adverb are placed between the auxiliary and the participle. , EXAMPLE. les lamicres sont-elles un bienpour are sciences an advantage to no- les peunles ? ont-elles jamais lions ? Have they ever contri- contribue a leur bonheur 1 baled to their happiness ? If the subject be a pronoun, the verb begins the series, and the other words follow in the order already pointed out. \ EXAMPLES. vous plairez-vous toujours a roe- will you always take pleasure in (lire 1 slandering 7 aurez-vous bientot fini ? shaH. you have soon done ? N. B. — [When the verb is reflected, the pronoun form- ing the regimen begins the series, this pronoun always pre- etrves its place before the verb, except in sentences simply imperative.] In interrogative sentences, with a negation, the same order is observed ; but ne is placed before the verb, and pas or jjoinff after the verb in the simple tenses, and between the auxiliary and the participle in the compound tenses, EXAMPLES. votre fr6re ne viendra-t-il pas do- 2(nll M your brother come to-mor- main 1 row 7 n'aurez-vous pas bientot fini 1 ^aU not you hai e soon done 7 Remark. — There are in French several other ways of interrogating. 1. With an absolute pronoun. EXAMPLE. qui V0U8 a dit cela 1 or qui est-cc who told you that 7 qui vous a dit cela^ 2, With the demonstrative pronoun ce. examples. eat-ce voi^s 1 kit yew 1 | cst-ce qu'il picut 1 does tt rain? ^mmmmm 6UAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. d89 » either a der to be le corres- the regi- nsesj the auxiliary (age to 7ta- ver contri- 'SS? le series, nted out. pleasure in me? un form- ^ays pre- ss simply ime order d pa$ or tveen the s. me t0-mt/9- lane? ways of 3. With an interrogative verb. pourquoi ne vient-il pas 7 comment vous trouvez-vous 1 EXAMPLES. why does he not come? how do youfirid yourself? Hence wq see that the absolute pronouns and the interro- gative adverbs always begin the sentence : but the demon- strative pronoun ce always follows the verb. In sentences, simply imperative, the verb is always placed first> in the first and second persons j but in the third, it comes after the conjunction que and the noun or pronoun. EXAMPLES^ allons Id, venez ici, qu'ils y aillent, que Pierre aille a Londres, let v^go theic, come Jie7c. let them go there. let Peter go to London. With negationj ne and pas are placed as in interrogative sentences. ° For the place of the pronouns, No. 218. Sentences are expositive, when we speak without either interrogating, or commanding. The following is the order of the words in those which are affirmative : the subject, the verb, the adverb, the participle, and the regimen, EXAMPLES* un boii prince merite I'amour de ses sujels et I'estime de toUs leg peuples, Cesar eut inutilement passe le Rubicon, s'il y eut eu de eon temps des Fabius, a good prince c::scrtes the love of his mltjeds, a}ul the esteem of all nulions. CiEsar would have civssed the Rubi- con to no piirpDse, had t/iere bem Fabii in his time. s u rain? The negative sentences differ from this construction, only asnc is always before the verb, and;7«^, or point, ehh&: after the verb, or between the auxiliary and the participle- EXAMPLES* un homme riche no fait pas tou- a rich man does not alioai/s do all jours le bicn qu il pourrait, the good he might. Ciceron n eut pas peut-6tre ete Cicei-o would not perhaps have Um un Di grand oratcur, si le d6sir so great an oratm- had not " de s elever aux premieres dig- d^me of rising to the first dieal nites n eut enflamme son ame,. ties infLamed his soul. Sentences are either simple, or compound. They are simple when they contain only one subject and one altri^ bute. I i 2 390 GRAMMATICAL CONSfftUCTlON. EXAMPLES. vous lisez, V0U8 Stes jeune, ymc read, you are young. They are compound, when they reunite several subjects with one attribute, or several attributes with one subject, or several attributes with several subjects, or several subjects with several attributes. This sentence, Pierre et Paul sont Aeureu^x, is compound by having t\yo subjects ; this, ceite femme estjolie, spiritw elk et sensible, is compound by having more than one attribute j and this, Pierre et Paul sont spirituels et savants, in composed at once of several subjects and several attribu- tes. A sentence may be compound in various other ways ; by the subject, by the verb, or by the attribute. By the subject, when this is restricted by an incidental proposition. ^ EXAMPLE. Dieu, qui est bon. By the verb, when It is niodified by some circumstance of time, order, etc. EXAMPLE. Dieu, qui est bon, n'abandonne jamais. By the attribute, when this attribute is modified by a regimen which is itself restricted. EXAMPLE. Dieu, qui est bon, n'abandonne jamais les hommes, qui mettent sincd- rement leur confiance en lui. These simple, or compound sentences may be joined to others by a conjunction. EXAMPLES. quand on aimc I'etudc, Ic tempa when we love study, time flies wUhotU passe sans qu'on s'en aper- our perceiving it, ^oive, The two partial phrases here form but one. tVhen a oeruerice is coiiipused of two partial phrases, joined by a conjunction, harmony and perspicuity generally require the shortest to go first. >m ii^-iMiiiliii^rf- subjects ibject, or i subjects )mpound spiritu- han one savants, I attribu- ays ; by icidental I instance ed by a ent sinc6- joined to PS wilhmU phrases, jenerally GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTIOn. EXAMPLES . 391 qu&nd loa passions nous quit- tent, nous nous ilattons en vain, que c'est nous qui lea quittons, on n'est point a plaindre, quand, au defaut de plaisirs reels, on trouve le moyen de s'occuper de chimcres. when OUT passions leave us, we in vain JUUter mirseives thai it is loe that leave theni. he is not to be pitied, who fot waivt of real pleamre, finds means to amuse himself with to chimeras. Periods result from the union of several partial phrases, the whole of which make a complete sense. Periods, to be clear, require the shortest phrases to be placed first. The toUowing example of this is taken from Fl^chier. N'attendez pas, Messieurs, 1. Q.ue j'ouvre une scene tragique ; trophSr •'^ '®P^^^^"*o <^« g'''^"^ homme etendu sur ses propres encL^l^iSd're^^^^^^^^ ^'^ ^' ^^"S'^"*' aupr5s duquel fume a i:«^"® J®. ^^^® «»ei* son sanfe comme celui d'Abel, et que i'expose a vos yeux les images de la religion et de la patrie evJoree: ^ This admirable period is composed of four members, which go on gradually increasing. It is a rule not to give more than four members to a period, and to avoid multi- plying incidental sentences. Obscurity in style is generally owjng to those small phra- ses which divert the attention from the principal sentences, and make us lose sight of them. The consti-uction which we have mentioned is called direct, or regular, because the words are placed in those sentences according to the order which has been pointed out. But this order may be altered in certain cases, and then the construction is called indirect, or irregular. Now, It may be irregular, by inversion, by ellipsis, by pleonasm, or by syllepsis ; these are what are called the four figures of words. INVERSION. 431. Inversion is the transposition of a word into a place, ditferent from that which, by usage, is properly assigned to It. This-ought never to be done except when it introduce*?, more perspicuity, energy, or harmony 'into the language ; for It IS a defect in construction, whenever the connexion sub- sisting between words is not easily perceived. i ■• f m f I Wl H GRAMMA'{*IdAL dONStAUCTIdff. There are two kinds of inversion : the one, by its bold- ness seems to be confined to poetry : the other is frequently €lraployed even in prose. We shall speak here of the latter kind onIy» The following inversions are authorized by custom. The subject by which a verb is governed may with pro- priety be placed after iti EXAMPLE, tout ce que liii promet Tatnitie all that t/ie fricnlsMp of the Ro* ties Rotnains, 'irians promises hivi. Ebmark. This inversion is a rule of the art of speaking dnd writing, whenever the subject is modified by an inci- dental sentence, long enough to make us lose sight of the connexion between the verb governed and the subject govern- ing. TI|e noun governed by the pr'epositions de and a may likewise be very properly placed before the verb. Examples* d'une voit entrecoupee desan- in a voice itUerrupted by sobs. iMy glots, ils s'ecridrent, • exclaimed, tant d'injufefl, qu'a-t-elle re- to so much oMisc, what answer did pondu? she give. The verb is likewise elegantly preceded by the preposi- tions apre9i dans, par, sous, conire, etc. and the nouns which they govern, as well as by the conjunctions si, quand, parce que, puisqtbe, quoique, lorsque, etc* EXAMPLES. par la loi du corps, je tiens a ce by the law of the body^ t am cojk* monde qui passe, nected with this passing wmid. puisqu'il le veut, qu'il le fasse, since he wishes it, let him do it. OF THE ELLIPSIS. 432. I^llipsis m \\iQ omission of a word, or even several words, whlcb^re necessary to make the construction full and complete. An ellipsis is bad, ifthefmind does not easily and rapidly supply the words omitted. EXAMPLE. rius, si j'etaia et nioi aussi, inenion, ies onrBa ue L/a- Alexandrc :— si j'etaia Par- / Would uC(.epl the ojjers of Da riiis, if I locre Alexandei :•— and so uvukl /, if / tvcrs Paf' imnio. ^^Memiiii^M^ime^i»0" t8 bold- equently -a' 1. ith pro- ^ the Ro* speaking m inci- t of the govern* 1 amny 'ibsy they swer did preposi- ! nouns ) ^uatidf am coiii» uoiid. fit. several 3n full )es not of Da ndei ;— '« Paf' GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 299 Here the mind easily supplies the words, jV/m accepte- rats in the second member. ^ The ellipsis is very common in answers to interrogative sentences. ® EXAMPLE, quand viendrez-vous ?-y the words which are supplied; otherwise it is not ex- act* OF THE PLE0NA5M. 433. Pleonasm, in general, is a supe.;iaity of words • in order to constitute this figure good, it must be sanctioned by custom, which never permits its use, except it give greater energy^ to language, or express, in a clearer manner, the internal feeling with which we are affected. EXAMPLES. Et que m'a fait a moi cctte Troie ou je cours ' Je me meurs. S'il ne veut pas vous le dire, je voiw le diraJ not Je I'ai vu de mes propres yeux. * ^' Je I'ai entendu de mes propres orciUes. ^J'^T^'l'^}^'^ ?''* sentence ;~»zc, in the second:— moi, in the third ',-^de mes propres yeux, in the fourth ; and --de mes propres oreilles, in the fifth, are employed merely for the sake of energy, or to manifest an internal feeling ; but this manner of speaking is sanctioned by custom Kemark. Expletives must not be mistaken for pleo- nasms* *^ EXAMPLE. ""'le r^Lf *''^' """ " ^ ""^ '^'^ '*^"* '^ ^^^ "'^''^ "» ^^^ i^ safety *'®**^**'' of the state is amm-ned. , Which is better than cW nne affaire, oii il va. etc. th«t IS, inai4 opaiuiig y, which is in reality useless on account of ed to d -^ ^ of expression from which it is not allow- 3H GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCE. OP THE STLLEPSIS. 4f34>, The syllepsis is a figure by which a word relates more to our meaning, than to the literal expressionB, as in these phrases : II est onze heures ; I'an mil sept cent quatre-vingt-dix-neuf. When using them, the mind, merely intent upon precise meaning, pays no attention to either the number, oi* the gender of heure and an. There is likewise a syllepsis in these sentences : Je crains qu'il ne vienne. J'emp6cherai qu'il ne vous nuise< J'ai peur qu'il ne m'oublie, etc. Full of a wish that the event may not take place, we are willing to do all we can, that nothing should present aji ob- stacle to that wish. This is the cause of the introduction of the negative, which, although unnecessary to complete the sense, yet must be preserved for the gake of the idiom. There is again a very elegant syllepsis in sentences lika the following from Racine : Entre le ^mpZg et vous, vous prcndrez Dieu pour juge ; Vous souvenant, mon fils, que cache sous ce lin, Comnie eux vous fdtcs pauvre, et, comiue cwrc, orphelin. The poet forgets that he has been using the word peuple : nothing remains in his mind but despauvres and des orphe- lins, and it is with that idea of which he is full th?it he makes the pronoun eux agree. For the same reason, Bossuet and Mezengni have said, Ctuand !e pe.uple Hibrm entra dans la terre promise, tout y cel^- brait leurs ancdtres. — Bossuet. Moise eut recours au Seigneur, et lui dit : que ferai-je a ce peuple 7 bientot ils me lapideront. — MfczENGUi. Leurs and ils stand for les Hebreux, CHAPTER X. OF GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCES, AMPHIBOLO- GIES, AND GALLICISMS. 435 We have chiefly to take notice of two incorrect modes of construction, which are contrary to the principles laid down in the preceding chapters — grammatical discor- dances, and — amphibologies. \ iinliiii relates B, as in precise Ok* the , we are ; aji ob- oduction complete idiom« Qces like in. Ipcuple: ',8 orphe- 11 that he reason, at y cel^- ce peuple 7 IBOLO- incorrect principles al discor- ■ GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCE. m \ GT DISCORDANCES. In general, there is A discordance in language, wfien (k€ words, which totepose the variolis members of a sentence^ or period, do not agre«^ with each other, either because theii' construction is contrary to analogy, or because they bring together dissimilar ideas, between which the mind pereeives an oppoBition, or can see no manner of affinity. Tlie following examples will serve to illustrate this : No^re reputation ne depend pas des IouangC8 qu'on notts donne/ mais des actions louables que nois faisons. This sentence is not correct, because the first mentiber' being negative, and the second affirmative, cannot comcf under the government of the same verb. It ought to be : notre reputation depend, non our reputation depends, not upon des louanges qu'on nous the praises which are besUnoed donne, mais des actions, etc. ov. us, but upon the praisewaithy actions which we perform. But the most common discordances are those which arise from the wrong use of tenses, as in this sentence : II regarde votro maiheur comme une punition du peu de complai - «ance que vo^is avez eu pour lui, dans lo temps qu'il vous pria etc. Because the two preterits, definite and indefinite, cannot well agree together ; it should be : Q,ue vous e6tes pour lui dans le temps qu'il vous pria. There is discordance in this sentence : Ort en ressentit autant de joie que d'nne victoire complete dans un ■autre temps. Because the verb cannot be understood after the que which introduces the second member of the comparison, when that verb is to be a different tense ; it should be : • On en ressentit autaat de joie qu'on en aurait ressenti, dc. This 11 e of Eacine, Le flot, qui I'apporta, recule egouvante. is also incorrect, because the form of tEe present cannot as- sociate with that of the preterit definite ; it should have been: ^mPaapporte* OF AMPHIBOLOGIES. 4»36. Amphibology, in language, is when a sentence is «o constructed rs to be susceptible of two different interpre- 396 GRAMMATICAL DISCORDANCE. tations : this must be carefully avoided. As we apeak only to be understood, perspicuity is the first and most essential quality of language ; we should always recollect that what is not clearly expressed in any language^ is no language at all. Amphibology are occasioned, — 1. By the misuse of — moods, and — tenses. 2. Of— personal pronouns, t7, /«, /o, etc. 3. Of— possessive pronouns, son, sa, ses, etc. 4. By giving a wrong place to nouns. EXAMPLES. Of an Amphibology of the first Kind, du'ai-je fait, pour venir accabler en ce& lieux Un h6ro8, sur qui seul j'ai pu tourner lea yeux ?— Racine. \ Pour venir forms an amphibology, because we do not know whether it relates to the person who speaks, or to the person spoken to : it should have been : pour gue vous veniez, EXAMPLES. Of an ^Amphibology of the second Kind. C^sar voulut prerni6rement surjiasser Pompee ; les grandea richessea de Crassus hi firent croire, qu'i/ pourrait partager la gloue de cea deux grands homines. This sentence is faulty in its construction, because the pronouns il and lui seem to relate to Cesar, although the sense obliges us to refer them to Crassus. EXAMPLE. Of an ^Amphibology of the third Kind. Valfere alia chcz L6andre ; il y trouva son fils. The pronoun '^on is ambiguous, because we do not know which it relates, to Valere, or to Leandre. EXAMPLE. Of an Amphibology of the fourth Kind. A la poste, thus placed, is equivocal, because we do not know whether it is meant that the letters have been written at the post-office, or sent to the post-office. MMMMkll IfellAMMATlCAL CONSTRUCTION^ 397 >eak only essential that what iguage at mae of — il, hy la, ;. 4. By ;iNE. e do not aks, or to r gue vous les richesseB [loire cle cea ^cause the though the o not know OF GALLICISMS. In the '• Grammaire Plillosophique et Litl^raire," four sorts of Gallicisms have been pointed out. Notice will be taken here o( those only whieh have reference to construc- tion. Tlie gallicisms of construction are, in general^ irregulari- ties and deviation* from the customary rules of syntax ; there are some, however, which are mere ellipses, and those u'hich can only be attributed to the caprice of custom. General Principle. Every gallicism of construction, which renders the meaning of the sentence obscure, ought to be condemned. Those only ought to Ije allowed which n ffliit. il s'en fallait. etc. It then means adverb of quantity to be wanting, and when preceded by an the first pronoun is omitted. K K 398 GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTiOlif. EXAMPLE. ' Peu s'en faut, tant a'cn faut. These several manncra of using the verb fall&ir will be found in the follcvving sentences : EXAMPLES, il "'en fiut Won qu'il soil ausai A- is far from being so clever «j A^ habile qu'iI croit I'dtre, thinks. peu s'en est fallu qu'il n'ait sue- ke was very tiear fa!Hne in that coinb6 dans cette entreprise, undertakvng. lino s'en est presque rien fallu he was as -near as possible heme qu'iI n'ait 6t6 tue, kiUed. ^ Tous dites qu'il s'en faut vingt ymi say il wants twenty pounds to livres que la somme entifere complete the sum, tnU you are mis- n y Boit, mats vous voua trom- taken, it cannot want so much pez, il ne pei'> pas s'en falloir tant, ■on rhume est entidrement gu6ri, his cold is entirely cured or vert/ ou peu s'en faut, near. que s'en est-il fallu que cos hoto near were these two friends deux amis ne so soient brouil- quarrelling ? je ne suis pas content de vdtre application a I'^tude, tant s'en am not satisfied with your appli- cation to study, far from it. faut. tant 8 en faut que cette comedie so far from this play pkasino- me roe plaise, elle me ^emble au / thi7ik U insufferabte. " ' contraire detestable, il s'en fallait beaucoup que je I was far from approving your con- vous • approuvasse dans cette dttct rni that occa^on. circonstance, The sentences : il n'est rien moins quo genercux, he is far from being generous. Vmia aimo Kami .IC— « . •' » . " " . VOUS avez beau dire, a ce u'il me semble, you may say whai you please, bid, etc. by what I can see, as the matter ap- pears to me, etc we began to lament,, here we are lamenting^ crying, etc, what tmetched beings we are, etc. etc. nous voila a nous lamenter, qu'est-ce que de nous ! are also gallicisms. The use which is made of the preposition en, in many sentences, is likewise another source of gallicisms ; some of this kind will be found in the following expressions : a qui en avez-vous 1 %ohom are you angry toith ? ah en veut-il venir 1 what does he aim it ? what would he be at? U lui en veut, he owes him a grudge. i iio propOoitiOu en ciiaiige», also, sometimes, the signifi- cation of verbs, and then gives rise to gallicisms. *» i»iiiiiiiillliirtiii|i.»fe. ir will be clever as ke g in that ssible being pounds to itm are mis- so much. ed, or vertf two friends f/our appli- m it. easing me, S your con- rous. ase, but, etc. matter op.. ^e we are are, etc. etc. in many IS ; some is: GRAMMATICAL CONSTRUCTION. 39$ The conjunction que pro jces as great a nuinbe*- of galli- cisms. EXAMPLES. c'est une terrible pMsion que lo gaming is a terribie pussian. , jeu, ^ c est done en vain que je Ura- it is in vain then thai I timk. vaille, CO n'est pas trop que cela, tJial -s not too much. U n est quo d'avoir du couraga, tAe^e is iwthing like having courage. See No, 426, ^ Many others will be found in the use wlii<;li is made of the prepositions a, <&, dam, aj^iresy etc. but enough has been said on this subject. Gallicisms are of very great use in the simple style : «jerefore La Fontaine ami Mme.de Sevign^ abound in them* The common style has not so many, and the solemn oratori- cal but few, and these even of a peculiar nature. Only two examples of this kind, both taken from the tragedy of Iphi- genia, by Racine, will be here inserted. A>,'eB-vous jw penser qu'au sang d'Agamemnon Achille |Mr«terat une tille sans non, Ciui, de tout son destin, ce qu'elle a pu cohiprendr«. C est qu'elle sort d'un sang, etc. And, Je ne sais qui m^arrete et retient mon counoUx, Que par un prompte avis de tout ce qui se passe, Je ne coure des dieux divulguer la menaco. In the first sentence, gut is the subject though without relating to any verb ; and in the second, Jc ne sais qui ir^ar- rete que je ne cours, is contrary \o the rules of common construction. « But," says Vaugelc a, « the extraordinary phrases, far from being faulty, possess the more beauty, as they belong to a particular l4nd of language." U would he e signifi- ff 4(KI FREE EXERCISES, m h MADAME DE MAIN'T'ENON TO HER BROTJIKIC. We can only be \ unhappy by our own fault f this shuU always be my tex;, and my reply to your lamentations. Re- collect 2, my dear brother, the voyage to America, the rai» ibrtunes of our fiithcrj of our infancy and our youth 3; and you will bless Providence inf?tead of murmuring against for- tune. Ten years ago, we were both very far (below our f)rcsent Lituation 4 ;) and our hopes were bo feeble 5. that we imi«;ed our wishes to an (income of three thousand livres 6.) At present we have four times that sum 7, and our desire? are not yet satisfied ! we enjoy the happy mediocrity which ■foil have so often extolled 8 ; tot us be content. II posses- sions 9 come to us, let us receive them from the hand of God, but let not our views bu 10 too extravagant 11. We have (every thing necessary 12) and comfortable 13 ; all the rest is covetousness 14; aU these desires of greatness spring from 15 a restless heart. Your debts arc all paid, and you may live e'.agantly TG, without contracting more 17. What have you to desire? must 18 schemes 19 of wealth and ambition occasion 20 ♦he loss of your repose and your health ? read the.life of St. Louis ; you will eec ^ow unequal 21 the great- ness of this world is to the desires of the human heart; God only can satisfy them 22. I repeat it, you are only unhappy by your own fault. Your uneasinesb 23 destroys your health, which you ought to preserve, if it were 24 only because I love you. Watch 25 your temper 26 ; if you can render it less splenetic 27 and less gloomy, (you will have gained a great advantage 28). Tliis is not the work of reflection only j 1. On ne etrc— que. 2, Songcr a. 3. The misfortnncB m our iruincy and those of our, etc. 4 Du point ou nous sommes aujour- d'hui. 5. Si peu de chosp. 6. Troia niille livrea de rente, 7. Tkaf' suvi, en . . phis. 1. Have so often extolled, vanter si fort, ind-2. 9. Possessio7is, biens 10. Let us not have views. IL Trop va.ste. 12. Lo nece.';sairc. 13. Do commode. 14. Covetojis- ncss, cupidite, 15. Spring from, ^jartir du vide dc. 16. D6Ii- cieusement. 17. Constructing more, en fairc de nouvelles. 18. Must, faut-il quo. 19. Prqjet. 20. OccMion, couter, subj^l. 21. tlwiqii-al, au-dcssous dc. 22. Saliify thcvi, le rassasier, 23. r/ziertr-^mw.-!, mquietudc pi. 21. If it vk're, quand co 6trc, cond-1. 25, Travaillcr sur. 2(5. Humciir. 27. Rilicux. 28. Ce 6tre TJIBlt. ; this BhalJ itions. Re- ;a, the mis nth 3; and igainst for- [Dciovv our ! 5. that we d livres 6.) our desirev crity which li posees- md of God, We have all the rest (tpring from id you may iVhat have id ambition alth? read L the great- leart; God ly unhappy our health, ' because I in render it e gained a iction only j yrlnnes ru our ames aujour- rente, 7. si fort, ind-2. 11. Trop 14. Covetous- 16. D6Ii- .'elles. 18. uter, subj^l. iasier, 53. 6trc, cond-1. 28. Ce 6tre FREK EXERCISES. 401 exercise, antUiemen!, and a regular life, (arc necessary fop. the purpose 29.) You cannot think well (whilst your health^ 18 affected 30 ; when the body is debiliiuted 31, the mind is without vigour. Adieu ! write to me more Irequently, and la a Jtyle less gloomy. II. THE CONVERT. AN EASTERN TALE; Divine mercy 1 had brought a vicious man intb a society of sages, whose morals were holy and pure. He was aflected by their virtues ; it was not long 2 before 3 ho imitated them and lost his old habits : he became just, sober, patient, labo- rious and benevolent. His deeds nobody could deny, but they were attributed 4 to odious motives. They praised his good actions, without loving his p jrson : they would always judge him by what he had been, nul by what he had become. This injustice filled him with grief; he shed tears in the bosom 01 an anciem sage, more just and more humane than the others. " O my son," said the old man to him, " thou art " better than thy reputation ; be thankful to God lor it. Hap- " py the man who can say : my enemies and my rivals cen* "sure in me vices of which I am not guilty. What matters " 5 it, if thou art good, that men persecute tliee as v, i< ked t— " Hast thou not, to comfort thee, the ttvo best v. lUieeses of " thy actions, God and thy conscience ?" SAiNT-LAWfiEilT. Mr. de Montausier Jias Written a letter to Monsfeigneur upon the taking of Philipebourgn which very mm' pleases me. " Monsejgneur, I do not compliment vou on u.c capture " of Philipsbourg J you had a good army, 'bombs, canon, And *' Vauban ; neither shall I compliment you upon your valour ; " for that is an hereditary virtue in your [iinuly. But I ^ejoice " that you are liberal, generous, humane, and chat you know " how to recompense the services of those who behave well : " it is for tliis that I congratulate you." Sevigke. 29. II y faut de. 30. Tant que vous un grand point de gagne. MA yw}i4ai> nial ^t n^lUl-H,,li,.l .l^L- U-x.-,.i. . 1. Misericorde. 2. Ne pas tarder. {J. A inf. 4. On donner dea motifs. 5. Importer. K k 2 UJ2 i'lXEE EXERCISE*. II I III. THE GOOD MINISTER. AN EASTERN TALE. The great Aaron Raschild began to suspect that his vizier Giaiarwas not deserving of the confidence which he had reposed in hhn. The women ol' Aaron, the inhabitants of Bagdad, the courtiers, the dervises, censured the vizier with bitterness. Tlie calif loved Giafar; he would not condemn him upon the clamours of the city and the court ; he visited his empire ; every where he saw the land well cultivated, the country smiling, the cottages opulent, the useful arts honoured, and youth full of gaiety. He visited his fortified cities and sea-ports ; he saw numerous ships, which threa- tened the coasts ol" Africa and of Asia; lie saw warriors disci- plined and content ; these warriors, the seamen and the peasantry, exclaimed : ''' O God, pour thy blessings upon the faithtul, by giving them a calif like Aaron, and a vizier like Giafi^r." The calif, affected by these exclamations, enters a mosque, falls upon his knees, and cries out : " Great " God, I return thee thanks ; thou hast given me a vizier of " whom my courtiers speak ill, and my people speak well." Saint-Lameert. Providence leads us with so much goodness through the different periods of our life, that we (are not sensible of our progress 1.) This loss takes place gently 2, it is impercepti- ble, it is the shadow of the sun-dial whose motion we do not se6. If, at twenty years of age, we could see 3 in a mirror the face we shall have at three-score, we (should be shocked at the contrast 4) and terrified at our own figure ; but it is day by day that we advance : we are to-day as we were yesterday and shall be to-morrow as we are to day ; so we o forward without perceiving it, and this is a miracle of that rovidence which I adore. Sevigne. IV. THE MAGNIFICENT PROSPECT. This beautiful house was on the declivity of a hill, from whence you beheld the sea, sometimes clear and smooth as 1. Ne Ic sentir quasi pas< 2 Va douccment. faire voir. 4 Toiubor d la renverse. 3, On nous lat his vizier lich he had iliabitants of vizier with [lot condemn t ; he visitecJ 1 cultivated, useful arts his loFtified rhich thrca- ari'iore disci- en and the Bsingg upon md a vizier Kclamations, )ut : " Great i a vizier oi" •eak well." Lambert. hrough the sible of our impercepti- 1 we do not in a mirror be shocked e ; but it is IS we were iay ; so we racle ofthat Sevigne. r. I hill, from smooth as 3. On nous *r*tR«.*H -3' A^«j?MtsftiiEai-i '^•. fR£B £X£RCI6£8« 403 glass, sometimes idly 1 irritated against the rocks on which it broke, bellowing 2 and swellmg its waves like mountains. On another side was seen a river, in which were islandu bordered with blooming limes, and lofty poplars, which rais- ed their proud heads to the very clouds. The several channels, which formed those islands, seemed sporting 3 in the plain. Some rolled their limpid waters with rapidity : some had a peaceful and still course ; others, by long wind- ings, ran ba«k again, to reascend as it were, to their source, and seemed not to have power to leave tliese enchanting borders. At a distance were seen hills' and mountains, which were lost in tiie clouds, and formed, by their fantaslic figure, as dehghtiul a hori>5on (as the eye could wish to behold. 4) The neighbouring mountains were covered with verdant (vine branches, 5) hanging in festoons ; the gra- pes brighter than purple, could not conceal themselves under the leaves, and the vine was overloaded with its fruit. The fig, the olive, the pomegranate, and all other trees, overspread the plain, and made it one large garden. Fenelon. Long hopes wear out 7 joy, as long maladies wear out pain. ^ All philosophic systems are only good wheii one (has no use lor them 8.) A GENERAL VIEW OF NATURE. With what magnificence does nature shine 1 upon earth ' A pure light, extending from east to west, gilds successively the two hemispheres ol this globe; an element, transparent and light, surrounds it ; a gentle fecundating heat animates, gives being 2 to the seeds of life : salubrious running streams contribute to their preservation and growth ; eminences di- versified over the level land, arrest the vapours of the air, make these springs inexhaustible and always new; immense cavities made to receive them divide the continents. The extent of the sea is as great as that of the earth : it is not a^ cold, barren element; it is a new empire, as rich, as popvlous as the first. The finger of God has marked their boundaries. The earth, rising above the level of the sea, is secure 3 1. Pollenaent. 2. En gemir. le plaifeir Ue. u. Fampre, m, avoir que fairc. 1. Ne brillor pas. 2. Fairc colore. 3. A I'abri do. 3^ Se jouer. 4. A aouhait nour 6. Vigne. f. 7. User. 8. N'en 0f •mmmimmmim' 404 FREE EXERCISES. frtfm its eruptions : its surface, enamelled with flowers, adorn- ed with e"ersprinping verdure, peopled with tliousands and thousands of species of difierent animals, is a place of rest, a delightful abode, where man, placed in order to second na- ture, precides over all beings. The only one among them all, capable of knowing and worthy of admiring. God has made him spectator of the universe, and a witness of his wonders. The divme spark with which he is animated en- ables him to participate in the divine mysteries : it ie by this light that he thinks and reflects ; by it he sees and reads in the book of the universe, as in a copy of the Deity. Nature is the exterior throne of the divine Majesty : the man who contenv)lates, who studies it, rises by degrees to the interior throne of Omnipotence. Made to adore the Cre- ator, the vassal of heaven, sovereign of the earth, he enobles, peoples, enriches it; he ebtablishes among living beings brder, subordination, harmony ; he embellishes nature her- self ; he cultivates, extends, and polishes it ; lops off the tl^iatle and t' . briar, and multiplies the grape arid the rose. BUFFON. «i ' IV. ANOTHER GENERAL VIEW OF NATURE. Trees, shrubs, and plants are the ornaments and clothing 1 oftheeartli. Nothing is so melancholy 2 as the prospect of a country naked and bare 3, exhibiting to the eye nothmg but stones, mud, and sand. But, vivified by nature, and clad 4 in its n iptial robe, amidst the course of streams and the sing- ing of birds, the earth presents to man, in the harmony of the three kingdoias, a spectacle full of life, of interest and charms, the only spectacle in the world of which his eyes and heart are never weary 5. The more a (contemplative man's soul is fraught with sensibility 6), the more he yields to the extacies which this" harmony produces in him. A soft and deep melancholy then takes possession of his senses, and, in a intoxication of de- light, lie loses himself in the immensjiy of that beautiful system, with which he feels himself identified. Then, every particular object escapes him, he sees and feels nothing but m the whole. Some circumstance must contract his ideas and circumscribe his iniaginatiou, before 7 he can observe by parcels that universe which he was endeavouring to em- brace. J. J. Rousseau. 1. V6lcment 2. Triste. 3. Pele. 4. Rcvdtu. 5. &'e lasser. G. Conteinplateur avoir I'arae sensible. 7. Pour qu'il. ers, adorn- iisands aad B of rest, a second na- long them God has less of his imated en- t ie by this I reads in ijesty: the degrees to re the Cre- he enobles, ing beings lature her- )ps off the the rose. BUFFON. ["URE. I clothing 1 prospect of lothmg but and clad 4 id the sing- nony of the md charms, and heart lught with which this" icholy then ition of de- it beautiful len, every othin^ but ; his ideas in observe ing to em- OUSSEAU. u. 5. Pour qu'il Se FREE EXERCISES. 405 VII. CULTIVATED NATURE. How beautiful is cultivated natv^-e ! And, by the labours of man, how brillant it is, and how pompously adored ! lie him- self is its chief ornament, its noblejit partj by multiplying lumself^ he multiplies-the most precious germ ; she also seems to mtiltiply with him ; by his art, he (brings forth to view 1) all that she concealed 2 in her bosom. How many unknown treasures ! What new riches ! Flowers, fruits, seeds brought to perfection, multiplied to infinity j the useful species of ani- mals transported, propagated, increased without number; the noxious species reduced, confined, banished : gold, and iron more necessary than gold, extracted from tiie bowe'.-j of the earth ; torrents confined 3, rivers directed, contracted 4 ; the sea itself subjected, explored 5, crossed, from one hemis- phere to the other ; the earth accessible in every part, and every where rendered equally cheerful and fruitful : in the valjies, delightful meadows ; m the plains, rich pastures and still richer harvests ; hvUs covered with vines and fruits ; their summits crowned with useful trees and young forests ; deserts changed into cities inhabited by an immense population, which, continually circulating, sp eads itself from these cen- tres to their extrrmi ties ; roads opened and frequented, com- munications established every where, as so many witnesses of the strength and union of society : a thousand otJher monuments of power and glory sufficiently demonstrate that man, posses- sing dominion over the earth, has changed, renewed the whole of its surface, and that, at all times, he shares the em- pire of it with nature. VIII. THE SAME SUBJECT CONTINUED. J! However, man only reigns by right of conquest : he rather enjoys thr \ possesses, and he can preserve only 'iy means of continued labour. It this ceases every thing dr. ops, every thing declines, every thing changes and again returns 1 under the hand of nature ; she reossumes her rights, erases the work of man, covers with dust and moss his most pompous monu- ments, destroys them in time, and leaves him nothing but the regret of having lost, through his fault what his aucestprs had 1. Mettrc au jour. 5, F^connu. 1. ilcnlrer. 2. Rcceler. S. Contcnu. 4. Rcsserre. 406 FREE EXERCISES. i conquered by Uieir labours. Those limes, In which man loses his donunion, those barbarous 2 ages, during which every thmg 18 seen to perish, are always preceded by war, and ac- companied by scarcity and depopulation. Man, who can do nothing but by nnmber, who is strong only by union, who can be happy only by peace, is mad enough to arm himself for his misery, and to light for his ruin. Impelled by an in- satiable thirst of having, blinded by ambition still more insa- tiable, he renounces all the feelings of humanity, turns all his strengA against himself, seeks mutual destruction, actually 3 destroys himself; and, after these periods of blood and car- nage, when the smoke of glory has vanished, he contem- plates with a sad eye, the earth wasted, the arts buried, nations scattered, the people weakened, his own happiness ruined, and his real power annihilated. BUFPON. \ IX. INVOCATION TO THE GOD OF NATURE. Almighty God whose presence alone supports nature, and maintamsthe harmony of the laws of the universe: Thou, who from the immoveable throne of the empyrean, seest the celestial spheres roll under thy feet, without shock or con- tusion ; who, from the bosom of repose, reproducest every moment their immense movements, and alone governest, in profound peace, that infinite number of heavens and worlds ; restore at length tranquillity to the agitated earth ! let it be silent at thy voice ; let discord and war cease their proud clamours God of goodness, author of all beings, thy pater- nal eye takes in 1 all the objects of the creation ; but man is thy chosen being ; thou hast illumined 2 his soul with a ray ot thy immortal light : complete the measure of thy kindness hy penetrating his heart with a ray of thy love : tliis divine sentiment, diffusing itself every where, will reconcile opposite natures ; man will no longer dread the sight of man ; his Hand will no longer wield the murderous steel 3 ; the de- vouring flames of war will no longer dry up 4 the sources of population : the human species, now weakened, mutilated, mowed down in the blossom, will spring a new and 5 multiply without number; nature, overwhelmed under the weight of scourges 6, will soon re-assume, with a new life, its former 2. De barbaric. 3. En effet. 1 • Enibrasser. 2. Eclairer. 4. Tarir. 5. Genncr d6 nouvcau. 3. Lc for — armc'i sa main 6. Fleau. i man loses tiich every ir, and ac- 'ho can do nion, who m himseir i by an in- more insa- rns all his actually 3 d and car- le contem- i-ts buried, happiness JFFON. JRE. ature, and •se; Thou, , seest the ok or con- cest every vernest, in [id worlds ; ! let it be leir proud thy pater- ut man is with a ray y kindness ;liis divine le opposite man ; his J ; the de- sources of mutilated, 5 multiply weight of its former tnci 8a mam pRt& GXERCISESt 407 fruitfuliieEs ; and we, honeficent God, will second it we will cultivate It, we will contemplate it incessantly, that we raav every moment offer thee a new tribute of gratitude and ad- ™''^*'°"- BUPPON. X. Happy they who are disgusted with 1 turbulent pleasuree. and know how to be contented 2 with the sweets oFan innoi cent ife ! Happy they who delight in being instructed 3, and who take a pleasure 4 in storing their minds with knowledge ! Wherever adverse fortune may throw them, they alwSvs carry entertainment with them ; and the disqullBt which preys upon others, even in the midstof pleasures, is unknown to those who c . employ themselves "^in reading. Happy into a gloom , fo' ^^ where I immediately perceived an old man holdmg t. aok in his hand. The forehead of this "age was broad, bald, ana a little wrinkled : a white beard huL down to his girdle ; his stature was tall and majestic: hii complexion still fresh and ruddy, his eyes lively and pierdnff h,s voice sweet, his words plain and cRarming?^ I neCr saw BO venerable an old man. He was a priest of Apollo and officiated 5 ma marble temple, which the kings of 4ypt had dedicated o that God in thfs forest. The book whicf he heM m his hand was a collection of hymns in honour of the Gods toS?hr'H.^'"f ;"w?^'"^'y"^^""^^^ ^"d we discoursed together. He related things past so well, that they seemed preset, and yet ^vlth such brevity that his account never ^red ,ne. He foresaw the future by his profound knowledge! which made him know men, and the designs of which thev are capable. With all thii wisdom he was cheerful an J complaisant, and the sprightliest youth has not so many gracee as this man had at so advanced an age. He accord^ ingly loved young men when they were teachable 6, and had a taste for study and virtue. Feivelon XL THOUGHTS ON POETRY. Wherever I went, I found that poetry was considered as 1 Sedegoiiterde. 2. Se contenfer de. 4. Se plaire. 5. Servir. 6. Decile. 3. S'instruira. I I 408 FR£E fiX£RCt8li:S. I the higheBt learning 1, and regarded with a veneration (some- what approaching to 2) that which men would pay to ange- lic nature. It yet fills me with wonder, that, in almost all countries, the most ancient poets are considered is the best ; whether (it be that 3) every kind of knowledge is an acquisition gradu- ally attained, any poetry is a gift conferred at once, or that the fir^t poetry of every nation surprised them as a novelty, a»l(l retained the credit by consent, which it received by &. J? nt at first, or whether, as the province 4 of poetry is to 4e ;T.be nature and passion, which are always the same, the first writers (took possession 5) of (the most striking objects for description 6) and (the most probable occurrences for fiction 7,) and lell nothing to those that followed them, but transcription 8 of the same events, and new combinations 9 6f the same images. Whatever be the reason, it is commonly observed, that the enrly writers are in possession of nature, and their followers 10 of art: that the first excel in strength and invention, and the latter in elegance and refinement. I was desirous to add my name to this illustrious fraternity 11. I read all the poets of Persia and Arabia, and was able to repeat by memory the volumes that are suspended in the mosque of Mecca. But I soon found that no man was ever great by imitation. My desire of excellence 12 impelled 13 me to transfer 14 my attention to nature and to life 15. Nature was to be my subject, and men to be my auditors : I could never describe what I had not seen : I could not hope (to move those with delight or terror ^o) whose interests and opinions I did not understand 17. XII. THE SAME SUBJECT CONTINUED. Being now resolved to be a poet, I saw every thing (with a new purpose 18 :) my sphere of attention was suddenly magnified: no kind of knowledge (was to be overlooked 19.) I ranged mountains and deserts for 20 images and resemblan- ces and (picture upon my mind 21) every tree of the forest 1. Partie 'a plus sublime de la litterature, *2. Clui tenait de. 3. Ce vienne de ce que. 4. But. 5. S'emparer. 0. Objets (;^ui fournissaient les plus riches descriptions. 7. Ev^nements qui pr^taient le plus a la fict^n. 8. De copier. 9. Faire de nouvelles combinaisons. 10. Successeurs. 11. Pamille. 1'2, Kjcceller. 13. Eiiffager. 14. Re- porter., sur. 15. Tableau de la vie. 16 Reveiller Je plaisir ou la terreur^ans ceux. 17. Ne connaitle ni. 18. Sous un nouveau jour. 19. Jo na devais n^gliger. 30. Pour recucillir. 21. Pnd another nScted for those characters 32 which are 'alike obvious 33 to viau' ance 34 and carelessness 35. ° But the knowledge of nature is only half 36 the task ofa egpnt du tableau de. SJ2. Bien connaitre. 23. Etonne par sa gran- deur ou charmc par son elegante peUte^se. 34. Portifier.^ou emSlSr 25. Ressources pour. 26. Tableau. 27. Etudier avec so n toS les 34. GEil observdteur. 35. Esprit insouciai^f,. M^hFt^ffl^ Eaprit inspuciaiit. 36. The half of. 410 FREE EXERCISES. f! r ; poet: he must be acquainted likewise with all the rnddfes 37 of life. His chiuacter requires that he estimate 38 the hap- piness and misery of every condition : observe the power of all the passions, in all their combinations, and trace the changes 39 of the human mind, aa they are modified by various institutions, and accidental influences oi climate or custom ; from the sprightliness of infancy to the despondence of decrepitude. He must divest himself 40 of the prejudices of his age or country ; he must consider right and wrong 41 in their abstracted and invariable state 42 ; he must disre- gard present laws and opinions, and rise to general and transcendant truths, which will always be the same ; he muEt, therefore, (content himself with the slow progress of his name 43,) to' contemn the applause of his own time, and comip(iit his claims to the justice of posterity. He must write as the interpreter of nature, and tne legislator ofm.->nkind, and consider himself as presiding 44 over the thoughts and manners of future generations, as a being superior to time a^id place. His labour is not yet at an end ; he muRt know many lan- guages and many sciences ; and, that his style may be worthy of his thoughts, he must, by incessant practice, fami- liarize himself to every delicacy of speech and grace of har- mony. S. Johnson. XIV. First follow nature and your judgment frame By her ju^t standard, which is still the same ; l^Jnerring nature, still divinely bright. One clear, unchanged, and universal light, Life, force, and beauty, must to all impart ; 1 At once the source, and end, and test of art, 2 Art, from that fund, each just supply provides : Works without show, and without pomp presides ; In some fair body thus th' informing soul With spirits feeds, with vigour fills the whole, Each motion guides, and every nerve sustains I 37. Tous les diff6rerits aspects. 38. Apprecier. 39. Suivre lea vicissi- tudes. 40. Se depouiller. 41. Ce qm est juste ou injuste. 42. Ab- straction faite de ces divers prejug^s.. 43. Se r^signer a voir son nom percer difficilement. 44. Infiuer. 1. Light, clear, immutable, and universal nature, v/hich never errs, and shines always with a divine splendour, must impart to ail sns does life, force and beauty. 2. She is at once the souice, etc. etc. i« mndH 37 38 the hap- ie power of 1 trace the modified by ! climate or lespondence B prejudices id wrong 41 must disre- feneral and ) same ; he progress of vn time, and J must write of m.^nkind, loughts and Brior to time V many lan- f\e may be actice, fami- rrace of har- JOHNSON. rR££ SZZRCiSES. 4U e 1 2 les: 2sidea : le, ms aivre les vicissi- uste. 42. Ab- ner a voir son liich never em, t to all 8h« does Itself unseen, but in th' effect remains. 3 Some, to whom heav'n in wit has been profuse, Want as much more to turn it to its use : For wit and judgment often are at strife, Tho' meant each other's aid, like man and wife. 4 Tis more to ^ide, than spur the muse's steed ; Restrain his lury, than provoke his speed : 5 {.The winged courser, like a gen'rous horse, Shows most true mettle, when you check its course. 6 3. So in a fair body, unseen itself, but always sensible by its effects the soul continually acting, fceda the whole with sfarita, fills it witii vigour, guides every motion of it, and sustains every nerve. 4. Some to whom heaven has given wit with profusion want as much yet to know the ose they ought to make of it ; for wit'and iudir- ment, though made, like man and wife, to aki each other, are often in opposition. 5. It is more difficult to guide than spur the covfrser of th« muses and td reastrain its ardour than provoke its impetuosity. * 6. The winged courser u like a generous horse : the more we strive w> stop It in Its rapid course, the more it shows unconquerable vigour I •MM 4lt! PHRASES ON SOME mFPICULTlES* *37. EXAMPLES OF PHRASES ON THE PRINCIPAL DIFFICULTIES OF THE FRENCH LANGUAGE. N.B. — It is strongly recomraanded that these examples be learnt by heart. They will also be found very useful, in point of reference, whenever the learner is at a loss on some point of grammar or construction. The better to enable him to find what he wants, the different chapters have been num- bered, and will be found minutely described in the Table of Contents. 1. Sur les CoUectifa Paiiitifs. La plupart ilon fmita verts sont d'un govit austere. La plapart dcs gen» ne se con- duisent que par inter6t. La j^upart da monde w troinpe. II m^prise par pliilosophie les honneurs, que la plupart du monde recherche. II devait me fiiurnir tant d'ar- bres; mais j'en ai rejet6 la moi- ti6 qui no, valait rien. Un grawMT nombre de specta- teurs ajouiait a la bcaut6 du spectacle. Toute sorte dc livres ne sont pas egalcmcnt bons. Beaucoup de personnes se sont pr6sent6e8. Bien des personnes se font des principes a lewt fantaisie. 2. Sur q;itetques Vefbes qu^on ne pevf cmjugiier avec Avoir satis faire des barbansrms. Tl Tui est echu une succession du chef de sa femme. II f* bren dechu de son cre- dit. Ne nmes-nous pas conve- nus du prix 'I N'est-il pas intervenu dans ^.^fv,„,^ ;i promis 1 II est survenu k I'improviste. On the Collectivo Partitivefr The greater part of green fruit is of a harsh taste. Most people are guided only bij interest. The greater part of vtankind are in error. As a tnie philosopfier be deS' pises those ho/unirs which, man-^ kind in general court. He was to furnish me so manif trees, but I refused hulf of them which were good for nothing. A' constd^raMc number of spec- tators added to the splendmtr of the sccTve. Every kind of books are not eqimlly good. Many people presented thetH' selves. Many peisons ftrrni pvincip]es to themselves^ according to their fancy^ 2, On some verbs which cannot be conjueat<»d with the verb Avoir, without n)aking barbar rous phrases. An estate fell to hhi in right of his wife. He has lost much of his cr dit. Have we not agreed about the price 7 Did he not inteifere in that af- J^VVt z.v rr-, ,,.,.— 2--"-' '• -• He rame up unawares.. INCIPAL UAGE. atnples be useful, in IB on some >nable him been num- 3 Table of artitived- green fruit itUd only bij ij", mankmd 'her he de%' which man- me so many \tdf of them 'itking. 'her of spec- ^lendmir of oks are not \ented them' rti princip^s ing to their hich cannot ;h the verb iking barbar '.im in right his cr dit. ed about the e in that af- ■t o ■mi «MHHi l^HRASEI ON SOMfi DiPFlCUttlES, 413 La neige, ^ui cat tombea ce tnatin, a adouci lo temps. Q,u() do neige il est tomb6 co latin I Toutes lea dents lui so*^ om- bres. Ce propos n'est pas tomb6 k tenre. Etes-vous aIlarler. L'6goi8te alrnera mioux dire du nittl de soi-mcuie, quo de n'er* point parlcr. Oi 4* souvent l?Boin d'un plus petit que soi. Un prince a souvent benoin do beaucoup de gena plus petit* que lui. C'est un bon moyen <]e -'file- ver soi-mdme, quo d'exalter ses pareiia ; et un horn arJ-oit relive ainsi lui-mdm.^ 6. Sur les Pronoms helati^:. II n'y a rien de si capable d'ef- ftminer le courage, que Toisivete et les delices. II faut empficher que la divi- sion, qui est dans cette famille, n'6clate. II y a bien des evSnenients quo i'on '.suppose se passer pendant les entr actcs. Je le trouvai qui s'habillait. Q,ui le tirera de cet embarras, le tirera d'une grand mbcre. Ceux-]& sont v6ritablement heurcux, (^ui croient l'6tre. II n'y a que lavertu, quipuisse rendre un homme heureux en cette vie. II n'y a r6gIo si gen^rale, qui n'ait son exception. C'est un orateur qui se pos- sfede et qui ne se trouble jamais. II n'y a pas dans le coeur hu- inain de repli, que Dieu ne con- naisse. On n'a trouve que quelques fragments du grand ouvragc qu'il avail promis. La faute, que vous avez faite, est plus importante que vous r ^ Les premiei^es d-marches qu'on fait dans le monde, cr* beaucoup We commit a ihimiand fauMs. wlu^n we negleU to refied tm our» selves. P f^d rather tpeak ill of hinir- self t,. 1 TwtlaU: of himself at aU. The selfii.* man prefers speaking lU of himself rather than nU be the sniject of his own conversation. We frei/uentty want the assis- tance of one who is below ourselves. A priue freqne.uly needs the assistance of muny persons inferior to himself. It is an excellent method of exalt- ing ourselves to ezall our equals, ^ nndamanof address by this means exalts hi'r"%elf. On the Relative Pronouns. Nothing is so calculated to ener- vate the mind as idleness and pleasure. The dissension in thai family must be pievented from becoming ptcbhc. There are many events in a piece, which are supposed to hap- pen between the acts. I found him dressing, Who^er extricates him from this JHcuUy, will relieve kim from, much distress. Those are really happy, who think themselves so. Virtv^e alone can render a man happy in this life. T/tcre is no rule so general kit it admits of exceptions. He is an orator toho is master of himself, and who is never em- barrassed There is no recess of the human heart but God perceives it. Only some fragments of the great work he had promised have been found. The aror you have committed is of more consequence than imo crruigme. The first steps we take on en- tering tb£ icmld have consider- «: 4I& PHRASES^ ON SOME DiPFICULTrES. d'influence sur le reste dela vie. Cette farce est uno des plus ri- sibles qu'on ait encore vues. Amassez-vouB destresors que les vers et la rouille ne puissent point gSter, et que les voleurs ne puissent point derober. L'incertitude, ou nous sommes dece qm doit arriver, fait que nous ne saurions prendre des mesurea justes, Je m'etonnc qu'il ne voie pas le danger oU il est, L'homme dont vous parlez n'cst plus ici. Celui de qui je tiens cette nou- velle ne \ou& est pas connu, Gehu k q.ai ce beau cbRteau appartient ne Thabite presque jamais. Ce sont des evenements aux- quelles il faut bien se soumettre. Cost ce a quoi vous ne pensez guere. 7. Sur 1 p-onar's Demonstra' tifs. Nc point recoanaitr«! la divi- nity, c'est renoncer a toutes les lumieres de la raison. Mentir, c'est mepriser Dieu et craindre les hommes. II y a des epidemies morales, et ce sont les plus dangereuscs. Jc crois que ce que vons dites, est bien eioigne de ce que voas pe' sez. Les hommes n'aiment ordi- nairement que ceux qui les flat- tent. Celui qui persuade a wn autre de faire un crime n'est guere moins coupable que celui qui le commet. Penser ainsi, c'est s'aveugler soi-mSmo. y-l „,.',-.-.-, s:ii5-j-..-.i!*^ A^ '"- esf \^C M^ *Jii i'Ji|>l>\>i t<> tic ilil fcT^t- inconcevable. Co qui m'afflige, c'est dc voir le triompho du crime. able i7ifiuence an the rest of our lives. That farce is one of the most truly comic that ever was seen. Lay up for yourselves treasures which neither moth nor rust can currupt^ and which thieves cannot steal. Our uncertainty as to what sitall happen make* us incapable ofproparly providing against it. I am asUmislied he does not see the danger he is' in. The man whom you are speak' ing of, is not here now. The person from whom I re- ceived the intelligence is not known to you. The proprietor of that beautiful seat seldoni resides there. These are events to which we miist submit. It is what you seldom think of. On the Demonstt-ative Pro- nouns. Not to acknowledge the divi- nity, is totally to renmcnce the light of reasaih. To lie is to despise God amd to fear man. There are moral cmUagious dis- eases, and they are the most dan- gerous. What you advance is, I thivJc, widely different from your sen. ■ ments. Men in general love only those wlio flatter them. He who persr.ades another t& the co^iKmission of a crime, is hardly less guilty than he who commits it. To think in this mawner is to be wilfidly blind. hardly conceivable. What distresses me is to see 8. uilt triumphant. 'est of our f the most 'S seen. >es treasures r rust can zves cannot ; to what ; incapable gainst it. oes iwt see are speak' horn I re- not known it beaxUiJvl which we think of. e Pro- the divi- mcnce the od a/nd to igious dis- •niost dan- y I ihi'nk, our seii. only those nother to crime, is >i he who er is to be » "* !5 to see PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. Counaissez-vous la jeune E- milie; c'est une enfant dont tout le monde dit du bien. Imitez en tout votre ainie ; elle est douce, appliquee, honnote et compatissante. 8. Sur le Verbe avoir employe a, V Imperso7vncl. Remarque. — duand le verbe avoir s'emploic a I'impersonnel, c'est dans le sens d'e/re, et alors il se joint toujours avec y. Ily axxn an que je ne vous ai vu. Y a-t'il dcs nouvelles 7 Non, ll n'y en a pas, du moins que je sache. N'y a-t-il pas cinquantc-quatre milles de Londres a Brighton % Ily avait deja beaucoup de nionar iorsque j'arrivaii. II n'y nvait hier presque per- sonne au Pare, Y avait il de grands debata ? N'y avait-il pas beaucoup de cu- rieux. Je I'avais vu il y avail a peine vingt-quatre heures. IT n y avait pas deux j( qu'il avait dine chez nioi. Y avaii-il si loug-temps que vous ne I'aviez vu 1 Ily cut hier «n bal chcz Mr. un tel, II n'y cut pas hier de spectacle. Y eut-il beaucoup de cdafn- sioi:. et de desordre 1 N'y eut-il pas un beau feu d'artifice 7 Ily a eu aujourd'hui une foule immense a la promenade. II n'y a pas eu do bal, conime on I'avait annonce. Est-il vrai qu'il y a eu un duel 7 N'y a-t-il pas eu dans sa con- duite un peu trop d'emporte- ment 7 ^ •«44Uu.m li y <:ui til, utic explica- tion, les espriis se calmerent. iVy avait-U pas eu un plus grand aombre do sijcctatour."? 1 jours Do you kvow Utile is a child of whont speahs y^'dU. Imitate your friend thing; she is gentle, polite aiid compassionate. 61T > mily ? she every body in iveiy assidwoViSf On the Verb Avoir, to have^ em- ployed impersonally. When the verb avoir m used impersonally it signifies dtre, io be, and in this sense it is always accompanied by the adverb y. It is a twelvemonth since I saw yon. Is there any news ? No, t/tere is twne at least that I know. Is not il fifty-four miles from London to Bnghion 7 Thei'e were already a great many people when I arrived. There was hardly any body iu the Park yesterday. Were there violent debates 7 Were there not many spectators 1. I had seen him scarcely four-and- twenty hours before. He had dined with me not t''j:o days before. Was it so long since you had seen him ? There was yesterday a ball at Mr. A's. There was no play yesterday. Wb.s there a great deal of con- fusion and dism'der. Were there not beautiful fire-^ icmlcs 7 There ioasan immense crowd, to^ day in the public walks. There has -not been any ball as had been mentioned. Is it true that- there has been a duel? Was there not rather too piuch hastiness in his Oeliaviour ? After there /tad been an expia-^ nation, tranquiUiVy was restored. Was iwt there a greater imin-. her of spectators, t MRMMMiM 518 PHRASES OW SOME D!FP1CULTIE«. Jl y aura demain un simulacre de combat naval. II n'y aura aucun de vous. Y awra-t-tl one bonne r6colte cette ann6e 1 N'y aura-t-il pas quelqa'un de votre famille 1 A coup sikr U y aura eu bien du desordre 1 Sur cent pereonnea, il n'y en aura paseu dix> de satisfaites. Y aura^t-il eu uli' bon soup6 1 N'y aura-t-il eu pas de mecon- tentsl II y avaU da la malhonnStetS dans ce pfoc^de. II n'y aurait pas grand mal a cela. Y aurait-il quelqu'un assez hardi pour I'attaquer 1 N'y aurait-il pas quelqu'un assez charitable ijour I'avertir de ce qu'on dit de lui % IL y aurait eu de I'imprudence a cela. II n'y aurait pas eu tant de mesintelligence, si I'on m'en Rvait cru. 11 n'y aurait pas eu dix per- sonnes. Y auraii-il» eu^ de I'ineonv^- nient. N'y aurait-il pas eu de jaloux pour le traverser dans ses pro- jets^r Je ne crois pas qu'i/ y ait un spectacle plus magnilSque. Je desirerais qu'iZ y eiit moins de fau8set6 dans le commerce de la vie. Je n'ai pas oui-dire qw'il y ait «» hier des nouvelles du conti- nent. Auriez-vous cru qu'tZ y eut eu tant de personnes compromises dans ce affaire 1 Te-mmrew tJiere will be a mock sea-fight. There wiU be none of y(m. Will no6 there be a good harvest tMs year 1 WiU not there be some of your family 1 There must certainly have been mucft disorder. OtU of a hundred persons there rciU not have been ten satisfied. WiU there have been a good supper? Will there not have been some dissatisfied peopk 7 Such a step would have been uncivil. There would be no greaJt harm in that.' Would there he any one bold enough to attack him ? Would there be nobody kind enough to acquaint him with what is said of him 7 There would have been some im- prudence in that. There would not have been so great a misunderstanding had I been believed. There would not have been ten persons. Would there have been amfin- dfnveniejice ? Would there not home been sonie envious persons to thwart him- in his designs 7 I do not think thxre can be a more superb spectacle. I wish there was less duplicUy in the concerns of life. I have not heard that there waf any. news from the' continent yes- terday. Could you have thougfU so many persons woidd have Seen expnsed in- that affair? 9 Phrases Diverses. Sa vie, ses actions, ses paroles, son air mSme et sa demarche, tout pr6che, tout 6difie en lui. Promiscuous Phrases. His life, his actions, his very look and deportment, every thing in him instructs and edifies. PiiRA9£S ON SOME blJ^PlCULTlBS. 5ll» be » mock yen, wd harvest ne of your have been. ersoM there itisfied. n a good been some have been great harm f one bold ibody kind I wUh what «n some im- ave been so iing had I ive been ten ven arvyin- ve been some oart hinh- in re can be a duplicilyin hat there waf Tntinent yeS' )tc}d so many been exposed irases. >»s, kis ■very every thing tdifies. On craignait qu'il n'amvit quelque dSsordre dans I'agsem- bl6e, mais toutes choaes s'y pas- sirent fort doucement. La vigne et le lierre s'entor- tiUent autour des ormes. On ne disconvient point qu'il ne soil brave, mais il est un peu trop fanfaron. Le cadet est riche, mais I'aine I est^eiicore davantage. Le del est couv«»t de nuages. et Forage est pr^t Tondre. Apr^ qu'il eat franchi les Alpes avec ses troupes, il entra en Italie. La frugalite rend les corps plus sains et plus robustes. Ce discours est peut-6tre un des plus beaux morceaux d'elo- quence, qu'il y ait jamais eus. C'estun homme qui aime la liberte j il ne se g^ne pour qai que ce soit. II est plus haut que moi de deux doigts. Irez-vous vous exposer a Ja barbaric et a Tinhospitalite de ces peuples ? A la longue, lea erreurs dis- paraissent, et la v6rite surnage. Si vous le prenez avec moi sur ce ton de fiert^, je serai aussi fier que vous. C'est un homme rigide, qui ne pardonne rien, ni aux autres ni a lui-mSme. Les una montent, les autres descendent, ainsiva la roue de la fortune. Je ne vols r-en de solide dans tout ce que vous me proposez. L'art n'a jamais rien produit de plus beau. Lequel est-ce des deux qui a tort 1 ^ On aime quelquefois la trahi- traitres. It was apprehended some dis- order wottld take place in the as- senibly, but every thing went off very quietly. The vine and the ivy twist raumd the elms. They do not deny that he is brave, but he boasts rather too much. The youngest is rich, bui the eldest IS still mare so. The sky is covered with clouds, and the storm is preparing to burst. After having crossed the Alps with his troops, he eiUered Italy, Temperance imparts an in- crease if health and stretudk to the body. This speech is perhaps one of the finest pieces of eloquence that were ever ddiwered. He is a mem fond of Uherty, he will be constrained by nobody. I by two He is taller than inches. Will you go and expose you/tf self to the barbanty and inktspi- tcuiiy of those nations 7 In time, errors vanish and truth survives. If you treat me wUh that haugh- tiness, I can be as haushtu as you. He is a stern man, who par- dons nothing either in himself or others. Some rise, others descend; thus goes the wheel of fortune. I see nothing certain in all you propose to me. It is one of the finest produc- tions of art. Wliich of the two is in the wronj^ ? We sometimes like treason, but ive tUwuifi huix (he iraiior. h^O pnuxska ON some w^ficulties. 10 C&niinAuUitnis L'iliphant Be scrt Ae satfompe ^our prendre et pour enlever lout ce fltt'il veUt. Plus J'examinc ceilte petaonne, pjuajecroisl'avoir vue quelq.ue Lanuitvint, defa^on quo je fU8 contraint de me rctirer. II faut vivrc de fa9on qu'on ne fiisse tort a personnc. Eltc «ut qu'on attaqjuait son lAJiri; elte courut aussitot tout ^perdue pour le secourir. Je trouvai ses parents tout 6plor6s. Get arbre pousse ses branches toutcs droites. J'en ai encore !a memoire tout fraiche. lUa voulu ftire voir par cet essai qu'il pouvait reuaait en quelque chose de plus grand; II futbless6 au front et mou- rut de cette blessure. Ces chevaux prirent le mors aux dents et entrainSrent le car- rosse. C'estun hommequi compose sans chaleiir, ni imagination : tout ce qu'il ecrit est frojd et Ce batiment a plus de profon- deur que de largeur. Cet horame est un prothge de savoir, de science, devaleur, d'es- prit et de ra6moirc. II est attach^ k I'un et a 1 au- tre, mais plus a I'un qu'a J'autre. lis ont bien I'aif I'ua de 1 au- Si Ton ruine cet homme-la, le contre-coupretombera sur vous. II serait mort, si on ne I'eut as- siste avcc soin. Co polrac serait parfait, si les incidents, qui le font languir, n'interrompaient la continuite de Taction. 11. Continuation. duand je Ic voudrais, je ne le pourrais pas. Continuation. 7%« elephcmt makes use of hif trunk to take and lift anything he pleases. The more I look at that person the more J think I have seen hirti. som^ewhere. Night came on,, so that I ioa» obliged to retire. We must live in Sficch a muimer as to injure nobsdy. She knew her husband was at- ' lacked,, and in a stale of distrac- tion, ran to his assistance. I found her relations all in tears. The IrancUsof that tree grow quite straight. It is still quite fresh on inij me-- mory. lis icished to show by that at- tempt that he could succeed in an enlei'prise of mwe cor sequence. He was wounded in the fore- head, and died of his ivound. Those horses ran away with the carriage. He it a man that leriles with- out the Uast warmth or anima- tion; all his productions are cold and insipid. That building has more depth, than it has breadth. Tiiat man is a prodigy ofhuiw- ledge, jxtdgment, courage, sense^ and memory. He is attached to both, but to one more thin the other. They very much look like one another. If that nian is ruined, his mis- fortune wiU recoil wpo/t you. He woidd have died if he had not been kindly assisted. TlwJt would be a perfect poem, if the incidents which give a hxavi- oiessto it. did twt break the con- nexion of the subject. r anima' J are cold tore depth, y of know- age, scnsCf but to one ■ik like one i, his mis- yon, if he had rfect poem^ ive a heavi- ik the coil' could not do .'MW4«iw mmttm P«RA9ftS ON SOME DIFPICULTIEt. idi Je gerai toujouro votie ami, q«and irdme vous ne le voudriez pas. Q.uand vons auriez r^ussi, que vous en sefait-il revenu 1 Q,uand on decouvrirait votfe tiemarche, on ne pourrait la bia- mer. Q,uand vous auriez consulte quelqu'un sur voire manage, vous n aunez pas mieux reussf Le tonnerre et F^clair ne sont «ensibles que par U prppa^-ation du bruit et.de la lumidre jusqu'a I'oeil et a I'oreiUe ^ Le langage de la prose est plus wmpie et meias figure que celui des vers. ^ Le commencement de son dis- cours est toujours assez sa!«s ni ce qnon voit, ni ce qu'on entend. C, est xasie faute excusable dans un autre homme, mais a un lomme aussi sage que lui, elle ne se peut pardon ner. 11 ne suffit pas de paraitre kon- nSte homme, il faul. I'^tre, II nous a repus avec bonte, et nous a ecoutes avec patience. Tout y est si feien peiat qu'om eroit vcir ce qu'il decrit. On ne pense rien de vous, qui ne vous soit glorieux. Les eaux de citernes ne sont que des eaux de pluie ramassees. »U nest pas fort riche, du means a-t-il 6e quoi vivre h«n- netement. Cluel quantiSme dumois avons- nous ? . 11 lui tarde qu'il ne soit ma- jeur, il compte les jouw et les mois. ^ PesquaUtesexceHentesJoinlcB ralrite '*^ *»'«"»», font le parfait TI _ . _ '••P. a..« mauvtuue quaute, s'est qu a ne saurait garder un secret. / sMl ever be y»ur friend., even though yon should not wish it. Though yon liad succeeded, what viereyou ta liave derived frtm it ? Should the steps you Aa4>e taken be ducovered they could not be blamed. Had you consulted somebody aiiont your marriage, you could not have succeded better. Thunder and lightning are only perceptible by the transmission of sound And light to the ear a/^ eye. . ■P^'we language is much more simple and Uss Jigwatioe than poetry The begiiming #/ his speech it moays tolerably sensible: Imt after- wards, by affecting the sublime, he loses himself, and ^ve no longer un-- derstand eUhej whai we see or hear. This fauU would be excusaMein another man, but in a man of his sense U is unpardonable. it is not enough to ^i^pear to be an /umest man, we must be so. He received m with kindness and heard us patiently. Eve?y t/iing in il is so weU de- lineated you think you see what ke describes. They think nothing -of you (tut what is to your honour. Cistern water is generally onlv ram water collected. If he is not rich at least he has enough to live upon respedabty. What day of the month is it. f He longs to be of age and counU the days ant^nwnths- Excellent qualities joined to dis- tinguished talents constitute verfea ment._ t^ j^^^ He has one bad qualUy, he can- 910. • keep a secret. M M ir IMMMNK i22 PHRASES ON SOME DIFFICULTIES. 12. ModiUs de Phrases dans Us- gudles, on doit /aire usage de I' Article. VWoTMM est sujet a bien des vieiMitud^, Ias hommes d'un rrai g6nie lont Tares. hes hommes d imagination sont rarament heureax. L'homme dont voob parlez, est gn de mes amis. La vie e»tun melange de biens et de mayx. •. La perfection en tout genre e«t le but auquel on doit tendre. La beaute, les grdces et Vesprit Bont dcB avantages bien prroieux rind ils sont relevSs par la mo- lie. yoila des tableaux d'une grande Ibeautd. Faites-vous des prindpes, dont vous ne voi)s eeartiez jamais. Cet arbre porte des fruits ex- cellentii.t pes raisons sont des conjeo tUres biv-'n faibles. Servez-vous des termes 6tablis par I'usage. • On doit Sviter VbAt de Vaffec- tation. Le Jupiter de Phidias 6tait d'une grande beeute. ConUnuation des memes Phrases. La memoire est le tresor de Vesprit, le fruit de Vattention et de la reflexion. J'achetai h^er desgravures pre- cieuses et rares. La Prance est le plus beau pays de I'Europe. L'int6r6t de TAlIemagne etait opi»ose a celui de la Russia. h^longnewr (UVMgUterre du nord au sud est de 360 milles et ■a largeur de Test a I'ouest est deSOO. . _ 11 arrive d£ la uhine, du Japon, et des Indes Orientales, etc. 11 arrive de VAmirujfue, de la ffarbade, de la Jamaique, etc. Examples of Phrase in wbieb the Article is used. Man is liable to a variety of changes. Men of real genius are scarce. Men of visionary cheerader are seldom happy. T%e man you speak of is a friend of mine. Life is a compmtnd of good and evil. Perfection in every thing ought to be our object. Beauty, gra/xfuhtess^ and wit, are oaluame endovnnents when heightened by modesty. These are very beautiful pic lures. Establish rules for yourself and 'neve'' deviate from them. TMs tree bems very e^lient fruit. These reasons are very idle con- jectures. Use the expressions established by custom,. We ought to avoid the appear- ance af affectation. The Jupiter of Phidias was ex- tremely beautifm. The same Phrases continued. Memory is the treasure of the mind, the result of aUenOon and refleUion. I yesterday bought some vari- able and scarce enp-avings. Prance is the finest country in Europe. The German interest was con- trary to the Russian. The length of England from north to south is 360 miles, and its breadth from east to west is 300. and the East Indies. He comes from America, Bar- badoes, Jamaica^ el^. n which i. r variety of t scarce, trader are is a friend ■" good aiid king ought , and wit, ents when 'Aitiful ptc* ourselff and ry e;ccelient mj idle con- e$tabUshed the appear' Has was ex- ;ontinueI1 vit dans sa retrake en vrai philosophe. Cluand il r6flechit sur sa con- duite, il en eut honie, C'est un homme qui chcrcho foriwne. II entend malice a tout. Ne portez envie a personne. Si vous proraettez, tenez pa- roU. Dans les affaires importantes ne vous d6cidez jamais sans pren- dre conseil. Courage, wWa/5,tenons fermes ; la victobe est a nous. Cette femmo n'a ni gi'Ace ni bcaute. Monseigneur le due, etc. prince du sang, alia hier a la campagne. Montrer tant de faibleese, c'est n'6tre pas homme. Get nomme est une csp^e de misa7ithrope, dont les brusqueries sont quelque fois tr^s-plaisantes. L'ananas est une sorte de/rut* tr5s-eommun aux Antilles. C'est un genre de vie qui no me plait point. I5> Continuaiion des memes phrases. Cette dam^ plait a toot le monde par son honn^tctd et sa douceur. Tmit homme a des d6fauts plus ou moins sensibles. French nines vnll be dear tki* year; the vines have ran. The German empire is com- posed of great and small slates. The English horses are excel- lent. On my leaving Svnt^erland, I retired to Rome. Continuation of tke same Phrases. ;,i » ,j You will find this passage in page 120, book the first, chapter the tenth. He has retired to England. He lives in his retreat, like a real philosopher. When he refiected on his con- duct, he woi ashamed of it. He is a man that seels forttmef he his a fortune hunter. He puts a mcilicieus cmtstruc- lion on every thing. Envy nobody. If you promise, keep your tetrd. In matters of consequence never decide with t advice. Cheer up, soldiers, let us con^ tinuefirm, the day is our own. This woman is destitute both of grace and beauty. The duke of, etc. a prince of the blood, went yesterday into the country. To shew so much weakness w not a thing like a man. This man is a kind of misan- thropist, whose oddities are some- times comical. The pine-apple is a kind of fruit very common in the Antilles. It is a kind of life that is noi agreeable to me. The same sentences continued. This lady pleases every one for her good (needing and mUdness^ Every man has defects more or less obvious. m VHItASKg Off SOME DIFFIOULTIEl. i2ft c^^^r le noaibre do ses the number of his fritnZ,^^^^ Every bkssing comes from CM. nuns. Tout les blens nous vjennent ae Dieu. SeJon lea pai'ens JuyiUr fitait - * * ^ - — — una ^^aai.* ^ 10 premier des dieux. Apolhn 6tait frdre jumeau do Diane. Rubens a 6t6 un grand pointre. Homireet Virgite eont les deux plus j^rands pontes fipiques. Londreg est la plus belle ville que ie connaisse. L eau flfe riviire est douce, ct lean de mer est sal6e. C'efltun excellent poiason de mer. Voila uno supcrbe table de marbre. L'eau de Seine est cello qu'on lHr6ffereaPa.i8. ^ Pauvrete n'est pas vice. CHoyeiis, etrangers, grands, pevples, so sont montrea sensi- bles a cette perte. Ui. Modiks de Phrases snr le pronovi Le. Eat-ce-Ia, votre opinion? — ^no doutez point que ce ne la soit. Sont-ce-Ia vcs domestiqiies ? oui, ce fe5 sont. Mosdamts, ^tes-voualesc^mn- ^em qu'on m'a annoncgea ?~ oui, nous les sommes. Madame, etes-vous /« Ttialade pour laquelle on m'a appcle ?— oui, ie la suis. Madames, ^tes-vous la mere de cet enfant ? — oui, jo la suis. Mesdame, etes-vous contentes de cette musique 7— oui, nous le sommes. Elles est Tnalheureuse, et ie crains bien, au'pUe • - !^ s^-.u loute sa vie. Madajii, dtes-vous mere 1— oui, je le suis. M m puces. According to the Uiathms. Ju^ piter was the first of the gods. AppoUc was twin brother to Di- ana. Rubens was a ^reat painter'. '. '' Homw dfnd Vxrgil are the two greatest epic poets. Ldnidon is the finest city that' I know. River water is sweet, and iea water is salt. It is an excellent sea fish, 'J%ere is a snberb nuurble tabU.. The water of the Seine is wt- f erred at Paris. Poverty is not a viee. Citizens, strangers, grandees, people, have shewn themselves sen- sible of this losn. « Forms of Phrases upon the pro- noun Le. Is thai your opinion 7t-^o noi fuestion it. Are those your servants T—yes, tAey are. Indies, are you the strangers that have been announced to me? yes, we are. Madam, are you the sick per- son fm- whom. I have beat called ? yes, lam. , Madame, are you the moUm-bf this child?—fes, I am. Ladles, are you pleased with this music ? — yes, we are. r ^^^, " Jj'J^PPy, and I much ji:iir 5,xc ujiii coiiitmie so Jv^r life. Madam, are you a mother?— yes, I am, 2 PHRASBii OK «QM£ DlFyiCUI.Tlfi^» Madanw, d^uia quel temp Ate8-"voiw mariee 7— je le suis de- |)iUis un an. Y a-t-il long-tcraps que vous Atcs arrivec 1 — je /« auw depuis ^linze joun. " Ariitote croyait que le monde itait de tout £ternit6 ; niaia Pla- ten ne U croyait pas. duoiquc cette femme raontre SIus de fermetd que lc8 autres, tie n'Mt pas pour cela la moins Cette femme a I'art i» r^pandre del larmes dans le temps mdme ^ qu'elle est U moins aJSagee. 17. Modlki dA Phrases sur Ics diffirentes rigles du participe pasfi. Vh nouvelle piice A-i-eile et€ Appilaudie ? Voa y parents seront-ils arrives It temp6 7 Elle s'est donne de belles robes. Elles nous ont apporU de su- perbes oeillets. Cette ruse ne lui a pas reussi. I> vie tranquille que j'ai mc- 7iee depuis dix ans, a bcaucoup contiibue a me faire oublier mes midheurs. J ^8 lettres c^ne j'ai regttet, m ont bcaucoup affl^6e. due de peines vous voUs 6tes do7tnees ! Q,uelle t&chfc vous vous fites imposee ! C'est uue satire que j'ai retrou- vie dans mes ppiers. Les lettres qu'a ecritcs Pline le j«une, quelque agrdables qu'ellcs soient, se ressentent nfianmoins un peu de la decadence du goiit parmi les Romains. Je ne serais pas ent»^ avcc vous dani toua ces detales de grammaire, si jc ne les avals crus necessaires. VEgypte s'^tait rettdv^e celehre par la eaccsse dc ses lois, long- Madatn, how Itn^ have you been married 7 I h$v^ bf.c» mar- ried a year, w Have you, long bun tvrrivtA 1 — ajortnighi. Anstotle believed the xcmld tit have been front, ail eternity, but Plato did not. Although this woman shows more resoLutiom, than the others, she is nevertheless not the le^ut distressed. This woman had the art of shed- ding tears, even when she is least diUressed. Forms of Phrases upon the dif- ferent rules of the peurticiple Did the new piece meet with applause 7 Will your relations arrive there in time 7 She has given herself fine gowns. Tliey hove brought us b:aiuti/iil pinks. He has not succeeded in t/iis stratagem. T/u quiet life J have kd tiiese ten years has greatly contributed to ,vajce me j or gel my misfor- t/imet. The Utters I have received have greatly distressed ihe. What a deal of trouble you, have given yotirselj! What a task you have imposed on yourself! It is a satire that J have again fovmd within my papers. The letters which the younge>' Pliny has written, however agree- able they may be, savour never- theless a little of the decline of taste among the Romans. I would not have entered into these grammatical details with you, had J not ikoughl thtrt/o ■nt- cessary. Egypt had Income celebrated for the wisdom of its laws, long lam you t:cn mar' rivtd 7 — voiid to mity, but m skews ke otAers, the katt H of shed' ie is least I the dif- ■if :-j meet with mive there rsdj fine II b'.avti/ul ed in this e led these contributed ny misfor- ceived have rouble you we imposed have again te younge>' ever agiee- 7our never- decline of ntered into '^tails tcith U ilifiii' UK' celebrated taws, hri£ PHRASIf ON BOiL£ DtFflCULT^Vtl.' temps av&nt que U Grdc« surtit de la barbarie. C'ett une den plus graixdos fnerveiUes qu'on ait vius. L'hoiume de lettres, dont vous m'avez parle, a un aont exquis. Vous avez tr^s-bien imtruit VM 61dve8. Lucrbce a'ent donne la uiort. La sicherease qu'il y a eu au nrintetnps a fuit pdrir tovm les »uito. Je n'ai point r^ussi, malgr6 les mesures que vous m'avez con- seiUe de prendre. Ctuelle aventurc vous est-il ar- rive? Cette ferame sVit proposee pour module d ses enfants. Cette femme s'est propose d'en> aeigner la geographic ct I'his- toire a ses enfants. 18. Modules de Phrases sur les jfrindpaux rapports des modes et d£s temps. Je I'attendaw deuuis long-tomps ^-^nd il vint in'i joindrc. II sortit au moment mSme que J'entraiE. ^ Je commen^ai-s a avoii* des waintes sur i» rtussitte de voire Afiairu, lorsque j'ai re9u votre lettre. D^s que j'eus fait quelques visiles iudisfj^isables, je renlrai diez moi, et je ne sorlis plus. J'avais d^jS, lout prepare pour mon depart, lorsque des affaires imprSvues m^ont force a le dif- f(5rer do quelques jours. Vous etiez deia sortl, quand je me presenlai chez vous. J'avais deja livre i I'impres- sion mon ouvraga, lorsque vous me demandiez si je le donnerais bientot au public. Lorsque j'ai eu termine mon aiTdirc, TuUo avcz coinrucncc is. v6tre. Lorsque j'eus dejeflne, je mon- tai a cheval, el je fus a Londree. before Greece had emerged from Imrbarism. It is one of the gf^atesl toont ders that has ever been seen. The man of letters you spoke to me of has an excellent taste. You have taught your pupils extremely well. Lucrctia killed herself. The dry weather we had i%ike spi-ing has destroyed all the fruit. I have not succeeded nobieithf standing the steps you advised me to take. What adventures have you met wilhl This woman proposed herself as a model for her children. This woman proposed to teach geography and history to her children. Forms of Phrases upon *.he prin- cipal relations of moods . t^d lenses. . ,^;:^, ,' ■' ' , / had waited a long time Jor him, wkev, he came to me. He was going out at the time I loas entering. I was beginning to be appre- hensive ofine siuxess of your btisi^ ness when I received your letter. As soon as J had paid soma in- dispensable visits, I went home and did not go out afta-wcrds. I had already matte every pre- paration for my departure^ when some unexpected business occurred that obliged me to defer it for some days. You were already gone out w/ien I called upon you. My work had been sent to be printed^ when you asked vie if I should soon bring it out. When I had terminated vU^tViCSSf you GC^Uiiti yuAT5. my I ot% When I had done breakfast^ I got horseback, and went to lancoiu 428 THRASES en iOMJ! DlFFICUl/flES. Lorsquo j'&urai lu la nouvelle {tt6c«, j« V0U8 dirai arec t'ran- chbe ce que j'en pense. 19. ModiUs de Pkrases sur I'eni- floi da AuaUiairca allor, vcnir de, u 'Voir, pouvoir. Je vais partir 5, 1'instant niAme. Nous allions vous expliquer cela en deux mote. Nous allons nous mettro a table loraqu'il est entr^. J'allais lui offrir mon bras, lorsque je ui'aper9U8 de ma m6- priso. On aiiuH en venir aux mains, mais )a nuit venant a tombor, on remit I'attaque au lendcmain. Je Tiens de les voir ensembie. Elle vient do se marier avec un homme fort riche. Lcilir p6re vient de mourir, ainsi il n'est pas probable qu'elles aillent en societe. Mon frdre venait de sortir. Nous venions de diner. SI vous avez quelque chose a leur dire, je men cnargerai, je dois 1^ voir aujourd'hui. ""^ous ne devez pas lui repon- dire ainsi. Dojs je attendre ? Elle doit avoir quinz^^ ans au moins. II doit ctre a la maison car je ne I'ai pas vu sortir. Je devais sortir, mais le mau- vais temps m'en a emp5ch6. No deviez-vou« pas vous mct- trc en route lundi uernier. lis dovaient m'en pr^vcnir. Cela evait 6tre le meilicur parti. Vous devrioz lui dire la verite. Uevrais-je obeir a des ordres si injustes. II aurait du revenir de suite. IfA^H / have read the new piay, I fmll candUly give you my opinimi of U. Examples on tbe use of the Auxi- liaries aUer, venir tie, devoir, pouvoir^ lam of this vei.y instant. We tviU ejyi^laiu U to you in two words. . - - We were going to sit down lu table when he entered. I was oil the point of offering ihij arm to her, ivhen - w*; wy mistake. They ueie on the moment of engaging, but ^,ight faUins, they put off the attach unt'd me nc.U day. I have this moine^ i seen them together. She has jxLst married a very rich man. Their father has recently ated, it is not likely tlurefore they slundd so into company. ■ My brother had just gone out. We had not long dined. If you have any message to send to them, I mil take it, fw^ I am to sec t/ie-m t^day. ^ You, are not to answer him in this manner. Am I to wait, or mud I wait 1 She must be fifteen at least. He must be at home, for I d' not see him go out. J intended to go out, I was ». have gone out, but the bad wea- tlier prevented me. Where you n/jt to Jiave set off on Monday last. They ought to have told me of it. Thai must have been the best detc7-mination. You should speak the truth to him. Ought I to obey such unjust orders? He ought to have returned di- rectly. PHftASBt «r» iOMB DlFiClC'ULTlli. 42S^ WwM n'aurioiui pM dA d<^pen- ■R^ folieinentw Mon Irdra potorait vou» rw- conduirc. NouH jiourrions lai en parler, lonqu'il sera uioins rnxupc. We puurrioDB-notts patt passer par Bath 1 *^^ 11 me ^emh\e qu'elle autait pu mw'x feiire, *^ u..^ troupes auraient pu de- wirquer sur nos cotes. Weougki not to knv« $vent ex- travaganlly. My bipthcr must see you home. We might '^ion it to Mm xohen he w less ent^^^tC. Might we not "return throuch Bath '/ * n appears to me that ike might nave umie better. The tioops might have lunded on our coeits. S». M,dch ,0 ,hau, W U, „^„ „iu, .1,.,,, „„„„_ .H„„|j_ ^a^^^j^ P.i^*ni »r'" ""•"'■'' ""*'''»''' »"» so to S,„, if u A would. ' co;^S:ronTort\vdt . "^^"^y^.^-^-a.r^eU to these . frez-voQs d',m»in a Londre. "■ •• ^^■ ■1 V0U8 le pou\ l—oui, j'irai. ' II sera sArenient parti, si vous J avez voulu, J'ai bic 1 donni, maw tw?* pas lu%. ' N'a-t-il pas une jolie terr en Nomiandie 1 out, Monsunti. Nous avons ^te au spectacle Shall you, go to London to- mo,row, %t you can 7 yes, I shall. lie will certainly have set out tj you have wished tt. ' / have slept well, but he has not. Has he not a ptetty estate in Normandy ? yes, he has. Wewcnttathi plky last night. hierausoir. Vraiment ! or ah I Did you? Elle n a pas de fortune. Vrai. Sl^Lsno fortune of her own. m^enlt Mes compliments chez vo»'_3. Je n^y vianquerai pas, Je dis qu'JI y 6tait ; mais m«t ■CBur dit que non. Jc vous dis que oui, et rnoi, je vous dis que non. Vous eussiez laiss6 6chapp<,r une occasion si favorable, si Ton no vous eut averti a temps. 4i. Continuation dcs mimes Phrases. On dit que vous partez aujour- d hui pour Paris. Tout le monde so\itient que )Uj8 accentflrp* In •ilo».n ^.,'»„ Has she not 1'' My '•ompliments at home. I will. I say /le was there j but my sis^ ter says he was not. / tell you it is, and I tell twu tt IS not. "^ Ymi would have le* .<;& favour- able an opportunity slip, had you not been warned in time. The same Phrases continued. It is said that you set of to-day for Palis. * Every one mahUains thai, you til nm>nf. ilia /r.7^... jl _ .• •_ ■^ /• ^ u un vout rencontra. when you ivere met yesterday. fjpl IP 430 PHRASES ON SOME DlfFICUtTISS. Be&ucoup de voa amis croient que vous partites hior pour la CAmpagne. Le bruit se repand quo vous avez fait uno grosao perte. J'apnrcnds dans rinstant que V0U8 luasiez parti il y a troia jours, si dcs engagements, que vous aviez contractus depuis long-temps, ne vous avaiont re- tenu. N'est-il pas vrai que vous par- tiiiez aujourd'hui, si voua le pouviez 1 Est-il vrai que vous serie/ par- ti depuis long-tinipa -[Kiur la can>pagni, si votre amour i>our les artd ne vous avait retc nu a ia viJle 1 Je ne crois pas que • I'Us nar- tiez, quoique tout le monde I'as- Burd Je ne croysds pas qu il fAt si- tdt de retour. II a fallu qu'il ait eu affaire k bien des personnca. Jo doute que votre ami fAt Ve- nn a bout de ses projets, s'il n'a- vait pas et6 forteroflnt prot«g6. 11 n'est point d'homrae, quel- que m^rite qu'il ait, qui ne fdt trfts-mortitie, s'il savait tout co qu'on pense de lui. Vous ne vous persuadiez pas que les affaires pussent si mal tourner. Many oj ffour friends Miev6 that you set out yestaday for th9 comUnj, Tfwte is a report that you have Wit with a consi'terable Ittss, I have this niament leai-nl thai you would have set out three dci/s since, had not engagements vjhich you had fanned long ago, de- tained you. It is not Uv4 that you would sd out to-day ^ if you could 1 hit true that you woiUd have set out for thjcovMtry long since^ had not your love for the arts de- tained you in town 7 I do not imagine thai you wiU set Old, aUhoiigh every My as- serts it. I did mt believe he had gone back so soon. He must luive had business wdh a great many people, I doubt that your fnend would have succc led in hts pUms, had he not been strongly patronised. There is not a man, whatever net it he viay possess, that would not be very much mortified, were he to know every thing thai is 'hought dm. You never persuaded yourself tluU matters could have taken so unfortunate a twin. 22. Modeles de Phrases sur la Negative No. 11 n'y a pas beaucoup d'argent chez les gen? de lettres. II n'y a point de ressourcc dans une personne qui n'a. poini d^ett- prit. C'est k tort que vous I'accuscz de jouer ; je vous assure qu'i! ie joue point. Entrez dans le salon ; yous pourrez lui parier ; il ne joue pas. Forms of Phrases upon the ne- gative Ne. There is n^t much money to be found among men of letteis. There are no rerov/rces in a per- son deprived of sense, Yov- accuse him torongfvMy of gaming ,• / assure you he never does. Go itUo my room, you may speak U) him { he is not playing. I Miev6 for the (tnt kav9 t rnl that ret dcys it vjhich K VHmld 1 uld have ng tince^ r arU de- you will body OS' had gone ness wUh nd would lans, had nised. whatever iat would fied, were i that it d yourself taken to in the ne« noney to be tert. « in a per- mgfiiMy of % he never you may playing. PHKASKS ON SOMa DiPflOUtTllSS. 431 Si pour avair du bion, il en coAte h laprobit*, jo n'en veux point. Uienn'eHt R<)r nveo leu ua- pricleux: voua croyea «tre bien en favour ipuint dn tout : rins- turit dti lu pluu bolle humeur 6it iuivi do lu plus IKicheuHe. Voi3m< n« cmsez de nous rfi- p6ter 1«^ ni6mo«< chonos. Jo n'auruJM o*(§ .'oui en parlor 'e premier. Mulgr6 ««« protections il n'ap« r6us«ir duns Him projots. Cot o /rage serait (ort bon, n'6tait la ndgligence du Nlyle. Y a-t'il quelqu'un uont elle n« mddiHO 7 J'ai pris iant de goAt pour une vie retirfie, que jd ne (bom pmaciim jarruuH. Voiia CO qui s'est patii6; »i'en parlez A pergonne. Mon par» out pris j ne n'en paries; plus. A^'employez aucun de ogn moyen* ; ilii iont indignes do V0U8. Rien w'est plus joli. Je ne din Hen que je no pen^ie. Je we faj* jarnm'g d'exr;5« que je n'en «oiH iricommod6. 23 Continuation de» mSrnea PhruMm. C'e«t un homme pour qui je n'ai ni amour, ni eutime. II w'est ni atisez prudent w/ aswez ficlairfi. Je voua assure que je ne le frequente ni ne le voi«. JVi? faire que parcourir le* ajff6rcntes brunclie« des eon- naiffancet humainci taot l(h not wish tQ mmke a/Gf^ tune, if it can only be done afi the e.vmme ofhtmesty, Nothinff ia" certain with ca- pHcio'm people: you think youraelf in favour, by no means : the moment iif the heH humour ia folhwed by that of the worat. You are constantly repeat' ing the same thing to ua. I ahould not have dared to be thefirat to apeak to you of it. With alt hia inlereat he haa not been able to succeed in hi» plana. Thia work wotdd bo very goodf were it not for the n«- gligeme of the style. la there any one ahe does not blander? J have acnuired ao great a taste for rettrementf tfm /sel- dom go out. This is what haa paaaed\ do not mention it to any one. My resolution iafiu!ed ; talk to me no more of it. Do not employ any ont of these measureSf they are Wf worthy of you. Nothing is more beautlfd. f nevnr apeak but what J \k. / nevei' commit any exce^m without suffenng by it. Continuation ol'the «ame PhruitieN. He is a num for wh^m I have neither love nor esteem. He is neither aufficiently prmhnt not erUghtened, I asmire you J neither asaO" date with him nor see him. Togo through the different branches of hnm/tn kfunfJs/fo'js I 432 PHRASES ON SOMB DIFFICULTIES. s'arr^ter h aucune, c'est moins chercher a e'instruire, qu'ji tuer le tempe. Que n'^tes-vous toujours aussi complaisant ? II ne le fera pas d moina que vous ne I'y engagiez. II n'ira pas, si vous ne I'en priez. II nous a menaces de se venger; nous n'avons fait 9M'en rire. Trop d'insouciance ne peut que nuire. Que devenez-vous ? ily a trois mois que nous ne vous avons vu ? Comment vous 6tes-vous porl^ depuis que nous ne vous avons vu 1 > C'est bien pire qu'on ne le disait. Peu s'en faut que je n' aie donne t^te baissee dans le piege. Dites la verite en toute ce- casion ; on meprise toujours ceax qui parlent autremeu qu'il ne pensent. Ne desesperez pas que la verite ne se fasse jour k la longue. Je ne disconviena pas que la chose ne soit ainsi. Prenez garde qu'on ne vous entraine dans quelque fausse d-marche. rempScherai bienqu'on ne vous nuise dans cette affaire. II craint qu'on ne le soup- 9onne d'avoir trempe dans ce romplot. On lui a donne d'excel- lents conseils, de crainte , qu'il ne manqu&t I'occasion cle faire connaitre ce qu'il est one of them, is not to seek for instruction^ but to kill time. Why are you not at all times equally obliging 7 He will not do it, unless you persuade him to it. He will not go, if you do not request it of him. He has threatened us with vengeance ; we only laughed at him. Too great supineness can- not but be hurtjvl. What has become oj you 7 we have not seen you these three montlis. Hmv have you been since we saw you 7 It is much worse than was said. I was near running head" long into the snare. Tell the truth on all occa- sions : those who speak what they do not think are always despised. Do not despair that truth will appear in time. I do not deny but the thing jfiOyhave been so. Tak